- Vehicles & accessories
- Motor vehicle electronics
- Car navigation systems
- Garmin
- G1000 - Cessna Citation Mustang
- User Guide
Garmin G1000: Cessna Citation Mustang G1000 Pilot's Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang
Add to my manuals584 Pages
advertisement
▼
Scroll to page 2
of 584
G1000 ® Integrated Flight Deck Pilot’s Guide Copyright © 2006-2010 Garmin Ltd. or its subsidiaries. All rights reserved. This manual reflects the operation of System Software version 0435.20 or later for the Cessna Citation Mustang. Some differences in operation may be observed when comparing the information in this manual to earlier or later software versions. Garmin International, Inc., 1200 East 151st Street, Olathe, Kansas 66062, U.S.A. Tel: 913/397.8200 Fax: 913/397.8282 Garmin AT, Inc., 2345 Turner Road SE, Salem, OR 97302, U.S.A. Tel: 503/391.3411 Fax 503/364.2138 Garmin (Europe) Ltd, Liberty House, Bulls Copse Road, Hounsdown Business Park, Southampton, SO40 9RB, U.K. Tel: 44/0870.8501241 Fax: 44/0870.8501251 Garmin Corporation, No. 68, Jangshu 2nd Road, Shijr, Taipei County, Taiwan Tel: 886/02.2642.9199 Fax: 886/02.2642.9099 For after-hours emergency, aircraft on ground (AOG) technical support for Garmin panel mount and integrated avionics systems, please contact Garmin’s AOG Hotline at 913.397.0836. Web Site Address: www.garmin.com Except as expressly provided herein, no part of this manual may be reproduced, copied, transmitted, disseminated, downloaded or stored in any storage medium, for any purpose without the express written permission of Garmin. Garmin hereby grants permission to download a single copy of this manual and of any revision to this manual onto a hard drive or other electronic storage medium to be viewed for personal use, provided that such electronic or printed copy of this manual or revision must contain the complete text of this copyright notice and provided further that any unauthorized commercial distribution of this manual or any revision hereto is strictly prohibited. Garmin® and G1000® are registered trademarks of Garmin Ltd. or its subsidiaries. WATCH®, FliteCharts®, and SafeTaxi® are trademarks of Garmin Ltd. or its subsidiaries. These trademarks may not be used without the express permission of Garmin. Bendix/King® and Honeywell® are registered trademarks of Honeywell International, Inc.; Becker® is a registered trademark of Becker Flugfunkwerk GmbH; NavData® is a registered trademark of Jeppesen, Inc.; XM® is a registered trademark of XM Satellite Radio, Inc. June, 2010 190-00494-03 Rev. A 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang Printed in the U.S.A. Limited Warranty LIMITED WARRANTY This Garmin product is warranted to be free from defects in materials or workmanship for two years from the date of purchase. Within this period, Garmin will, at its sole option, repair or replace any components that fail in normal use. Such repairs or replacement will be made at no charge to the customer for parts and labor, provided that the customer shall be responsible for any transportation cost. This warranty does not cover failures due to abuse, misuse, accident, or unauthorized alterations or repairs. THE WARRANTIES AND REMEDIES CONTAINED HEREIN ARE EXCLUSIVE AND IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING ANY LIABILITY ARISING UNDER ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, STATUTORY OR OTHERWISE. THIS WARRANTY GIVES YOU SPECIFIC LEGAL RIGHTS, WHICH MAY VARY FROM STATE TO STATE. IN NO EVENT SHALL GARMIN BE LIABLE FOR ANY INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, WHETHER RESULTING FROM THE USE, MISUSE, OR INABILITY TO USE THIS PRODUCT OR FROM DEFECTS IN THE PRODUCT. Some states do not allow the exclusion of incidental or consequential damages, so the above limitations may not apply to you. Garmin retains the exclusive right to repair or replace the unit or software, or to offer a full refund of the purchase price, at its sole discretion. SUCH REMEDY SHALL BE YOUR SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. To obtain warranty service, contact your local Garmin Authorized Service Center. For assistance in locating a Service Center near you, visit the Garmin Web site at “http://www.garmin.com” or contact Garmin Customer Service at 800-800-1020. B Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Warnings, Cautions, and Notes WARNING: Navigation and terrain separation must NOT be predicated upon the use of the terrain avoidance feature. The terrain avoidance feature is NOT intended to be used as a primary reference for terrain avoidance and does not relieve the pilot from the responsibility of being aware of surroundings during flight. The terrain avoidance feature is only to be used as an aid for terrain avoidance. Terrain data is obtained from third party sources. Garmin is not able to independently verify the accuracy of the terrain data. WARNING: The displayed minimum safe altitudes (MSAs) are only advisory in nature and should not be relied upon as the sole source of obstacle and terrain avoidance information. Always refer to current aeronautical charts for appropriate minimum clearance altitudes. WARNING: The altitude calculated by the GPS receivers is geometric height above Mean Sea Level and could vary significantly from the altitude displayed by pressure altimeters, such as the GDC 74B Air Data Computer, or other altimeters in aircraft. GPS altitude should never be used for vertical navigation. Always use pressure altitude displayed by the PFD or other pressure altimeters in aircraft. WARNING: Do not use outdated database information. Databases used in the system must be updated regularly in order to ensure that the information remains current. Pilots using any outdated database do so entirely at their own risk. WARNING: Do not use basemap (land and water data) information for primary navigation. Basemap data is intended only to supplement other approved navigation data sources and should be considered as an aid to enhance situational awareness. WARNING: Traffic information shown on system displays is provided as an aid in visually acquiring traffic. Pilots must maneuver the aircraft based upon TCAS II Resolution Advisories (if installed), ATC guidance, or positive visual acquisition of conflicting traffic. WARNING: XM Weather should not be used for hazardous weather penetration. Weather information provided by the GDL 69 is approved only for weather avoidance, not penetration. Warning: NEXRAD weather data is to be used for long-range planning purposes only. Due to inherent delays in data transmission and the relative age of the data, NEXRAD weather data should not be used for short-range weather avoidance. WARNING: The Garmin G1000, as installed in the Cessna Citation Mustang aircraft, has a very high degree of functional integrity. However, the pilot must recognize that providing monitoring and/or self-test capability for all conceivable system failures is not practical. Although unlikely, it may be possible for erroneous operation to occur without a fault indication shown by the system. It is thus the responsibility of the pilot to detect such an occurrence by means of cross-checking with all redundant or correlated information available in the cockpit. WARNING: For safety reasons, system operational procedures must be learned on the ground. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang i Warnings, Cautions, and Notes WARNING: The United States government operates the Global Positioning System and is solely responsible for its accuracy and maintenance. The GPS system is subject to changes which could affect the accuracy and performance of all GPS equipment. Portions of the system utilize GPS as a precision electronic NAVigation AID (NAVAID). Therefore, as with all NAVAIDs, information presented by the system can be misused or misinterpreted and, therefore, become unsafe. WARNING: To reduce the risk of unsafe operation, carefully review and understand all aspects of the G1000 Pilot’s Guide documentation and the Cessna Citation Mustang Airplane Flight Manual. Thoroughly practice basic operation prior to actual use. During flight operations, carefully compare indications from the system to all available navigation sources, including the information from other NAVAIDs, visual sightings, charts, etc. For safety purposes, always resolve any discrepancies before continuing navigation. WARNING: The illustrations in this guide are only examples. Never use the system to attempt to penetrate a thunderstorm. Both the FAA Advisory Circular, Subject: Thunderstorms, and the Aeronautical Information Manual (AIM) recommend avoiding “by at least 20 miles any thunderstorm identified as severe or giving an intense radar echo.” WARNING: Lamp(s) inside this product may contain mercury (HG) and must be recycled or disposed of according to local, state, or federal laws. For more information, refer to our website at www.garmin.com/ aboutGarmin/environment/disposal.jsp. WARNING: Because of variation in the earth’s magnetic field, operating the system within the following areas could result in loss of reliable attitude and heading indications. North of 72° North latitude at all longitudes. South of 70° South latitude at all longitudes. North of 65° North latitude between longitude 75° W and 120° W. (Northern Canada). North of 70° North latitude between longitude 70° W and 128° W. (Northern Canada). North of 70° North latitude between longitude 85° E and 114° E. (Northern Russia). South of 55° South latitude between longitude 120° E and 165° E. (Region south of Australia and New Zealand). WARNING: Do not use GPS to navigate to any active waypoint identified as a ‘NON WGS84 WPT’ by a system message. ‘NON WGS84 WPT’ waypoints are derived from an unknown map reference datum that may be incompatible with the map reference datum used by GPS (known as WGS84) and may be positioned in error as displayed. CAUTION: The PFD and MFD displays use a lens coated with a special anti-reflective coating that is very sensitive to skin oils, waxes, and abrasive cleaners. CLEANERS CONTAINING AMMONIA WILL HARM THE ANTI-REFLECTIVE COATING. It is very important to clean the lens using a clean, lint-free cloth and an eyeglass lens cleaner that is specified as safe for anti-reflective coatings. CAUTION: The system does not contain any user-serviceable parts. Repairs should only be made by an authorized Garmin service center. Unauthorized repairs or modifications could void both the warranty and the pilot’s authority to operate this device under FAA/FCC regulations. ii Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Warnings, Cautions, and Notes nOTE: All visual depictions contained within this document, including screen images of the panel and displays, are subject to change and may not reflect the most current system and databases. Depictions of equipment may differ slightly from the actual equipment. NOTE: This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. NOTE: This product, its packaging, and its components contain chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer, birth defects, or reproductive harm. This notice is being provided in accordance with California’s Proposition 65. If you have any questions or would like additional information, please refer to our web site at www.garmin.com/prop65. NOTE: Interference from GPS repeaters operating inside nearby hangars can cause an intermittent loss of attitude and heading displays while the aircraft is on the ground. Moving the aircraft more than 100 yards away from the source of the interference should alleviate the condition. NOTE: Use of polarized eyewear may cause the flight displays to appear dim or blank. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang iii Warnings, Cautions, and Notes Blank Page iv Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Revision Information Record of Revisions Part Number 190-00494-00 Revision Date A October, 2006 B November, 2006 Page Range i through I-6 4-7, 4-16, 4-34 5-108 through 5-126 7-33 through 7-45 190-00494-01 A B February, 2007 May, 2007 i through I-6 i through I-6 190-00494-02 A April, 2008 i through I-6 190-00494-03 B A May, 2008 June, 2010 All i through I-6 190-00494-03 Rev. A Description Production release Added ‘SQ’ and ‘RX’ annunciations. Added transponder code entry using the FMS Knob. Added flying an example flight plan to the GPS Navigation section. Udated AFCS examples to be consistent with the example flight plan in GPS Navigation section. Added GDU 8.00 parameters and made various corrections. Added KHF 1050 HF and KTA 870 TAS Reformatted GPS Navigation Section Corrected various clerical errors Production Release Added Synthetic Vision System Added other GDU 9.01 parameters Corrected clerical error. Added GDU 10.01 parameters Added GSD 41 Added GMA -20 Added new page navigation TCAS II Radar Altimeter Added AOPA Airport Directory Added dual navigation database capability Added database synchronization Corrected various clerical errors Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang v Revision Information Blank Page vi Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Table of Contents 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 Section 1 System Overview System Description.................................................. 1 Line Replaceable Units (LRU).................................. 2 G1000 Controls......................................................... 7 PFD Controls................................................................. 7 Controls Associated With the MFD.................................. 9 AFCS Controls............................................................. 10 Audio Panel Controls................................................... 12 Secure Digital Cards.............................................. 14 System Power-up.................................................... 15 System Operation................................................... 16 Normal Operation. ...................................................... 16 Reversionary Mode. .................................................... 16 AHRS Operation.......................................................... 18 G1000 System Annunciations....................................... 19 Softkey Function. ........................................................ 20 GPS Receiver Operation............................................... 28 Accessing G1000 Functionality............................ 33 Menus. ...................................................................... 33 MFD Page Groups. ...................................................... 34 MFD System Pages...................................................... 38 Display Backlighting.............................................. 48 Automatic Adjustment................................................. 48 Manual Adjustment..................................................... 48 Section 2 Flight Instruments 2.1 Flight Instruments.................................................. 54 Airspeed Indicator....................................................... 54 Attitude Indicator........................................................ 57 Altimeter.................................................................... 59 Vertical Speed Indicator (VSI). ...................................... 63 Vertical Deviation........................................................ 63 Horizontal Situation Indicator (HSI)............................... 64 Course Deviation Indicator (CDI)................................... 69 2.2 Supplemental Flight Data..................................... 77 Temperature Displays. ................................................. 77 Wind Data.................................................................. 78 Vertical Navigation (VNV) Indications. .......................... 79 2.3 PFD Annunciations and Alerting Functions......... 80 System Alerting........................................................... 80 Marker Beacon Annunciations...................................... 81 190-00494-03 Rev. A Traffic Annunciations................................................... 81 TAWS Annunciations. .................................................. 82 Minimum Descent Altitude/Decision Height Alerting....... 82 Altitude Alerting. ........................................................ 84 Low Altitude Annunciation........................................... 84 Radar Altimeter........................................................... 85 2.4 Abnormal Operations............................................ 87 Abnormal GPS Conditions............................................ 87 Unusual Attitudes. ...................................................... 88 Section 3 Engine Indication & Crew Alerting System (EICAS) 3.1 Engine Indication System (EIS)............................. 91 Engine Stage Rotation Speeds (N1 and N2). .................. 92 Oil Pressure and Temperature....................................... 93 Fuel Display................................................................ 93 Interstage Turbine Temperature..................................... 94 Electrical Display......................................................... 94 Pressurization Display.................................................. 95 Trim and Flap Indicators............................................... 96 3.2 Crew Alerting System (CAS).................................. 97 CAS Messages and Prioritization. ................................. 98 Section 4 Audio Panel and CNS 4.1 Overview............................................................... 101 Audio Panel Volume Control....................................... 101 PFD Controls and Frequency Display. .......................... 102 Audio Panel Controls................................................. 104 4.2 COM Operation..................................................... 106 COM Transceiver Selection and Activation. .................. 106 COM Transceiver Manual Tuning................................. 107 Quick-tuning and Activating 121.500 MHz. ................. 108 Auto-tuning the COM Frequency. ............................... 109 Frequency Spacing. ................................................... 114 Automatic Squelch.................................................... 115 Volume. ................................................................... 115 4.3 NAV Operation...................................................... 116 NAV Radio Selection and Activation............................ 116 NAV Receiver Manual Tuning. .................................... 117 Auto-tuning a NAV Frequency from the MFD. .............. 119 Marker Beacon Receiver. ........................................... 124 ADF/DME Tuning....................................................... 125 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang vii Table of Contents 4.4 Mode S Transponder............................................ 129 GTX 33/33D Transponder Controls. ............................. 130 GTX 33/33D Transponder Mode Selection.................... 131 TCAS II Transponder Controls (optional). ..................... 133 TCAS II Transponder Mode Selection (optional)............ 134 Entering a Transponder Code...................................... 136 IDENT Function......................................................... 137 Flight ID Reporting.................................................... 138 4.5 Additional Audio Panel Functions...................... 139 Power-up.................................................................. 139 Mono/Stereo Headsets. ............................................. 139 Speaker.................................................................... 139 Unmuted Inputs........................................................ 139 Intercom. ................................................................. 140 Passenger Address (PA) System. ................................. 141 Simultaneous COM Operation.................................... 141 Clearance Recorder and Player................................... 142 4.6 Audio Panels Preflight Procedure....................... 143 4.7 Abnormal Operation............................................ 145 Stuck Microphone..................................................... 145 COM Tuning Failure................................................... 145 PFD Failure, Dual System............................................ 145 Audio Panel Fail-safe Operation.................................. 146 Reversionary Mode. .................................................. 146 Section 5 Flight Management 5.1 Introduction.......................................................... 147 Navigation Status Box............................................... 149 5.2 Using Map Displays.............................................. 150 Map Orientation. ...................................................... 150 Map Range............................................................... 152 Map Panning............................................................ 155 Measuring Bearing and Distance. ............................... 160 Topography. ............................................................. 161 Map Symbols............................................................ 164 Airways.................................................................... 170 Track Vector.............................................................. 172 Wind Vector.............................................................. 173 Nav Range Ring........................................................ 174 Fuel Range Ring........................................................ 175 Field of View (SVS). ................................................... 176 5.3 Waypoints.............................................................. 177 Airports.................................................................... 178 Intersections............................................................. 185 viii NDBs. ...................................................................... 187 VORs........................................................................ 189 User Waypoints......................................................... 191 5.4 Airspaces............................................................... 197 5.5 Direct-to-Navigation . ......................................... 201 5.6 Flight Planning...................................................... 207 Flight Plan Creation................................................... 208 Adding Waypoints to an Existing Flight Plan................ 213 Adding Airways to a Flight Plan.................................. 215 Adding Procedures to a Stored Flight Plan................... 218 Flight Plan Storage.................................................... 225 Flight Plan Editing..................................................... 227 Along Track Offsets. .................................................. 230 Parallel Track. ........................................................... 232 Activating a Flight Plan Leg........................................ 235 Inverting a Flight Plan. .............................................. 236 Flight Plan Views....................................................... 237 Closest Point of FPL................................................... 239 5.7 Vertical Navigation.............................................. 240 Altitude Constraints. ................................................. 242 5.8 Procedures............................................................ 245 Departures. .............................................................. 245 Arrivals . .................................................................. 248 Approaches . ............................................................ 250 5.9 Trip Planning......................................................... 256 Trip Planning. ........................................................... 256 Weight Planning. ...................................................... 260 Weight Caution And Warning Conditions..................... 262 5.10 RAIM Prediction................................................... 263 5.11 Navigating a Flight Plan...................................... 266 5.12 Abnormal Operation............................................ 295 Section 6 Hazard Avoidance 6.1 XM Satellite Weather........................................... 297 Activating Services.................................................... 297 Using XM Satellite Weather Products.......................... 299 6.2 Airborne Color Weather Radar........................... 326 System Description.................................................... 326 Principles of Pulsed Airborne Weather Radar................ 326 Safe Operating Distance. ........................................... 331 Basic Antenna Tilt Setup. ........................................... 331 Weather Mapping and Interpretation.......................... 333 Ground Mapping and Interpretation. .......................... 346 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Table of Contents 6.3 TAWS-B.................................................................. 347 Displaying TAWS-B Data. ........................................... 348 TAWS-B Page............................................................ 350 TAWS-B Alerts........................................................... 352 System Status........................................................... 358 6.4 Traffic Information Service (TIS)......................... 360 Displaying TRAFFIC Data............................................ 361 Traffic Map Page....................................................... 363 TIS Alerts.................................................................. 364 System Status........................................................... 366 6.5 Traffic Advisory System (TAS)............................. 369 TAS Symbology......................................................... 369 Operation................................................................. 370 Altitude Display. ....................................................... 373 Traffic Map Page Display Range.................................. 373 TAS Alerts................................................................. 375 System Status........................................................... 376 6.6 TCAS II Traffic........................................................ 377 TCAS II Symbology.................................................... 377 TCAS II Alerts............................................................ 378 System Test............................................................... 381 Operation................................................................. 382 System Status........................................................... 388 7.4 Lateral Modes....................................................... 415 Roll Hold Mode (ROL)................................................ 416 Low Bank Mode........................................................ 416 Navigation Modes (GPS, VOR, LOC)............................. 418 Approach Modes (GPS, VAPP, LOC).............................. 420 Backcourse Mode (BC)............................................... 421 7.5 Autopilot and Yaw Damper Operation.............. 423 Flight Control. .......................................................... 423 Engagement............................................................. 424 Control Wheel Steering.............................................. 424 Disengagement......................................................... 425 7.6 Example Flight Plan............................................. 426 Departure................................................................. 427 Intercepting a VOR Radial.......................................... 429 Flying a Flight Plan/GPS Course.................................. 430 Descent.................................................................... 431 Approach. ................................................................ 435 Go Around/Missed Approach...................................... 438 7.7 AFCS Annunciations and Alerts.......................... 440 AFCS Status Alerts..................................................... 440 Overspeed Protection. ............................................... 441 Emergency Descent Mode (EDM)................................ 441 Section 7 Automatic Flight Control System 7.1 AFCS Controls....................................................... 392 7.2 Flight Director Operation.................................... 394 Activating the Flight Director...................................... 394 AFCS Status Box. ...................................................... 395 Flight Director Modes................................................ 396 Switching Flight Directors. ......................................... 396 Command Bars......................................................... 397 7.3 Vertical Modes...................................................... 398 Pitch Hold Mode (PIT)................................................ 399 Selected Altitude Capture Mode (ALTS). ...................... 400 Altitude Hold Mode (ALT)........................................... 401 Vertical Speed Mode (VS)........................................... 402 Flight Level Change Mode (FLC). ................................ 403 Vertical Navigation Modes (VPTH, ALTV). .................... 406 Glidepath Mode (GP)................................................. 411 Glideslope Mode (GS)................................................ 413 Takeoff (TO) and Go Around (GA) Modes..................... 414 8.1 190-00494-03 Rev. A 8.2 8.3 8.4 Section 8 Additional Features Synthetic Vision System (SVS)............................ 444 SVS Operation. ......................................................... 445 SVS Features............................................................. 447 Field of View............................................................. 456 SafeTaxi................................................................. 458 SafeTaxi Cycle Number and Revision........................... 461 ChartView.............................................................. 464 ChartView Softkeys. .................................................. 464 ChartView Terminal Procedures Charts........................ 465 Chart Options........................................................... 473 Day/Night View......................................................... 479 ChartView Cycle Number and Expiration Date. ............ 481 FliteCharts............................................................. 484 FliteCharts Softkeys................................................... 484 FliteCharts Terminal Procedures Charts........................ 485 Chart Options........................................................... 492 Day/Night View......................................................... 496 FliteCharts Cycle Number and Expiration Date............. 498 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang ix Table of Contents 8.5 AOPA Airport Directory........................................ 501 AOPA Database Cycle Number and Revision................ 501 8.6 XM Radio Entertainment..................................... 504 Activating XM Satellite Radio Services. ....................... 504 Using XM Radio........................................................ 506 8.7 Scheduler............................................................... 510 8.8 Flight Data Logging............................................. 512 8.9 Abnormal Operation............................................ 514 SVS Troubleshooting.................................................. 514 Reversionary Mode. .................................................. 514 Unusual Attitudes. .................................................... 515 Appendices Annunciations and Alerts.............................................. 519 CAS Messages.......................................................... 519 Comparator Annunciations......................................... 520 Reversionary Sensor Annunciations............................. 521 G1000 System Annunciations..................................... 521 G1000 System Message Advisories............................. 524 AFCS Alerts............................................................... 536 TAWS-B ALERTS. ....................................................... 537 TCAS II Alerts and Annunciations................................ 538 Other G1000 Aural Alerts........................................... 539 Flight Plan Import/Export Messages............................ 539 Database Management................................................. 541 Garmin Databases..................................................... 541 Jeppesen Databases.................................................. 542 Automatic Database Synchronization.......................... 543 Loading Updated Databases. ..................................... 544 Glossary........................................................................... 547 Frequently Asked Questions......................................... 553 General TIS Information................................................ 557 Introduction.............................................................. 557 TIS vs. TAS/TCAS........................................................ 557 TIS Limitations.......................................................... 557 Display Symbols............................................................. 559 Index Index . ...............................................................................I-1 x Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A System Overview Section 1 System Overview 1.1System Description This section provides an overview of the G1000 Integrated Flight Deck as installed in the Cessna Citation Mustang. The G1000 system is an integrated flight control system that presents flight instrumentation, position, navigation, communication, and identification information to the pilot through large-format displays. The system consists of the following Line Replaceable Units (LRUs): • GDU 1040A Primary Flight Display (PFD) • GDL 69A Satellite Data Link Receiver • GDU 1500 Multi Function Display (MFD) • GWX 68 Weather Radar • GIA 63W Integrated Avionics Unit • GCU 475 MFD Control Unit • GDC 74B Air Data Computer (ADC) • GMC 710 AFCS Control Unit • GEA 71 Engine/Airframe Unit • GSD 41 Data Concentrator • GRS 77 Attitude and Heading Reference System (AHRS) • GTP 59 Outside Air Temperature (OAT) Probe • GMU 44 Magnetometer • GMA 1347D or GMA 1347D-20 Dual Audio System with Integrated Marker Beacon Receiver • GA 36 GPS/WAAS and GA 37 GPS/WAAS/XM Antennas • GSA 80 and GSA 81 AFCS Servos • GSM 85A Servo Gearboxes • GTX 33/33D Mode S Transponder (not used with optional TCAS II) A top-level G1000 system block diagram is shown in Figure 1-1 (it does not include the GA 36, GA 37, or GSM 85A). The following equipment is also connected to the G1000 system and interfaces with the GIA 63Ws: • Becker RA 3502 – A remotely mounted ADF receiver that operates in the 190.0 kHz to 1799.5 kHz frequency band with 0.5 kHz channel spacing. • Honeywell KN 63 – A remotely mounted 200-channel, 100-watt, all-solid-state digital DME transceiver that provides distance information to the G1000 system. • Honeywell KTA 870 – Traffic Advisory System • Honeywell KHF 1050 – HF Transceiver • Honeywell KRA405B – Radar Altimeter • Aviation Communication & Surveillance Systems RCZ 852 – Mode S Transponder • L-3 FA2100 – Cockpit Voice and Flight Data Recorder NOTE: Refer to the AFCS section for details on the GFC 700 AFCS. In the Cessna Citation Mustang, the GFC 700 Automated Flight Control System (AFCS) provides the flight director (FD), autopilot (AP), and yaw damper (YD) functions of the G1000 system. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 1 System Overview 1.2 Line Replaceable Units (LRU) • GDU 1040A (2) – Each unit is configured as a PFD that features a 10.4-inch LCD with 1024 x 768 resolution. The unit installed on the left/pilot side is designated as PFD1, and the one installed on the right/copilot side is designated as PFD2. These units communicate with each other, the MFD, and with the on-side GIA 63W Integrated Avionics Unit through a High-Speed Data Bus (HSDB) connection. • GDU 1500 (1) – Features a 15-inch LCD with 1024 x 768 resolution and is configured as an MFD. This unit is linked to both PFDs via HSDB connection. • GIA 63W (2) – Functions as the main communication hub, linking all LRUs with the on-side PFD. Each GIA 63W contains a GPS WAAS receiver, VHF COM/NAV/GS receivers, a flight director (FD) and system integration microprocessors. Each GIA 63W is paired with the on-side PFD via HSDB connection. The GIA 63Ws are not paired together and do not communicate with each other directly. 2 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A System Overview • GDC 74B (2) – Processes data from the pitot/static system as well as the OAT probe. This unit provides pressure altitude, airspeed, vertical speed and OAT information to the G1000 system, and it communicates with the on-side GIA 63W, on-side GDU 1040A and on-side GRS 77, using an ARINC 429 digital interface (it also interfaces directly with the on-side GTP 59). The GDC 74B is designed to operate in Reduced Vertical Separation Minimum (RVSM) airspace. • GEA 71 (2) – Receives and processes signals from the engine and airframe sensors. This unit communicates with both GIA 63Ws using an RS-485 digital interface. • GRS 77 (2) – Provides aircraft attitude and heading information via ARINC 429 to both the on-side GDU 1040A and the on-side GIA 63W. The GRS 77 contains advanced sensors (including accelerometers and rate sensors) and interfaces with the on-side GMU 44 to obtain magnetic field information, with the GDC 74B to obtain air data, and with both GIA 63Ws to obtain GPS information. AHRS modes of operation are discussed later in this document. • GMU 44 (2) – Measures local magnetic field. Data is sent to the GRS 77 for processing to determine aircraft magnetic heading. This unit receives power directly from the GRS 77 and communicates with the GRS 77, using an RS-485 digital interface. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 3 System Overview • GMA 1347D or GMA 1347D-20 (2) – Integrates NAV/COM digital audio, intercom system and marker beacon controls, and is installed in dual configuration on the outboard side of PFD1 and PFD2. This unit also enables the manual control of the display reversionary mode (red DISPLAY BACKUP button) and communicates with the on-side GIA 63W, using an RS-232 digital interface. • GTX 33 (1) and GTX 33D (1 or 2) – Solid-state transponders that provide Modes A, C and S capability. Transponder #1 (XPDR1) is a GTX 33D, which includes Mode S with diversity. Either the GTX 33 or GTX 33D may be installed as Transponder #2 (XPDR2). Both transponders can be controlled from either PFD, and only one transponder can be active at a time. Each transponder communicates with the on-side GIA 63W through an RS-232 digital interface. • GDL 69A (1) – A satellite radio receiver that provides real-time weather information to the G1000 MFD (and, indirectly, to the inset map of the PFD) as well as digital audio entertainment. The GDL 69A communicates with the MFD via HSDB connection. A subscription to the XM Satellite Radio service is required to enable the GDL 69A capability. • GWX 68 (1) – Provides airborne weather and ground mapped radar data to the MFD, through the GDL 69A, via HSDB connection. 4 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A System Overview • GCU 475 (1) – Provides the Flight Management System (FMS) controls for the MFD through an RS-232 digital interface. • GMC 710 (1) – Provides the controls for the GFC 700 AFCS through an RS-232 digital interface allowing communication with both PFDs. • GSD 41 (1) – This unit is a data concentrator used to expand the input and output capabilities of the system. Communication is through the High Speed Data Bus. • GTP 59 (2) – Provides Outside Air Temperature (OAT) data to the on-side GDC 74B. • GSA 80 (2), GSA 81 (2), and GSM 85A (4) – The GSA 80 servos are used for the automatic control of roll and yaw, while the GSA 81 servos are used for the automatic control of pitch and pitch trim. These units interface with each GIA 63W. The GSM 85A servo gearbox is responsible for transferring the output torque of the GSA 80/81 servo actuator to the mechanical flight-control surface linkage. • GA 36 (1) and GA 37 (1) – The GA 36 is a through-mount GPS/WAAS antenna. The GA 37 is a through-mount GPS/WAAS antenna with XM/Data Link. GA 36 190-00494-03 Rev. A GA 37 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 5 System Overview GMC 710 GSD 41 GDU 1040A (PFD #1) GDL 69A GMA 1347D or GMA 1347D-20 #1 GWX 68 GCU 475 GDU 1500 (MFD) GMU 44 #1 GDU 1040A (PFD #2) GMA 1347D or GMA 1347D-20 #2 GMU 44 #2 GRS 77 #1 GRS 77 #2 GIA 63W #1 GIA 63W #2 VHF COM VHF NAV/LOC GPS/WAAS G/S GDC 74B #1 AFCS Mode Logic Flight Director Servo Management GTP 59 #1 GDC 74B #2 VHF COM VHF NAV/LOC GPS/WAAS G/S GTP 59 #2 AFCS Mode Logic Flight Director Servo Management GSA 81 (Pitch Trim) GSA 81 (Pitch) GSA 80 GTX 33D (Roll) GTX 33 GSA 80 (Yaw) GEA 71 #1 GEA 71 #2 Figure 1-1 G1000 System (LRU Configuration) 6 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A System Overview 1.3G1000 Controls NOTE: The Audio Panel (GMA 1347D) and AFCS controls (GMC 710) are described in the CNS & Audio Panel and AFCS sections respectively. The G1000 system controls are located on the PFD and MFD bezels, MFD Control Unit, AFCS Control Unit and audio panel. The controls for the PFD and MFD are discussed within the following pages of this section. PFD Controls 1 2 4 3 5 6 7 8 Figure 1-2 PFD Controls 9 13 10 14 11 15 12 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 7 System Overview The following list provides an overview of the controls located on the PFD bezel (see Figure 1-2). 8 1 NAV VOL/ID Knob – Controls NAV audio volume level. Press to toggle the Morse code identifier audio ON and OFF. Volume level is shown in the NAV frequency field as a percentage. 2 NAV Frequency Transfer Key – Toggles the standby and active NAV frequencies. 3 Dual NAV Knob – Tunes the standby frequencies for the NAV receiver (large knob for MHz; small knob for kHz). Press to switch the tuning box (cyan box) between NAV1 and NAV2. 4 Joystick – Changes the map range when rotated. Activates the map pointer when pressed. 5 BARO Knob – Sets the altimeter barometric pressure. Press to enter standard pressure (STD BARO). 6 Dual COM Knob – Tunes the standby frequencies for the COM transceiver (large knob for MHz; small knob for kHz). Press to switch the tuning box (cyan box) between COM1 and COM2. 7 COM Frequency Transfer Key – Toggles the standby and active COM frequencies. Press and hold this key for two seconds to tune the emergency frequency (121.5 MHz) automatically into the active frequency field. 8 COM VOL/SQ Knob – Controls COM audio volume level. Volume level is shown in the COM frequency field as a percentage. Press to turn the COM automatic squelch ON and OFF. 9 Direct-to Key ( ) – Allows the user to enter a destination waypoint and establish a direct course to the selected destination (the destination is either specified by the identifier, chosen from the active route, or taken from the map pointer position). 10 FPL Key – Displays the active Flight Plan Page for creating and editing the active flight plan. 11 CLR Key – Erases information, cancels entries, or removes page menus. 12 Dual FMS Knob – Flight Management System Knob. Press the FMS Knob to turn the selection cursor ON and OFF. When the cursor is ON, data may be entered in the applicable window by turning the small and large knobs. The large knob moves the cursor on the page, while the small knob selects individual characters for the highlighted cursor location. 13 MENU Key – Displays a context-sensitive list of options. This list allows the user to access additional features or make setting changes that relate to particular pages. 14 PROC Key – Gives access to IFR departure procedures (DPs), arrival procedures (STARs) and approach procedures (IAPs) for a flight plan. If a flight plan is used, available procedures for the departure and/or arrival airport are automatically suggested. These procedures can then be loaded into the active flight plan. If a flight plan is not used, both the desired airport and the desired procedure may be selected. 15 ENT Key – Validates or confirms a menu selection or data entry. Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A System Overview Controls Associated With the MFD The controls for the MFD (GDU 1500) are located on both the MFD bezel and the MFD Control Unit (GCU 475). The bottom portion of the MFD bezel features 12 softkeys that are designed to perform various functions depending upon the specific page being displayed. These softkeys are discussed throughout the Pilot’s Guide documentation. The following list provides an overview of the controls located on the MFD Control Unit (see Figure 1-3): 1 3 2 4 5 6 7 8 9 14 13 12 11 10 Figure 1-3 MFD Control Unit (GCU 475) 1 Dual FMS Knob – Flight Management System Knob. This knob selects the MFD page to be viewed; the large knob selects a page group (MAP, WPT, AUX, NRST), while the small knob selects a specific page within the page group. Pressing the FMS Knob turns the selection cursor ON and OFF. When the cursor is ON, data may be entered in the applicable window by turning the small and large knobs. In this case, the large knob moves the cursor on the page, while the small knob selects individual characters for the highlighted cursor location. 2 Direct-to Key ( ) – Allows the user to enter a destination waypoint and establish a direct course to the selected destination (the destination is either specified by the identifier, chosen from the active route, or taken from the map pointer position). 3 FPL Key – Displays the active Flight Plan Page for creating and editing the active flight plan, or for accessing stored flight plans. 4 MENU Key – Displays a context-sensitive list of options. This list allows the user to access additional features or make setting changes that relate to particular pages. 5 PROC Key – Gives access to IFR departure procedures (DPs), arrival procedures (STARs) and approach procedures (IAPs) for a flight plan. If a flight plan is used, available procedures for the departure and/or arrival airport are automatically suggested. Theses procedures can then be loaded into the active flight plan. If a flight plan is not used, both the desired airport and the desired procedure may be selected. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 9 System Overview 6 Joystick – Changes the map range when rotated. Activates the map pointer when pressed. 7 Alphanumeric Keys – Allow the user to enter data quickly, without having to select individual characters with the FMS Knob. 8 Plus (+) Minus (-) Key – Toggles a (+) or (-) character. 9 Decimal Key – Enters a decimal point. 10 SEL Key – The center of this key activates the selected softkey, while the right and left arrows move the softkey selection box to the right and left, respectively. 11 ENT Key – Validates or confirms a menu selection or data entry. 12 CLR Key – Erases information, cancels entries, or removes page menus. Pressing and holding this key displays the Navigation Map Page automatically. 13 SPC Key – Adds a space character. 14 BKSP Key – Moves the cursor back one character space. AFCS Controls NOTE: With the exception of the FD and SPD Keys, if a key is selected, its respective annunciator is illuminated. 1 2 3 4 19 18 17 16 5 15 14 6 7 13 12 8 11 10 9 Figure 1-4 AFCS Control Unit (GMC 710) The GFC 700 AFCS is mainly controlled through the GMC 710 AFCS Control Unit. The AFCS Control Unit consists of the following controls: 10 1 HDG Key – Selects/deselects Heading Select Mode. 2 APR Key – Selects/deselects Approach Mode. 3 NAV Key – Selects/deselects Navigation Mode. Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A System Overview 4 FD Key – Activates/deactivates the flight director in the default pitch and roll modes. If the autopilot is engaged, the FD Key is disabled. 5 XFR Key – Switches the autopilot between the pilot-side and the copilot-side flight directors. This selection also selects which air data computer is communicating with the active transponder. Upon power-up, the pilot-side FD is selected. 6 ALT Key – Selects/deselects Altitude Hold Mode. 7 VS Key – Selects/deselects Vertical Speed Mode. 8 FLC Key – Selects/deselects Flight Level Change Mode. 9 CRS2 Knob – Sets the copilot-selected course on the HSI of PFD2 when the VOR1, VOR2, or OBS/SUSP mode is selected. Pressing this knob centers the CDI on the currently selected VOR. The copilot-selected course provides course reference to the copilot-side flight director when operating in Navigation and Approach modes. 10 SPD Key – Switches the Flight Level Change mode reference speed between IAS and MACH number. 11 NOSE UP/DN Wheel – Controls the active mode reference for the Pitch, Vertical Speed, and Flight Level Change modes. 12 VNV Key – Selects/deselects Vertical Navigation mode. 13 ALT SEL Knob – Sets the selected altitude in the Selected Altitude Box. In addition to providing the standard G1000 altitude alerter function, selected altitude provides an altitude setting for the Altitude Capture/Hold mode of the AFCS. 14 YD Key – Engages/disengages the yaw damper. 15 AP Key – Engages/disengages the autopilot. 16 BANK Key – Selects/deselects Low Bank Mode. 17 CRS1 Knob – Sets the pilot-selected course on the HSI of PFD1 when the VOR1, VOR2, or OBS/SUSP mode is selected. Pressing this knob centers the CDI on the currently selected VOR. The pilot-selected course provides course reference to the pilot-side flight director when operating in Navigation and Approach modes. 18 BC Key – Selects/deselects Back Course Mode. 19 HDG Knob – Sets the selected heading on the HSI. When operating in Heading Select mode, this knob provides the heading reference to the flight director. Additional AFCS Controls The AP DISC (Autopilot Disconnect) Switch, CWS (Control Wheel Steering) Button, GO AROUND Switch, and MEPT (Manual Electric Pitch Trim) Switch are additional AFCS controls and are located in the cockpit, separately from the AFCS Control Unit. These are discussed in detail in the AFCS section. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 11 System Overview Audio Panel Controls 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 21 25 24 GMA 1347D GMA 1347D-20 Figure 1-5 Audio Panel Controls NOTE: When a key is selected, a triangular annunciator above the key is illuminated. 12 1 COM1 MIC – Selects the #1 transmitter for transmitting. COM1 receive is simultaneously selected when this key is pressed allowing received audio from the #1 COM receiver to be heard. COM2 receiver audio can be added by pressing the COM2 Key. 2 COM1 – When selected, audio from the #1 COM receiver can be heard. 3 COM2 MIC – Selects the #2 transmitter for transmitting. COM2 is simultaneously selected when this key is pressed allowing received audio from the #2 COM receiver to be heard. COM2 can be deselected by pressing the COM2 Key, or COM1 can be added by pressing the COM1 Key. 4 COM2 – When selected, audio from the #2 COM receiver can be heard. Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A System Overview 5 COM3 MIC – Selects the KHF 1050 transmitter for transmitting (if installed). COM3 is simultaneously selected when this key is pressed allowing received audio from the HF receiver to be heard. COM3 can be deselected by pressing the COM3 Key, or COM1/COM2 can be added by pressing the COM1/COM2 Key. 6 COM3 – When selected, audio from the HF receiver (if installed) can be heard. 7 PA – Selects the passenger address system. The selected COM transmitter is deselected when the PA Key is pressed. 8 TEL – Not used on the Cessna Citation Mustang. 9 MUSIC – Not used on the Cessna Citation Mustang. 10 SPKR – Pressing this key selects and deselects the corresponding cockpit speaker. COM and NAV receiver audio will be heard on the speaker. 11 MKR/MUTE – Mutes the currently received marker beacon receiver audio. Unmutes when new marker beacon audio is received. 12 HI SENS – Press to increase Marker Beacon Receiver sensitivity. Press again to return to normal. 13 DME – Pressing turns DME audio on or off. 14 NAV1 – When selected, audio from the #1 NAV receiver can be heard. 15 ADF – Pressing turns on or off the audio from the ADF receiver. 16 NAV2 – When selected, audio from the #2 NAV receiver can be heard. 17 AUX – Not used on the Cessna Citation Mustang. 18 REC – Press to start the recording up to 2.5 minutes of COM receiver audio. When no audio is being received, nothing is recorded. Press again to stop recording. 19 PLAY – Press once to play the last recorded audio. Press again to stop playing. Press twice quickly while audio is playing and the previous block of recorded audio will be played. Each subsequent two presses will skip back to the previously recorded block. 20 INTR COM – Pressing selects the pilot/copilot intercom on both audio panels. Press again to deselect the intercom. 21 MAN SQ – Press to enable manual squelch for the intercom. When active, press the ICS Knob to illuminate ‘SQ’. Turn the ICS Knob to adjust squelch. 22 ICS Knob – Turn to adjust intercom volume or squelch. Press to switch between volume and squelch control as indicated by the ‘VOL’ or ‘SQ’ being illuminated. The MAN SQ Key must be selected to allow squelch adjustment. 23 MSTR Knob – The Master Volume Control adjusts volume for the blended NAV, COM, and intercom audio. 24 Reversionary Mode Button – Pressing manually selects Reversionary Mode. 25 CABIN – Initiates intercom communications with passengers in the cabin. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 13 System Overview 1.4Secure Digital Cards NOTE: Refer to the Appendices for instructions on updating the aviation database. NOTE: Ensure that the G1000 system is powered off before inserting the SD card. The GDU 1040A and GDU 1500 data card slots use Secure Digital (SD) cards and are located on the top right portion of the display bezels. Each display bezel is equipped with two SD card slots. SD cards are used for aviation database and system software updates as well as terrain database storage. Not all SD cards are compatible with the G1000. Use only SD cards supplied by Garmin or the aircraft manufacturer. Install an SD card Insert the SD card in the SD card slot, pushing the card in until the spring latch engages. The front of the card should remain flush with the face of the display bezel. Remove an SD card Gently press on the SD card to release the spring latch and eject the card. PFD MFD SD Card Slots Figure 1-6 Display Bezel SD Card Slots 14 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A System Overview 1.5System Power-up NOTE: Refer to the Appendices for AHRS initialization bank angle limitations. NOTE: See the Appendices for additional information regarding system-specific annunciations and alerts. NOTE: See the Airplane Flight Manual (AFM) for specific procedures concerning avionics power application and emergency power supply operation. The G1000 system is integrated with the aircraft electrical system and receives power directly from electrical busses. The G1000 PFDs, MFD and supporting sub-systems include both power-on and continuous built-in test features that exercise the processor, RAM, ROM, external inputs and outputs to provide safe operation. During system initialization, test annunciations are displayed, as shown in Figure 1-7. All system annunciations should disappear typically within one minute of power-up. Upon power-up, key annunciator lights also become momentarily illuminated on the audio panels, the control units and the display bezels. On the PFD, the AHRS begins to initialize and displays ‘AHRS ALIGN: Keep Wings Level’. The AHRS should display valid attitude and heading fields typically within one minute of power-up. The AHRS can align itself both while taxiing and during level flight. When the MFD powers up (Figure 1-8), the MFD Power-up Page displays the following information: • System version • Copyright • Land database name and version • Safe Taxi database information • Terrain database name and version • Airport Terrain database name and version • Obstacle database name and version • Navigation database name, version, and effective dates • Airport Directory name, version and effective dates • FliteCharts or ChartView database information Current database information includes the valid operating dates, cycle number and database type. When this information has been reviewed for currency (to ensure that no databases have expired), the pilot is prompted to continue. Pressing the ENT Key acknowledges this information and displays the Auxiliary (AUX) Weight Planning Page. Figure 1-7 PFD Initialization 190-00494-03 Rev. A Figure 1-8 MFD Power-up Page Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 15 System Overview 1.6System Operation The displays are connected together via a single Ethernet bus, thus allowing for high-speed communication. As shown in Figure 1-1, each GIA 63W is connected to the on-side PFD. This section discusses the normal and reversionary modes of operation as well as the various AHRS modes of the G1000 system. Normal Operation PFD In normal mode, the PFD presents graphical flight instrumentation (attitude, heading, airspeed, altitude and vertical speed), thereby replacing the traditional flight instrument cluster. The PFD also offers control for COM and NAV frequency selection. MFD In normal mode, the right portion of the MFD displays a full-color moving map with navigation information, while the left portion of the MFD is dedicated to the Engine Indication and Crew Alerting System (EICAS). Figure 1-9 gives an example of the G1000 displays in normal mode. PFD1 PFD2 MFD Figure 1-9 Normal Operation Reversionary Mode NOTE: The G1000 system alerts the pilot when backup paths are utilized by the LRUs. Refer to the Appendices for further information regarding system-specific alerts. Reversionary mode is a mode of operation in which all important flight information is presented identically on at least one of the remaining displays (see Figure 1-10). Transition to reversionary mode should be straightforward for the pilot, for flight parameters are presented in the same format as in normal mode. In reversionary mode, critical flight instrumentation is combined with engine instrumentation on the remaining display. Minimal navigation capability is available on the reversionary mode display. 16 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A System Overview Figure 1-10 Reversionary Mode (Manual) If the system detects a failure in the MFD, PFD1 will enter reversionary mode automatically. Reversionary mode must be entered manually in the case of PFD1 or PFD2 failure. Reversionary mode is manually activated by pressing the dedicated DISPLAY BACKUP button at the bottom of the audio panel (see Figure 1-11 and refer to the Audio Panel section for further details). Pressing this button again deactivates reversionary mode. Pressing the DISPLAY BACKUP button activates/ deactivates reversionary mode for both the on-side PFD and the MFD. Figure 1-11 DISPLAY BACKUP Button Each display can be configured to operate in reversionary mode, as follows: • PFD1 – Manual reversion by pressing the DISPLAY BACKUP button on the left audio panel. • MFD – Auto-reversion by the system or manually by pressing the DISPLAY BACKUP button on the left or the right audio panel. • PFD2 – By pressing the DISPLAY BACKUP button on the right audio panel. Should the connection between a PFD and the on-side GIA 63W become inoperative, the on-side GIA 63W can no longer communicate with the remaining PFD (refer to Figure 1-1). As a result, the NAV and COM functions provided to the failed PFD by the on-side GIA 63W are flagged as invalid (red “X”) on the remaining PFD (see Figure 1-12). Figure 1-12 Inoperative Input (NAV1 Shown) 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 17 System Overview AHRS Operation NOTE: Refer to the Appendices for specific AHRS alert information. Note: Aggressive maneuvering while the AHRS is not operating normally can degrade AHRS accuracy. In addition to using internal sensors, the GRS 77 AHRS uses GPS information, magnetic field data and air data to assist in attitude/heading calculations. In normal mode, the AHRS relies upon GPS and magnetic field measurements. If either of these external measurements is unavailable or invalid, the AHRS uses air data information for attitude determination. Four AHRS modes of operation are available (see Figure 1-13) and depend upon the combination of available sensor inputs. Loss of air data, GPS, or magnetometer sensor inputs is communicated to the pilot by message advisory alerts. available unavailable GPS Data unavailable available unavailable le ab AHRS no-GPS Mode ail av AHRS no- AHRS no-Mag/ Mag Mode no-Air Mode Heading Invalid Air Data un available Air Data AHRS Normal Operation Magnetometer Data available available unavailable Magnetometer Data Attitude/Heading Invalid Figure 1-13 AHRS Operation GPS Input Failure Note: In-flight initialization of AHRS, when operating without any valid source of GPS data and at true air speed values greater than approximately 200 knots, is not guaranteed. Under these rare conditions, it is possible for in-flight AHRS initialization to take an indefinite amount of time which would result in an extended period of time where valid AHRS outputs are unavailable. The G1000 system provides two sources of GPS information. If a single GPS receiver fails, or if the information provided from one of the GPS receivers is unreliable, the AHRS seamlessly transitions to using the 18 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A System Overview other GPS receiver. An alert message informs the pilot of the use of the backup GPS path. If both GPS inputs fail, the AHRS continues to operate in reversionary No-GPS mode so long as the air data and magnetometer inputs are available and valid. Air Data Input Failure A failure of the air data input has no effect on AHRS output while AHRS is operating in normal mode. A failure of the air data input while the AHRS is operating in reversionary No-GPS mode results in invalid attitude and heading information on the PFD (as indicated by red “X” flags). Magnetometer Failure If the magnetometer input fails, the AHRS transitions to one of the reversionary No-Magnetometer modes and continues to output valid attitude information. However, if the aircraft is airborne, the heading output on the PFD does become invalid (as indicated by a red “X”). G1000 System Annunciations NOTE: For a detailed description of all annunciations and alerts, refer to Appendix A. Refer to the Airplane Flight Manual (AFM) for additional information regarding pilot responses to these annunciations. When an LRU or an LRU function fails, a large red “X” is typically displayed on windows associated with the failed data (Figure 1-14 displays all possible flags and responsible LRUs). Upon G1000 power-up, certain windows remain invalid as equipment begins to initialize. All windows should be operational within one minute of power-up. If any window remains flagged, the G1000 system should be serviced by a Garminauthorized repair facility. GIA 63W Integrated Avionics Units GIA 63W Integrated Avionics Units GDC 74B Air Data Computer GEA 71 Engine Airframe Unit Or GIA 63W Integrated Avionics Unit GRS 77 AHRS Or GMU 44 Magnetometer Fuel Qty. Signal Conditioner GEA 71 Engine Airframe Unit KAPSII Pressure Controller GEA 71 Engine Airframe Unit GIA 63W Integrated Avionics Units FADEC GDC 74B Air Data Computer GTX 33/D Transponder Or GIA 63W Integrated Avionics Units Figure 1-14 G1000 System Failure Annunciations 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 19 System Overview Softkey Function The softkeys are located along the bottoms of the displays. The softkeys shown depend on the softkey level or page being displayed. The bezel keys below the softkeys can be used to select the appropriate softkey. When a softkey is selected, its color changes to black text on gray background and remains this way until it is turned off, at which time it reverts to white text on black background. Softkey On Softkey Names (displayed) Bezel-Mounted Softkeys (press) Figure 1-15 Softkeys (Second-Level PFD Configuration) Another means of selecting softkeys on the MFD is by using the MFD Control Unit: Selecting a softkey using the MFD Control Unit 1) Move the softkey selection box to the desired softkey using the arrows of the SEL Key. 2) Press the center of the SEL Key to select the desired softkey. PFD Softkeys The CDI, IDENT, TMR/REF, NRST, and MSG Softkeys undergo a momentary change to black text on gray background and automatically switch back to white text on black background when selected. If messages remain after acknowledgement, the MSG Softkey will be black on white. The PFD softkeys provide control over flight management functions, including GPS, NAV, terrain, traffic, and lightning (optional). Each softkey sublevel has a BACK Softkey which can be pressed to return to the previous level. The MSG Softkey is visible in all softkey levels. For the top level softkeys and the transponder (XPDR) levels, the IDENT Softkey remains visible. Level 1 Level 2 INSET or TRFC/MAP OFF DCLTR (3) TRAFFIC 20 Level 3 Level 4 Description Displays Inset Map in PFD lower left corner. The TRFC/MAP Softkey is displayed when the TCAS II option is installed. Pressing the TRFC/ MAP Softkey displays the Inset Map showing Traffic Map Page. Removes Inset Map Selects desired amount of map detail; cycles through declutter levels: DCLTR (No Declutter): All map features visible DCLTR-1: Declutters land data DCLTR-2: Declutters land and SUA data DCLTR-3: Removes everything except for the active flight plan Cycles through traffic display options: TRAFFIC: Traffic not displayed on inset map TRFC-1: Traffic displayed on inset map TRFC-2: Traffic Map Page is displayed in the inset map window Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A System Overview Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 TOPO Description Displays topographical data (e.g., coastlines, terrain, rivers, lakes) and elevation scale on Inset Map TERRAIN NEXRAD SYN TERR Displays terrain information on Inset Map Displays NEXRAD weather and coverage information on Inset Map (optional feature) Displays XM lightning information on Inset Map (optional feature) Displays softkeys for selecting the #1 and #2 AHRS and Air Data Computers Selects the #1 Air Data Computer Selects the #2 Air Data Computer Selects the #1 AHRS Selects the #2 AHRS Displays second-level softkeys for additional PFD configurations Displays the softkeys for enabling or disabling Synthetic Vision features Displays rectangular boxes representing the horizontal and vertical flight path of the active flight plan Enables synthetic terrain depiction HRZN HDG Displays compass heading along the Zero-Pitch line APTSIGNS Displays position markers for airports within approximately 15 nm of the current aircraft position. Airport identifiers are displayed when the airport is within approximately 9 nm. Resets PFD to default settings, including changing units to standard XM LTNG SENSOR ADC1 ADC2 AHRS1 AHRS2 PFD SYN VIS PATHWAY DFLTS WIND OPTN 1 OPTN 2 OPTN 3 OFF DME BRG1 BRG2 ALT UNIT METERS IN HPA 190-00494-03 Rev. A Level 4 Displays softkeys to select wind data parameters Wind direction arrows with headwind/tailwind and crosswind components Wind direction arrow and speed Wind direction arrow with headwind/tailwind and crosswind components Information not displayed Displays the information window for DME Cycles the Bearing 1 Information Window through NAV1, GPS/ waypoint identifier and GPS-derived distance information. Cycles the Bearing 2 Information Window through NAV2 or GPS waypoint identifier and GPS-derived distance information. Displays softkeys for setting the altimeter and BARO settings to metric units When enabled, displays altimeter in meters Press to display the BARO setting as inches of mercury Press to display the BARO setting as hectopacals Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 21 System Overview Level 1 Level 2 STD BARO OBS CDI ADF/DME (when ADF is installed) or DME XPDR XPDR1 XPDR2 STBY ON ALT GND VFR CODE IDENT TMR/REF NRST MSG 22 Level 3 Level 4 Description Sets barometric pressure to 29.92 in Hg (1013 hPa if metric units are selected) Selects OBS mode on the CDI when navigating by GPS (only available with active leg) Cycles through GPS, VOR1 (LOC1), and VOR2 (LOC2) navigation source on the CDI Displays the ADF/DME Tuning Window, providing ADF (when installed) tuning tuning, ADF Mode selection, ADF volume control, and selection of the NAV source for tuning each DME Transponder Softkeys without TCAS II Option Displays transponder mode selection softkeys Selects the #1 transponder as active Selects the #2 transponder as active Selects standby mode (transponder does not reply to any interrogations) Selects Mode A (transponder replies to identification interrogations) Selects Mode C – altitude reporting mode (transponder replies to identification and altitude interrogations) Manually selects Ground Mode, the transponder does not allow Mode A and Mode C replies, but it does permit acquisition squitter and replies to discretely addressed Mode S interrogations (not available with TCAS II) Automatically enters the VFR code (1200 in the U.S.A. only)(not avialable with TCAS II) Displays transponder code selection softkeys 0-7 0—7 Use numbers to enter code BKSP Removes numbers entered, one at a time Activates the Special Position Identification (SPI) pulse for 18 seconds, identifying the transponder return on the ATC screen Displays Timer/References Window Displays Nearest Airports Window Displays Messages Window Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A System Overview Level 1 Level 2 XPDR/TFC MODE TCAS CODE IDENT TMR/REF NRST MSG 190-00494-03 Rev. A Level 3 Level 4 Description Transponder/Traffic Softkeys with TCAS II Option Displays the transponder and TCAS II system selection softkeys Displays transponder mode selection softkeys STBY Selects transponder Standby Mode (transponder does not reply to any interrogations). When the transponder is set to standby, the TCAS II system is also set to standby. ON Activates transponder (transponder replies to identification interrogations). When the transponder is set to ON, the TCAS II system is set to standby. ALT Altitude Reporting Mode (transponder replies to identification and altitude interrogations). When the transponder is set to ALT, the TCAS II system is set to standby. TA ONLY Activates the TCAS II system in TA Only Mode and sets the transponder to ALT TA/RA Activates the TCAS II system in TA/RA Mode and sets the transponder to ALT BACK Returns to the previous softkey level Displays the TCAS control softkeys REL Displays intruder altitude as altitude relative to own aircraft altitude ABS Displays intruder MSL altitude ALT RNG Displays the altitude display range softkeys ABOVE Displays non-threat traffic from 9900 feet above the aircraft to 2700 feet below the aircraft. Typically used during climb phase of flight. NORMAL Displays non-threat traffic from 2700 feet above the aircraft to 2700 feet below the aircraft. Typically used during enroute phase of flight. BELOW Displays non-threat traffic from 2700 feet above the aircraft to 9900 feet below the aircraft. Typically used during descent phase of flight. UNREST All traffic is displayed TEST Activates Test Mode and displays test intruder symbols BACK Returns to the previous softkey level Displays transponder code selection softkeys 0-7 0—7 Use numbers to enter code IDENT Activates the Special Position Identification (SPI) pulse for 18 seconds, identifying the transponder return on the ATC screen BKSP Removes numbers entered, one at a time Activates the Special Position Identification (SPI) pulse for 18 seconds, identifying the transponder return on the ATC screen Displays Timer/References Window Displays Nearest Airports Window Displays Messages Window Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 23 System Overview Figure 1-16 Top Level PFD Softkeys TRFC-1 Select the BACK or OFF Softkey to return to the top-level softkeys. TRFC-2 Figure 1-17 INSET Softkeys ADC1 ADC2 AHRS1 AHRS2 BACK MSG Press the BACK Softkey to return to the top level softkeys. Figure 1-18 SENSOR Softkeys 24 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A System Overview (optional) SYN VIS ALT UNIT Select the BACK Softkey to return to the top-level softkeys METERS PATHWAY IN HPA SYN TERR HRZN HDG APTSIGNS Figure 1-19 PFD Configuration Softkeys MSG Press the BACK Softkey to return to the top-level softkeys. MSG Press the BACK Softkey to return to the top-level softkeys. Figure 1-20 XPDR Softkeys (without TCAS II) 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 25 System Overview TRFC/MAP SENSOR PFD OBS CDI ADF/DME XPDR/TFC IDENT TMR/REF NRST MSG Press the BACK Softkey to return to the top-level softkeys. MODE TCAS CODE BACK IDENT MSG Selecting BACK returns to the previous softkey level. REL ABS ALT RNG TEST BACK MSG Selecting BACK returns to the previous softkey level. ABOVE NORMAL BELOW UNREST BACK MSG Selecting BACK returns to the previous softkey level. STBY ON ALT TA ONLY BACK TA/RA MSG Selecting BACK returns to the previous softkey level. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 IDENT BKSP BACK MSG Figure 1-21 XPDR Softkeys (with TCAS II) MFD Softkeys Level 1 CAS ↑ Level 2 CAS ↓ MAP TRAFFIC TOPO TERRAIN 26 Level 3 Description Scroll up (enabled only when a sufficient number of items are displayed in the Crew Alerting System Display to warrant scrolling) Scroll down (enabled only when a sufficient number of items are displayed in the Crew Alerting System Display to warrant scrolling) Enables second-level Navigation Map softkeys Displays traffic information on Navigation Map Displays topographical data (e.g., coastlines, terrain, rivers, lakes) and elevation scale on Navigation Map Displays terrain information on Navigation Map (not available with TAWS-A) Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A System Overview Level 1 Level 2 AIRWAYS Level 3 NEXRAD XM LTNG BACK DCLTR (3) SHW CHRT Description Displays airways on the map; cycles through the following: AIRWAYS: No airways are displayed AIRWY ON: All airways are displayed AIRWY LO: Only low altitude airways are displayed AIRWY HI: Only high altitude airways are displayed (Default label is dependant on map setup option selected) Displays NEXRAD weather and coverage information on Navigation Map (optional feature) Displays XM lightning information on Navigation Map (optional feature) Returns to top-level softkeys Selects desired amount of map detail; cycles through declutter levels: DCLTR (No Declutter): All map features visible DCLTR-1: Declutters land data DCLTR-2: Declutters land and SUA data DCLTR-3: Removes everything except the active flight plan When available, displays optional airport and terminal procedure charts (optional) (optional) CAS ↑ CAS ↓ DCLTR MAP SHW CHRT CHKLIST DCLTR-1 DCLTR-2 DCLTR-3 Select the BACK Softkey on this level to return to the top softkey level. TRAFFIC TOPO TERRAIN AIRWAYS (optional) (optional) NEXRAD XM LTNG BACK (Default softkey is dependant on AIRWY ON the selection made in the map setup AIRWY LO options) AIRWAY HI Figure 1-22 MFD Softkeys 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 27 System Overview GPS Receiver Operation Each GIA 63W Integrated Avionics Unit (IAU) contains a GPS receiver. Information collected by the specified receiver (GPS1 for the #1 IAU or GPS2 for the #2 IAU) may be viewed on the AUX - GPS Status Page. GPS1 provides information to the pilot-side PFD and GPS2 provides data to the copilot-side PFD. Internal system checking is performed to ensure both GPS receivers are providing accurate data to the PFDs. In some circumstances, both GPS receivers may be providing accurate data, but one receiver may be providing a better GPS solution than the other receiver. In this case the GPS receiver producing the better solution is automatically coupled to both PFDs. “BOTH ON GPS 1” or “BOTH ON GPS 2” are then displayed in the Reversionary Sensor Window (see Appendix A) indicating which GPS receiver is being used. Both GPS receivers are still functioning properly, but one receiver is performing better than the other at that particular time. These GPS sensor annunciations are most often seen after system power-up when one GPS receiver has acquired satellites before the other, or one of the GPS receivers has not yet acquired a WAAS signal. While the aircraft is on the ground, the WAAS signal may be blocked by obstructions causing one GPS receiver to have difficulty acquiring a good signal. Also, while airborne, turning the aircraft may result in one of the GPS receivers temporarily losing the WAAS signal. If the sensor annunciation persists, check for a system failure message in the Messages Window on the PFD. If no failure message exists, check the GPS Status Page and compare the information for GPS1 and GPS2. Discrepancies may indicate a problem. Viewing GPS receiver status information 1) Use the large FMS Knob to select the Auxiliary Page Group (see Section 1.7 for information on navigating MFD page groups). 2) Use the small FMS Knob to select GPS Status Page. Selecting the GPS receiver for which data may be reviewed 1) Use the FMS Knob to select the AUX - GPS Status Page. 2) To change the selected GPS receiver: a) Select the desired GPS Softkey. Or: a) Press the MENU Key. b) Use the FMS Knob to highlight the receiver which is not selected and press the ENT Key. 28 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A System Overview Satellite Constellation Diagram Satellite Signal Information Status GPS Receiver Status RAIM Availability Prediction SBAS Selected Satellite Signal Strength Bars GPS Selection Softkeys RAIM Softkey Selected SBAS Softkey Selected Figure 1-23 GPS Status Page (RAIM or SBAS Selected) The GPS Status Page provides the following information: • Satellite constellation diagram Satellites currently in view are shown at their respective positions on a sky view diagram. The sky view is always in a north-up orientation, with the outer circle representing the horizon, the inner circle representing 45° above the horizon, and the center point showing the position directly overhead. Each satellite is represented by an oval containing the Pseudo-random noise (PRN) number (i.e., satellite identification number). Satellites whose signals are currently being used are represented by solid ovals. • Satellite signal information status The accuracy of the aircraft’s GPS fix is calculated using Estimated Position Uncertainty (EPU), Dilution of Precision (DOP), and horizontal and vertical figures of merit (HFOM and VFOM). EPU is the radius of a circle centered on an estimated horizontal position in which actual position has 95% probability of laying. EPU is a statistical error indication and not an actual error measurement. DOP measures satellite geometry quality (i.e., number of satellites received and where they are relative to each other) on a range from 0.0 to 9.9, with lower numbers denoting better accuracy. HFOM and VFOM, measures of horizontal and vertical position uncertainty, are the current 95% confidence horizontal and vertical accuracy values reported by the GPS receiver. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 29 System Overview The current calculated GPS position, time, altitude, ground speed, and track for the aircraft are displayed below the satellite signal accuracy measurements. • GPS receiver status The GPS solution type (ACQUIRING, 2D NAV, 2D DIFF NAV, 3D NAV, 3D DIFF NAV) for the active GPS receiver (GPS1 or GPS2) is shown in the upper right of the GPS Status Page. When the receiver is in the process of acquiring enough satellite signals for navigation, the receiver uses satellite orbital data (collected continuously from the satellites) and last known position to determine the satellites that should be in view. ACQUIRING is indicated as the solution until a sufficient number of satellites have been acquired for computing a solution. When the receiver is in the process of acquiring a 3D differential GPS solution, 3D NAV is indicated as the solution until the 3D differential fix has finished acquisition. SBAS (Satellite-Based Augmentation System) indicates INACTIVE. When acquisition is complete, the solution status indicates 3D DIFF NAV and SBAS indicates ACTIVE. • RAIM (Receiver Autonomous Integrity Monitoring) Prediction (RAIM Softkey is selected) In most cases performing a RAIM prediction is not necessary. However, in some cases, the selected approach may be outside the WAAS coverage area and it may be necessary to perform a RAIM prediction for the intended approach. Receiver Autonomous Integrity Monitoring (RAIM) is a GPS receiver function that performs a consistency check on all tracked satellites. RAIM ensures that the available satellite geometry allows the receiver to calculate a position within a specified RAIM protection limit (2.0 nautical miles for oceanic and enroute, 1.0 nm for terminal, and 0.3 nm for non-precision approaches). During oceanic, enroute, and terminal phases of flight, RAIM is available nearly 100% of the time. The RAIM prediction function also indicates whether RAIM is available at a specified date and time. RAIM computations predict satellite coverage within ±15 min of the specified arrival date and time. Because of the tighter protection limit on approaches, there may be times when RAIM is not available. The G1000 automatically monitors RAIM and warns with an alert message when it is not available. If RAIM is not predicted to be available for the final approach course, the approach does not become active, as indicated by the messages “Approach is not active” and “RAIM not available from FAF to MAP”. If RAIM is not available when crossing the FAF, the missed approach procedure must be flown. Predicting RAIM availability 1) Select the GPS Status Page. 2) If necessary, select the RAIM Softkey. 3) Press the FMS Knob. The ‘WAYPOINT’ field is highlighted. 4) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the Waypoint Information Window. 5) Enter the desired waypoint: a) Use the FMS Knob to enter the desired waypoint by identifier, facility, or city name and press the ENT Key. Refer to Section 1.7 for instructions on entering alphanumeric data into the G1000. Or: 30 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A System Overview a) Use the large FMS Knob to scroll to the Most Recent Waypoints List. b) Use the small FMS Knob to highlight the desired waypoint in the list and press the ENT Key. The G1000 automatically fills in the identifier, facility, and city fields with the information for the selected waypoint. c) Press the ENT Key to accept the waypoint entry. 6) Use the FMS Knob to enter an arrival time and press the ENT Key. 7) Use the FMS Knob to enter an arrival date and press the ENT Key. 8) With the cursor highlighting ‘COMPUTE RAIM?’, press the ENT Key. Once RAIM availability is computed, one of the following is displayed: • ‘COMPUTE RAIM?’—RAIM has not been computed for the current waypoint, time, and date combination • ‘COMPUTING AVAILABILITY’—RAIM calculation in progress • ‘RAIM AVAILABLE’—RAIM is predicted to be available for the specified waypoint, time, and date • ‘RAIM NOT AVAILABLE’—RAIM is predicted to be unavailable for the specified waypoint, time, and date Predicting RAIM availability at present position 1) Select the GPS Status Page. 2) If necessary, select the RAIM Softkey. 3) Press the FMS Knob. The ‘WAYPOINT’ field is highlighted. 4) Press the MENU Key. 5) With ‘Set WPT to Present Position’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. 6) Press the ENT Key to accept the waypoint entry. 7) Use the FMS Knob to enter an arrival time and press the ENT Key. 8) Use the FMS Knob to enter an arrival date and press the ENT Key. 9) With the cursor highlighting ‘COMPUTE RAIM?’, press the ENT Key. Once RAIM availability is computed, one of the following is displayed: • ‘COMPUTE RAIM?’—RAIM has not been computed for the current waypoint, time, and date combination • ‘COMPUTING AVAILABILITY’—RAIM calculation in progress • ‘RAIM AVAILABLE’—RAIM is predicted to be available for the specified waypoint, time, and date • ‘RAIM NOT AVAILABLE’—RAIM is predicted to be unavailable for the specified waypoint, time, and date • SBAS Selection (SBAS Softkey is selected)(WAAS capable systems only) In certain situations, such as when the aircraft is outside or on the fringe of the WAAS coverage area, it may be desireable to disable WAAS (although it is not recommended). When disabled, the SBAS field in the GPS Status box indicates DISABLED. Disabling WAAS 1) Select the GPS Status Page. 2) If necessary, select the SBAS Softkey. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 31 System Overview 3) Press the FMS Knob. ‘WAAS’ is highlighted. 4) Press the ENT Key to uncheck the box. 5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor. • GPS Satellite Signal Strengths The GPS Status Page can be helpful in troubleshooting weak (or missing) signal levels due to poor satellite coverage or installation problems. As the GPS receiver locks onto satellites, a signal strength bar is displayed for each satellite in view, with the appropriate satellite PRN number (01-32 or 120-138 for WAAS) below each bar. The progress of satellite acquisition is shown in three stages, as indicated by signal bar appearance: - No bar—Receiver is looking for the indicated satellite - Hollow bar—Receiver has found the satellite and is collecting data - Light blue bar—Receiver has collected the necessary data and the satellite signal can be used - Green bar—Satellite is being used for the GPS solution - Checkered bar—Receiver has excluded the satellite (Fault Detection and Exclusion) - “D” indication—Denotes the satellite is being used as part of the differential computations Each satellite has a 30-second data transmission that must be collected (signal strength bar is hollow) before the satellite may be used for navigation (signal strength bar becomes solid). 32 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A System Overview 1.7Accessing G1000 Functionality Menus The G1000 has a MENU Key that, when pressed, displays a context-sensitive list of options. This options list allows the user to access additional features or make settings changes which specifically relate to the currently displayed window/page. There is no all-encompassing menu. Some menus provide access to additional submenus that are used to view, edit, select, and review options. Menus display ‘NO OPTIONS’ when there are no options for the window/page selected. The main controls used in association with all window/page group operations are described in section 1.3. Softkey selection does not display menus or submenus. Navigating the Page Menu Window 1) Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu Window. 2) Turn the FMS Knob to scroll through a list of available options (a scroll bar appears to the right of the window when the option list is longer than the window). 3) Press the ENT Key to select the desired option. 4) The CLR Key may be pressed to remove the menu and cancel the operation. Pressing the FMS Knob also removes the displayed menu. No Options with NRST Window Displayed on the PFD Options with FPL Window Displayed Figure 1-24 Page Menu Examples 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 33 System Overview MFD Page Groups Note: Refer to other supporting sections in this Pilot’s Guide for details on specific pages. Information on the MFD is presented on pages which are grouped according to function. The page group and active page title box are displayed in the upper right of the screen. In the bottom right corner of the screen, a page group window is displayed by turning either FMS Knob. The page group tabs are displayed along the bottom of the window. The page titles are displayed in a list above the page group tabs. The current page group and current page within the group are shown in light blue. For some of these pages (Airport/Procedures/ Weather Information, XM, Procedure Loading), the active title of the page changes while the page name in the list remains the same. Page Group MFD Active Page Title Pages in Current Group Page Groups Figure 1-25 Page Title and Page Groups The main page groups are navigated using the FMS Knob; specific pages within each group can vary depending on the configuration of optional equipment. Selecting a page using the FMS Knob: 1) Turn the large FMS Knob to display the list of page groups; continue turning the large FMS Knob until the desired page group is selected 2) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the desired page within a specific page group. There are also several pages (Airport Information and XM Information pages) which are selected first from within a main page group with the FMS Knobs, then with the appropriate softkey at the bottom of the page. In this case, the page remains set to the selected screen until a different screen softkey is selected. 34 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A System Overview Map Pages (MAP) Navigation Map Traffic Map Weather Radar Weather Data Link (service optional) TAWS Figure 1-26 Map Pages Waypoint Pages (WPT) Airport Information pages - Airport Information (INFO-1 Softkey) - Airport Directory (INFO-2 Softkey) - Departure Information (DP Softkey) - Arrival Information (STAR Softkey) - Approach Information (APR Softkey) - Weather Information (WX Softkey) Intersection Information Airport Information Pages NDB Information VOR Information User Waypoint Information 190-00494-03 Rev. A Figure 1-27 Waypoint Pages Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 35 System Overview Auxiliary Pages (AUX) Weight Planning Trip Planning Utility GPS Status System Setup XM Satellite pages XM Satellite Pages - XM Information (INFO Softkey) - XM Radio (RADIO Softkey) System Status Figure 1-28 Auxiliary Pages Nearest Pages (NRST) Nearest Airports Nearest Intersections Nearest NDB Nearest VOR Nearest User Waypoints Nearest Frequencies Nearest Airspaces Figure 1-29 Nearest Pages 36 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A System Overview In addition to the main page groups accessed exclusively using the FMS Knobs, there are pages for flight planning (FPL) and loading procedures (PROC) which are accessed by bezel key. In some instances, softkeys may be used to access the Procedure Pages. The Flight Plan Pages are accessed using the FPL Key on the MFD. Main pages within this group are selected by turning the small FMS Knob. Flight Plan Pages (FPL) Active Flight Plan - Wide View, Narrow View (VIEW Softkey) Flight Plan Catalog or Stored Flight Plan (NEW Softkey) Narrow and Wide View Figure 1-30 Flight Plan Pages The Procedure pages may be accessed at any time on the MFD by pressing the PROC Key. A menu is initialized, and when a departure, approach, or arrival is selected, the appropriate Procedure Loading Page is opened. Turning the FMS Knob does not scroll through the Procedure pages (note the single page icon in the lower right corner). Procedure Pages (PROC) Departure Loading Arrival Loading Approach Loading Figure 1-31 Procedure Pages For some of these pages (Airport Information pages, XM Satellite pages, Procedure pages), the title of the page may change while the page icon remains the same. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 37 System Overview MFD System Pages In the Auxiliary (AUX) Page Group, there are two system pages: System Setup and System Status. The System Setup Page allows management of various system parameters, while the System Status Page displays the status of all G1000 system LRUs. System Setup Page The System Setup Page allows management of the following system parameters: • Date/time • Display Units (see Flight Instruments Section) • Baro Transition Alert (see Flight Instruments Section) • Airspace Alerts (see Flight Management Section) • MFD Data Bar Fields (Navigation Status Box) (see Flight Management Section) • GPS CDI scaling for GPS navigation source (see Flight Instruments Section) • COM Configuration (see Audio Panel and CNS Section) • Audio Alerts • Nearest Airports display criteria (see Flight Management Section) • Flight Director (see AFCS Section) • Synchronization of Baro and CDI between PFDs (see Flight Instruments Section) • Page Navigation Airspace Alerts Box Date/Time Box MFD Data Bar Fields Box Display Units Box GPS CDI Box COM Configuration Box Audio Alert Voice Selection Nearest Airports Box CDI and Altimeter Baro Sync Flight Director Command Bar Format Select Baro Transition Alert Page Navigation Settings Figure 1-32 System Setup Page 38 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A System Overview Date/Time The Date/Time Box on the System Setup Page displays the current date and time and allows the pilot to set the time format (local 12-hr, local 24-hr, or UTC) and offset. The time offset is used to define current local time. UTC (also called “GMT” or “Zulu”) date and time are calculated directly from the GPS satellites signals and cannot be changed. When using a local time format, designate the offset by adding or subtracting the desired number of hours. To set the system time format: 1) While on the System Setup Page, press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor. 2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the time format field in the Date/Time Box. 3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired system time format (local 12hr, local 24hr, UTC) and press the ENT Key. To set the current time offset: 1) While on the System Setup Page, press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor. 2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the time offset field in the Date/Time Box. 3) Turn the FMS Knobs to enter the time offset and press the ENT Key. Display Units The Display Units Box on the System Setup Page allows configuration of the measurement units used for the following displayed data: • Nav angle (magnetic, true) Affects the BRG field in the PFD Navigation Status Box. Affects the BRG, DTK, TKE, TRK, and XTK fields in the MFD Navigation Status Box. • Position (HDDD°MM.MM’ or HDDD°MM’SS.S”) Affects all position displays. To change a Display Units setting: 1) While on the System Setup Page, press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor. 2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired field in the Display Units Box. 3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select from a list of measurement units and press the ENT Key when the desired unit is highlighted. Press the CLR Key to cancel the action without changing the units. BARO Transition Alert See the Flight Instruments section for a discussion on setting the Baro Transition Alert. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 39 System Overview Airspace Alerts The Airspace Alerts Box allows the pilot to turn the controlled/special-use airspace message alerts on or off. This does not affect the alerts listed on the Nearest Airspaces Page or the airspace boundaries depicted on the MFD Navigation Map Page. It simply turns on/off the warning provided when the aircraft is approaching or near an airspace. Alerts for the following airspaces can be turned on/off in the Airspace Alerts Box: • Class B/TMA • Restricted • Class C/TCA • MOA (Military) • Class D • Other airspaces An altitude buffer is also provided which “expands” the vertical range above or below an airspace. For example, if the buffer is set at 500 feet, and the aircraft is more than 500 feet above/below an airspace, an alert message is not generated, but if the aircraft is less than 500 feet above/below an airspace and projected to enter it, the pilot is notified with an alert message. The default setting for the altitude buffer is 200 feet. To change the altitude buffer distance setting: 1) While on the System Setup Page, press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor. 2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the altitude buffer field in the Airspace Alerts Box. 3) Turn the FMS Knobs to enter an altitude buffer value and press the ENT Key. To turn an airspace alert on or off: 1) While on the System Setup Page, press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor. 2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired field in the Airspace Alerts Box. 3) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to turn the airspace alert ON or counterclockwise to turn the alert OFF. Audio Alerts The Audio Alert Box on the System Setup Page allows the audio alert voice to be set to male or female. To change the audio alert voice: 1) While on the System Setup Page, press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor. 2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the voice in the Audio Alert Box. 3) Turn the small FMS Knob to display and highlight the desired voice and press the ENT Key. Flight Director Two formats are available for the display of the flight director. Single Cue or X-Pointer may be selected. To change the flight director format: 1) While on the System Setup Page, press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor. 2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Format Active field in the Flight Director Box. 3) Turn the small FMS Knob to display and highlight the desired flight director format and press the ENT Key. 40 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A System Overview MFD Data Bar Fields The MFD Data Bar Fields Box on the System Setup Page displays the current configuration of the MFD Navigation Status Box. By default, the Navigation Status Bar is set to display ground speed (GS), desired track (DTK), track (TRK), and estimated time enroute (ETE). To change the information shown in an MFD Navigation Status Bar field: 1) While on the System Setup Page, press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor. 2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired field number in the MFD Data Bar Fields Box. 3) Turn the small FMS Knob to display and scroll through the data options list and press the ENT Key when the desired data selection is highlighted. The following data may be selected for display in each of the four fields of the Navigation Status Box. • Bearing (BRG) • True Air Speed (TAS) • Distance (DIS) • Track Angle Error (TKE) • Desired Track (DTK) • Track (TRK) • En Route Safe Altitude (ESA) • Vertical Speed Required (VSR) • Estimated Time of Arrival (ETA) • Crosstrack Error (XTK) • Estimated Time En Route (ETE) • Fuel Over Destination (FOD) • Ground Speed (GS) • Fuel On Board (FOB) • Minimum Safe Altitude (MSA) • Endurance (END) Page Navigation The large FMS Knob displays the Page Group Tabs and navigates through the tabs. The small FMS Knob navigates through the pages listed within a specific group. The number of clicks it takes to display the Page Group Tabs and change to the next tab can be controlled from the Page Navigation box on the AUX - System Setup Page. OFF – Displays the Page Group Tabs with one click of either FMS Knob. ON – Displays the Page Group Tabs and navigates to the next tab with one click of either FMS Knob. The pilot can select, from the AUX - System Setup Page, the amount of time the Page Group Tabs are displayed (in the lower right corner of the MFD). The timeout can range from two to ten seconds. Selecting page navigation settings: 1) Use the FMS Knob to select the AUX - System Setup Page. 2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor. 3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Change On 1st Click’ field in the Page Navigation Box. 4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘OFF’ or ‘ON’. 5) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Timeout Seconds’ field in the Page navigation Box. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 41 System Overview 6) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired number of seconds 7) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to remove the flashing cursor. GPS CDI The GPS CDI Box on the System Setup Page allows the pilot to define the range for the on-screen course deviation indicator (CDI). The range values represent full range deflection for the CDI to either side. The default setting is ‘AUTO’. Refer to the Flight Instruments sections for a discussion on CDI scaling. If a lower CDI range setting is selected (i.e., 1.0 or 0.3 nm), the higher range settings are not selected during any phase of flight. For example, if 1.0 nm is selected, the G1000 uses this for en route and terminal phases and ramps down to 0.3 nm during an approach. Note that the Receiver Autonomous Integrity Monitoring (RAIM) protection limits follow the selected CDI range and corresponding flight phases. The GPS CDI Box on the System Setup Page displays the following: • Selected CDI range (auto, 2 nm, 1 nm, 0.3 nm) • Current system CDI range (2 nm, 1 nm, 0.3 nm) To change the CDI range: 1) While on the System Setup Page, press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor. 2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the selected field in the GPS CDI Box. 3) Turn the small FMS Knob to display and scroll through the range list and press the ENT Key when the desired selection is highlighted. To change the ILS CDI capture setting: 1) While on the System Setup Page, press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor. 2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ILS CDI capture field in the GPS CDI Box. 3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired mode and press the ENT Key. COM Configuration WARNING: Selecting the DFLTS Softkey will set the COM frequency spacing to 25.0 kHz, possibly resulting in loss of communications if using 8.33 kHz frequency spacing. NOTE: 8.33 kHz VHF communication frequency channel spacing is not approved for use in the United States. Select the 25.0 kHz channel spacing option for use in the United States. The COM Configuration Box on the System Setup Page allows the pilot to select 8.33 kHz or 25.0 kHz COM frequency channel spacing. To change COM channel spacing: 1) While on the System Setup Page, press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor. 2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the channel spacing field in the COM Configuration Box. 3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired spacing and press the ENT Key. 42 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A System Overview Nearest Airports The Nearest Airports Box on the System Setup Page defines the minimum runway length and surface type used when determining the nine nearest airports to display on the MFD Nearest Airports Page. A minimum runway length and/or surface type can be entered to prevent airports with small runways or runways that are not of appropriate surface from being displayed. Default settings are zero feet (or meters) for runway length and “hard/soft” for runway surface type. To select nearest airport surface matching criteria (any, hard only, hard/soft): 1) While on the System Setup Page, press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor. 2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the runway surface field in the Nearest Airports Box. 3) Turn the small FMS Knob to display and scroll through the runway options (any, hard only, hard/soft) and press the ENT Key when the desired selection is highlighted. To select nearest airport minimum runway length matching criteria: 1) While on the System Setup Page, press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor. 2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the minimum length field in the Nearest Airport Box. 3) Turn the FMS Knobs to enter the minimum runway length (zero to 25,000 feet) and press the ENT Key. CDI/BARO Synchronization See the Flight Instruments section for a discussion on synchronizing both PFD’s Course Deviation Indicators and the altimeter barometric settings. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 43 System Overview System Status Page The System Status Page displays the status and software version numbers for all detected system LRUs. Pertinent information on all system databases is also displayed. Active LRUs are indicated by green check marks and failed LRUs are indicated by red “X”s. Failed LRUs should be noted and a Cessna service center or Garmin dealer informed. Figure 1-33 Example System Status Page The LRU and ARFRM, Softkeys on the System Status Page select the applicable list (LRU INFO or AIRFRAME window) through which the FMS Knob can be used to scroll information within the selected window. Selecting the MFD1 DB Softkey (label background changes to grey indicting the softkey is selected) places the cursor in the DATABASE window. Use the FMS Knob to scroll through database information for the MFD. Selecting the softkey again will change the softkey label to PFD1 DB. PFD 1 database information is now displayed in the DATABASE window. Selecting the softkey a third time will change the softkey label to PFD2 DB. PFD 2 database information is now displayed in the DATABASE window. The ANN TEST Softkey, when selected, causes an annunciation test tone to be played and lights all annunciators on the audio panels, the MFD Control Unit, and the AFCS Control Unit. Selecting the SYNC DBS Softkey (label background changes to grey indicting the softkey is selected) activates the Automatic Database Synchronization feature. When this feature is active, databases are updated automatically in the MFD and both PFDs from one SD card. For a detailed discussion on database synchronization, see the Database Management section in the Appendices. 44 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A System Overview Utility Page For flight planning purposes, timers, trip statistics, and a scheduler feature are provided on the AUX - Utility Page. The timers available include a stopwatch-like generic timer, a total time in flight timer, and a record of the time of departure. Trip statistics—odometer, trip odometer, and average trip and maximum groundspeeds— are displayed from the time of the last reset. Refer to the Additional Features section for a dicussion on the Scheduler feature. Figure 1-34 Utility Page Timers The generic timer can be set to count up or down from a specified time (HH:MM:SS). When the countdown on the timer reaches zero the digits begin to count up from zero. If the timer is reset before reaching zero on a countdown, the digits are reset to the initial value. If the timer is counting up when reset, the digits are zeroed. Setting the generic timer 1) Use the FMS Knob to select the AUX - Utility Page. 2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor. 3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the timer counting direction (UP/DN) and press the ENT Key. 4) If a desired starting time is desired: a) Use the large FMS Knob to highlight the HH:MM:SS field. b) Use the FMS Knob to enter the desired time and press the ENT Key. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 45 System Overview 5) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘START?’ and press the ENT Key to start the timer. The field changes to ‘STOP?’. 6) To stop the timer, press the ENT Key with ‘STOP?’ highlighted. The field changes to ‘RESET?’. 7) To reset the timer, press the ENT Key with ‘RESET?’ highlighted. The field changes back to ‘START?’ and the digits are reset. The flight timer can be set to count up from zero starting at system power-up or from the time that the aircraft lifts off; the timer can also be reset to zero at any time. Setting the flight timer starting criterion 1) Use the FMS Knob to select the AUX - Utility Page. 2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor. 3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the field next to the flight timer. 4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the starting criterion (PWR-ON or IN-AIR) and press the ENT Key. Resetting the flight timer 1) Use the FMS Knob to select the AUX - Utility Page. 2) Press the MENU Key. 3) With ‘Reset Flight Timer’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. The G1000 records the time at which departure occurs, depending on whether the pilot prefers the time to be recorded from system power-up or from aircraft lift off. The displayed departure time can also be reset to display the current time at the point of reset. The format in which the time is displayed is controlled from the System Setup Page. Setting the departure timer starting criterion 1) Use the FMS Knob to select the AUX - Utility Page. 2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor. 3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the field next to the departure time. 4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the starting criterion (PWR-ON or IN-AIR) and press the ENT Key. Resetting the departure time 1) Use the FMS Knob to select the AUX - Utility Page. 2) Press the MENU Key. 3) Use the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Reset Departure Time’ and press the ENT Key. 46 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A System Overview Trip Statistics The odometer and trip odometer record the total mileage traveled from the last reset; these odometers can be reset independently. Resetting the trip odometer also resets the average trip groundspeed. Maximum groundspeed for the period of time since the last reset is also displayed. Resetting trip statistics readouts 1) Use the FMS Knob to select the AUX - Utility Page. 2) Press the MENU Key. The following reset options for trip statistics are displayed: • Reset Trip ODOM/AVG GS—Resets trip average ground speed readout and odometer • Reset Odometer—Resets odometer readout only • Reset Maximum Speed—Resets maximum speed readout only • Reset All—Resets flight timer, departure timer, odometers, and groundspeed readouts 2) Use the FMS Knob to highlight the desired reset option and press the ENT Key. The selected parameters are reset to zero and begin to display data from the point of reset. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 47 System Overview 1.8Display Backlighting The G1000 display and control backlighting can be adjusted either automatically or manually. Backlighting intensity ranges from 0.22% to 100% on the PFDs and 0.80% to 100.00% on the MFD. Automatic Adjustment The existing instrument panel dimmer bus normally controls the PFD and MFD backlighting as well as the PFD and MFD bezels, MFD Control Unit, AFCS Control Unit and audio panel key annunciator lighting. When the dimmer bus is not used by the G1000 system, photocell technology automatically controls backlighting adjustments. Photocell calibration curves are pre-configured to optimize display appearance through a broad range of cockpit lighting conditions. Manual Adjustment NOTE: The avionics dimming knob may also be used to adjust backlighting. Refer to the AFM for details. NOTE: In normal mode, backlighting can only be adjusted from PFD1 or PFD2. In reversionary mode, it can also be adjusted from the MFD. NOTE: No other window can be displayed on the PFD while the PFD Setup Menu Window is displayed. Backlighting may also be adjusted manually for all of the displays and the associated bezels. The audio panel key backlighting is directly tied to the on-side PFD key backlighting setting. Adjust display backlighting manually 1) Press the MENU Key on the PFD to display the PFD Setup Menu Window. ‘AUTO’ becomes highlighted to the right of ‘PFD1 DSPL’. Figure 1-35 Manual Display Backlighting Adjustment 2) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the selection box. Turn the FMS Knob to select ‘MANUAL’, then press the ENT Key. The intensity value becomes highlighted. 3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired backlighting, then press the ENT Key. 4) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘AUTO’ to the right of ‘MFD DSPL’ or ‘PFD2 DSPL’, respectively, and repeat steps 2 and 3. 5) Press the CLR or MENU Key to remove the PFD Setup Menu Window from the display. 48 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A System Overview Adjust key backlighting manually 1) Press the MENU Key on the PFD to display the PFD Setup Menu Window. ‘AUTO’ becomes highlighted to the right of ‘PFD1 DSPL’. Figure 1-36 Manual Key Lighting Adjustment 2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘PFD1 DSPL’. Turn the small FMS Knob in the direction of the green arrowhead to display ‘PFD1 KEY’. 3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘AUTO’ and turn the small FMS Knob to display the selection box. 4) Turn the FMS Knob to select ‘MANUAL’, then press the ENT Key. The intensity value becomes highlighted. 5) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired backlighting, then press the ENT Key. 6) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘MFD DSPL’ or ‘PFD2 DSPL’ and turn the small FMS Knob in the direction of the green arrowhead to display ‘MFD KEY’ or ‘PFD2 KEY’, respectively. 7) Repeat steps 3 to 5. 8) Press the CLR or MENU Key to remove the PFD Setup Menu Window from the display. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 49 System Overview Blank Page 50 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Flight Instruments Section 2 Flight Instruments WARNING: If the airspeed, attitude, altitude, or heading indications become unusable, refer to the backup instruments. Note: The Automatic Flight Control System (AFCS) provides additional readouts and bugs on selected flight instruments. Refer to the AFCS Section for details on these bugs and readouts, as they appear on the display during certain AFCS flight director modes. Increased situational awareness is provided by replacing the traditional instruments on the panel with two easyto-scan Primary Flight Displays (PFDs) that feature large horizons, airspeed, attitude, altitude, vertical speed, and course deviation information. In addition to the flight instruments, navigation, communication, terrain, traffic, and weather information are also presented on the PFDs and explained in other sections of this Pilot’s Guide. The following flight instruments and supplemental flight data are displayed on the PFDs: • Airspeed Indicator, showing • Ram air temperature (RAT) – Airspeed awareness ranges • Vertical Deviation, Glideslope, and Glidepath Indicators – Mach number • Vertical Speed Indicator (VSI) • Wind data – Reference flags • Horizontal Situation Indicator, showing • Vertical Navigation indications • Attitude Indicator with slip/skid indication • Altimeter, showing – Barometric setting – Selected Altitude • Radar Altimeter (RA) • ISA temperature deviation – Turn Rate Indicator – Bearing pointers and information windows – DME Information Window • Course Deviation Indicator (CDI) The PFDs also display various alerts and annunciations. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 51 Flight Instruments 24 23 22 21 20 1 19 18 2 17 16 3 15 4 14 5 13 6 12 7 11 8 9 10 1 NAV Frequency Box 13 Selected Heading Bug 2 Airspeed Indicator 14 Turn Rate Indicator 3 Mach Number 15 Barometric Altimeter Setting 4 Current Heading 16 Vertical Speed Indicator (VSI) 5 Current Track Indicator 17 Selected Altitude Bug 6 Course Deviation Indicator (CDI) 18 Altimeter 7 Horizontal Situation Indicator (HSI) 19 Selected Altitude 8 Ram Air Temperature (RAT) 20 COM Frequency Box 9 ISA Temperature Deviation 21 Navigation Status Box 10 Softkeys 22 AFCS Status Box 11 System Time 23 Slip/Skid Indicator 12 Transponder Status Box 24 Attitude Indicator Figure 2-1 Primary Flight Display (Default) 52 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Flight Instruments 18 17 16 15 1 14 13 2 12 3 4 11 5 10 6 9 7 1 Traffic Annunciation 2 Flap Speed Reference 3 Radar Altimeter 4 Selected Heading 5 Wind Data 6 Inset Map 7 DME Information Window 8 Bearing Information Windows 9 Timer/References Window 8 10 Minimum Descent Altitude/ 11 Decision Height Selected Course 12 Required Vertical Speed 13 Current Vertical Speed 14 Vertical Deviation Indicator (VDI) 15 Comparator Window 16 VNV Target Altitude 17 TAWS Annunciation 18 AFCS Status Annunciation Figure 2-2 Primary Flight Display (Additional Information) 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 53 Flight Instruments 2.1Flight Instruments Airspeed Indicator Note: Refer to the Airplane Flight Manual (AFM) for speed criteria and Vspeed values. NOTE: VREF cannot be set above the indicated value for VAPR. The Airspeed Indicator displays airspeed on a rolling number gauge using a moving tape. The numeric labels and major tick marks on the moving tape are marked at intervals of 10 knots, while minor tick marks on the moving tape are indicated at intervals of 5 knots. Speed indication starts at 20 knots, with 60 knots of airspeed viewable at any time. The actual airspeed is displayed inside the black pointer. The pointer remains black until reaching the high airspeed limit, at which point it turns red along with the Mach number readout. The Mach number is displayed below the Airspeed Indicator (see Figure 2-1) for airspeeds at or above Mach 0.4 or at altitudes exceeding 27,120 feet. The color of the readout corresponds to the color of the actual airspeed pointer. Airspeed Trend Vector Actual Airspeed Vspeed References Figure 2-4 Red Pointer Showing Overspeed Reference Approach Speed Figure 2-3 Airspeed Indicator Speeds above the maximum operating speed, VMO or MMO depending on aircraft altitude, appear in the high speed awareness range, represented on the airspeed tape by red/white barber pole coloration. An aural overspeed warning tone is generated if the airspeed exceeds the high airspeed limit. A red low speed awareness band extends up to the low speed awareness velocity, VLSA. An aural stall warning is generated and the airspeed pointer turns red if the airspeed falls below VLSA. An open green circle on the airspeed tape represents 1.3VS1. The Airspeed Trend Vector is a vertical, magenta line, extending up or down on the airspeed scale, located to the right of the color-coded speed range strip. The end of the trend vector displays approximately what airspeed will be reached in 6 seconds if the current rate of acceleration is maintained. If the trend vector crosses VLSA, or VMO/MMO, the text of the actual airspeed readout and the Mach readout changes to yellow. The trend vector is absent if the speed remains constant or if any data needed to calculate airspeed is not available due to a system failure. 54 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Flight Instruments Flap extension maximum speed references (for takeoff/approach, TA, and landing, LD, conditions) are displayed as flags to the right of the Airspeed Indicator for altitudes below 18,000 feet. These flags cannot be turned off or modified. The airspeed pointer will turn red upon exceeding these speeds if the flaps are in the corresponding configuration. Vspeeds can be changed and their flags along the right of the airspeed scale turned on/off. By default, all Vspeed values are reset and all flags turned off when power is cycled. Flag V1 1 VR R V2 2 VENR E VAPR AP VREF RF Landing Takeoff Vspeed Figure 2-5 Flap Speed References Table 2-1 Vspeed Flag Labels Vspeeds are categorized as either takeoff or landing. Takeoff Vspeed flags are automatically turned off when airspeed reaches 160 knots. The order in which the categories are displayed is determined by whether the aircraft is on the ground or in the air. If the aircraft is on the ground, the takeoff Vspeeds are displayed at the top of the Vspeed list. If the aircraft is in the air, the landing Vspeeds are displayed at the top. Changing Vspeeds and turning flags on/off: 1) Press the TMR/REF Softkey. 2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired Vspeed. 3) Use the small FMS Knob to change the Vspeed in 1-kt increments (when a speed has been changed from a default value, an asterisk appears next to the speed). 4) Press the ENT Key or turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ON/OFF field 5) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to ON or counterclockwise to OFF. 6) To remove the window, press the CLR Key or press the TMR/REF Softkey. Figure 2-6 Takeoff and Landing Vspeeds (Timer/References Window) 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 55 Flight Instruments Vspeed flags can be turned on or off and values restored all at once or by category (takeoff and landing). Modifying Vspeeds (on, off, restore defaults): 1) Press the TMR/REF Softkey. 2) Press the MENU Key. 3) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired selection. 4) Press the ENT Key. 5) To remove the window, press the CLR Key or the TMR/REF Softkey. Figure 2-7 Page Menu (Timer/References Window) 56 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Flight Instruments Attitude Indicator Attitude information is displayed over a virtual blue sky and brown ground with a white horizon line. The Attitude Indicator displays the pitch, roll, and slip/skid information. 9 8 1 7 2 6 3 4 5 1 Roll Pointer 2 Roll Scale 3 Horizon Line 4 5 Aircraft Symbol (Formatted for Single-cue Command Bars) Land Representation 6 Pitch Scale 7 Slip/Skid Indicator 8 Sky Representation 9 Roll Scale Zero Figure 2-8 Attitude Indicator The horizon line is part of the pitch scale. Above and below the horizon line, major pitch marks and numeric labels are shown for every 10˚, up to 80˚. Minor pitch marks are shown for intervening 5˚ increments, up to 25˚ below and 45˚ above the horizon line. Between 20˚ below to 20˚ above the horizon line, minor pitch marks occur every 2.5˚. When the Synthetic Vision System is activated, the pitch scale is reduced to 10˚ up and 7.5˚ down; refer to the Additional Features section. The inverted white triangle indicates zero on the roll scale. Major tick marks at 30˚ and 60˚ and minor tick marks at 10˚, 20˚, and 45˚ are shown to the left and right of the zero. Angle of bank is indicated by the position of the pointer on the roll scale. The Slip/Skid Indicator is the bar beneath the roll pointer. The indicator moves with the roll pointer and moves laterally away from the pointer to indicate lateral acceleration. Slip/skid is indicated by the location of the bar relative to the pointer. One bar displacement is equal to one ball displacement on a traditional Slip/Skid Indicator. Figure 2-9 Slip/Skid Indication 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 57 Flight Instruments The yellow symbolic aircraft on the Attitude Indicator changes appearance based on selection of AFCS flight director Command Bar format (see the AFCS Section for details). Both PFDs show the same Command Bar format and Aircraft Symbol. When the single-cue or the cross-pointer Command Bar format is selected, the Aircraft Symbol appears as shown. Changing Command Bar and Aircraft Symbol format: 1) Use the FMS Knob to select the AUX - System Setup Page on the MFD. 2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor. 3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight Format Active in the Flight Director box. 4) Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight the desired format. SNGL CUE to display Command Bars as a single cue. Or: X-POINTER to display Command Bars as a cross pointer. Figure 2-10 Flight Director Format (AUX - System Setup Page) Figure 2-11 Single-cue Aircraft Symbol 58 Figure 2-12 Cross-pointer Aircraft Symbol Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Flight Instruments Altimeter The Altimeter displays 600 feet of barometric altitude values at a time on a moving tape rolling number gauge. Numeric labels and major tick marks are shown at intervals of 100 feet. Minor tick marks are at intervals of 20 feet. The indicated altitude is displayed inside the black pointer. The Selected Altitude is displayed above the Altimeter in the box indicated by a selection bug symbol. A bug corresponding to this altitude is shown on the tape. If the Selected Altitude exceeds the range shown on the tape, the bug appears at the upper or lower edge of the tape. When the metric value is selected it is displayed in a separate box above the Selected Altitude. Setting the Selected Altitude: T urn the ALT Knob to set the Selected Altitude. Turn the large knob for 1000-ft increments, small knob for 100ft increments. If set to Metric mode, the large knob adjusts the Selected Altitude in 500-meter increments; the small knob adjusts the Selected Altitude in 50-meter increments. If set, the Minimum Descent Altitude/Decision Height (MDA/DH) value is also available for the Selected Altitude. Selected Altitude Bug Altitude Trend Vector Selected Altitude Indicated Altitude Selected Altitude (Meters) Indicated Altitude (Meters) Selected Altitude Bug Barometric Minimums Bug Barometric Setting (Hectopascals) Barometric Setting Altimeter Setting (In Hg) Altimeter Setting (Metric) Figure 2-13 Altimeter Settings, In HG and Metric 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 59 Flight Instruments Altitudes can also be displayed in meters (Figure 2-14). Note that the altitude tape does not change scale. Displaying altitude in meters: 1) Press the PFD Softkey to display the second-level softkeys. 2) Press the ALT UNIT Softkey. 3) Press the METERS Softkey to turn on metric altitude readouts. 4) Press the BACK Softkey twice to return to the top-level softkeys. A magenta Altitude Trend Vector extends up or down the left of the altitude tape, the end resting at the approximate altitude to be reached in 6 seconds at the current vertical speed. The trend vector is not shown if altitude remains constant or if data needed for calculation is not available due to a system failure. The barometric pressure setting is displayed below the Altimeter in inches of mercury (in Hg) or hectopascals (hPa) when metric units are selected. Adjusting the altimeter barometric setting creates discontinuities in VNV vertical deviation, moving the descent path. For large adjustments, it may take several minutes for the aircraft to re-establish on the descent path. If the change is made while nearing a waypoint with a VNV Target Altitude, the aircraft may not re-establish on the descent path in time to meet the vertical constraint. Selecting the altimeter barometric pressure setting: Turn the BARO Knob to select the desired setting. Selecting standard barometric pressure (STD BARO): Press the BARO Knob to select standard pressure. Or: 1) Press the PFD Softkey to display the second-level softkeys. 2) Press the STD BARO Softkey. Changing altimeter barometric pressure setting units: 1) Press the PFD Softkey to display the second-level softkeys. 2) Press the ALT UNIT Softkey. 3) Press the IN Softkey to display the barometric pressure setting in inches of mercury (in Hg). Or, press the HPA Softkey to display the barometric pressure setting in hectopascals (hPa). 4) Press the BACK Softkey twice to return to the top-level softkeys. 60 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Flight Instruments If the barometric altimeter settings differ between PFDs by more than 0.02 in Hg, the readouts turn yellow (Figure 2-13). The settings can be synchronized from the AUX - System Setup Page on the MFD. The G1000 remembers the baro synchronization setting (ON or OFF) across power cycles. Synchronizing the altimeter barometric pressure settings: 1) Use the FMS Knob to select the AUX - System Setup Page. 2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor. 3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight Baro in the Synchronization box. 4) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to ON or counterclockwise to OFF. 5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor. Figure 2-14 Baro Sync Setting (AUX - System Setup Page) 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 61 Flight Instruments A Baro Transition Alert is provided to alert the pilot to change the barometric pressure setting when crossing the transition altitude (in either direction). This is displayed by the barometric pressure setting flashing light blue when crossing the transition altitude. Setting the Baro Transition Alert: 1) Use the FMS Knob to select the AUX - System Setup Page. 2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor. 3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ON or OFF in the Baro Transition Alert box. 4) Turn the small FMS Knob to turn the alert OFF or ON and press the ENT Key. 5) With the altitude field highlighted, turn the small FMS Knob to set desired altitude and press the ENT Key. 6) To cancel the selection, press the FMS Knob. Figure 2-15 Baro Transition Alert (AUX - System Setup Page) 62 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Flight Instruments Vertical Speed Indicator (VSI) The Vertical Speed Indicator (VSI) displays the aircraft vertical speed with numeric labels and tick marks at 2000 and 4000 fpm in each direction on the non-moving tape. Minor tick marks are at intervals of 1000 fpm. The current vertical speed is displayed in the pointer, which also points to that speed on the non-moving tape. Digits appear in the pointer when the climb or descent rate is greater than 100 fpm. If the rate of ascent/descent exceeds 4000 fpm, the pointer appears at the corresponding edge of the tape and the rate appears inside the pointer. A magenta chevron is displayed as the Required Vertical Speed Indication (RVSI) for reaching a VNV Target Altitude once the “TOD [Top of Descent] within 1 minute” alert has been generated. See the Flight Management and AFCS sections for details on VNV features, and refer to Section 2.2, Supplemental Flight Data, for more information about VNV indications on the PFD. Vertical Deviation The Vertical Deviation Indicator (VDI) uses a magenta chevron to indicate the baro-VNV vertical deviation when Vertical Navigation (VNV) is being used; the VDI appears in conjunction with the “TOD within 1 minute” alert. Full-scale deflection (two dots) is 1000 feet. The VDI is removed from the display if vertical deviation becomes invalid. See the Flight Management and AFCS sections for details on VNV features, and refer to Section 2.2, Supplemental Flight Data, for more information about VNV indications on the PFDs. The Glideslope Indicator appears to the left of the Altimeter whenever an ILS frequency is tuned in the active NAV field and the aircraft heading and selected course are within 107˚ A green diamond acts as the Glideslope Indicator, like a glideslope needle on a conventional indicator. If a localizer frequency is tuned and there is no glideslope, “NO GS” is annunciated. The glidepath is analogous to the glideslope for GPS approaches supporting WAAS vertical guidance (LNAV+V, LNAV/VNAV, LPV) and is generated by the system to reduce pilot workload during approach. When an approach of this type is loaded into the flight plan and GPS is the selected navigation source, the Glidepath Indicator appears as a magenta diamond. If the approach type downgrades past the final approach fix (FAF), “NO GP” is annunciated. VNV Target Altitude Marker Beacon Annunciation Vertical Speed Indicator Vertical Deviation Indicator Required Vertical Speed Indicator Vertical Speed Pointer Figure 2-16 Vertical Speed and Deviation Indicators (VSI and VDI) 190-00494-03 Rev. A Glidepath Indicator Glideslope Indicator Figure 2-17 Glideslope Indicator Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang Figure 2-18 Glidepath Indicator 63 Flight Instruments Horizontal Situation Indicator (HSI) The Horizontal Situation Indicator (HSI) displays a rotating compass card in a heading-up orientation. Letters indicate the cardinal points and numeric labels occur every 30˚. Major tick marks are at 10˚ intervals and minor tick marks at 5˚ intervals. The HSI presents heading, turn rate, course deviation, bearing, and navigation source information in a 360˚ compass-rose format. The HSI contains a Course Deviation Indicator (CDI) with a course pointer arrow, a To/From arrow, a sliding deviation bar, and scale. The course pointer is a single line arrow (GPS, VOR1, and LOC1) or a double line arrow (VOR2 and LOC2) which points in the direction of the set course. The To/From arrow rotates with the course pointer and is displayed when the active NAVAID is received. 16 15 14 1 2 13 3 4 5 12 6 11 7 10 8 9 1 Turn Rate Indicator 9 To/From Indicator 2 Selected Heading 10 Course Pointer 3 Current Track Indicator 11 Selected Heading Bug 4 Lateral Deviation Scale 12 Flight Phase 5 Navigation Source 13 Selected Course 6 Aircraft Symbol 14 7 Course Deviation Indicator (CDI) Rotating Compass Rose 16 8 Turn Rate/Heading Trend Vector 15 Current Heading Lubber Line Figure 2-19 Horizontal Situation Indicator (HSI) 64 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Flight Instruments A digital reading of the current heading appears on top of the HSI. The current track is represented on the HSI by a magenta diamond bug. To the upper left of the HSI, the Selected Heading is shown in light blue; the light blue bug on the compass rose corresponds to the Selected Heading. The Selected Course is shown to the upper right of the HSI. The color of the Selected Course corresponds to the selected navigation source: magenta for GPS or green for NAV (VOR, LOC). Current Heading Current Track Indicator Selected Course Selected Heading Selected Heading Bug Figure 2-20 Heading and Course Indications Adjusting the Selected Heading: Turn the HDG Knob to set the Selected Heading on both PFDs. Press the HDG Knob to synchronize the bug to the current heading. Adjusting the Selected Course: Turn the CRS Knob to set the Selected Course (for each PFD). Press the CRS Knob to re-center the CDI and return the course pointer to the bearing of the active waypoint or navigation station (see OBS Mode for adjusting a GPS course). The heading displayed on the HSI and all other navigation angles (track, heading, course, bearing) are magnetic when the NAV ANGLE is set to Magnetic on the AUX - System Setup Page. When True is selected, all navigation angles and the HSI display a T next to the angle value. When an approach referenced to true north has been loaded into the flight plan, the system generates a message alerting the pilot to switch the NAV ANGLE setting to True at the appropriate time. Figure 2-21 Heading and Course Indications (True) 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 65 Flight Instruments Changing the navigation angle setting: 1) Use the FMS Knob to select the AUX - System Setup Page on the MFD. 2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor. 3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight Nav Angle in the Display Units box. 4) Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight the desired setting and press the ENT Key. Figure 2-22 Navigation Angle Settings (AUX - System Setup Page) 66 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Flight Instruments Turn Rate Indicator The Turn Rate Indicator is located directly above the rotating compass card. Tick marks to the left and right of the lubber line denote half-standard and standard turn rates. A magenta Turn Rate Trend Vector shows the current turn rate. The end of the trend vector gives the heading predicted in 6 seconds, based on the present turn rate. A standard-rate turn is shown on the indicator by the trend vector stopping at the standard turn rate tick mark, corresponding to a predicted heading of 18˚ from the current heading. At rates greater than 4 deg/sec, an arrowhead appears at the end of the magenta trend vector and the prediction is no longer valid. Half-std Turn Rate Arrow Shown for Turn Rate > 4 deg/sec Std Turn Rate Figure 2-23 Turn Rate Indicator and Trend Vector Bearing Pointers and Information Windows Two bearing pointers and associated information can be displayed on the HSI for NAV, GPS, and ADF sources. The pointers are light blue and are single- (BRG1) or double-lined (BRG2); an icon is shown in the respective information window to indicate the pointer type. The bearing pointers never override the CDI and are visually separated from the CDI by a white ring (shown when bearing pointers are selected but not necessarily visible due to data unavailability). Tuning Mode Frequency Bearing 1 Pointer Bearing 2 Pointer Distance DME Information Window Distance to Bearing Source Bearing Source No Waypoint Selected Station Identifier Pointer Icon Pointer Icon Bearing 1 Information Window Bearing Source Bearing 2 Information Window Figure 2-24 HSI with Bearing and DME Information When a bearing pointer is displayed, its associated information window is also displayed. The Bearing Information windows (Figure 2-24) are displayed to the lower sides of the HSI and show: 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 67 Flight Instruments • Bearing source (NAV, GPS, ADF) • Pointer icon (single line for BRG1, double line for BRG2) • Frequency (NAV, ADF) • Station/waypoint identifier (NAV, GPS) • GPS-derived great circle distance to bearing source If the NAV radio is the bearing source and is tuned to an ILS frequency, the bearing pointer is removed from the HSI and the frequency is replaced with ILS. When NAV1 or NAV2 is the selected bearing source, the frequency is replaced by the station identifier when the station is within range. If GPS is the bearing source, the active waypoint identifier is displayed in lieu of a frequency. Under the following conditions, the bearing pointer is removed from the HSI and NO DATA is displayed in the information window: • The NAV radio is not receiving the tuned VOR station • GPS is the bearing source and an active waypoint is not selected Selecting bearing display and changing sources: 1) Press the PFD Softkey. 2) Press a BRG Softkey to display the desired bearing pointer and information window with a NAV source. 3) Press the BRG Softkey again to change the bearing source to GPS. 4) Press the BRG Softkey a third time to change the bearing source to ADF. 5) To remove the bearing pointer and information window, press the BRG Softkey again. DME Information Window The DME Information Window is displayed above the BRG1 Information Window on the HSI. It shows the DME label, tuning mode (NAV1, NAV2, or HOLD), frequency, and distance. When a signal is invalid, the distance is replaced by –.– – NM Refer to the Audio Panel and CNS Section for information on tuning the DMEs. Displaying the DME Information Window: 1) Press the PFD Softkey. 2) Press the DME Softkey to display the DME Information Window above the BRG1 Information Window. 3) To remove the DME Information Window, press the DME Softkey again. 68 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Flight Instruments Course Deviation Indicator (CDI) The Course Deviation Indicator (CDI) moves left or right from the course pointer along a lateral deviation scale to display aircraft position relative to the course. If the course deviation data is not valid, the CDI is not displayed. Flight Phase Navigation Source Scale Crosstrack Error CDI Figure 2-25 Course Deviation Indicator The CDI can display two sources of navigation: GPS or NAV (VOR, localizer). Color indicates the current navigation source: magenta (for GPS) or green (for VOR and LOC); the Selected Course readout also follows these color indications. When coupled to GPS, the full scale limits for the CDI are defined by a GPS-derived distance. When coupled to a VOR or localizer (LOC), the CDI has the same angular limits as a mechanical CDI. If the CDI exceeds the maximum deviation on the scale (two dots) while coupled to GPS, the crosstrack error (XTK) is displayed below the white aircraft symbol. Navigation Source Selected on Both PFDs Figure 2-26 Navigation Sources 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 69 Flight Instruments Changing navigation sources: 1) Press the CDI Softkey to change from GPS to VOR1 or LOC1. This places the light blue tuning box over the NAV1 standby frequency in the upper left corner of the PFD. 2) Press the CDI Softkey again to change from VOR1 or LOC1 to VOR2 or LOC2. This places the light blue tuning box over the NAV2 standby frequency. 3) Press the CDI Softkey a third time to return to GPS. NAV1 Selected for Tuning and Navigating a VOR GPS Selected NAV2 Selected for Tuning and Navigating an ILS VOR1 Selected LOC2 Selected Pressing the CDI Softkey Cycles through Navigation Sources Figure 2-27 Selecting a Navigation Source The system automatically switches from GPS to LOC navigation source and changes the CDI scaling accordingly when all of the following occur: • A localizer or ILS approach has been loaded into the active flight plan • The final approach fix (FAF) is the active leg, the FAF is less than 15 nm away, and the aircraft is moving toward the FAF • A valid localizer frequency has been tuned • The GPS CDI deviation is less than 1.2 times full-scale deflection GPS steering guidance is still provided after the CDI automatically switches to LOC until LOC capture, up to the Final Approach Fix (FAF) for an ILS approach, or until GPS information becomes invalid. Activating a Vector-to-Final (see the Flight Management Section) also causes the CDI to switch to LOC navigation source; GPS steering guidance is not provided after this switch. 70 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Flight Instruments If the same VOR/LOC navigation source is selected on both PFDs, the navigation source annunciation turns yellow on both displays (unless synchronized). Once the CDIs are synchronized (CDI turned on), they remain synchronized for the entire flight. Synchronization setting is maintained through power cycles. Synchronizing the CDIs: 1) Use the FMS Knob to select the AUX - System Setup Page. 2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor. 3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight CDI in the Synchronization box. 4) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to ON or counterclockwise to OFF. 5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor. Figure 2-28 CDI Sync Setting (AUX - System Setup Page) 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 71 Flight Instruments GPS CDI Scaling When GPS is the selected navigation source, the flight plan legs are sequenced automatically and annunciations appear on the HSI for the flight phase. Flight phase annunciations are normally shown in magenta, but when cautionary conditions exist the color changes to yellow. If the current leg in the flight plan is a heading leg, HDG LEG is annunciated in magenta beneath the aircraft symbol. The current GPS CDI scale setting is displayed as System CDI on the AUX - System Setup Page and the fullscale deflection setting may also be changed (2.0 nm, 1.0 nm, 0.3 nm, or Auto) from this page. If the selected scaling is smaller than the automatic setting for enroute and terminal phases, the CDI is scaled accordingly and the selected setting is be displayed rather than the flight phase annunciation. Receiver Autonomous Integrity Monitoring (RAIM) protection limits follow the selected CDI scale and corresponding flight phases. Changing the selected GPS CDI setting: 1) Use the FMS Knob to select the AUX - System Setup Page on the MFD. 2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor. 3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight Selected in the GPS CDI box. 4) Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight the desired setting and press the ENT Key. 5) To cancel the selection, press the FMS Knob or the CLR Key. Figure 2-29 GPS CDI Settings (AUX - System Setup Page) When set to Auto (default), the GPS CDI scale automatically adjusts to the desired limits based upon the current phase of flight (Figure 2-30, Table 2-2). 72 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Departure Terminal Enroute (Oceanic if >200 nm from nearest airport) Terminal Refer to accompanying approach CDI scaling figures Approach 0.3 nm 1.0 nm 1.0 nm 2.0 nm 1.0 nm 0.3 nm CDI Full-scale Deflection Flight Instruments Missed Approach Figure 2-30 Automatic CDI Scaling • Once a departure procedure is activated, the CDI is scaled for departure (0.3 nm). • The system switches from departure to terminal CDI scaling (1.0 nm) under the following conditions: - The next leg in the departure procedure is not aligned with the departure runway - The next leg in the departure procedure is not a CA, CD, CF, CI, CR, DF, FA, FC, FD, FM, IF, or TF leg - After any leg in the departure procedure that is not a CA or FA leg • At 30 nm from the departure airport the enroute phase of flight is automatically entered and CDI scaling changes to 2.0 nm over a distance of 1.0 nm, except under the following conditions: - When navigating with an active departure procedure, the flight phase and CDI scale does not change until the aircraft arrives at the last departure waypoint (if more than 30 nm from the departure airport) or the leg after the last departure waypoint has been activated or a direct-to waypoint is activated. • If after completing the departure procedure the nearest airport is more than 200 nm away from the aircraft and the approach procedure has not yet commenced, the CDI is scaled for oceanic flight (2.0 nm). • Within 31 nm of the destination airport (terminal area), the CDI scale gradually ramps down from 2.0 nm to 1.0 nm over a distance of 1.0 nm, except under the following conditions: - When navigating with an active arrival route, the flight phase and CDI scale does not change until the aircraft arrives at the first waypoint in the arrive route (if within 31 nm from the destination airport). • During approach, the CDI scale ramps down even further (see Figures 2-31 and 2-32). This transition normally occurs within 2.0 nm of the Final Approach Fix (FAF). The CDI switches to approach scaling automatically once the approach procedure is active or if Vectors-To-Final (VTF) are selected. - If the active waypoint is the FAF, the ground track and the bearing to the FAF must be within 45° of the final approach segment course. - If the active waypoint is part of the missed approach procedure, the active leg and the preceding missed approach legs must be aligned with the final approach segment course and the aircraft must not have passed the turn initiation point. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 73 2 nm FAF FAF CDI scale varies if VTF is activated 0.3 nm 1.0 nm angle based on database information course width 2 nm CDI Full-scale Deflection 0.3 nm angle set by system 350 ft CDI scale is set to the smaller of 0.3 nm or an angle set by the system 1.0 nm CDI Full-scale Deflection Flight Instruments Landing Threshold CDI scale varies if VTF is activated Figure 2-31 Typical LNAV and LNAV+V Approach CDI Scaling Figure 2-32 Typical LNAV/VNAV and LPV Approach CDI Scaling • When a missed approach is activated, the CDI scale changes to 0.3 nm. • The system automatically switches back to terminal mode under the following conditions: - The next leg in the missed approach procedure is not aligned with the final approach path - The next leg in the missed approach procedure is not a CA, CD, CF, CI, CR, DF, FA, FC, FD, FM, IF, or TF leg - After any leg in the missed approach procedure that is not a CA or FA leg Flight Phase Departure Terminal Enroute Oceanic Annunciation* DPRT TERM ENR OCN Approach (Non-precision) LNAV Approach (Non-precision with Vertical Guidance) Approach (LNAV/VNAV) Approach (LPV) Missed Approach Automatic CDI Full-scale Deflection 0.3 nm 1.0 nm 2.0 nm 2.0 nm 1.0 nm decreasing to 350 feet depending on variables (see Figure 2-31) LNAV + V L/VNAV LPV MAPR 1.0 nm decreasing to a specified course width, then 0.3 nm, depending on variables (see Figure 2-32) 0.3 nm * Flight phase annunciations are normally shown in magenta, but when cautionary conditions exist the color changes to yellow. Table 2-2 Automatic GPS CDI Scaling 74 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Flight Instruments OBS Mode NOTE: VNV is inhibited while automatic waypoint sequencing has been suspended. Enabling Omni-bearing Selector (OBS) Mode suspends the automatic sequencing of waypoints in a GPS flight plan (GPS must be the selected navigation source), but retains the current Active-to waypoint as the navigation reference even after passing the waypoint. OBS is annunciated to the lower right of the aircraft symbol when OBS Mode is selected. While OBS Mode is enabled, a course line is drawn through the Active-to waypoint on the moving map. If desired, the course to/from the waypoint can now be adjusted. When OBS Mode is disabled, the GPS flight plan returns to normal operation with automatic sequencing of waypoints, following the course set in OBS Mode. The flight path on the moving map retains the modified course line. OBS Course GPS Selected OBS Mode Enabled Extended Course Line Pressing the OBS Softkey Suspends Waypoint Sequencing Pressing the OBS Softkey Again, Returns to Normal Operation Figure 2-33 Omni-bearing Selector (OBS) Mode 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 75 Flight Instruments Enabling/disabling OBS Mode while navigating a GPS flight plan: 1) Press the OBS Softkey to select OBS Mode. 2) Turn a CRS Knob to select the desired course to/from the waypoint. Press a CRS Knob to synchronize the Selected Course with the bearing to the next waypoint. 3) Press the OBS Softkey again to return to automatic waypoint sequencing. As the aircraft crosses the missed approach point (MAP), automatic approach waypoint sequencing is suspended. SUSP appears on the HSI at the lower right of the aircraft symbol in place of OBS and the OBS Softkey label changes to SUSP. Pressing the SUSP Softkey resumes automatic sequencing of approach waypoints. Pressing the SUSP Softkey Suspends Automatic Waypoint Sequencing SUSP Annunciation Figure 2-34 Suspending Automatic Waypoint Sequencing 76 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Flight Instruments 2.2Supplemental Flight Data Note: Pressing the DFLTS Softkey turns off metric Altimeter display, the Inset Map and wind data display. In addition to the flight instruments, the PFD also displays various supplemental information, including temperatures, wind data, and Vertical Navigation (VNV) indications. Temperature Displays The Ram Air Temperature (RAT) and deviation from International Standard Atmosphere (ISA) temperature are displayed in the lower left of the PFD under normal conditions, or underneath the Airspeed Indicator in reversionary display mode. Both are displayed in degrees Celsius (°C). Normal Display Reversionary Mode Figure 2-35 Ram Air Temperature and ISA Temperature Deviation 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 77 Flight Instruments Wind Data Wind direction and speed (relative to the aircraft) can be displayed in a window to the upper left of the HSI. When the window is selected for display, but wind information is invalid or unavailable, the window shows “NO WIND DATA”. Option 1 Option 2 Option 3 No Data Figure 2-36 Wind Data Displaying wind data: 1) Press the PFD Softkey. 2) Press the WIND Softkey to display wind data below the Selected Heading. 3) Press one of the OPTN softkeys to change how wind data is displayed: • OPTN 1: Headwind/tailwind and crosswind components • OPTN 2: Wind direction arrow with respect to heading and speed • OPTN 3: Wind direction arrow with heading in degrees and speed 4) To remove the window, press the OFF Softkey. 78 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Flight Instruments Vertical Navigation (VNV) Indications When a VNV flight plan has been activated, VNV indications (VNV Target Altitude, RVSI, VDI) appear on the PFD in conjunction with the “TOD within 1 minute” message and “Vertical track” voice alert. See the Flight Management and AFCS sections for details on VNV features. VNV indications are removed from the PFD according to the criteria listed in the table. Top of Descent Message VNV Target Altitude Vertical Deviation Indicator Required Vertical Speed Indicator GPS is Selected Navigation Source Enroute Phase of Flight Figure 2-37 Vertical Navigation Indications (PFD) VNV Indication Removed Criteria Required Vertical Vertical VNV Target Speed (RVSI) Deviation (VDI) Altitude* Aircraft > 1 min before the next TOD and not on a descent leg X X X Aircraft > 1 min before the next TOD due to flight plan change X X X VNV cancelled (CNCL VNV Softkey selected on MFD) X X X Distance to active waypoint cannot be computed due to unsupported flight plan leg type (see Flight Management X X X Section) Aircraft > 250 feet below active VNV Target Altitude X X X Current crosstrack or track angle error has exceeded limit X X X Active altitude-constrained waypoint can not be reached within X X maximum allowed flight path angle and vertical speed X Last altitude-constrained waypoint in active flight plan reached X X (30 sec before) * If the flight director has been engaged to fly a VNV flight plan, the VNV Target Altitude being held remains displayed while on level flight plan legs. Table 2-3 VNV Indication Removal Criteria 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 79 Flight Instruments 2.3 PFD Annunciations and Alerting Functions The following annunciations and alerting functions are displayed on the PFD. Refer to the EICAS Section for information on the Crew Alerting System (CAS) and to Appendix A for more information on alerts and annunciations. System Alerting The System Messages Window conveys messages to the flight crew regarding problems with the G1000 System. When a new message is issued, the MSG Softkey flashes to alert the flight crew. It continues to flash until selected, which opens the System Messages Window and acknowledges the message(s) which initiated the flashing. When the window is open, messages for which the trigger conditions no longer exist turn gray. Messages generated while the window is open are not automatically displayed, but cause the MSG Softkey to begin flashing again. Pressing the MSG Softkey while the System Messages Window is open closes the window, unless the MSG Softkey is flashing. Critical values generated by redundant sensors are monitored by comparators. If differences in the sensors exceed a specified amount, the Comparator Window appears in the upper right corner of the PFD and the discrepancy is annunciated in the Comparator Window as a MISCOMP (miscompare). If one or both of the sensed values are unavailable, it is annunciated as a NO COMP (no compare). Reversionary sensor selection is annunciated in a window on the right side of the PFD. These annunciations reflect reversionary sensors selected on one or both PFDs. Pressing the SENSOR Softkey accesses the ADC1, ADC2, AHRS1, and AHRS2 softkeys. These softkeys allow switching of the sensors being viewed on each PFD. With certain types of sensor failures, the G1000 may make some sensor selections automatically. The GPS sensor cannot be switched manually. Comparator Window Reversionary Sensor Window System Messages Window Softkey Flashes for New Message Figure 2-38 G1000 Alerting System 80 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Flight Instruments Marker Beacon Annunciations Marker Beacon Annunciations are displayed on the PFD to the left of the Selected Altitude. Outer marker reception is indicated in blue, middle in amber, and inner in white. Refer to the Audio Panel and CNS Section for more information on Marker Beacon Annunciations. Outer Marker Middle Marker Inner Marker Altimeter Figure 2-39 Marker Beacon Annunciations Traffic Annunciations Traffic is displayed symbolically on the Inset Map (PFD), the Navigation Map Page (MFD), and various other MFD page maps. Refer to the Hazard Avoidance Section and Appendix F for more details about the Traffic Information Service (TIS) and the optional Traffic Advisory System (TAS) and Traffic Collision Avoidance System II (TCAS II). When a Traffic Advisory (TA) or TCAS II Resolution Advisory (RA) detected, the following automatically occur: • The PFD Inset Map is enabled, displaying traffic. • A flashing black-on-yellow (TA) TRAFFIC annunciation or white-on red (RA) TRAFFIC annunciation appears to the top left of the Attitude Indicator for five seconds and remains displayed until no TAs or RAs are detected in the area. • One or more aural traffic alerts is generated. • For TCAS II installations with an active RA, vertical guidance pitch cues will appear on the Attitude Indicator and Vertical Speed Indicator; see the Hazard Avoidance Section for details about TCAS II. PFD TA Annunciation Traffic Symbols PFD RA Annunciation (TCAS II Only) PFD Inset Map with TIS Traffic Displayed Figure 2-40 Traffic Annunciation and Inset Map with Traffic Displayed 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 81 Flight Instruments TAWS Annunciations Terrain Awareness and Warning System Class B (TAWS-B) annunciations appear on the PFD to the upper left of the Altimeter. Refer to the Hazard Avoidance Section and Appendix A for information on TAWS-B alerts and annunciations. Figure 2-41 Example TAWS-B Annunciations Minimum Descent Altitude/Decision Height Alerting For altitude awareness, a barometric Minimum Descent Altitude (MDA) or Decision Height (DH), based on barometric altitude can be set. When active, the altitude setting is displayed to the lower left of the Altimeter and with a bug at the corresponding altitude along the Altimeter (once the altitude is within the range of the tape). The following visual annunciations alert the pilot when approaching the MDA or DH: • When the aircraft altitude descends to within 2500 feet of the MDA/DH setting, the BARO MIN box appears with the altitude in light blue text. The bug appears on the altitude tape in light blue once in range. • When the aircraft passes through 100 feet of the MDA/DH, the bug and text turn white. • Once the aircraft reaches the MDA/DH, the bug and text turn yellow and the aural alert, “Minimums Minimums”, is generated. Alerting is inhibited while the aircraft is on the ground and until the aircraft reaches 150 feet above the setting for the alert. If the aircraft proceeds to climb after having reached the MDA/DH, once it reaches 50 feet above the MDA/DH, alerting is disabled. 82 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Flight Instruments Light Blue Within 2500 ft White Within 100 ft Yellow When Altitude Reached Barometric Minimum Bug Barometric Minimum Box Figure 2-42 Barometric MDA/DH Alerting Visual Annunciations The MDA/DH may be set from either PFD and is synchronized on both PFDs. The function is reset when the power is cycled. Setting the barometric minimum descent altitude/decision height and bug: 1) Press the TMR/REF Softkey. 2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Minimums field. 3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select BARO. OFF is selected by default. Press the ENT Key or turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the next field. 4) Use the small FMS Knob to enter the desired altitude (from zero to 16,000 feet). 5) To remove the window, press the CLR Key or the TMR/REF Softkey. Figure 2-43 MDA/DH Setting (Timer/References Window) 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 83 Flight Instruments Altitude Alerting The Altitude Alerting function provides visual and audio alerts when approaching the Selected Altitude. Whenever the Selected Altitude is changed, Altitude Alerting is reset. Altitude Alerting is based on the altitude information shown on PFD1. Altitude Alerting is independent of the AFCS. The following occur when approaching the Selected Altitude: • Upon passing through 1000 feet of the Selected Altitude, the Selected Altitude Box changes to black text on a light blue background, flashes for 5 seconds, and an aural tone is generated. • When the aircraft passes within 200 feet of the Selected Altitude, the Selected Altitude changes to light blue text on a black background and flashes for 5 seconds. • After reaching the Selected Altitude, if the aircraft flies outside the deviation band (±200 feet of the Selected Altitude), the Selected Altitude Box changes to yellow text on a black background, flashes for 5 seconds, and an aural tone is generated. Within 1000 feet Within 200 feet Deviation of ±200 feet Figure 2-44 Altitude Alerting Visual Annunciations Low Altitude Annunciation NOTE: This annunciation is only shown if TAWS is inhibited. When the Final Approach Fix (FAF) is the active waypoint in a GPS WAAS approach using vertical guidance, a Low Altitude Annunciation may appear if the current aircraft altitude is at least 164 feet below the prescribed altitude at the FAF. A black-on-yellow LOW ALT annunciation appears to the top right of the Altimeter, flashing for several seconds then remaining displayed until the condition is resolved. Altimeter Figure 2-45 Low Altitude on GPS WAAS Approach 84 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Flight Instruments Radar Altimeter When the radar height (the aircraft altitude above ground level detected by the radar altimeter) is between -40 and 2500 feet, the current value is displayed in green above the current aircraft heading (Figure 2-46). Display of radar height becomes more sensitive as the height above ground decreases (Table 2-4). Radar Altimeter Figure 2-46 Current Radar Height Radar Height Range Shown to Nearest -40 to 200 feet 5 feet 200 to 1500 feet 10 feet 1500 to 2500 feet 50 feet Table 2-4 Radar Altimeter Sensitivity When the radar altimeter is selected as the altitude source for the minimum descent altitude alerting function (Figure 2-47), the color of the radar height changes to yellow (Figure 2-48). Figure 2-47 RAD ALT Setting (Timer/References Window) Figure 2-48 RA as Altitude Source for MDA/DH 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 85 Flight Instruments A ground line (Figure 2-49) is shown on the Altimeter to display the aircraft’s height relative to the ground. If the data becomes invalid, the message “RA FAIL” is displayed in yellow in place of the current radar height (Figure 2-50). The Radar Altimeter test is done on the MFD but is displayed on the PFD directly above the current heading (Figure 2-51). Ground Line Radar Altimeter Minimums Box Figure 2-49 Altimeter Displaying the Ground Line (RAD ALT) Figure 2-50 Radar Altimeter Invalid Data Testing the Radar Altimeter: 1) Use the FMS Knob to select the AUX - System Status Page on the MFD. 2) Press the RA TEST Softkey to start test. 3) Pess the RA TEST Softkey again to end test. Or: 1) Use the FMS Knob to select the AUX - System Status Page on the MFD. 2) Press the MENU Key. 3) Turn the small FMS Knob to choose ‘Enable RA Test Mode’ or ‘Disable RA Test Mode’ (choice dependent on current mode). 4) Press the ENT Key to start or end test. When a radar altimeter test is in progress, ‘RA TEST’ is annunciated and 50 feet will be displayed in the RA box directly above the current heading on the PFD. Figure 2-51 Radar Altimeter Test 86 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Flight Instruments 2.4Abnormal Operations Abnormal GPS Conditions The annunciations listed in the table can appear on the HSI when abnormal GPS conditions occur. Refer to the Flight Management Section for more information on Dead Reckoning Mode. Annunciation LOI INTEG OK DR Location Lower left of aircraft symbol Lower left of aircraft symbol Upper right of aircraft symbol Description Loss of Integrity Monitoring–GPS integrity is insufficient for the current phase of flight Integrity OK–GPS integrity has been restored to within normal limits (annunciation displayed for 5 seconds) Dead Reckoning–System is using projected position rather than GPS position to compute navigation data and sequence active flight plan waypoints Table 2-5 Abnormal GPS Conditions Annunciated on HSI Figure 2-52 Example HSI Annunciations In DR Mode the CDI turns yellow when GPS is the selected navigation source, and is removed from display after 20 minutes. In addition, all GPS-derived data is computed based upon an estimated position and is displayed as yellow text on the display to denote degraded navigation source information. This data includes the following: • Navigation Status Box fields except Active Leg, TAS, and DTK • GPS Bearing Pointer • CDI when coupled to GPS (removed after 20 minutes) • Wind data and pointers in the Wind Data Box on the PFD • Track Indicator • All Bearing Pointer Distances • Active Flight Plan distances, bearings, and ETE values • Groundspeed These items should be verified when operating in Dead Reckoning Mode and become increasingly inaccurate over time. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 87 Flight Instruments Unusual Attitudes When the aircraft enters an unusual pitch attitude, red extreme pitch warning chevrons pointing toward the horizon are displayed on the Attitude Indicator, starting at 50˚ above and 30˚ below the horizon line. Nose High Nose Low Figure 2-53 Pitch Attitude Warnings If pitch exceeds +30˚/-20˚ or bank exceeds 65˚, some information displayed on the PFD is removed. The Altimeter and Airspeed, Attitude, Vertical Speed, and Horizontal Situation indicators remain on the display and the Bearing Information, Alerts, and Annunciation windows can be displayed during such situations. The following information is removed from the PFD (and corresponding softkeys are disabled) when the aircraft experiences unusual attitudes: • Traffic Annunciations • System Time • AFCS Annunciations • PFD Setup Menu • Minimum Descent Altitude/ Decision Height readout • Flight director Command Bars • Windows displayed in the lower right corner of the PFD: • Vertical Deviation, Glideslope, and Glidepath Indicators • Inset Map 88 • Temperatures – Timer/References • Altimeter Barometric Setting • DME Information Window – Nearest Airports • Selected Altitude • Wind data – Flight Plan • VNV Target Altitude • Selected Heading Box – Messages • Selected Course Box – Procedures • Transponder Status Box – ADF/DME Tuning Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Engine Indication & Crew Alerting System Section 3 Engine Indication & Crew Alerting System (EICAS) Note: Refer to the Airplane Flight Manual (AFM) for limitations. The Cessna Citation Mustang’s Engine Indication and Crew Alerting System (EICAS) offers improved flight operations and reduces crew workload by automatically monitoring critical system parameters and providing system alerts during all phases of flight. In combination with the EICAS, aural alerts, additional avionics messages, and master indicators are used to inform the crew of aberrant flight conditions. The EICAS is also designed to provide an improved level of maintenance data for the ground crew. The EICAS can be divided into two major functions: • The Engine Indication System (EIS) displays electrical, fuel, engine, pressurization, and flight control information. • The Crew Alerting System (CAS) displays advisories, cautions, and warnings to communicate conditions, statuses, and system failures. CAS messages are grouped by level of importance and color-coded based on urgency in the CAS pane in the lower left of the EICAS Display. EICAS information is normally displayed on the left side of the Multi Function Display (MFD). EICAS Display Figure 3-1 Multi Function Display (Normal) 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 89 Engine Indication & Crew Alerting System In the event of a display failure, depending on the failed display(s), the remaining display(s) may be reconfigured to present Primary Flight Display (PFD) symbology together with EICAS information (refer to the System Overview for more information about reversionary mode). In reversionary mode, the data is pared down to a single column on any display. The N1, N2, and ITT indicators are presented in the same way, but all other parameters are shown as readouts only. The following are not shown: • Total fuel • Battery current • Cabin altitude rate • Aileron and rudder trim • Destination elevation The CAS is moved to a window on the right side of the display. CAS messages are treated in the same way as they are during normal display. Messages are prioritized by criticality. EIS Display CAS Window Figure 3-2 Reversionary Mode 90 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Engine Indication & Crew Alerting System 3.1 Engine Indication System (EIS) 5 1 1 6 2 5 7 3 6 8 2 4 3 7 9 8 10 10 Figure 3-3 EICAS Display (Normal Mode) 190-00494-03 Rev. A Figure 3-4 EIS Display (Reversionary Mode) 1 Engine Fan Rotation Speed 6 Engine High Pressure Turbine Rotation Speed 2 Oil Pressure and Temperature 7 Electrical Display 3 Fuel Display 8 Pressurization Display 4 CAS Display (refer to Section 3.2) 9 Trim Indicator 5 Interstage Turbine Temperature 10 Flap Indicator Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 91 Engine Indication & Crew Alerting System EIS information is presented using horizontal and vertical bar indicators and digital readouts. Green ranges on the instrument scales indicate normal ranges of operation; yellow and red bands indicate caution and warning, respectively. During normal operating conditions, an instrument’s pointer appears in white or green and readout text is green. Refer to each instrument description for additional details on display behavior. When an unsafe operating condition occurs, the pointer and readout color change to indicate a caution (yellow) or warning (red). If the time limit for an unsafe condition is exceeded, the color of the sliders, pointers, and digits may change to denote an increase in priority level, even if the parameter is still within in the lower priority condition range. If sensor data for a parameter becomes invalid or unavailable, a red “X” is displayed across the indicator and/or readout. Exceedance Levels Slide (Normal) Pointer (Normal) Exceedance Levels Slider (Exceedance) Pointer (Exceedance) Normal Band Figure 3-5 Indicators and Exceedance Levels Engine Stage Rotation Speeds (N1 and N2) The N1 display (Figure 3-6) indicates the engine fan rotation speeds while the N2 readouts (Figure 3-7) show the engine high pressure turbine rotation speeds. Both are shown as percentages. The N1 and N2 displays are shown in the same format in reversionary mode. The N1 display ranges from 20 to 110% of maximum rotational speed. Values and limits are obtained from the Full Authority Digital Engine Controller (FADEC). When the N1 values of the engines are synchronized, ‘SYNC’ appears in green between the readouts below the scale. If N1 drops below 20%, the sliders are removed from the scale while the readouts remain displayed below. An N1 target based on the indicated Thrust Mode is shown for each engine by a bug along the scale. The readout in the box at the top of the scale is the minimum N1 target value for both engines. When the Thrust Lever Angle (TLA) position corresponds to the indicated Thrust Mode (Table 3-1), the indication is shown in green; otherwise, the indication appears in white. Thrust Mode N1 Target Value N1 Target Bug Warning Line N1 Values Synchronized Figure 3-6 N1 Display Figure 3-7 N2 Display Indication CRU CLB T/O Thrust Mode Cruise Max Climb Takeoff Table 3-1 Thrust Modes The N2 readouts are located beneath the ITT display. At engine start, the readouts appear in white. Once normal operating conditions are reached, the readouts change to green. 92 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Engine Indication & Crew Alerting System Oil Pressure and Temperature The oil pressure and temperature for each engine are shown below the N1 display under normal display operating conditions. Oil pressure is shown in pounds per square inch (psi) and temperature in degrees Celsius (°C). When oil pressure and temperature are in the normal operating range, no readout is provided. When an abnormal operating condition occurs, the readouts appear in the corresponding color. In reversionary mode, only the readouts are shown. Figure 3-8 Oil Display (Normal Mode) Fuel Display The fuel display is located beneath the oil indicators and shows the fuel quantity in pounds (lb) and fuel flow in pounds per hour (pph) for each engine, the total fuel quantity, and the fuel tank temperature in °C. Fuel information is provided primarily by the Fuel Quantity Signal Conditioner (FQSC), which has a fuel quantity processor for each tank. Fuel display can also be configured for display in metric units. Fuel quantity for each tank is normally shown along a slider scale with readouts below for each tank and the total. The fuel flow readout for each engine is shown below the fuel quantity. Total Fuel Quantity Tank Fuel Quantities Fuel Temperature Fuel Flow Figure 3-9 Fuel Display (Normal Mode) 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 93 Engine Indication & Crew Alerting System Interstage Turbine Temperature Interstage Turbine Temperatures (ITT) are displayed along a slider scale in °C. ITT values and limits are obtained from the FADEC. ITT is shown in the same format in display reversionary mode. During normal operations, the sliders appear in white and no readout is shown. Readouts are provided for each engine below the scale during engine start, for values below 200°C, or for caution and warning values. When the respective engine ignitors are on, ‘IGN’ appears in green text at the top of the ITT scales. Warning Line Ignitor On Indication Figure 3-10 Interstage Turbine Temperature Display Electrical Display Voltage and current for the direct current (DC) generators and battery are obtained directly from the electrical system buses. Generator voltages and currents are normally shown along color-coded scales, with readouts below. Battery voltage and current are displayed as readouts. In reversionary mode, battery current is not shown. Generator Voltage Generator Current Battery Voltage Battery Current Figure 3-11 Electrical Display (Normal Mode) 94 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Engine Indication & Crew Alerting System Pressurization Display Cabin pressurization information (cabin altitude and rate of change, destination elevation, differential cabin pressure) is shown beneath the electrical display. Only cabin altitude and the pressure differential readouts are displayed in reversionary mode. Cabin altitude is shown on a color-coded scale labeled in 5,000-ft increments with a readout (in feet) below (unless on the ground). The cabin altitude scale and corresponding “CABIN ALT” CAS messages shift up to higher altitude when in high altitude pressurization mode. High altitude mode is active whenever all the following are true: • The takeoff or destination elevation is above 8,000 feet • The aircraft altitude is less than 24,500 feet • The pressurization system has verified the conditions Cabin altitude change rate is displayed on a scale in terms of 1,000-fpm increments with a readout (in fpm) below. Cabin pressure differential (DIFF PSI), in pounds per square inch (psi), is indicated on a color-coded scale with a readout. Pressure Altitude Destination Elevation Pressure Change Rate Pressure Differential Figure 3-12 Cabin Pressure Display (Normal Mode) 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 95 Engine Indication & Crew Alerting System The destination elevation (from -1,000 to 14,000 feet) entered in the PFD Timer/References Window is displayed below the cabin altitude readings. This value is retained by the G1000 on power-down. Setting the destination elevation: 1) Press the TMR/REF Softkey. 2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘DEST ELV’ field. 3) Use the small FMS Knob to enter the destination elevation (in 10-ft increments from -1,000 to 14,000 feet). 4) To remove the window, press the CLR Key or the TMR/REF Softkey. Destination Elevation Figure 3-13 Timer/References Window Trim and Flap Indicators Lateral trim indications are shown along a slide bar scale beneath the pressurization display in normal display mode. Aileron trim is displayed at the top of the scale and rudder trim is displayed at the bottom. The trim display is not present in reversionary mode. Flap deflection is normally displayed beneath the trim indications using a rotating pointer. Flap positions for takeoff/approach, landing, and up positions are labeled. In reversionary mode, a digital readout of the flap position (UP, TO/APR, LAND) is provided. Figure 3-14 Trim and Flap Indications (Normal Mode) 96 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Engine Indication & Crew Alerting System 3.2 Crew Alerting System (CAS) NOTE: Aural alerts associated with abnormal conditions and advisories are managed through the Audio Panels. Refer to the Audio Panel and CNS Section for more information. NOTE: If there is a mismatch between databases or software on the PFDs, CAS is inoperative. The Crew Alerting System (CAS) Display is located in the lower left corner of the EICAS Display (on the MFD) under normal display conditions. Up to 14 messages can be displayed; when more than 14 messages accumulate, the scrolling CAS softkeys become available. When CAS messages are present while in reversionary mode, the CAS Window appears on the display along with the flight instruments and EIS. The window size increases to fit up to 14 CAS messages; if more than 14 messages are generated, the messages can be scrolled through using the CAS softkeys (two left-most softkeys). Reversionary Mode Normal CAS Display CAS Window Figure 3-15 CAS Messages 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 97 Engine Indication & Crew Alerting System CAS Messages and Prioritization NOTE: Information on CAS messages in this pilot’s guide is always superseded by the AFM. CAS messages are grouped by criticality (warning, caution, advisory) and sorted by order of appearance (most recent messages on top). The color of the message is based on its urgency and on required action: • Warning (red) – Immediate crew awareness and action required; Master Warning triggered • Caution (yellow) – Immediate crew awareness and possible future corrective action required; Master Caution triggered • Advisory (white) – Crew awareness required and subsequent action may be required Any CAS messages that come up when the system is first powered on are considered already acknowledged. They do not flash or trigger the Master Warning or Master Caution. CAS messages listed in Table 3-2 are shown in the acknowledged state (text corresponding to criticality on a black background). Since red and yellow CAS messages indicate the immediate or future need for corrective action, two momentary buttons are located above each PFD for CAS message acknowledgment: Master Warning and Master Caution. When a new red CAS warning message appears, it flashes in conjunction with the Master Warning Indicator. Pressing a Master Warning Indicator acknowledges all flashing red messages, extinguishes the master warning lights, and stops the message flashing. Messages are displayed until the issue is corrected and a Master Warning Indicator has been pressed. When a new yellow caution message appears on the CAS display, it flashes and triggers the Master Caution Indicator to come on, but not to flash. Pressing a Master Caution Indicator acknowledges all flashing yellow messages, extinguishes the master caution lights, and stops the message flashing. Messages are displayed until the issue is corrected. Master Caution and Warning Indicators PFD1 PFD2 MFD Figure 3-16 Panel Layout A CAS message does not appear more than once at a given time (unless the CAS is being tested). If signals are received that justify multiple priorities for a certain message, the message is displayed for the higher priority condition. When graduating to a higher priority, the message flashes and requires new acknowledgment. 98 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Engine Indication & Crew Alerting System When degrading to a lower priority condition, the message moves to the top of the appropriate grouping, but does not require new acknowledgment. Red warning messages cannot be scrolled through and remain at the top of the CAS display. The scroll bar changes color to yellow if more caution messages exist than can be displayed at once or if caution messages have been scrolled off the display. The scroll bar remains in the selected position for 45 seconds or until a new caution message is generated, at which point the scroll bar returns to the top of the display. Messages Warning Caution BATTERY O’TEMP AFT DOOR AFT JBOX CB L-R* AFT JBOX LMT L-R* ANTISKID FAIL BATTERY O’TEMP BATT TEMP FAIL CABIN ALT CABIN DOOR CHECK DOORS CABIN ALT DUCT O’HEAT L-R* ENG A/I COLD L-R* ENG CTRL SYS L-R* ENGINE FAIL L-R* F/W SHUTOFF L-R* FLAPS FAIL FUEL BOOST L-R* FUEL FLTR BP L-R* FUEL LVL LO L-R* FUEL PRES LO L-R* GEN OFF L-R GEN OFF L-R* HYD PRESS LO HYD PUMP ON NOSE DOOR L-R* OIL PRESS LO L-R* OXYGEN OFF P/S HTR L-R* PRESS CTRL STALL WARN FAIL STALL WARN HTR 190-00494-03 Rev. A Advisory Description Tailcone baggage door not fully secured Start control circuit breaker (located in aft j-box) tripped Current limiter blown (located in aft j-box) Antiskid Control Unit cannot perform anti-skid functions Overheated NiCad battery (optional) Battery temperature sensor failure CABIN ALT Cabin altitude potentially unsafe Cabin door not fully secured A door monitor has not been properly tested or has failed CVR FAIL Cockpit Voice Recorder has failed. Duct temperature too high or sensor disconnected ENG A/I COLD L-R* Engine anti-ice system ON and inlet temperature is cold FADEC has a fault that requires maintenance An engine has failed Fuel firewall shutoff valve fully closed FDR FAIL Flight Data Recorder is not recording data. A flap system failure has occurred. Electric fuel boost pump ON. Caution condition is displayed FUEL BOOST L-R* when the boost pump is operating in abnormal conditions. Engine fuel filter impending bypass switch closed FUEL LO INOP L-R* Fuel low level function failure Fuel level in tank is too low Fuel pressure too low FUEL TRANSFER Fuel transfer valve open One or both electrical generators offline Hydraulic system pressure too low Hydraulic pump running too long MFD COLD MFD temperature is below -20° C One or both nose baggage doors not fully secured NO TIRE SPINDOWN Antiskid control spindown function not working Oil pressure less than redline low limit Oxygen supply off P/S HTR L-R* No current detected to pitot static heater PRESS CTRL Pressure controller loss of integrity PRESS OFF Air Source Selector switch in OFF or fresh air position SPD BRK EXTEND Speed brakes extended Failure detected in stall warning system STALL WARN HI Stall warning system on ice-contaminated schedule No power delivered to stall warning vane heater Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 99 Engine Indication & Crew Alerting System SURFACE DE-ICE T2 HTR FAIL L-R* TAIL CONE BLD LK TAIL DE-ICE FAIL W/S A/I FAIL L-R* W/S O’HEAT L-R* WING DE-ICE FAIL WOW MISCOMPARE W/S A/I FAIL L-R* W/S O’HEAT L-R* De-ice boots inflating/deflating as designed T2 probe heater failure Tailcone temp high, possible bleed air leak. De-ice system not operating normally Loss of power to windshield heater Windshield anti-ice power ON; temperature too high De-ice system operating abnormally Gear on-ground inputs do not agree * Only affected side displayed (L, R, or L-R) in a CAS message; applicable CAS messages listed here display L-R for example. ** The “HYD PRESS LO” message cannot be acknowledged using the Master Caution Indicator if the aircraft is on the ground. Both Master Caution annunciators remain on and the message continues to flash until the issue is corrected. Table 3-2 Color-Coded CAS Messages 100 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Audio Panel and CNS Section 4 Audio Panel and CNS 4.1Overview The Communication/Navigation/Surveillance (CNS) system includes the Audio Panels, communication radios, navigation radios, and Mode S transponders. The System Overview Section provides a block diagram description of the Audio Panels and CNS system interconnection. CNS operation in the Cessna Citation Mustang is performed by the following Line Replaceable Units (LRUs): • Primary Flight Display (PFD) (2) • Audio Panel (2) • Multi Function Display (MFD) • Mode S Transponder (2) • Integrated Avionics Unit (2) • MFD Control Unit The PFD controls are used to tune the communication transceivers and navigation radios. The two Audio Panels provide the traditional audio selector functions of microphone and receiver audio selection. Each Audio Panel includes a two position intercom system (ICS) between the pilot and copilot, a marker beacon system, and a COM clearance recorder. Ambient noise from the aircraft radios is reduced by a feature called Master Avionics Squelch (MASQ). When no audio is detected, MASQ processing further reduces the amount of background noise from the radios. The Mode S Transponders are controlled with softkeys and the FMS Knob located on the Primary Flight Display (PFD). The Transponder Data Box is located to the left of the System Time Box. The data box displays the active four-digit code, mode, and a reply status (Figure 4-1). Audio Panel Volume Control Adjusting the master volume control affects all radio audio volume and airframe type warnings that will be heard in the headsets (not the speaker) for the pilot or copilot side Audio Panel. Radio adjustments made on the PFD controls to compensate for the master volume change on the Audio Panel will also affect the radio levels for the other pilot. Independent radio volume adjustments made using the Audio Panel Master Volume controls will affect only the audio heard in the corresponding crew position headset. Radio volume adjustments may be overridden by each crew position independently using the master volume control on the Audio Panel for the respective crew position. In addition, the master volume control for each Audio Panel will affect all other system audio output to its designated crew position headset much like volume adjustments found on many aviation headsets. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 101 Audio Panel and CNS PFD Controls and Frequency Display 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Figure 4-1 PFD Controls, COM/NAV Frequency Tuning Boxes, and ADF/DME Tuning Window 102 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Audio Panel and CNS 1 NAV VOL/ID Knob – Controls NAV audio volume level. Press to turn the Morse code identifier audio on and off. Volume level is shown in the NAV frequency field as a percentage. 2 NAV Frequency Transfer Key – Transfers the standby and active NAV frequencies. 3 NAV Knob – Tunes the standby frequencies for the NAV receiver (large knob for MHz; small knob for kHz). Press to move the tuning box (light blue box) and Frequency Transfer Arrow between NAV1 and NAV2. 4 NAV Frequency Box – Displays NAV standby and active frequency fields, volume, and station ID. The frequency of the NAV radio selected for navigation is displayed in green. 5 COM Frequency Box – Displays COM standby and active frequency fields and volume. The selected COM transceiver frequency is displayed in green. 6 COM Knob – Tunes the standby frequencies for the COM transceiver (large knob for MHz; small knob for kHz). Press to move the tuning box (light blue box) and Frequency Transfer Arrow between COM1 and COM2. 7 COM Frequency Transfer Key – Transfers the standby and active COM frequencies. Press and hold this key for two seconds to tune the emergency frequency (121.500 MHz) automatically into the active frequency field. 8 COM VOL/SQ Knob – Controls COM audio volume level. Press to turn the COM automatic squelch on and off. Volume level is shown in the COM frequency field as a percentage. 9 ADF/DME Tuning Window – Displays ADF frequencies, volume setting, and modes, and DME tuning selection. Display by pressing ADF/DME Softkey. 10 ENT Key – Validates or confirms an ADF frequency or ADF/DME mode and Auto-tune selection. 11 FMS Knob – Flight Management System Knob, used to enter ADF frequencies and select ADF/DME modes, enter transponder codes, and Auto-tune entries when ADF/DME Tuning Window or NRST Window is present. Press the FMS Knob to turn the selection cursor on and off. The large knob moves the cursor in the window. The small knob selects individual characters for the highlighted cursor location. 12 Transponder Data Box – Indicates the selected transponder code, operating mode, reply, and ident status for the applicable transponder. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 103 Audio Panel and CNS Audio Panel Controls 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 21 25 24 GMA 1347D GMA 1347D-20 Figure 4-2 Audio Panel Controls NOTE: When a key is selected, a triangular annunciator above the key is illuminated. 104 1 COM1 MIC – Selects the #1 transmitter for transmitting. COM1 receive is simultaneously selected when this key is pressed allowing received audio from the #1 COM receiver to be heard. COM2 receive can be added by pressing the COM2 Key. 2 COM1 – When selected, audio from the #1 COM receiver can be heard. 3 COM2 MIC – Selects the #2 transmitter for transmitting. COM2 receive is simultaneously selected when this key is pressed allowing received audio from the #2 COM receiver to be heard. COM1 receive can be added by pressing the COM1 Key. 4 COM2 – When selected, audio from the #2 COM receiver can be heard. Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Audio Panel and CNS 5 COM3 MIC – Selects the optional #3 transmitter (HF) for transmitting. COM3 receive is simultaneously selected when this key is pressed allowing received audio from the #3 COM receiver to be heard. 6 COM3 – When selected, audio from the optional #3 COM receiver (HF) can be heard. 7 PA – Selects the passenger address system. The selected COM transmitter is deselected when the PA Key is pressed. 8 TEL – Not used in the Cessna Citation Mustang. 9 MUSIC – Not used in the Cessna Citation Mustang. 10 SPKR – Selects and deselects the on-side flight deck speaker. COM and NAV receiver audio will be heard on the speaker. 11 MKR/MUTE – Selects marker beacon receiver audio. Mutes the currently received marker beacon receiver audio. Unmutes automatically when new marker beacon audio is received. 12 HI SENS – Press to increase marker beacon receiver sensitivity. Press again to return to low sensitivity. 13 DME – Turns DME audio on or off. 14 NAV1 – When selected, audio from the #1 NAV receiver can be heard. 15 ADF – Turns optional ADF receiver audio on or off. 16 NAV2 – When selected, audio from the #2 NAV receiver can be heard. 17 AUX – Not used in the Cessna Citation Mustang. 18 REC – Press to enable the recording of up to 2.5 minutes of COM receiver audio. When no audio is being received, nothing is recorded. Press again to stop recording. 19 PLAY – Press once to play the last recorded COM audio. Press again to stop playing. Press twice within 0.5 second while audio is playing and the previous block of recorded audio will be played. Each subsequent two presses within 0.5 second plays each previously recorded block. 20 INTR COM – Selects and deselects the pilot/copilot intercom on both Audio Panels. 21 MAN SQ – Enables manual squelch for the intercom. When the intercom is active, press the ICS Knob to illuminate SQ. Turn the ICS Knob to adjust squelch. 22 ICS Knob – Turn to adjust intercom volume or squelch. Press to switch between volume and squelch control as indicated by illumination of VOL or SQ. The MAN SQ Key must be selected to allow squelch adjustment. 23 MSTR Knob – The Master Volume Control adjusts volume for the blended NAV, COM, intercom audio, and alert warnings. 24 DISPLAY BACKUP Button – Manually selects Reversionary Mode. 25 CABIN – Not used in the Cessna Citation Mustang. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 105 Audio Panel and CNS 4.2 COM Operation COM Transceiver Selection and Activation NOTE: During PA Mode, the COM MIC Annunciator is extinguished and the COM active frequency color changes to white, indicating that neither COM transmitter is active. NOTE: When turning on the G1000 for use, the system remembers the last frequencies used and the active COM transceiver state prior to shutdown. The COM Frequency Box is composed of four fields; the two active frequencies are on the left side and the two standby frequencies are on the right. The COM transceiver is selected for transmitting by pressing the COM MIC Keys on the Audio Panel. An active COM frequency displayed in green indicates that the COM transceiver is selected on the Audio Panel (COM1 MIC or COM2 MIC Key). Both active COM frequencies appearing in white indicate that no COM radio is selected for transmitting (PA Key is selected on the Audio Panel). Frequencies in the standby fields are also displayed in white. Active Fields Standby Fields Top Section of the Audio Panel Tuning Box COM2 Radio is Selected on the Audio Panel Figure 4-3 Selecting a COM Radio for Transmit COM3 is reserved for the optional HF radio. The active HF frequency is not shown on the G1000. 106 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Audio Panel and CNS Transmit/Receive Indications During COM transmission, a white TX appears by the active COM frequency replacing the Frequency Transfer Arrow. On the Audio Panel, when the active COM is transmitting, the active transceiver COM MIC Key Annunciator flashes approximately once per second. During COM signal reception, a white RX appears by the active COM frequency replacing the Frequency Transfer Arrow. Transmit Indication Annunciator Flashes During Transmission Figure 4-4 COM Radio Transmit and Receive Indications When the same COM radio is selected on both Audio Panels, the pilot has transmit priority on COM1, the copilot has transmit priority on COM2. COM Transceiver Manual Tuning The COM frequency controls and frequency boxes are on the right side of each PFD. Manually tuning a COM frequency: 1) Turn the COM Knob to tune the desired frequency in the COM Tuning Box (large knob for MHz; small knob for kHz). 2) Press the Frequency Transfer Key to transfer the frequency to the active field. 3) Adjust the volume level with the COM VOL/SQ Knob. 4) Press the COM VOL/SQ Knob to turn automatic squelch on and off. Turn the VOL/SQ Knob to adjust volume. Press the Knob to Turn Automatic Squelch On or Off Press the Frequency Transfer Key to Transfer COM Frequencies Between Active and Standby Frequency Boxes Turn the COM Knob to Tune the Frequency in the Tuning Box Figure 4-5 COM Frequency Tuning 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 107 Audio Panel and CNS Selecting the Radio to be Tuned Press the small COM Knob to transfer the frequency tuning box and Frequency Transfer Arrow between the upper and lower radio frequency fields. Press the COM Knob to Switch the Tuning Box From One COM Radio to the Other Figure 4-6 Switching COM Tuning Boxes Quick-tuning and Activating 121.500 MHz Pressing and holding the COM Frequency Transfer Key for two seconds automatically loads the emergency COM frequency (121.500 MHz) in the active field of the COM radio selected for tuning (the one with the transfer arrow). In the example shown, pressing the Audio Panel COM2 MIC Key activates the transceiver. Press for Two Seconds to Load 121.500 MHz Figure 4-7 Quickly Tuning 121.500 MHz 108 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Audio Panel and CNS Auto-tuning the COM Frequency COM frequencies can be automatically tuned from the following: • Nearest Airports Window (PFD) • NRST – Nearest Frequencies Page (ARTCC, FSS, WX) • WPT – Airport Information Page • NRST – Nearest Airspaces Page • NRST – Nearest Airports Page Auto-tuning from the PFD COM frequencies for the nearest airports can be automatically tuned from the Nearest Airports Window on the PFD. When the desired frequency is entered, it becomes a standby frequency. Pressing the Frequency Transfer Key places this frequency into the COM Active Frequency Field. Auto-tuning a COM frequency for a nearby airport from the PFD: 1) Press the NRST Softkey on the PFD to open the Nearest Airports Window. A list of 25 nearest airport identifiers and COM frequencies is displayed. 2) Turn the FMS Knob to scroll through the list and highlight the desired COM frequency. 3) Press the ENT Key to load the COM frequency into the COM Standby Tuning Box. 4) Press the Frequency Transfer Key to transfer the frequency to the COM Active Frequency Field. Figure 4-8 Nearest Airports Window (PFD) 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang Select the NRST Softkey to Open the Nearest Airports Window 109 Audio Panel and CNS Auto-tuning from the MFD Frequencies can be automatically loaded into the COM Frequency Box from pages in the NRST or WPT page group by highlighting the frequency and pressing the ENT Key (Figures 4-9, 4-10, and 4-11). Auto-tuning a COM frequency from the WPT and NRST Pages: 1) From any page that the COM frequency can be auto-tuned, activate the cursor by pressing the FMS Knob on the MFD control unit or selecting the appropriate softkey. 2) Turn the FMS Knob to place the cursor on the desired COM frequency (Figure 4-11). 3) Press the ENT Key to load the COM frequency into the standby field of the selected COM radio. 4) Press the Frequency Transfer Key on either PFD to transfer the frequency to the COM Active Frequency Field. Turn the FMS Knob to Scroll Through a List of Frequencies. Press the ENT Key to Load a Highlighted Frequency into the COM Standby Frequency Box. Figure 4-9 Frequency Auto-Tuning from the MFD 110 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Audio Panel and CNS Or: 1) Press the MENU Key on the MFD control unit (Figure 4-9) to display the page menu (Figure 4-10). 2) Turn the large FMS Knob to scroll through the menu options. 3) Press the ENT Key to place the cursor on the desired selection. 4) Scroll through the frequency selections with the FMS Knob or the ENT Key. 5) Press the ENT Key to load the COM frequency into the standby field of the selected COM radio. 6) Press the Frequency Transfer Key to transfer the frequency to the COM Active Frequency Field. Nearest Airports Menu Nearest Frequencies Menu Nearest Airspaces Menu Figure 4-10 Nearest Pages Menus 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 111 Audio Panel and CNS On the WPT - Airport Information Page, the cursor can be placed on the frequency field by pressing the FMS Knob and scrolling through the list. The frequency is transferred to the COM Standby Field with the ENT Key. Selected Airport Identifier and Information Runway Information Press ENT Key to load frequency into PFD1 COM Standby Field. Cursor then advances to the next frequency. Figure 4-11 WPT – Airport Information Page 112 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang Select INFO-n Softkey for AIRPORT, RUNWAYS, and FREQUENCIES Windows 190-00494-03 Rev. A Audio Panel and CNS COM frequencies can also be auto-tuned from the NRST – Nearest Airspaces, NRST – Nearest Frequencies, and NRST – Nearest Airports Pages on the MFD in a similar manner using the appropriate softkeys or MENU Key, the FMS Knob, and the ENT Key. Figure 4-12 NRST – Nearest Airspaces, NRST – Nearest Airports, and NRST – Nearest Frequencies Pages 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 113 Audio Panel and CNS Frequency Spacing The G1000 COM radios can tune either 25-kHz spacing (118.000 to 136.975 MHz) or 8.33-kHz spacing (118.000 to 136.990 MHz) for 760-channel or 3040-channel configuration. When 8.33-kHz channel spacing is selected, all of the 25-kHz channel spacing frequencies are also available in the complete 3040-channel list. COM channel spacing is set on the System Setup Page of the AUX Page Group. 8.33-kHz Channel Spacing 25-kHz Channel Spacing Figure 4-13 COM Channel Spacing Changing COM frequency channel spacing: 1) Select the AUX – System Setup Page. 2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the flashing cursor. 3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Channel Spacing Field in the COM Configuration Box. 4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired channel spacing. 5) Press the ENT Key to complete the channel spacing selection. While the COM CONFIG Window is selected, the G1000 softkeys are blank. Select 8.33-kHz or 25.0-kHz COM Frequency Channel Spacing Figure 4-14 AUX – System Setup Page 114 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Audio Panel and CNS Automatic Squelch Automatic Squelch quiets unwanted static noise when no audio signal is received, while still providing good sensitivity to weak COM signals. To disable Automatic Squelch, press the VOL/SQ Knob. When Automatic Squelch is disabled, COM audio reception is always on. Continuous static noise is heard over the headsets and speaker, if selected. Pressing the VOL/SQ Knob again enables Automatic Squelch. When Automatic Squelch is disabled, a white SQ appears next to the COM frequency. Squelch Indication Press the COM VOL/ SQ Knob to turn off Automatic Squelch. Press again to restore Automatic Squelch. Figure 4-15 Overriding Automatic Squelch Volume COM radio volume level can be adjusted from 0 to 100% using the VOL/SQ Knob. Turning the knob clockwise increases volume, turning the knob counterclockwise decreases volume. When adjusting volume, the level is displayed in place of the standby frequencies. Volume level indication remains for two seconds after the change. Figure 4-16 COM Volume Level 190-00494-03 Rev. A COM Volume Level Remains for Two Seconds Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 115 Audio Panel and CNS 4.3NAV Operation NAV Radio Selection and Activation The NAV Frequency Box is composed of four fields; two standby fields and two active fields. The active frequencies are on the right side and the standby frequencies are on the left. A NAV radio is selected for navigation by pressing the CDI Softkey located on the PFD. The active NAV frequency selected for navigation is displayed in green. Pressing the CDI Softkey once selects NAV1 as the navigation radio. Pressing the CDI Softkey a second time selects NAV2 as the navigation radio. Pressing the CDI Softkey a third time activates GPS mode. Pressing the CDI Softkey again cycles back to NAV1. While cycling through the CDI Softkey selections, the NAV Tuning Box and the Frequency Transfer Arrow are placed in the active NAV Frequency Field and the active NAV frequency color changes to green. The three navigation modes that can be cycled through are: • VOR1 (or LOC1) – If NAV1 is selected, a green single line arrow (not shown) labeled either VOR1 or LOC1 is displayed on the HSI and the active NAV1 frequency is displayed in green. • VOR2 (or LOC2) – If NAV2 is selected, a green double line arrow (shown) labeled either VOR2 or LOC2 is displayed on the HSI and the active NAV2 frequency is displayed in green. • GPS – If GPS Mode is selected, a magenta single line arrow (not shown) appears on the HSI and neither NAV radio is selected. Both active NAV frequencies are then displayed in white. Standby Fields Active Fields Tuning Box The NAV Radio is Selected by Pressing the CDI Softkey Figure 4-17 Selecting a NAV Radio for Navigation See the Flight Instruments Section for selecting the DME and Bearing Information windows and using VOR or ADF as the source for the bearing pointer. 116 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Audio Panel and CNS NAV radios are selected for listening by pressing the corresponding keys on the Audio Panel. Pressing the NAV1, NAV2, ADF, or DME Key selects and deselects the navigation radio source. Selected audio can be heard over the headset and the speakers (if selected). All radios can be selected individually or simultaneously. Figure 4-18 Selecting a NAV Radio Receiver NAV Receiver Manual Tuning The NAV frequency controls and frequency boxes are on the left side of the PFDs. Manually tuning a NAV frequency: 1) Turn the NAV Knob to tune the desired frequency in the NAV Tuning Box. 2) Press the Frequency Transfer Key to transfer the frequency to the NAV Active Frequency Field. 3) Adjust the volume level with the NAV VOL/ID Knob. 4) Press the NAV VOL/ID Knob to turn the Morse code identifier audio on and off. Turn VOL/ID Knob to adjust volume. Press Knob to Turn Morse Code On or Off. Press the Frequency Transfer Key to Transfer NAV Frequencies Between Active and Standby Frequency Fields Turn the NAV Knob to Tune the Frequency in the Tuning Box Figure 4-19 NAV Frequency Tuning 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 117 Audio Panel and CNS Selecting the Radio to be Tuned Press the small NAV Knob to transfer the frequency tuning box and Frequency Transfer Arrow between the upper and lower radio frequency fields. Press the NAV Knob to Switch the Tuning Box from One NAV Radio to the Other Figure 4-20 Switching NAV Tuning Boxes VOR/LOC ID When the Morse code Identifier audio is on for a NAV radio, a white ID appears to the left of the active NAV frequency. In the example shown, in order to listen to either station identifier, press the NAV1 or NAV2 Key on the Audio Panel. Pressing the VOL/ID Knob turns off the Morse code audio only in the radio with the NAV Tuning Box. To turn off both NAV IDs, transfer the NAV Tuning Box between NAV1 and NAV2 with the small NAV Knob and press the VOL/ID Knob again to turn the Morse code off in the other radio. The Morse Code Identifiers for the GHM and BNA VORs are On Station Identifier Figure 4-21 NAV Radio ID Indication Volume NAV Radio volume level can be adjusted from 0 to 100% using the VOL/ID Knob. Turning the knob clockwise increases volume, counterclockwise decreases volume. When adjusting, the level is displayed in place of the standby frequencies. Volume level indication remains for two seconds after the change. NAV Volume Level Remains for Two Seconds Figure 4-22 NAV Volume Level 118 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Audio Panel and CNS Auto-tuning a NAV Frequency from the MFD NAV frequencies can be selected and loaded from the following MFD pages: • WPT – Airport Information • NRST – Nearest VOR • WPT – VOR Information • NRST – Nearest Frequencies (FSS, WX) • NRST – Nearest Airports • NRST – Nearest Airspaces The MFD provides auto-tuning of NAV frequencies from waypoint and nearest pages. During enroute navigation, the NAV frequency is entered automatically into the NAV standby frequency field. During approach activation the NAV frequency is entered automatically into the NAV active frequency field. Frequencies can be automatically loaded into the NAV Frequency Box from pages in the NRST or WPT page group by highlighting the frequency and pressing the ENT Key (Figures 4-23, 4-24, and 4-25). Auto-tuning a NAV frequency from the WPT and NRST Pages: 1) From any page that the NAV frequency can be auto-tuned, activate the cursor by pressing the FMS Knob on the MFD control unit or selecting the appropriate softkey. 2) Turn the FMS Knob to place the cursor on the desired NAV identifier or NAV frequency. 3) On the Nearest VOR and Nearest Airports pages, select the FREQ Softkey to place the cursor on the NAV frequency (Figure 4-25). 4) Press the ENT Key to load the NAV frequency into the standby field of the selected NAV radio. 5) Press the Frequency Transfer Key to transfer the frequency to the NAV Active Frequency Field. Turn the FMS Knob to Scroll Through a List of Frequencies. Press the ENT Key to Load a Highlighted Frequency into the NAV Standby Frequency Box. Figure 4-23 NAV Frequency Auto-Tuning from the MFD 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 119 Audio Panel and CNS Or: 1) When on the NRST pages, press the MENU Key on the MFD control unit to display the page menu. 2) Turn the large FMS Knob to scroll through the menu options. 3) Press the ENT Key to place the cursor in the desired window. 4) Scroll through the frequency selections with the FMS Knob or the ENT Key. 5) Press the ENT Key to load the NAV frequency into the standby field of the selected NAV radio. 6) Press the Frequency Transfer Key to transfer the frequency to the NAV Active Frequency Field. Nearest Airports Menu Nearest VOR Menu Figure 4-24 Nearest Pages Menus 120 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Audio Panel and CNS In the example shown, the VOR list is selected with the VOR Softkey or from the page menu. The FMS Knob or ENT Key is used to scroll through the list. The cursor is placed on the frequency with the FREQ Softkey and loaded into the NAV Tuning Box with the ENT Key. Select the VOR Softkey to Place the Cursor on the VOR Identifier Press the ENT Key to Load the Frequency into the NAV Standby Field. Select the FREQ Softkey to Place the Cursor on the VOR Frequency Figure 4-25 Loading the NAV Frequency from the NRST – Nearest VOR Page 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 121 Audio Panel and CNS While enroute, NAV frequencies can also be auto-tuned from the NRST – Nearest Airports, WPT – Airport Information, WPT – VOR Information, and NRST – Nearest Frequencies Pages on the MFD in a similar manner using the appropriate softkeys or MENU Key, the FMS Knob, and the ENT Key. Figure 4-26 NRST – Nearest Frequencies, WPT – VOR Information, WPT – Airport Information, and NRST – Nearest Airports Pages 122 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Audio Panel and CNS Auto-tuning NAV Frequencies on Approach Activation NOTE: The primary NAV frequency is auto-tuned upon loading a VOR or ILS/Localizer approach. NOTE: When an ILS/LOC approach has been activated in GPS Mode, the system switches to NAV Mode as the final approach course is intercepted (within 15 nm of the FAF). See the Flight Management Section for details. NAV frequencies are automatically loaded into the NAV Frequency Box on approach activation, on both PFD1 and PFD2. When loading or activating a VOR or ILS/LOC approach, the approach frequency is automatically transferred to a NAV frequency field as follows: • If the current CDI navigation source is GPS, the approach frequency is transferred to the NAV1 or NAV2 active frequency fields. The frequency that was previously in the NAV1 or NAV2 active frequency fields are transferred to standby. • If the current CDI navigation source is GPS, and if the approach frequency is already loaded into the NAV1 or NAV2 standby frequency field, the standby frequency is transferred to active. • If the current CDI navigation source is NAV1 or NAV2, the approach frequency is transferred to the standby frequency fields of the selected CDI NAV radio. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 123 Audio Panel and CNS Marker Beacon Receiver NOTE: The marker beacon indicators operate independently of marker beacon audio and cannot be turned off. The marker beacon receiver is used as part of the ILS. The marker beacon receiver is always on and detects any marker beacon signals within the reception range of the aircraft. The receiver detects the three marker tones – outer, middle, and inner – and provides the marker beacon annunciations located to the left of the Altimeter on the PFD. Outer Marker Indication Middle Marker Indication Inner Marker Indication Figure 4-27 Marker Beacon Annunciations on the PFD Figure 4-28 Marker Beacon Keys The Audio Panels provide three different states of marker beacon operation; On, Muted, and Deselected. Pressing the MKR/MUTE Key selects and deselects marker beacon audio. The key annunciator indicates when marker beacon audio is selected. During marker beacon audio reception, pressing the MKR/MUTE Key mutes the audio but does not affect the marker annunciations (Figure 4-27). The marker tone is silenced, then waits for the next marker tone. The MKR/MUTE Key Annunciator is illuminated, indicating audio muting. The audio returns when the next marker beacon signal is received. If the MKR/MUTE Key is pressed during signal reception (O, M, I indication) while marker beacon audio is muted, the audio is deselected and the MKR/MUTE Key Annunciator is extinguished. Pressing the HI SENS Key switches between high and low marker beacon receiver sensitivity. The HI SENS function (annunciator illuminated) is used to provide an earlier indication when nearing a marker during an approach. The LO SENS function (annunciator extinguished) results in a narrower marker dwell while over a station. 124 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Audio Panel and CNS ADF/DME Tuning NOTE: When another auxiliary window is turned on, the ADF/DME Tuning Window is replaced on the PFD. See the Flight Instruments Section for displaying the DME and bearing information windows (ADF) and using the ADF as the source for the bearing pointer. The G1000 system tunes the ADF receiver (optional) and DME transceiver (standard). The ADF is tuned by entering the frequency in the ADF standby frequency field of the ADF/DME Tuning Window. (The softkey may be labeled ADF/DME or DME, depending on installed equipment.) The UHF DME frequency is tuned by pairing with a VHF NAV frequency. DME frequency pairing is automatic and only the VHF NAV frequency is shown. The following ADF/DME information is displayed in the ADF/DME Tuning Window: • Active and standby ADF frequencies • ADF receiver mode • ADF receiver volume • DME tuning mode (DME transceiver pairing) When the ADF/DME Tuning Window is displayed, the selection cursor is placed over the standby ADF frequency field. Turning the large FMS Knob moves the selection cursor through the various fields (standby ADF frequency, ADF receiver mode, ADF radio volume, and DME tuning mode). Pressing the FMS Knob activates/deactivates the selection cursor in the ADF/DME Tuning Window. The ADF frequency is entered using the FMS Knob and the ENT Key. Active ADF Frequency Standby ADF Frequency ADF Mode ADF Volume DME Tuning Mode Figure 4-29 ADF/DME Tuning Window 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 125 Audio Panel and CNS ADF Tuning ADF frequencies in the 190.0-kHz to 1799.5-kHz range are entered in the standby ADF frequency field of the ADF/DME Tuning Window. The G1000 System does not tune the ADF emergency frequency, 2182.0‑kHz. Tuning an ADF frequency: 1) Press the ADF/DME Softkey to display the ADF/DME Tuning Window. 2) Turn the large FMS Knob to place the selection cursor over the standby ADF frequency field. 3) Turn the small FMS Knob to begin data entry and change each digit. 4) Turn the large FMS Knob to move the cursor to the next digit position. 5) Press the ENT Key to complete data entry for the standby frequency. Turn the Small FMS Knob to Enter Data in the Standby ADF Frequency Field Press the ENT Key to Complete ADF Frequency Entry Turn the Large FMS Knob to Move the Cursor to the Next Character Figure 4-30 Entering ADF Standby Frequencies Pressing the CLR Key before completing frequency entry cancels the frequency change and reverts back to the previously entered frequency. Pressing the CLR Key when the cursor is flashing, clears the frequency and replaces the standby field with ‘0000.0’. Transferring the active and standby ADF frequencies: 1) Turn the large FMS Knob to place the selection cursor over the standby ADF frequency field. 2) Press the ENT Key to complete the frequency transfer. Press the ENT Key to Transfer the ADF Frequencies Figure 4-31 Transferring ADF Frequencies 126 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Audio Panel and CNS Selecting ADF Receiver Mode The following modes can be selected: (In all modes NDB audio can be heard by pressing the ADF Key on the Audio Panel.) • ANT (Antenna) – The ADF bearing pointer parks on the HSI at 90 degrees. Best mode for listening to NDB audio. • ADF (Automatic Direction Finder) – The ADF pointer points to the relative bearing of the NDB station. • ADF/BFO (ADF/Beat Frequency Oscillator) – The ADF pointer points to the relative bearing of the NDB station and an audible tone confirms signal reception. This mode allows identification of the interrupted carrier beacon stations used in various parts of the world. • ANT/BFO (Antenna/Beat Frequency Oscillator) – The ADF bearing pointer parks on the HSI at 90 degrees while an audible tone is provided when a signal is received. This mode also allows identification of the interrupted carrier beacon stations and confirms signal reception. Selecting an ADF receiver mode: 1) Turn the large FMS Knob to place the selection cursor over the ADF mode field. 2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired ADF receiver mode. Turn the Small FMS Knob to Select the Mode Figure 4-32 Selecting ADF Receiver Mode ADF receiver volume level can be adjusted in the tuning window from 0 to 100%. The default volume level is set to 50%. The ADF volume level is the same for both Audio Panels. Adjusting ADF receiver volume: 1) Turn the large FMS Knob to place the selection cursor over the ADF volume field. 2) Turn the small FMS Knob to adjust volume as desired. Turn the Small FMS Knob to Select the Volume Figure 4-33 Adjusting ADF Receiver Volume 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 127 Audio Panel and CNS DME Tuning NOTE: When turning on the G1000 for use, the system remembers the last frequency used for DME tuning and the NAV1, NAV2, or HOLD state prior to shutdown. The DME transceiver is tuned by selecting NAV1, NAV2, or HOLD in the ADF/DME Tuning Window. DME Modes Figure 4-34 ADF/DME Tuning Window, DME Modes The following DME transceiver pairing can be selected: • NAV1 – Pairs the DME frequency from the selected NAV1 frequency. • NAV2 – Pairs the DME frequency from the selected NAV2 frequency. • HOLD – When in the HOLD position, the DME frequency remains paired with the last selected NAV frequency. Selecting DME transceiver pairing: 1) Press the ADF/DME Softkey to display the ADF/DME Tuning Window. 2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the DME tuning mode. 3) Press the ENT Key to complete the selection. Pressing the CLR Key or FMS Knob while in the process of DME pairing cancels the data entry and reverts back to the previously selected DME tuning state. Pressing the FMS Knob activates/deactivates the cursor in the ADF/DME Tuning Window. 128 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Audio Panel and CNS 4.4 Mode S Transponder The Mode S Transponders provide Mode A, Mode C, and Mode S interrogation and reply capabilities. Diversity incorporates antennas mounted on the top and bottom of the aircraft for dependable operation while maneuvering. Selective addressing or Mode Select (Mode S) capability includes the following features: • Level-2 reply data link capability (used to exchange information between aircraft and ATC facilities) • Surveillance identifier capability • Flight ID (Flight Identification) reporting – The Mode S Transponder reports aircraft identification as either the aircraft registration or a unique Flight ID. • Altitude reporting • Airborne status determination • Transponder capability reporting • Mode S Enhanced Surveillance (EHS) requirements • Acquisition squitter – Acquisition squitter, or short squitter, is the transponder 24-bit identification address. The transmission is sent periodically, regardless of the presence of interrogations. The purpose of acquisition squitter is to enable Mode S ground stations and aircraft equipped with a traffic avoidance system to recognize the presence of Mode S-equipped aircraft for selective interrogation. When turning on the G1000 for use, the system activates Transponder 1 as the default unit, regardless of which transponder was active prior to shutdown. When switching between Transponder 1 and Transponder 2, the code and mode remain the same. If a new code is entered in the active transponder, switching transponders does not bring back the previous code The Hazard Avoidance Section provides more details on traffic avoidance systems. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 129 Audio Panel and CNS GTX 33/33D Transponder Controls Transponder function is displayed on three levels of softkeys on the PFD: Top-level, Mode Selection, and Code Selection. When the top-level XPDR Softkey is pressed, the Mode Selection softkeys appear: XPDR1, XPDR2, STBY, ON, ALT, VFR, CODE, IDENT, BACK. When the CODE Softkey is pressed, the number softkeys appear: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, IDENT, BKSP, BACK. The digits 8 and 9 are not used for code entry. Pressing the numbered softkeys in sequence enters the transponder code. If an error is made, pressing the BKSP Softkey moves the code selection cursor to the previous digit. Pressing the BKSP Softkey again moves the cursor to the next previous digit. Pressing the BACK Softkey during code selection reverts to the Mode Selection Softkeys. Pressing the BACK Softkey during mode selection reverts to the top-level softkeys. The code can also be entered with the FMS Knob on either PFD. Code entry must be completed with either the softkeys or the FMS Knob, but not a combination of both. Pressing the IDENT Softkey while in Mode or Code Selection initiates the ident function and reverts to the top-level softkeys. After 45 seconds of transponder control inactivity, the system reverts back to the top-level softkeys. XPDR1 XPDR2 STBY ON ALT GND VFR XPDR IDENT CODE IDENT BACK MSG Pressing the BACK Softkey returns to the top-level softkeys. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 IDENT BKSP BACK MSG Pressing the BACK Softkey returns to the mode selection softkeys. Figure 4-35 Transponder Softkeys (PFD) Selecting and activating Transponder 1 or Transponder 2: 1) Press the XPDR Softkey to display the Transponder Mode Selection Softkeys. 2) Press the XPDR1 or XPDR2 Softkey to select and activate the other transponder. 130 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Audio Panel and CNS GTX 33/33D Transponder Mode Selection Mode selection can be automatic (Ground and Altitude Modes) or manual (Standby, ON, and Altitude Modes). The STBY, ON, and ALT Softkeys can be accessed by pressing the XPDR Softkey. Selecting a transponder mode: 1) Press the XPDR Softkey to display the Transponder Mode Selection Softkeys. 2) Press the desired softkey to activate the transponder mode. Ground Mode Ground Mode is normally selected automatically when the aircraft is on the ground. The transponder powers up in the last mode it was in when shut down. Ground Mode can be overridden by pressing any one of the Mode Selection Softkeys. A green GND indication and transponder code appear in the mode field of the Transponder Data Box. In Ground Mode, the transponder does not allow Mode A and Mode C replies, but it does permit acquisition squitter and replies to discretely addressed Mode S interrogations. When Standby Mode has been selected on the ground, the transponder can be returned to Ground Mode by pressing the GND Softkey. GND Mode Figure 4-36 Ground Mode Standby Mode (Manual) NOTE: In Standby Mode, the IDENT function is inhibited. Standby Mode can be selected at any time by pressing the STBY Softkey. In Standby, the transponder does not reply to interrogations, but new codes can be entered. When Standby is selected, a white STBY indication and transponder code appear in the mode field of the Transponder Data Box. In all other modes, these fields appear in green. STBY Mode (White Code Number and Mode) Figure 4-37 Standby Mode 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 131 Audio Panel and CNS Manual ON Mode ON Mode can be selected at any time by pressing the ON Softkey. ON Mode generates Mode A and Mode S replies, but Mode C altitude reporting is inhibited. In ON Mode, a green ON indication and transponder code appear in the mode field of the Transponder Data Box. ON Mode (No Altitude Reporting) Figure 4-38 ON Mode Altitude Mode (Automatic or Manual) Altitude Mode is automatically selected when the aircraft becomes airborne. Altitude Mode may also be selected manually by pressing the ALT Softkey. If Altitude Mode is selected, a green ALT indication and transponder code appear in the mode field of the Transponder Data Box, and all transponder replies requesting altitude information are provided with pressure altitude information. ALT Mode (Mode C Altitude Reporting) Figure 4-39 Altitude Mode Reply Status When the transponder sends replies to interrogations, a white R indication appears momentarily in the reply status field of the Transponder Data Box. Reply to Interrogation Figure 4-40 Reply Indication 132 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Audio Panel and CNS TCAS II Transponder Controls (optional) Transponder function is displayed on three levels of softkeys on the PFD: Top-level, Transponder/Traffic Selection, and Mode Selection or Code Entry. When the top-level XPDR/TFC Softkey is selected, the Function Select softkeys appear: XPDR1, XPDR2, MODE, TCAS, CODE, IDENT, BACK. When the MODE Softkey is selected, the Mode Selection softkeys appear: STBY, ON, ALT, TA ONLY, TA/ RA, BACK. When the CODE Softkey is selected, the number softkeys appear: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, IDENT, BKSP, BACK. The digits 8 and 9 are not used for code entry. Selecting the numbered softkeys in sequence enters the transponder code. If an error is made, selecting the BKSP Softkey moves the code selection cursor to the previous digit. Selecting the BKSP Softkey again moves the cursor to the next previous digit. Selecting the BACK Softkey returns to the previous level softkeys. The code can also be entered with the FMS Knob on either PFD. Code entry must be completed with either the softkeys or the FMS Knob, but not a combination of both. Selecting the IDENT Softkey while in Code Selection initiates the ident function and reverts to the top-level softkeys. After 45 seconds of transponder control inactivity, the system reverts back to the top-level softkeys. XPDR1 XPDR2 MODE TCAS XPDR/TFC IDENT CODE IDENT BACK MSG Selecting the BACK Softkey returns to the top-level softkeys. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 IDENT 7 BKSP BACK MSG Selecting the BACK Softkey returns to the previous level softkeys. STBY ON ALT TA ONLY TA/RA BACK MSG Selecting the BACK Softkey returns to the previous level softkeys. Figure 4-41 Transponder Softkeys (with TCAS II option) Selecting and activating Transponder 1 or Transponder 2: 1) Press the XPDR Softkey to display the Transponder Mode Selection Softkeys. 2) Press the XPDR1 or XPDR2 Softkey to select and activate the other transponder. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 133 Audio Panel and CNS TCAS II Transponder Mode Selection (optional) Mode selection can be automatic (Altitude Mode) or manual (Standby, On, and Altitude Modes). The STBY, ON, ALT, TA ONLY, and TA/RA Softkeys can be accessed by selecting the XPDR/TRC Softkey, then the MODE Softkey. Selecting a transponder mode: 1) Select the XPDR/TRC Softkey. 2) Select the MODE Softkey to display the Transponder Mode Selection Softkeys. 3) Select the desired softkey to activate the transponder mode (STBY, ON, or ALT). Selecting a TCAS II mode: 1) Select the XPDR/TRC Softkey. 2) Select the MODE Softkey to display the TCAS II Mode Selection Softkeys. 2) Select the desired softkey to activate the TCAS II mode (TA ONLY or TA/RA). Standby Mode (Manual) NOTE: In Standby Mode, the IDENT function is inhibited. TCAS II is switched to Standby Mode, because the transponder is not capable of supporting TCAS II operation in Standby Mode. Standby Mode can be selected at any time by selecting the STBY Softkey. In Standby, the transponder does not reply to interrogations, but new codes can be entered. When Standby is selected, a white STBY indication and transponder code appear in the mode field of the Transponder Data Box. In all other modes, these fields appear in green. STBY Mode (White Code Number and Mode) Figure 4-42 Standby Mode 134 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Audio Panel and CNS ON Mode (Manual) NOTE: TCAS II is switched to Standby Mode, because the transponder is not capable of supporting TCAS II operation in On Mode. ON Mode can be selected at any time by selecting the ON Softkey. ON Mode generates Mode A replies, but Mode C altitude reporting is inhibited. Acquisition squitter and replies to discretely addressed Mode S interrogations are also permitted. In ON Mode, a green ON indication and transponder code appear in the mode field of the Transponder Data Box. ON Mode (No Altitude Reporting) Figure 4-43 ON Mode Altitude Mode (Automatic or Manual) NOTE: TCAS II is switched to Standby Mode. Altitude Mode is automatically selected when the aircraft becomes airborne. Altitude Mode may also be selected manually by selecting the ALT Softkey. ALT Mode generates Mode A and Mode C replies. Acquisition squitter and replies to discretely addressed Mode S interrogations are also permitted. If Altitude Mode is selected, a green ALT indication and transponder code appear in the mode field of the Transponder Data Box, and all transponder replies requesting altitude information are provided with pressure altitude information. ALT Mode (Mode C Altitude Reporting) Figure 4-44 Altitude Mode Reply Status When the transponder sends replies to interrogations, a white R indication appears momentarily in the reply status field of the Transponder Data Box. Reply to Interrogation Figure 4-45 Reply Indication 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 135 Audio Panel and CNS Entering a Transponder Code Entering a transponder code with softkeys: 1) Press the XPDR Softkey to display the Transponder Mode Selection Softkeys. 2) Press the CODE Softkey to display the Transponder Code Selection Softkeys, for digit entry. 3) Press the digit softkeys to enter the code in the code field. When entering the code, the next softkey in sequence must be pressed within 10 seconds, or the entry is cancelled and restored to the previous code. Pressing the BKSP Softkey moves the code selection cursor to the previous digit. Five seconds after the fourth digit has been entered, the transponder code becomes active. Entering a Code Figure 4-46 Entering a Code with Softkeys Entering a transponder code with the PFD FMS Knob: 1) Press the XPDR and the CODE Softkeys as in the previous procedure to enable code entry. 2) Turn the small FMS Knob to enter the first two code digits. 3) Turn the large FMS Knob to move the cursor to the next code field. 4) Enter the last two code digits with the small FMS Knob. 5) Press the ENT Key to complete code digit entry. Pressing the CLR Key or small FMS Knob before code entry is complete cancels code entry and restores the previous code. Waiting for 10 seconds after code entry is finished activates the code automatically. Turn the Small FMS Knob to Enter Two Code Digits at a Time Press the ENT Key to Complete Code Entry Turn the Large FMS Knob to Move the Cursor to the Next Code Field Figure 4-47 Entering a Code with the FMS Knob 136 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Audio Panel and CNS VFR Code The VFR code can be entered either manually or by pressing the XPDR Softkey, then the VFR Softkey. When the VFR Softkey is pressed, the pre-programmed VFR code is automatically displayed in the code field of the Transponder Data Box. Pressing the VFR Softkey again restores the previous identification code. The pre-programmed VFR Code is set at the factory to 1200. If a VFR code change is required, contact a Garmin-authorized service center for configuration. VFR Code Figure 4-48 VFR Code IDENT Function NOTE: In Standby Mode, the IDENT Softkey is inoperative. Pressing the IDENT Softkey sends a distinct identity indication to Air Traffic Control (ATC). The indication distinguishes the identing transponder from all the others on the air traffic controller’s screen. The IDENT Softkey appears on all levels of transponder softkeys. When the IDENT Softkey is pressed, a green IDNT indication is displayed in the mode field of the Transponder Data Box for a duration of 18 seconds. After the IDENT Softkey is pressed while in Mode or Code Selection, the system reverts to the top-level softkeys. IDNT Indication Press the IDENT Softkey to Initiate the ID Function Figure 4-49 IDENT Softkey and Indication 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 137 Audio Panel and CNS Flight ID Reporting The flight crew must enter the Flight ID before flight operation. The number is entered in the Timer/ References Window on the PFD. The Flight ID is not to exceed seven characters. No space is needed when entering Flight ID. When a Flight ID contains a space, the system automatically removes it upon completion of Flight ID entry. If configuration is set to “SAME AS TAIL” the aircraft tail number will always be displayed. Entering a Flight ID: 1) Press the TMR/REF Softkey to display the Timer/References Window. 2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the selection cursor, if not already activated. 3) Turn the large FMS Knob to scroll down to the Flight ID. 4) Turn the small FMS Knob to enter the desired Flight ID. 5) Press the ENT Key to complete Flight ID entry. The word “updating” appears while the new entry is processing. If an error is made during Flight ID entry, pressing the CLR Key returns to the original Flight ID entry. While entering a Flight ID, turning the FMS Knob counterclockwise moves the cursor back one space for each detent of rotation. If an incorrect Flight ID is discovered after the unit begins operation, reenter the correct Flight ID using the same procedure. Wait for updating to complete before performing other G1000 functions. Flight ID PFD Entry Entering Flight ID Flight ID Updating Figure 4-50 Timer/References Window, Entering Flight ID 138 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Audio Panel and CNS 4.5Additional Audio Panel Functions Power-up The Audio Panels perform a self-test during power-up. During the self-test all Audio Panel annunciator lights illuminate for approximately two seconds. Once the self-test is completed, most of the settings are restored to those in use before the unit was last turned off. The exceptions are the speaker and intercom, which are always selected during power up. Mono/Stereo Headsets Stereo headsets are recommended for use in this aircraft. Using a monaural headset in a stereo jack shorts the right headset channel output to ground. While this does not damage the Audio Panel, a person listening on a monaural headset hears only the left channel in both ears. If a monaural headset is used at one of the passenger positions, any other passenger using a stereo headset hears audio in the left ear only. Speaker NOTE: When the oxygen mask switch on the instrument panel is selected, each pilot’s microphone audio is heard on the cross-side speaker. The on-side speaker is also enabled and cannot be deselected. Each Audio Panel controls a separate flight deck speaker. Each SPKR Key controls the on-side speaker unless oxygen masks are in use. During oxygen mask use the on-side speaker is always enabled. Pressing the SPKR Key selects and deselects the speaker. Except for oxygen mask use, speaker audio is muted when the PTT Key is pressed. Figure 4-51 Speaker Key Unmuted Inputs Stall, overspeed, and aural gear alerts are heard on the headset and speaker always, even when the speaker is off. All other alerts are always present on the headset and are on the speaker when the SPKR Key is selected. These warnings and the aircraft radios are not heard on the passenger headphones. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 139 Audio Panel and CNS Intercom Pressing the INTR COM Key on either Audio Panel selects and deselects the intercom on both Audio Panels. The annunciator is lit when the intercom is active. The intercom connects the pilot and copilot together. Either the pilot or copilot may select or deselect the intercom. The MAN SQ Key allows either automatic or manual control of the intercom squelch setting. Pressing the MAN SQ Key enables manual squelch control, indicated by the MAN SQ annunciator. • When the MAN SQ Annunciator is extinguished (Automatic Squelch is on), the ICS Knob controls only the volume (pressing the ICS Knob has no effect on the VOL/SQ selection). • When the MAN SQ Annunciator is illuminated (Manual Squelch), the ICS Knob controls either volume or squelch (selected by pressing the ICS Knob and indicated by the VOL or SQ annunciation). GMA 1347D-20 GMA 1347D Manual Squelch Annunciator; Off for Automatic Squelch, On for Manual Squelch ICS Isolation Press to switch between VOL and SQ. Turn to adjust Squelch when SQ Annunciation is lit, Volume when VOL Annunciation is lit. Master Volume Control for Pilot Side or Copilot Side Volume Annunciation Squelch Annunciation Figure 4-52 Intercom Controls 140 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Audio Panel and CNS Passenger Address (PA) System A passenger address system is provided by pressing the PA Key to deliver messages to the passengers. The message is heard by the other pilot on the headset only if the INTR COM Key is enabled. PA messages are one way from the flight deck to the passengers. A Push-to-talk (PTT) must be pressed to deliver PA announcements. The announcements are heard over the cockpit speakers and by the passengers over their headphones. When PA is selected on the Audio Panel, the annunciator flashes about once per second while pressing the PTT, the COM MIC annunciator is no longer lit, and the active COM frequency for that Audio Panel changes to white, indicating that there is no COM selected. PA Key is Selected on the Audio Panel Figure 4-53 PA Key Selected for Cabin Announcements Simultaneous COM Operation NOTE: If the selected COM1 and COM2 frequencies are within approximately 1 MHz of each other, interference may be heard during transmission on the other radio. Simultaneous COM operation is affected by the distance between the COM antennas and the separation of the tuned frequencies. Both the pilot and the copilot can transmit and receive simultaneously over separate COM radios. The selected COM MIC Annunciator flashes when either pilot’s microphone PTT is pressed. If both pilots select the same COM radio, the pilot has priority on COM1 and the copilot has priority on COM2. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 141 Audio Panel and CNS Clearance Recorder and Player The Audio Panels contain a digital clearance recorder that records up to 2.5 minutes of the selected COM radio signal. Recorded COM audio is stored in separate memory blocks. Once 2.5 minutes of recording time have been reached, the recorder begins recording over the stored memory blocks, starting from the oldest block. Pressing the REC Key enables recording of audio from the COM radio selected for transmission. Quiet periods between COM reception are not recorded. The PLAY Key controls the play function. The PLAY annunciator indicates when play is in progress. The PLAY annunciator turns off after playback is finished. Pressing the PLAY Key once plays the latest recorded memory block and then returns to normal operation. Pressing the PLAY Key again during play of a memory block stops play. If a COM input signal is detected during play of a recorded memory block, play is halted. Pressing the PLAY Key twice within one-half second while audio is playing plays the previous block of recorded audio. Each subsequent two presses of the PLAY Key within one-half second will backtrack through the recorded memory blocks to reach and play any recorded block. Powering off the unit automatically clears all recorded blocks. Figure 4-54 Record and Playback Key 142 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Audio Panel and CNS 4.6Audio Panels Preflight Procedure NOTE: If the flight crew is using headsets that have a high/low switch or volume control knob, verify that the switch is in the high position and the volume control on the headsets are at max volume setting. On single‑pilot flights, verify that all other headsets are not connected to avoid excess noise in the audio system. NOTE: When the MAN SQ Key is pressed, the flight crew is now able to set the ICS squelch manually. If manual squelch is set to full open (SQ annunciated and the small knob turned counterclockwise) background noise will be heard in the ICS system as well as during COM transmissions. After powering up the G1000 system the following steps will aid the flight crew in maximizing the use of the Audio Panels as well as prevent flight crew induced issues. These preflight procedures should be performed each time a flight crew boards the aircraft to insure awareness of all audio levels in the Audio Panels and radios. ICS Isolation Manual Squelch ICS Volume and Squelch Control Master Volume Control VOL Annunciation SQ Annunciation Reversionary Mode for PFD1 and MFD Reversionary Mode for PFD2 and MFD Pilot Side Copilot Side Figure 4-55 Audio Panel Controls Independent radio volume adjustments made using the PFD controls will affect only the audio output for each radio selected for adjustment. Radio volume adjustment will affect both crew positions equally for each radio that is adjusted. Turning the master volume control located on either Audio Panel will affect only the audio heard in the corresponding crew position headset. Thus, radio volume adjustments may be overridden by each crew position independently using the master volume control on the Audio Panel for the respective crew position. The master volume control for each Audio Panel will affect all other system audio output for the pilot or copilot headset. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 143 Audio Panel and CNS Setting the Audio Panel volume levels during preflight: 1) Verify the INTR COM Key is selected. 2) Verify manual squelch is set to minimum. 3) Turn the MSTR Knob (Master Volume Control) on both Audio Panels clockwise two full turns. This sets the headset audio level to max volume (least amount of attenuation). 4) Adjust radio volume levels (COM, NAV, etc.) to a suitable level. 5) Adjust the ICS volume Knob on each Audio Panel to the desired intercom level. 6) Reset squelch to automatic, or adjust to the appropriate level manually. Once this procedure has been completed, the master volume controls on both Audio Panels may now be adjusted. The flight crew can change settings, keeping in mind the notes above. Pilot Master Volume Control Radio Volume Knobs Adjust Radio Level COM Radio Audio Master Volume Knobs Adjust Headphone Volume Level NAV Radio Audio ADF Radio Audio FMS Knob Adjusts ADF Volume Level Copilot Master Volume Control Figure 4-56 Radio and Headphone Volume Controls 144 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Audio Panel and CNS 4.7Abnormal Operation Abnormal operation of the G1000 includes equipment failures of the G1000 components and failure of associated equipment, including switches and external devices. Stuck Microphone If the push-to-talk (PTT) Key becomes stuck, the COM transmitter stops transmitting after 35 seconds of continuous operation. An alert appears on the PFD to advise the crew of a stuck microphone. The COM1 MIC or COM2 MIC Key Annunciator on the Audio Panel flashes as long as the PTT Key remains stuck. Figure 4-57 Stuck Microphone Alert COM Tuning Failure In case of a COM system tuning failure, the emergency frequency (121.500 MHz) is automatically tuned in the radio in which the tuning failure occurred. Depending on the failure mode, a red X may appear on the frequency display. Emergency Channel Loaded Automatically Figure 4-58 COM Tuning Failure PFD Failure, Dual System If PFD1 fails, COM1 and NAV1 display a red X on both remaining displays. NAV1 is unavailable. COM1 automatically tunes 121.500 MHz, but the frequency is not shown. The COM1 emergency frequency is available to both the copilot and pilot. Emergency Channel Loaded Automatically Figure 4-59 Frequency Section of PFD2 Display after PFD1 Failure 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 145 Audio Panel and CNS If PFD2 fails, COM2 and NAV2 display a red X on the remaining PFD display. NAV2 is unavailable. COM2 tunes 121.500 MHz, but the frequency is not shown. The COM2 emergency frequency is available to both the copilot and pilot. Figure 4-60 PFD1 Display after PFD2 Failure Audio Panel Fail-safe Operation If there is a failure of both Audio Panels, a fail-safe circuit connects the pilot’s headset and microphone directly to the COM1 transceiver and the copilot’s headset directly to the COM2 transceiver. Audio will not be available on the speakers. If there is a failure of one Audio Panel, the remaining one will not have access to the others side’s COM and NAV. For example, if the pilot side Audio Panel fails, the copilot side Audio Panel has access to all the radios except for COM1 and NAV1. Reversionary Mode The red DISPLAY BACKUP Button selects the Reversionary Mode. See the System Overview Section for more information on Reversionary Mode. Figure 4-61 Reversionary Mode Button 146 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Flight Management Section 5 Flight Management 5.1Introduction The G1000 is an integrated flight, engine, communication, navigation and surveillance system. This section of the Pilot’s Guide explains flight management using the G1000. The most prominent part of the G1000 are the three full color displays: two Primary Flight Displays (PFD) and a Multi Function Display (MFD). The information to successfully navigate the aircraft using the GPS sensors is displayed on the PFD and the MFD. See examples in the Figure 5-1 and Figure 5-2. Detailed descriptions of flight management functions are discussed later in this section. A brief description of the GPS navigation data on the PFD and MFD follows. Navigation mode indicates which sensor is providing the course data (e.g., GPS, VOR) and the flight plan phase (e.g., Departure (DPRT), Terminal (TERM), Enroute (ENR), Oceanic (OCN), Approach (LNAV, LNAV+V, L/VNAV, or LPV), or Missed Approach (MAPR)). The Inset Map is a small version of the MFD Navigation Map and can be displayed in the lower left corner of the PFD. When the system is in reversionary mode, the Inset Map can be displayed in the lower right corner. The Inset Map is displayed by pressing the INSET Softkey. Pressing the INSET Softkey again, then pressing the OFF Softkey removes the Inset Map. The Navigation Map displays aviation data (e.g., airports, VORs, airways, airspaces), geographic data (e.g., cities, lakes, highways, borders), topographic data (map shading indicating elevation), and hazard data (e.g., traffic, terrain, weather). The amount of displayed data can be reduced by selecting the DCLTR Softkey. The Navigation Map can be oriented four different ways: North Up (NORTH UP), Track Up (TRK UP), Desired Track Up (DTK UP), or Heading Up (HDG UP). An aircraft icon is placed on the Navigation Map at the location corresponding to the calculated present position. The aircraft position and the flight plan legs are accurately based on GPS calculations. The basemap upon which these are placed are from a source with less resolution, therefore the relative position of the aircraft to map features is not exact. The leg of the active flight plan currently being flown is shown as a magenta line on the navigation map. The other legs are shown in white. There are 28 different map ranges available, from 500 feet to 2000 nm. The current range is indicated in the lower right corner of the map and represents the top-to-bottom distance covered by the map. To change the map range on any map, turn the Joystick counter-clockwise to zoom in ( -, decreasing), or clockwise to zoom out (+, increasing). The Direct-to Window, the Flight Plan Window, the Procedures Window, and the Nearest Airports Window can be displayed in the lower right corner of the PFD. Details of these windows are discussed in detail later in the section. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 147 Flight Management Navigation Status Box Navigation Mode Inset Map Location of: - Direct To Window - Flight Plan Window - Procedures Window - Nearest Airports Window Figure 5-1 GPS Navigation Information on the PFD Navigation Status Box Map Orientation Navigation Map - Aviation Data - Geographic Data - Topographic Data - Hazard Data Active Flight Plan Leg Aircraft Icon at Present Position Flight Plan Leg Map Range Figure 5-2 GPS Navigation Information on the MFD Navigation Page 148 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Flight Management Navigation Status Box The Navigation Status Box located at the top of the PFD contains two fields displaying the following information: PFD Navigation Status Box • Active flight plan leg (e.g., ‘D-> KICT’ or ‘KIXD > KCOS’) or flight plan annunciations (e.g., ‘Turn right to 021˚ in 8 seconds’) The Navigation Status Box located at the top of the MFD contains four data fields, each displaying one of the following items: • Distance (DIS) and Bearing (BRG) to the next waypoint or flight plan annunciations (e.g., ‘TOD within 1 minute’) • Bearing (BRG) The symbols used in the PFD status bar are: Symbol Description Active Leg Direct-to • Distance (DIS) • Desired Track (DTK) • Endurance (END) • Enroute Safe Altitude (ESA) • Estimated Time of Arrival (ETA) • Estimated Time Enroute (ETE) Right Procedure Turn Left Procedure Turn Right Holding Pattern • Fuel on Board (FOB) • Fuel over Destination (FOD) • Ground Speed (GS) • Minimum Safe Altitude (MSA) Left Holding Pattern • True Air Speed (TAS) Vector to Final • Track Angle Error (TKE) Right DME Arc Left DME Arc • Track (TRK) • Vertical Speed Required (VSR) • Crosstrack Error (XTK) MFD Navigation Status Box The navigation information displayed in the four data fields can be selected on the MFD Data Bar Fields Box on the AUX - System Setup Page. The default selections (in order left to right) are GS, DTK, TRK, and ETE. Changing a field in the MFD Navigation Status Box: 1) Select the System Setup Page. 2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor. 3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired field number in the MFD Data Bar Fields Box. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 149 Flight Management 4) Turn the small FMS Knob to display and scroll through the data options list. 5) Select the desired data. 6) Press the ENT Key. Selecting the DFLTS Softkey returns all fields to the default setting. 5.2Using Map Displays Map displays are used extensively in the G1000 to provide situational awareness in flight. Most G1000 maps can display the following information: • Airports, NAVAIDs, airspaces, airways, land data (highways, cities, lakes, rivers, borders, etc.) with names • Map Pointer information (distance and bearing to pointer, location of pointer, name, and other pertinent information) • Aircraft icon (representing present position) • Nav range ring • Fuel range ring • Flight plan legs • User waypoints • Map range • Track vector • Wind direction and speed • Topography scale • Map orientation • Topography data • Icons for enabled map features • Obstacle data The information in this section applies to the following maps unless otherwise noted: • All Map Group Pages (MAP) • Flight Plan Pages (FPL) • All Waypoint Group Pages (WPT) • Direct-to Window • AUX - Trip Planning • PFD Inset Map • All Nearest Group Pages (NRST) • Procedure Loading Pages Map Orientation Maps are shown in one of four different orientation options, allowing flexibility in determining aircraft position relative to other items on the map (north up) or for determining where map items are relative to where the aircraft is going (track up, desired track up, or heading up). The map orientation is shown in the upper right corner of the map. Figure 5-3 Map Orientation 150 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Flight Management • North up (NORTH UP) aligns the top of the map display to north (default setting). • Track up (TRK UP) aligns the top of the map display to the current ground track. • Desired track up (DTK UP) aligns the top of the map display to the desired course. • Heading up (HDG UP) aligns the top of the map display to the current aircraft heading. Note: When panning or reviewing active flight plan legs in a non-North Up orientation, the map does not show the map orientation nor the wind direction and speed. Note: Map orientation can only be changed on the Navigation Map Page. Any other displays that show navigation data reflect the orientation selected for the Navigation Map Page: Changing the Navigation Map orientation: 1) With the Navigation Map Page displayed, press the MENU Key. The cursor flashes on the ‘Map Setup’ option. Map Setup Selection Figure 5-4 Navigation Map Page Menu Window 2) Press the ENT Key to display the Map Setup Window. 3) Turn the large FMS Knob, or press the ENT Key once, to select the ‘ORIENTATION’ field. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 151 Flight Management Map Group Selection Orientation Field Figure 5-5 Map Setup Menu Window - Map Group 4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired orientation. 5) Press the ENT Key to select the new orientation. 6) Press the FMS Knob to return to the base page. Map Range There are 28 different map ranges available, from 500 feet to 2000 nm. The current range is indicated in the lower right corner of the map and represents the top-to-bottom distance covered by the map. When the map range is decreased to a point that exceeds the capability of the G1000 to accurately represent the map, a magnifying glass icon is shown to the left of the map range. To change the map range turn the Joystick counter-clockwise to decrease the range, or clockwise to increase the range. Range Overzoom Figure 5-6 Map Range 152 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Flight Management Auto Zoom Auto zoom allows the G1000 to change the map display range to the smallest range clearly showing the active waypoint. Auto zoom can be overridden by adjusting the range with the Joystick, and remains until the active waypoint changes, a terrain or traffic alert occurs, the aircraft takes off, or the manual override times out (timer set on Map Setup Window). If a terrain caution or warning occurs, any map page displaying TAWS/TERRAIN data automatically adjusts to the smallest map range clearly showing the highest priority alert. If a new traffic advisory alert occurs, any map page capable of displaying traffic advisory alerts automatically adjusts to the smallest map range clearly showing the traffic advisory. When terrain or traffic alerts clear, the map returns to the previous auto zoom range based on the active waypoint. The auto zoom function can be turned on or off independently for the PFDs and MFD. Control of the ranges at which the auto zoom occurs is done by setting the minimum and maximum ‘look forward’ times (set on the Map Setup Window for the Map Group). These settings determine the minimum and maximum distance to display based upon the aircraft’s ground speed. • Waypoints that are long distances apart cause the map range to increase to a point where many details on the map are decluttered. If this is not acceptable, lower the maximum look ahead time to a value that limits the auto zoom to an acceptable range. • Waypoints that are very short distances apart cause the map range to decrease to a point where situational awareness may not be what is desired. Increase the minimum look ahead time to a value that limits the auto zoom to a minimum range that provides acceptable situational awareness. • Flight plans that have a combination of long and short legs cause the range to increase and decrease as waypoints sequence. To avoid this, auto zoom can be disabled or the maximum/minimum times can be adjusted. • The ‘time out’ time (configurable on the Map Setup Page for the Map Group) determines how long auto zoom is overridden by a manual adjustment of the range knob. At the expiration of this time, the auto zoom range is restored. Setting the ‘time out’ value to zero causes the manual override to never time out. • When the maximum ‘look forward’ time is set to zero, the upper limit becomes the maximum range available (2000 nm). • When the minimum ‘look forward’ time is set to zero, the lower limit becomes 1.5 nm. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 153 Flight Management Auto Zoom: Off, MFD Only, PFD Only, All On Manual Range Override Expiration Time Maximum Look Forward Time Minimum Look Forward Time Figure 5-7 Map Setup Menu Window - Map Group, Auto Zoom Configuring automatic zoom: 1) Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The cursor flashes on the ‘Map Setup’ option. 2) Press the ENT Key. The Map Setup Menu is displayed. 3) Select the ‘Map’ group. 4) Press the ENT Key. 5) Highlight the ‘AUTO ZOOM’ field. 6) Select ‘Off’, ‘MFD Only’, ‘PFD Only’, or ‘ALL On’. 7) Press the ENT Key to accept the selected option. The flashing cursor highlights the ‘MAX LOOK FWD’ field. Times are from zero to 999 minutes. 8) Use the FMS Knobs to set the time. Press the ENT Key. 9) Repeat step 8 for ‘MIN LOOK FWD’ (zero to 99 minutes) and ‘TIME OUT’ (zero to 99 minutes). 10) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page. 154 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Flight Management Map Panning Map panning allows the pilot to: • View parts of the map outside the displayed range without adjusting the map range • Highlight and select locations on the map • Review information for a selected airport, NAVAID or user waypoint • Designate locations for use in flight planning • View airspace and airway information When the panning function is selected by pressing the Joystick, the Map Pointer flashes on the map display. A window also appears at the top of the map display showing the latitude/longitude position of the pointer, the bearing and distance to the pointer from the aircraft’s present position, and the elevation of the land at the position of the pointer. Map Pointer Information Map Pointer Figure 5-8 Navigation Map - Map Pointer Activated Note: The map is normally centered on the aircraft’s position. If the map has been panned and there has been no pointer movement for about 60 seconds, the map reverts back to centered on the aircraft position and the flashing pointer is removed. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 155 Flight Management When the Map Pointer is placed on an object, the name of the object is highlighted (even if the name was not originally displayed on the map). When any map feature or object is selected on the map display, pertinent information is displayed. Information about Point of Interest Map Pointer on POI Figure 5-9 Navigation Map - Map Pointer on Point of Interest 156 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Flight Management When the Map Pointer crosses an airspace boundary, the boundary is highlighted and airspace information is shown at the top of the display. The information includes the name and class of airspace, the ceiling in feet above Mean Sea Level (MSL), and the floor in feet MSL. Information about Airspace Map Pointer on Airspace Figure 5-10 Navigation Map - Map Pointer on Airspace Panning the map: 1) Press the Joystick to display the Map Pointer. 2) Move the Joystick to move the Map Pointer around the map. 3) Press the Joystick to remove the Map Pointer and recenter the map on the aircraft’s current position. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 157 Flight Management Reviewing information for an airport, NAVAID, or user waypoint: 1) Place the Map Pointer on a waypoint. 2) Press the ENT Key to display the Waypoint Information Page for the selected waypoint. 3) Press the GO BACK Softkey, the CLR Key, or the ENT Key to exit the Waypoint Information Page. NAVAID Information GO BACK Softkey Figure 5-11 Navigation Map - Information Window - NAVAID 158 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Flight Management Viewing airspace information for a special-use or controlled airspace: 1) Place the Map Pointer on an open area within the boundaries of an airspace. 2) Press the ENT Key to display an options menu. 3) ‘Review Airspaces’ should already be highlighted, if not select it. Press the ENT Key to display the Airspace Information Page for the selected airspace. 4) Press the CLR or ENT Key to exit the Airspace Information Page. Airspace Information Figure 5-12 Navigation Map - Information Window - Airspace 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 159 Flight Management Measuring Bearing and Distance Distance and bearing from the aircraft’s present position to any point on the viewable navigation map may be calculated using the ‘Measure Bearing and Distance’ selection from Navigation Map page menu. The bearing and distance tool displays a dashed Measurement Line and a Measure Pointer to aid in graphically identifying points with which to measure. Lat/Long, distance and elevation data for the Measure Pointer is provided in a window at the top of the navigation map. Measuring bearing and distance between any two points: 1) Press the MENU Key (with the Navigation Map Page displayed). 2) Highlight the ‘Measure Bearing/Distance’ field. 3) Press the ENT Key. A Measure Pointer is displayed on the map at the aircraft’s present position. 4) Move the Joystick to place the reference pointer at the desired location. The bearing and distance are displayed at the top of the map. Elevation at the current pointer position is also displayed. Pressing the ENT Key changes the starting point for measuring. 5) To exit the Measure Bearing/Distance option, press the Joystick Or: Select ‘Stop Measuring’ from the page menu and press the ENT Key. Measurement Information Pointer Lat/Long Measurement Line Figure 5-13 Navigation Map - Measuring Bearing and Distance 160 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Flight Management Topography All navigation maps can display various shades of topography colors representing land elevation, similar to aviation sectional charts. Topographic data can be displayed or removed as described in the following procedures. Navigation Map Topographic Data Navigation Map Black Background TOPO Softkey Not Enabled TOPO Softkey Enabled TOPO Off TOPO On Figure 5-14 Navigation Map - Topographic Data Displaying/removing topographic data on all pages displaying navigation maps: 1) Press the MAP Softkey (the INSET Softkey for the PFD Inset Map). 2) Select the TOPO Softkey. 3) Select the TOPO Softkey again to remove topographic data from the Navigation Map. When topographic data is removed from the page, all navigation data is presented on a black background. Displaying/removing topographic data (TOPO DATA) using the Navigation Map Page Menu: 1) Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The cursor flashes on the ‘Map Setup’ option. 2) Press the ENT Key. The Map Setup Menu is displayed. 3) Select the ‘Map’ group. 4) Press the ENT Key. 5) Highlight the ‘TOPO DATA’ field. 6) Select ‘On’ or ‘Off’. 7) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 161 Flight Management TOPO DATA On/Off TOPO DATA Range Figure 5-15 Navigation Map Setup Menu - TOPO DATA Setup The topographic data range is the maximum map range on which topographic data is displayed. Note: Since the PFD Inset Map is much smaller than the MFD navigation maps, items are removed on the PFD Inset Map two range levels smaller than the range selected in the Map Setup pages (e.g., a setting of 100 nm removes the item at ranges above 100 nm on MFD navigation maps, while the PFD Inset Map removes the same item at 50 nm). Selecting a topographical data range (TOPO DATA): 1) Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The cursor flashes on the ‘Map Setup’ option. 2) Press the ENT Key. The Map Setup Menu is displayed. 3) Select the ‘Map’ group. 4) Press the ENT Key. 5) Highlight the ‘TOPO DATA’ range field. TOPO ranges are from 500 ft to 2000 nm. 6) To change the TOPO range setting, turn the small FMS Knob to display the range list. 7) Select the desired range using the small FMS Knob. 8) Press the ENT Key. 9) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page. In addition, the Navigation Map can display a topographic scale (located in the lower right hand side of the map) showing a scale of the terrain elevation and current elevation values. 162 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Flight Management Maximum Displayed Elevation Minimum Displayed Elevation Aircraft Altitude (MSL) Range of Displayed Elevations Ground Elevation at Map Pointer Location (only visible when Map Pointer is displayed) Figure 5-16 Navigation Map - TOPO SCALE Displaying/removing the topographic scale (TOPO SCALE): 1) Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The cursor flashes on the ‘Map Setup’ option. 2) Press the ENT Key. The Map Setup Menu is displayed. 3) Select the ‘Map’ group and press the ENT Key. 4) Highlight the ‘TOPO SCALE’ field. 5) Select ‘On’ or ‘Off’. 6) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page. TOPO SCALE On/Off Figure 5-17 Navigation Map Setup Menu - TOPO SCALE Setup 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 163 Flight Management Map Symbols This section discusses the types of land and aviation symbols that can be displayed. Each listed type of symbol can be turned on or off, and the maximum range to display each symbol can be set. The decluttering of the symbols from the map using the DCLTR Softkey is also discussed. Land Symbols The following items are configured on the land menu: Land Symbols (Text label size can be None, Small, Medium (Med), or Large (Lrg)) Symbol Default Maximum Range (nm) Range (nm) Latitude/Longitude (LAT/LON) Off 2000 Interstate Highway (FREEWAY) 300 800 International Highway (FREEWAY) 300 800 US Highway (NATIONAL HWY) 30 80 State Highway (LOCAL HWY) 15 30 8 15 Railroads (RAILROAD) 15 30 LARGE CITY (> 200,000) 800 1500 MEDIUM CITY (> 50,000) 100 200 SMALL CITY (> 5,000) States and Provinces (STATE/PROV) 20 800 50 1500 Rivers and Lakes (RIVER/LAKE) 200 500 USER WAYPOINT 150 300 Highways and Roads Local Road (LOCAL ROAD) N/A Table 5-1 Land Symbol Information 164 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Flight Management Aviation Symbols The following items are configured on the aviation menu: Aviation Symbols (Text label size can be None, Small, Medium (Med), or Large (Lrg)) Symbol Default Maximum Range (nm) Range (nm) Active Flight Plan Leg (ACTIVE FPL) 2000 2000 Non-active Flight Plan Leg (ACTIVE FPL) 2000 2000 2000 250 150 50 3 Off 15 2000 500 300 100 20 100 30 Non-directional Beacon (NDB WAYPOINT) 15 30 VOR (VOR WAYPOINT) 150 300 Class B Airspace/TMA (CLASS B/TMA) 200 500 Class C Airspace/TCA (CLASS C/TCA) 200 500 Class D Airspace (CLASS D) 150 300 Restricted Area (RESTRICTED) 200 500 Military Operations Area [MOA(MILITARY)] 200 500 Other/Air Defense Interdiction Zone (OTHER/ADIZ) 200 500 Temporary Flight Restriction (TFR) 500 2000 Active Flight Plan Waypoint (ACTIVE FPL WPT) Large Airports (LARGE APT) Medium Airports (MEDIUM APT) Small Airports (SMALL APT) Taxiways (SAFETAXI) Runway Extension (RWY EXTENSION) Intersection (INT WAYPOINT) See Airports, NAVAIDs See Additional Features N/A Table 5-2 Aviation Symbol Information 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 165 Flight Management Symbol Setup All pages with maps can display land symbols (roads, lakes, borders, etc). Land symbols can be removed totally (turned off). Displaying/removing all land symbols: 1) Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The Page Menu is displayed and the cursor flashes on the ‘Map Setup’ option. 2) Press the ENT Key. The Map Setup Group Menu is displayed and the cursor flashes on the ‘Map’ option. 3) Highlight the ‘LAND DATA’ field. 4) Select ‘On’ or ‘Off’. 5) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page. LAND DATA On/Off Figure 5-18 Navigation Map Setup Menu - LAND DATA Setup The label size (TEXT) sets the size at which labels appear on the display (none, small, medium, and large). The range (RNG) sets the maximum range at which items appear on the display. Selecting a ‘Land’ or ‘Aviation’ group item text size and range: 1) Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The cursor flashes on the ‘Map Setup’ option. 2) Press the ENT Key. The Map Setup Menu is displayed. 3) Select the ‘Land’ or ‘Aviation’ group. 4) Press the ENT Key. The cursor flashes on the first field. 5) Select the desired land option. 6) Select the desired text size. 7) Press the ENT Key to accept the selected size. 8) Select the desired range. 166 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Flight Management 9) Press the ENT Key to accept the selected range. 10) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page. Text Label Size (None, Small, Med, or Lrg) Maximum Display Range Figure 5-19 Navigation Map Setup Menu - LAND GROUP Setup Text Label Size (None, Small, Med, or Lrg) Maximum Display Range Figure 5-20 Navigation Map Setup Menu - AVIATION GROUP Setup Note: Since the PFD Inset Map is much smaller than the MFD navigation maps, items are removed on the PFD Inset Map two range levels smaller than the range selected in the Map Setup pages (e.g., a setting of 100 nm removes the item at ranges above 100 nm on MFD navigation maps, while the PFD Inset Map removes the same item at 50 nm). 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 167 Flight Management Map Declutter The declutter feature allows the pilot to progressively step through four levels of removing map information. The declutter level is displayed in the DCLTR Softkey and next to the Declutter Menu Option. Declutter Level DCLTR Softkey Navigation Map Page Menu Figure 5-21 Navigation Map - Declutter Level Indications Decluttering the map: Select the DCLTR Softkey with the Navigation Map Page displayed (the current declutter level is shown on the softkey). With each softkey selection, another level of map information is removed. Or: 1) Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed. 2) Select ‘Declutter’. The current declutter level is shown. 3) Press the ENT Key. Decluttering the PFD Inset Map: 1) Press the INSET Softkey. 2) Press the DCLTR Softkey. The current declutter level is shown. With each selection, another level of map information is removed. 168 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Flight Management Table 5-3 lists the items displayed at each declutter level. The ‘X’ represents map items displayed for the various levels of declutter. Item Flight Plan Route Lines Flight Plan Route Waypoints Rivers/Lakes Topography Data International Borders Track Vector Navigation Range Ring Fuel Range Ring Terrain Data Traffic Airways NEXRAD XM Lightning Data Airports Runway Labels Restricted MOA (Military) User Waypoints Latitude/Longitude Grid NAVAIDs Class B Airspaces/TMA Class C Airspaces/TCA Class D Airspaces Other Airspaces/ADIZ TFRs Obstacles Land/Country Text Cities Roads Railroads State/Province Boundaries River/Lake Names No Declutter Declutter-1 Declutter-2 Declutter-3 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X Table 5-3 Navigation Map Items Displayed by Declutter Level 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 169 Flight Management Airways This airways discussion is based upon the North American airway structure. The airway structure in places other than North America vary by location, etc. and are not discussed in this book. Low Altitude Airways (or Victor Airways) primarily serve smaller piston-engine, propeller-driven airplanes on shorter routes and at lower altitudes. Airways are eight nautical miles wide and start 1,200 feet above ground level (AGL) and extend up to 18,000 feet mean sea level (MSL). Low Altitude Airways are designated with a “V” before the airway number (hence the name “Victor Airways”) since they run primarily between VORs. High Altitude Airways (or Jet Routes) primarily serve airliners, jets, turboprops, and turbocharged piston aircraft operating above 18,000 feet MSL. Jet Routes start at 18,000 feet MSL and extend upward to 45,000 feet MSL (altitudes above 18,000 feet are called “flight levels” and are described as FL450 for 45,000 feet MSL). Jet Routes are designated with a “J” before the route number. Low Altitude Airways are drawn in gray (the same shade used for roads). High Altitude Airways are drawn in green. When both types of airways are displayed, High Altitude Airways are drawn on top of Low Altitude Airways. When airways are selected for display on the map, the airway waypoints (VORs, NDBs and Intersections) are also displayed. Low Altitude Airway (Victor Airway) High Altitude Airway (Jet Route) Figure 5-22 Airways on MFD Navigation Page 170 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Flight Management Airways may be displayed on the map at the pilot’s discretion using either a combination of AIRWAYS Softkey selections, or menu selections using the MENU Key from the Navigation Map Page. The Airway range can also be programmed to only display Airways on the MFD when the map range is at or below a specific number. Displaying/removing airways: 1) Select the MAP Softkey. 2) Select the AIRWAYS Softkey. Both High and Low Altitude Airways are displayed (AIRWY ON). 3) Select the softkey again to display Low Altitude Airways only (AIRWY LO). 4) Select the softkey again to display High Altitude Airways only (AIRWY HI). 5) Select the softkey again to remove High Altitude Airways. No airways are displayed (AIRWAYS). Or: 1) Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The cursor flashes on the ‘Map Setup’ option. 2) Press the ENT Key. The Map Setup Menu is displayed. 3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Airways’ group, and press the ENT Key. 4) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘AIRWAYS’ field. 5) Turn the FMS Knob to select ‘Off’, ‘All’, ‘LO Only’, or ‘HI Only’, and press the ENT Key. 6) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page. Airway Display Selection Off, All, LO ALT Only, HI ALT Only Low Altitude Airway Range High Altitude Airway Range Figure 5-23 Navigation Map Setup Menu - AIRWAYS Setup The airway range is the maximum map range on which airways are displayed. Selecting an airway range (LOW ALT AIRWAY or HI ALT AIRWAY): 1) Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The cursor flashes on the ‘Map Setup’ option. 2) Press the ENT Key. The Map Setup Menu is displayed. 3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Airways’ group, and press the ENT Key. 4) Highlight the ‘LOW ALT AIRWAY’ or ‘HI ALT AIRWAY’ range field. 5) To change the range setting, turn the small FMS Knob to display the range list. 6) Select the desired range using the small FMS Knob. 7) Press the ENT Key. 8) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 171 Flight Management The following range items are configurable on the airways menu: Airway Type Symbol Low Altitude Airway (LOW ALT AIRWAY) Default Maximum Range (nm) Range (nm) 200 500 High Altitude Airway (HI ALT AIRWAY) 300 500 Table 5-4 Airway Range Information Track Vector The Navigation Map can display a track vector that is useful in minimizing track angle error. The track vector is a solid light blue line segment extended to a predicted location. The track vector look-ahead time is selectable (30 sec, 60 sec (default), 2 min, 5 min, 10 min, 20 min) and determines the length of the track vector. The track vector shows up to 90 degrees of a turn for the 30 and 60 second time settings. Track Vector Figure 5-24 Navigation Map -Track Vector Displaying/removing the track vector: 1) Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The cursor flashes on the ‘Map Setup’ option. 2) Press the ENT Key. The Map Setup Menu is displayed. 3) Select the ‘Map’ group. 4) Press the ENT Key. 5) Highlight the ‘TRACK VECTOR’ field. 6) Select ‘On’ or ‘Off’. Press the ENT Key to accept the selected option. The flashing cursor highlights the look ahead time field. Use the FMS Knob to select the desired time. Press the ENT Key. 7) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page. 172 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Flight Management Wind Vector On/Off Nav Range Ring On/Off Track Vector - On/Off - Look Ahead Time Fuel Range - On/Off - Fuel Reserve Time Figure 5-25 Navigation Map Setup Menu -TRACK VECTOR, WIND VECTOR, NAV RANGE RING, FUEL RANGE RING Setup Wind Vector The map displays a wind vector arrow in the upper right-hand portion of the screen. Wind vector information is displayed as a white arrow pointing in the direction in which the wind is moving for wind speeds greater than or equal to 1 kt. Wind Direction Wind Speed Figure 5-26 Navigation Map - Wind Vector Note: The wind vector is not displayed until the aircraft is moving. It is not displayed on the Waypoint Information pages. Displaying/removing the wind vector: 1) Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The cursor flashes on the ‘Map Setup’ option. 2) Press the ENT Key. The Map Setup Menu is displayed. 3) Select the ‘Map’ group. 4) Press the ENT Key. 5) Highlight the ‘WIND VECTOR’ field. 6) Select ‘On’ or ‘Off’. 7) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 173 Flight Management Nav Range Ring The Nav Range Ring shows the direction of travel (ground track) on a rotating compass card. The range is determined by the map range. The range is 1/4 of the map range (e.g., 37.5 nm on a 150 nm map). Range (radius) Nav Range Ring Figure 5-27 Navigation Map - Nav Range Ring Note: The Nav Range Ring is not displayed on the Waypoint Information pages, Nearest pages, or Direct-to Window map. Displaying/removing the Nav Range Ring: 1) Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The cursor flashes on the ‘Map Setup’ option. 2) Press the ENT Key. The Map Setup Menu is displayed. 3) Select the ‘Map’ group. 4) Press the ENT Key. 5) Highlight the ‘NAV RANGE RING’ field. 6) Select ‘On’ or ‘Off’. 7) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page. Note: The Nav Range Ring is referenced to either magnetic or true north, based on the selection on the AUX - System Setup Page. 174 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Flight Management Fuel Range Ring The map can display a fuel range ring which shows the remaining flight distance. A dashed green circle indicates the selected range to reserve fuel. A solid green circle indicates the total endurance range. If only reserve fuel remains, the range is indicated by a solid yellow circle. Time to Reserve Fuel Total Endurance Range Range to Reserve Fuel Figure 5-28 Navigation Map - Fuel Range Ring Displaying/removing the fuel range ring and selecting a fuel range time: 1) Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The cursor flashes on the ‘Map Setup’ option. 2) Press the ENT Key. The Map Setup Menu is displayed. 3) Select the ‘Map’ group. 4) Press the ENT Key. 5) Highlight the ‘FUEL RNG (RSV)’ field. 6) Select ‘On’ or ‘Off’. 7) Highlight the fuel reserve time field. This time should be set to the amount of flight time equal to the amount of fuel reserve desired. 8) To change the reserve fuel time, enter a time (00:00 to 23:59; hours:minutes). The default setting is 00:45 minutes. 9) Press the ENT Key. 10) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 175 Flight Management Field of View (SVS) The map can display the boundaries of the PFD Synthetic Vision System (SVS) lateral field of view. The field of view is shown as two dashed lines forming a V shape in front of the aircraft symbol on the map. This is only available if SVS is installed on the aircraft. Lateral Field of View Boundaries Figure 5-29 Navigation Map - Field of View Displaying/removing the field of view: 1) Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The cursor flashes on the ‘Map Setup’ option. 2) Press the ENT Key. The Map Setup Menu is displayed. 3) Select the ‘Map’ group. 4) Press the ENT Key. 5) Highlight the ‘FIELD OF VIEW’ field. 6) Select ‘On’ or ‘Off’. 7) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page. 176 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Flight Management 5.3 Waypoints Waypoints are predetermined geographical positions (internal database) or pilot-entered positions, and are used for all phases of flight planning and navigation. Communication and navigation frequencies can be tuned “automatically” from various Waypoint Information (WPT) pages, Nearest (NRST) pages, and the Nearest Airports Window (on PFD). This auto-tuning feature simplifies frequency entry over manual tuning. Refer to the Audio Panel and CNS section for details on autotuning. Waypoints can be selected by entering the ICAO identifier, entering the name of the facility, or by entering the city name. See the System Overview section for detailed instructions on entering data in the G1000. As a waypoint identifier, facility name, or location is entered, the G1000’s Spell’N’Find™ feature scrolls through the database, displaying those waypoints matching the characters which have been entered to that point. A direct-to navigation leg to the selected waypoint can be initiated by pressing the Direct-to Key on any of the waypoint pages. Identifier Entry Field City Entry Field Facility Entry Field - Waypoint Identifier - Type (symbol) - Facility Name - City Entered Waypoint on Map Map Area Showing Entered Waypoint Waypoint Location Figure 5-30 Waypoint Information Window If duplicate entries exist for the entered facility name or location, additional entries may be viewed by continuing to turn the small FMS Knob during the selection process. If duplicate entries exist for an identifier, a Duplicate Waypoints Window is displayed when the ENT Key is pressed. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 177 Flight Management Identifier with Duplicates Duplicate Waypoints Duplicate Message Figure 5-31 Waypoint Information Window - Duplicate Identifier Airports Note: ‘North Up’ orientation on the Airport Information Page cannot be changed; the pilot needs to be aware of proper orientation if the Navigation Map orientation is different from the Airport Information Page Map. The Airport Information Page is the first page in WPT group and allows the pilot to view airport information, load frequencies (COM, NAV, and lighting), review runways, and review instrument procedures that may be involved in the flight plan. See the Audio Panel and CNS Section for more information on loading frequencies (auto-tuning). After engine startup, the Airport Information Page defaults to the airport where the aircraft is located. After a flight plan has been loaded, it defaults to the destination airport. On a flight plan with multiple airports, it defaults to the airport which is the current active waypoint. In addition to displaying a map of the currently selected airport and surrounding area, the Airport Information Page displays airport information in three boxes labeled ‘AIRPORT’, ‘RUNWAYS’, and ‘FREQUENCIES’. For airports with multiple runways, information for each runway is available. This information is viewed on the Airport Information Page by pressing the INFO softkey until INFO-1 is displayed. 178 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Flight Management Airport Information - ID/Facility/City - Usage Type/Region - Lat/Long/Elev - Fuel Available - Time Zone (UTC Offset) Navigation Map Showing Selected Airport Runway Information - Designation - Length/Width/Surface - Lighting Available Airport/Runway Diagram COM/NAV Freq. Info. - Identification - Frequency - Availability - Additional Information Softkeys Figure 5-32 Airport Information Page The following descriptions and abbreviations are used on the Airport Information Page: • Usage type: Public, Military, Private, or Heliport • Runway surface type: Hard, Turf, Sealed, Gravel, Dirt, Soft, Unknown, or Water • Runway lighting type: No Lights, Part Time, Full Time, Unknown, or PCL Freq (for pilot-controlled lighting) • COM Availability: TX (transmit only), RX (receive only), PT (part time), i (additional information available) 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 179 Flight Management Airport Directory Information Airport Information - ID/Facility/City - Usage Type/Region Softkeys Figure 5-33 Airport Directory Page Example The AOPA directory information is viewed on the Airport Directory Page by pressing the INFO softkey until INFO-2 is displayed. The following are types of AOPA airport directory information shown (if available) on the Airport Directory Page: • Airport: Identifier, Site Number, Name, City, State • Traffic Patteren Altitudes (TPA): Aircraft Class/Altitude • Runway: Headings, Length, Width, Obstructions, Surface • Phones: Phone/Fax Numbers • Weather: Service Type, Frequency, Phone Number • Obstructions: General Airport Obstructions • Hours: Facility Hours, Light Hours, Tower Hours, Beacon Hours • Flight Service Station (FSS): FSS Name, Phone Numbers • Special Airport • Location: Sectional, Magnetic Variation • Instrument Approaches: Published Approach, Frequency • NAVAIDS: Type, Identifier, Frequency, Radial, Distance • Noise: Noise Abatement Procedures • Charts: Low Altitude Chart Number • Services Available: Category, Specific Service • Frequencies: Type/Frequency • Transportation: Ground Transportation Type Available • Approach: Approach Facility Name, Frequency, Frequency Parameter 180 Operations at • Notes: Airport Notes • Pilot Controlled Lighting: High/Med/Low Clicks/Second • FBO: Type, Frequencies, Services, Fees, Fuel, Credit Cards, Phone/Fax Numbers Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Flight Management Selecting an airport for review by identifier, facility name, or location: 1) From the Airport Information Page, press the FMS Knob. 2) Use the FMS Knobs and enter an identifier, facility name, or location. 3) Press the ENT Key. 4) Press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor. Selecting a runway: 1) With the Airport Information Page displayed, press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor. 2) Turn the large FMS Knob to place the cursor in the ‘RUNWAYS’ Box, on the runway designator. 3) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the desired runway (if more than one) for the selected airport. 4) To remove the flashing cursor, press the FMS Knob. View a destination airport: From the Airport Information Page press the MENU Key. Select ‘View Destination Airport’. The Destination Airport is displayed. The Airport Frequencies Box uses the descriptions and abbreviations listed in the following table: Communication Frequencies Approach * Control Pre-Taxi Arrival * CTA * Radar ASOS Departure * Ramp ATIS Gate Terminal * AWOS Ground TMA * Center Helicopter Tower Class B * Multicom TRSA * Class C * Other Unicom Clearance Navigation Frequencies ILS LOC * May include Additional Information Table 5-5 Airport Frequency Abbreviations A departure, arrival, or approach can be loaded using the softkeys on the Airport Information Page. See the Procedures section for details. METARs or TAFs applicable to the selected airport can be selected for display (see the Hazard Avoidance section for details about weather). The G1000 provides a NRST Softkey on the PFD, which gives the pilot quick access to nearest airport information (very useful if an immediate landing is required). The Nearest Airports Window displays a list of up to 25 nearest airports (three entries can be displayed at one time). If there are more than three they are displayed in a scrollable list. If there are no nearest airports available, “NONE WITHIN 200NM” is displayed. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 181 Flight Management Bearing/Distance to Airport Airport Identifier/ Type Approach Available Length of Longest Runway COM Freq. Info. - Identification - Frequency Additional Airports (within 200 nm) NRST Softkey Figure 5-34 Nearest Airports Window on PFD Pressing the ENT Key displays the PFD Airport Information Window for the highlighted airport. Pressing the ENT Key again returns to the Nearest Airports Window with the cursor on the next airport in the list. Continued presses of the ENT Key sequences through the information pages for all airports in the Nearest Airports list. Airport Information - ID/Type/City - Facility Airport Information - Usage/Time/Elev - Region Airport Information - Lat/Long Figure 5-35 Airport Information Window on PFD The Nearest Airports Page on the MFD is first in the group of NRST pages because of its potential use in the event of an in-flight emergency. In addition to displaying a map of the currently selected airport and surrounding area, the page displays nearest airport information in five boxes labeled ‘NEAREST AIRPORTS’, ‘INFORMATION’, ‘RUNWAYS’, ‘FREQUENCIES’, and ‘APPROACHES’. The selected airport is indicated by a white arrow, and a dashed white line is drawn on the navigation map from the aircraft position to the nearest airport. Up to four nearest airports, one runway, up to six frequencies, and up to six approaches are visible at one time. If there are more than can be shown, each list can be scrolled. If there are no items for display in a boxed area, text indicating that fact is displayed. The currently selected airport remains in the list until it is unselected. 182 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Flight Management Nearest Airports - ID/Type - Bearing/Distance Navigation Map Showing Nearest Airport Airport Information Nearest Airport - Facility/City/Elevation Runway Information - Designation/Surface - Length/Width COM/NAV Freq. Info. - Identification - Frequency Approaches Available LD APR Softkey (only available if an approach is highlighted) Window Selection Softkeys Figure 5-36 Nearest Airport Page Viewing information for a nearest airport on the PFD: 1) Press the NRST Softkey to display the Nearest Airports Window. Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor. 2) Highlight the airport identifier with the FMS Knob and press the ENT Key to display the Airport Information Window. 3) To return to the Nearest Airports Window press the ENT Key (with the cursor on ‘BACK’) or press the CLR Key. The cursor is now on the next airport in the nearest airports list. (Repeatedly pressing the ENT Key moves through the airport list, alternating between the Nearest Airports Window and the Airport Information Window.) 4) Press the CLR Key or the NRST Softkey to close the PFD Nearest Airports Window. Viewing information for a nearest airport on the MFD: 1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the NRST page group. 2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Nearest Airports Page (it is the first page of the group, so it may already be selected). If there are no Nearest Airports available, “NONE WITHIN 200 NM” is displayed. 3) Select the APT Softkey; or press the FMS Knob; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Select Airport Window’ and press the ENT Key. The cursor is placed in the ‘NEAREST AIRPORTS’ Box. The first airport in the nearest airports list is highlighted. 4) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired airport. (Pressing the ENT Key also moves to the next airport.) 5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 183 Flight Management Viewing runway information for a specific airport: 1) With the Nearest Airports Page displayed, press the RNWY Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Select Runway Window’; and press the ENT Key. The cursor is placed in the ‘RUNWAYS’ Box. 2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired runway. 3) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor. See the Audio Panel and CNS Section for frequency selection and the Procedures section for approaches. The Nearest Airports Box on the System Setup Page defines the minimum runway length and surface type used when determining the 25 nearest airports to display on the MFD Nearest Airports Page. A minimum runway length and/or surface type can be entered to prevent airports with small runways or runways that are not appropriately surfaced from being displayed. Default settings are 0 feet (or meters) for runway length and “HARD/SOFT” for runway surface type. Selecting nearest airport surface matching criteria: 1) Use the FMS Knob to select the System Setup Page. 2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor. 3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the runway surface field in the Nearest Airports Box. 4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired runway option (ANY, HARD ONLY, HARD/SOFT). 5) Press the ENT Key. 6) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor. Selecting nearest airport minimum runway length matching criteria: 1) Use the FMS Knob to select the System Setup Page. 2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor. 3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the minimum length field in the Nearest Airport Box. 4) Use the FMS Knob to enter the minimum runway length (zero to 25,000 feet) and press the ENT Key. 5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor. Nearest Airport Criteria - Type of Runway Surface - Minimum Runway Length Figure 5-37 System Setup Page - Nearest Airport Selection Criteria 184 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Flight Management Intersections Note: The VOR displayed on the Intersection Information Page is the nearest VOR, not necessarily the VOR used to define the intersection. The Intersection Information Page is used to view information about intersections. In addition to displaying a map of the currently selected intersection and surrounding area, the Intersection Information Page displays intersection information in three boxes labeled ‘INTERSECTION’, ‘INFORMATION’, and ‘NEAREST VOR’. Intersection Identifier Intersection Info - Region - Lat/Long Navigation Map Showing Selected Intersection Nearest VOR Info - Identifier/Type (symbol) - Radial to VOR - Distance to VOR Selected Intersection Figure 5-38 Intersection Information Page Selecting an intersection: 1) With the Intersection Information Page displayed, enter an identifier in the Intersection Box. 2) Press the ENT Key. 3) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor. Or: 1) With the Nearest Intersections Page displayed, press the FMS Knob. 2) Press the ENT Key or turn either FMS Knob to select an identifier in the Nearest Intersection Box. 3) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 185 Flight Management The Nearest Intersections Page can be used to quickly find an intersection close to the flight path. In addition to displaying a map of the surrounding area, the page displays information for up to 25 nearest intersections in three boxes labeled ‘NEAREST INT’, ‘INFORMATION’, and ‘REFERENCE VOR’. The selected intersection is indicated by a white arrow. Up to sixteen Intersections are visible at a time. If there are more than can be shown, the list can be scrolled. If there are no items for display, text indicating that fact is displayed Note: The list only includes waypoints that are within 200 nm. Intersection Information - Identifier/Symbol - Bearing/Distance to intersection from aircraft position Navigation Map Showing Nearest Intersection Intersection Lat/Long Nearest Intersection Reference VOR Info - Identifier/Type (symbol) - VOR Frequency - Bearing/Distance to VOR Figure 5-39 Nearest Intersections Page 186 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Flight Management NDBs The NDB Information Page is used to view information about NDBs. In addition to displaying a map of the currently selected NDB and surrounding area, the page displays NDB information in four boxes labeled ‘NDB’, ‘INFORMATION’, ‘FREQUENCY’, and ‘NEAREST AIRPORT’. NDB Identifier/Type - Facility Name - Nearest City NDB Information - Type - Region - Lat/Long Navigation Map Showing Selected NDB NDB Frequency Nearest Airport Info Selected NDB - Identifier/Type (symbol) - Bearing/Distance to Airport Figure 5-40 NDB Information Page Note: Compass locator (LOM, LMM): a low power, low or medium frequency radio beacon installed in conjunction with the instrument landing system. When LOM is used, the locator is at the Outer Marker; when LMM is used, the locator is at the Middle Marker. Selecting an NDB: 1) With the NDB Information Page displayed, enter an identifier, the name of the NDB, or the city in which it’s located in the NDB Box. 2) Press the ENT Key. 3) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor. Or: 1) With the Nearest NDB Page displayed, press the FMS Knob. 2) Press the ENT Key or turn either FMS Knob to select an identifier in the Nearest NDB Box. 3) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 187 Flight Management The Nearest NDB Page can be used to quickly find a NDB close to the flight path. In addition to displaying a map of the surrounding area, the page displays information for up to 25 nearest NDBs in three boxes labeled ‘NEAREST NDB’, ‘INFORMATION’, and ‘FREQUENCY’. A white arrow before the NDB identifier indicates the selected NDB. Up to sixteen NDBs are visible at a time. If there are more than can be shown, each list can be scrolled. The list only includes waypoints that are within 200nm. If there are no NDBs in the list, text indicating that there are no nearest NDBs is displayed. If there are no nearest NDBs in the list, the information and frequency fields are dashed. NDB Identifier/Symbol - Bearing/Distance to intersection from aircraft position Navigation Map Showing Selected NDB NDB Information - Facility Name/City - Type - Lat/Long Nearest NDB NDB Frequency Figure 5-41 Nearest NDB Page 188 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Flight Management VORs The VOR Information Page can be used to view information about VOR and ILS signals (since ILS signals can be received on a NAV receiver), or to quickly auto-tune a VOR or ILS frequency. Localizer information cannot be viewed on the VOR Information Page. If a VOR station is combined with a TACAN station it is listed as a VORTAC on the VOR Information Page and if it includes only DME, it is displayed as VOR-DME. In addition to displaying a map of the currently selected VOR and surrounding area, the VOR Information Page displays VOR information in four boxes labeled ‘VOR’, ‘INFORMATION’, ‘FREQUENCY’, and ‘NEAREST AIRPORT’. VOR Identifier/Type - Facility Name - Nearest City Navigation Map Showing Selected VOR VOR Information - Class/Magnetic Variation - Region - Lat/Long VOR Frequency Nearest Airport Info Selected VOR - Identifier/Type (symbol) - Bearing/Distance to Airport Figure 5-42 VOR Information Page The VOR classes used in the VOR information box are: LOW ALTITUDE, HIGH ALTITUDE, and TERMINAL. Selecting a VOR: 1) With the VOR Information Page displayed, enter an identifier, the name of the VOR, or the city in which it’s located in the VOR Box. 2) Press the ENT Key. 3) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor. Or: 1) With the Nearest VOR Page displayed, press the FMS Knob or press the VOR Softkey. 2) Press the ENT Key or turn either FMS Knob to select an identifier in the Nearest VOR Box. 3) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 189 Flight Management Or: 1) With the Nearest VOR Page displayed, press the MENU Key. 2) Highlight ‘Select VOR Window’, and press the ENT Key. 3) Press the ENT Key or turn either FMS Knob to select an identifier in the Nearest VOR Box. 4) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor. The Nearest VOR Page can be used to quickly find a VOR station close to the aircraft. Also, a NAV frequency from a selected VOR station can be loaded from the Nearest VOR Page. In addition to displaying a map of the surrounding area, the Nearest VOR Page displays information for up to 25 nearest VOR stations in three boxes labeled ‘NEAREST VOR’, ‘INFORMATION’, and ‘FREQUENCY’. The list only includes waypoints that are within 200 nm. A white arrow before the VOR identifier indicates the selected VOR. Up to sixteen VORs are visible at a time. If there are more than can be shown, each list can be scrolled. If there are no VORs in the list, text indicating that there are no nearest VORs is displayed. If there are no nearest VORs in the list, the information is dashed. VOR Identifier/Symbol - Bearing/Distance to VOR from aircraft position Navigation Map Showing Nearest VOR VOR Information - Facility Name/City - Class/Magnetic Variation - Lat/Long Nearest VOR VOR Frequency Figure 5-43 Nearest VOR Page 190 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Flight Management User Waypoints The G1000 can create and store up to 1,000 user-defined waypoints. User waypoints can be created from any map page (except PFD Inset Map, AUX-Trip Planning Page, or Procedure Pages) by selecting a position on the map using the Joystick, or from the User Waypoint Information Page by referencing a bearing/distance from an existing waypoint, bearings from two existing waypoints, or latitude and longitude. Once a waypoint has been created, it can be renamed, deleted, or moved. Temporary user waypoints are erased upon system power down. User Waypoint Info - Identifier - Temporary/Normal - Waypoint Type User Wpt Comment Reference Wpt/Info Navigation Map Showing Selected User Waypoint - Identifier/Rad/Dist or - Identifiers/Radials or - Region/Lat/Long User Waypoint List - Identifier - Comment Selected User Waypoint # User Wpts Used GO BACK displayed if User Wpt was created on map page Softkeys Figure 5-44 User Waypoint Information Page Selecting a User Waypoint: 1) With the User Waypoint Information Page displayed, enter the name of the User Waypoint, or scroll to the desired waypoint in the User Waypoint List using the large FMS Knob. 2) Press the ENT Key. 3) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor. Or: 1) With the Nearest User Waypoints Page displayed, press the FMS Knob. 2) Press the ENT Key or turn either FMS Knob to select an identifier in the Nearest USR Box. 3) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 191 Flight Management Nearest User Wpt List - Identifier - Bearing/Distance from aircraft position Navigation Map Showing Selected User Waypoint Selected User Waypoint User Waypoint Info - Comment - Lat/Long Reference Wpt Info - Identifier - Radial/Distance Figure 5-45 Nearest User Waypoint Page Creating User Waypoints User waypoints can be created from the User Waypoint Information Page in the following ways: Creating user waypoints from the User Waypoint Information Page: 1) Select the NEW Softkey, or press the MENU Key and select ‘Create New User Waypoint’. 2) Enter a user waypoint name (up to six characters). 3) Press the ENT Key. The current aircraft position is the default location of the new waypoint. 4) If desired, define the type and location of the waypoint in one of the following ways: a) Select “RAD/RAD” using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, and enter the two reference waypoint identifiers and radials into the REFERENCE WAYPOINTS window using the FMS Knobs. Or: b) Select “RAD/DIS” using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, and enter the reference waypoint identifier, the radial, and the distance into the REFERENCE WAYPOINTS window using the FMS Knobs. Or: c) Select “LAT/LON” using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, and enter the latitude and longitude into the INFORMATION window using the FMS Knobs. 192 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Flight Management 5) Press the ENT Key to accept the new waypoint. 6) If desired, change the storage method of the waypoint to “TEMPORARY” or “NORMAL” by moving the cursor to “TEMPORARY” and selecting the ENT Key to check or uncheck the box. 7) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor. Or: 1) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor. 2) Enter a user waypoint name (up to six characters). 3) Press the ENT Key. The message ‘Are you sure you want to create the new User Waypoint AAAAAA?’ is displayed. 4) With ‘YES’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. 5) If desired, define the type and location of the waypoint in one of the following ways: a) Select “RAD/RAD” using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, and enter the two reference waypoint identifiers and radials into the REFERENCE WAYPOINTS window using the FMS Knobs. Or: b) Select “RAD/DIS” using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, and enter the reference waypoint identifier, the radial, and the distance into the REFERENCE WAYPOINTS window using the FMS Knobs. Or: c) Select “LAT/LON” using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, and enter the latitude and longitude into the INFORMATION window using the FMS Knobs. 6) Press the ENT Key to accept the new waypoint. 7) If desired, change the storage method of the waypoint to “TEMPORARY” or “NORMAL” by moving the cursor to “TEMPORARY” and selecting the ENT Key to check or uncheck the box. 8) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor. Figure 5-46 User Waypoint Information Page Menu 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 193 Flight Management Creating user waypoints from map pages: 1) Press the Joystick to activate the panning function and pan to the map location of the desired user waypoint. 2) Press the ENT Key. The User Waypoint Information Page is displayed with the captured position. Note: If the pointer has highlighted a map database feature, one of three things happens upon pressing the ENT Key: 1) information about the selected feature is displayed instead of initiating a new waypoint, 2) a menu pops up allowing a choice between ‘Review Airspaces’ or ‘Create User Waypoint’, or 3) a new waypoint is initiated with the default name being the selected map item. 3) Enter a user waypoint name (up to six characters). 4) Press the ENT Key to accept the selected name. The first reference waypoint box is highlighted. 5) If desired, define the type and location of the waypoint in one of the following ways: a) Select “RAD/RAD” using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, and enter the two reference waypoint identifiers and radials into the REFERENCE WAYPOINTS window using the FMS Knobs. Or: b) Select “RAD/DIS” using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, and enter the reference waypoint identifier, the radial, and the distance into the REFERENCE WAYPOINTS window using the FMS Knobs. Or: c) Select “LAT/LON” using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, and enter the latitude and longitude into the INFORMATION window using the FMS Knobs. 6) Press the ENT Key to accept the new waypoint. 7) If desired, change the storage method of the waypoint to “TEMPORARY” or “NORMAL” by moving the cursor to “TEMPORARY” and selecting the ENT Key to check or uncheck the box. 8) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor. 9) Select the GO BACK Softkey to return to the map page. Editing User Waypoints Editing a user waypoint comment or location: 1) With the User Waypoint Information Page displayed, press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor. 2) Select a user waypoint in the User Waypoint List, if required, and press the ENT Key. 3) Move the cursor to the desired field. 4) Turn the small FMS Knob to make any changes. 5) Press the ENT Key to accept the changes. 6) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor. 194 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Flight Management Renaming user waypoints: 1) Highlight a user waypoint in the User Waypoint List. Select the RENAME Softkey, or press the MENU Key and select ‘Rename User Waypoint’. 2) Enter a new name. 3) Press the ENT Key. The message ‘Do you want to rename the user waypoint AAAAAA to BBBBBB?’ is displayed. 4) With ‘YES’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. 5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor. Changing the location of an existing waypoint to the aircraft present position: 1) Enter a waypoint name or select the waypoint in the User Waypoint List, then press the ENT Key. 2) Press the MENU Key. 3) Select ‘Use Present Position’. 4) Press the ENT Key twice. The new waypoint’s location is saved. 5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor. A system generated comment for a user waypoint incorporates the reference waypoint identifier, bearing, and distance. If a system generated comment has been edited, a new comment can be generated. Resetting the comment field to the system generated comment: 1) Enter a waypoint name or select the waypoint in the User Waypoint List, then press the ENT Key. 2) Press the MENU Key. 3) Select ‘Auto Comment’. 4) Press the ENT Key. The generated comment is based on the reference point used to define the waypoint. The default type of user waypoint (normal or temporary) can be changed using the user waypoint information page menu. Temporary user waypoints are automatically deleted upon the next power cycle. Changing the user waypoint storage duration default setting: 1) With the User Waypoint Information Page displayed, press the MENU Key. 2) Move the cursor to select ‘Waypoint Setup’, and press the ENT Key. 3) Select ‘NORMAL’ or ‘TEMPORARY’ as desired, and press the ENT Key. 4) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor and return to the User Waypoint Information Page. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 195 Flight Management Deleting User Waypoints Deleting a single user waypoint: 1) Highlight a User Waypoint in the User Waypoint List, or enter a waypoint in the User Waypoint field. 2) Select the DELETE Softkey or press the CLR Key. ‘Yes’ is highlighted in the confirmation window. 3) Press the ENT Key. 4) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor. Or: 1) Highlight a User Waypoint in the User Waypoint List, or enter a waypoint in the User Waypoint field. 2) Press the MENU Key. 3) Select ‘Delete User Waypoint’. 4) Press the ENT Key twice to confirm the selection. 5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor. Note: The option to ‘Delete All User Waypoints’ is not available while the aircraft is in flight. Deleting all user waypoints: 1) Highlight a User Waypoint in the User Waypoint List. 2) Press the MENU Key. 3) Select ‘Delete All User Waypoints’. 4) Press the ENT Key twice to confirm the selection. 5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor. 196 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Flight Management 5.4Airspaces The G1000 can display the following types of airspaces: Class B/TMA, Class C/TCA, Class D, Restricted, MOA (Military), Other Airspace, Air Defense Interdiction Zone (ADIZ), and Temporary Flight Restriction (TFR). Class D Airspace MOA (Military) Class B Airspace Restricted Area Class C Airspace Alert Area ADIZ Warning Area Figure 5-47 Airspaces The Nearest Airspaces Page, Airspace Alerts Window, and Airspace Alerts on the PFD provide additional information about airspaces and the location of the aircraft in relationship to them. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 197 Flight Management The Airspace Alerts Box allows the pilot to turn the controlled/special-use airspace message alerts on or off. This does not affect the alerts listed on the Nearest Airspaces Page or the airspace boundaries depicted on the Navigation Map Page. It simply turns on/off the warning provided when the aircraft is approaching or near an airspace. An altitude buffer is also provided which “expands” the vertical range above or below an airspace. For example, if the buffer is set at 500 feet, and the aircraft is more than 500 feet above/below an airspace, an alert message is not generated, but if the aircraft is less than 500 feet above/below an airspace and projected to enter it, the pilot is notified with an alert message. The default setting for the altitude buffer is 200 feet. Changing the altitude buffer distance setting: 1) Use the FMS Knob to select the AUX - System Setup Page. 2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor. 3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the altitude buffer field in the Airspace Alerts Box. 4) Use the FMS Knob to enter an altitude buffer value and press the ENT Key. 5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor. Turning an airspace alert on or off: 1) Use the FMS Knob to select the AUX - System Setup Page. 2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor. 3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired field in the Airspace Alerts Box. 4) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to turn the airspace alert ON or counterclockwise to turn the alert OFF. 5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor. Airspace Alerts Box - Airspace Altitude Buffer - Alert On/Off (Default Settings Shown) DFLTS Softkey Figure 5-48 System Setup Page - Airspace Alerts 198 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Flight Management Map ranges for the airspace boundaries are selected from the Aviation Group in the Map Setup Menu. See Table 5-2 for the default and maximum ranges for each type of airspace and the symbol used to define the airspace area. The Nearest Airspaces Page can be used to quickly find airspaces close to the flight path. In addition, a selected frequency associated with the airspace can be loaded from the Nearest Airspaces Page. In addition to displaying a map of airspace boundaries and surrounding area, the Nearest Airspaces Page displays airspace information in four boxes labeled ‘AIRSPACE ALERTS’, ‘AIRSPACE, AGENCY’, ’VERTICAL LIMITS’, and ‘FREQUENCIES’. Airspace Alerts Info - Name - Proximity (Ahead, Inside, Ahead < 2nm, Within 2nm) - Time till Intercept (only if Ahead or Ahead < 2nm) Airspace/Agency Info - Airspace Type - Controlling Agency Airspace 1 Airspace Vertical Limits - Ceiling - Floor Associated Frequencies - Type - Availability/Info - Frequency Airspace 2 Softkeys Figure 5-49 Nearest Airspaces Page Airspace alerts and associated frequencies are shown in scrollable lists on the Nearest Airspaces Page. The ALERTS and FREQ softkeys place the cursor in the respective list. The FREQ Softkey is enabled only if one or more frequencies exist for a selected airspace. Selecting and viewing an airspace alert with its associated information: 1) Select the Nearest Airspaces Page. 2) Select the ALERTS Softkey; or press the FMS Knob; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Select Alerts Window’, and press the ENT Key. The cursor is placed in the ‘AIRSPACE ALERTS’ Box. 3) Select the desired airspace. 4) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 199 Flight Management Pressing the PFD MSG Softkey displays the message window on the PFD. The following airspace alerts are displayed in the message window: Message INSIDE ARSPC – Inside airspace. ARSPC AHEAD – Airspace ahead – less than 10 minutes. ARSPC NEAR – Airspace near and ahead. ARSPC NEAR – Airspace near – less than 2 nm. Comments The aircraft is inside the airspace. Special use airspace is ahead of aircraft. The aircraft penetrates the airspace within 10 minutes. Special use airspace is near and ahead of the aircraft position. Special use airspace is within 2 nm of the aircraft position. Table 5-6 PFD Airspace Alert Messages 200 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Flight Management 5.5 Direct-to-Navigation The Direct-to method of navigation, initiated by pressing the Direct-to Key on either the MFD or PFD, is quicker to use than a flight plan when the desire is to navigate to a single point such as a nearby airport. Once a direct-to is activated, the G1000 establishes a point-to-point course line from the present position to the selected direct-to destination. Course guidance is provided until the direct-to is replaced with a new direct-to or flight plan, or cancelled. A vertical navigation (VNV) direct-to creates a descent path (and provides guidance to stay on the path) from the current altitude to a selected altitude at the direct-to waypoint. Vertical navigation is based on barometric altitudes, not on GPS altitude, and is used for cruise and descent phases of flight. The Direct-to Window allows selection and activation of direct-to navigation. The Direct-to Window displays selected direct-to waypoint data on the PFD and the MFD. Direct-to Point Info - Identifier/Symbol/Region - Facility Name - City VNV Constraints - Altitude at Arrival - Along Track Offset Map of Selected Point Location of Destination - Bearing/Distance Desired Course Figure 5-50 Direct-to Window - MFD 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 201 Flight Management Direct-to Point Info - Identifier/Symbol/City - Facility Name VNV Constraints - Altitude at Arrival - Along Track Offset Direct-to Point Info - Bearing/Distance - Desired Course Activation Command Figure 5-51 Direct-to Window - PFD Any waypoint can be entered as a direct-to destination from the Direct-to Window. Entering a waypoint identifier, facility name, or city as a direct-to destination: 1) Press the Direct-to Key. The Direct-to Window is displayed (with the active flight plan waypoint as the default selection or a blank waypoint field if no flight plan is active). 2) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to begin entering a waypoint identifier (turning it counter-clockwise brings up the waypoint selection submenu - press the CLR Key to remove it), or turn the large FMS Knob to select the facility name, or city field and turn the small FMS Knob to begin entering a facility name or city. If duplicate entries exist for the entered facility or city name, additional entries can be viewed by turning the small FMS Knob during the selection process. 3) Press the ENT Key. The ‘Activate?’ field is highlighted. 4) Press the ENT Key to activate the direct-to. Any waypoint contained in the active flight plan can be selected as a direct-to waypoint from the Direct-to Window, the Active Flight Plan Page, or the Active Flight Plan Window. Waypoint Submenu - Flight Plan Waypoints - Nearest Airports - Recent Waypoints - User Waypoints - Airway Waypoints (only available when active leg is part of an airway) Figure 5-52 Waypoint Submenu 202 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Flight Management Selecting an active flight plan waypoint as a direct-to destination: 1) While navigating an active flight plan, press the Direct-to Key. The Direct-to Window is displayed with the active flight plan waypoint as the default selection. 2) Turn the small FMS Knob counter-clockwise to display a list of flight plan waypoints (the FPL list is populated only when navigating a flight plan). 3) Select the desired waypoint. 4) Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed on ‘ACTIVATE?’. 5) Press the ENT Key again to activate the direct-to. Or: 1) Select the Active Flight Plan Page on the MFD, or the Active Flight Plan Window on the PFD. 2) Select the desired waypoint. 3) Press the Direct-to Key. 4) Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed on ‘ACTIVATE?’. 5) Press the ENT Key again to activate the direct-to. Any NRST, RECENT, USER, or AIRWAY waypoints can be selected as a direct-to destination in the Direct-to Window. Selecting a NRST, RECENT, USER, or AIRWAY waypoint as a direct-to destination: 1) Press the Direct-to Key. The Direct-to Window is displayed (with the active flight plan destination as the default selection or a blank destination if no flight plan is active). 2) Turn the small FMS Knob counter-clockwise to display a list of FPL waypoints (the FPL list is populated only when navigating a flight plan, and the AIRWAY list is available only when the active leg is part of an airway). 3) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to display the NRST, RECENT, USER, or AIRWAY waypoints. 4) Turn the large FMS Knob clockwise to select the desired waypoint. 5) Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed on ‘ACTIVATE?’. 6) Press the ENT Key again to activate the direct-to. The Direct-to Window can be displayed from any page and allows selection and activation of direct-to navigation. If the direct-to is initiated from any page except the WPT pages, the default waypoint is the active flight plan waypoint (if a flight plan is active) or a blank waypoint field. Direct-to requests on any WPT page defaults to the displayed waypoint. Selecting any waypoint as a direct-to destination: 1) Select the page or window containing the desired waypoint type and select the desired waypoint. 2) Press the Direct-to Key to display the Direct-to Window with the selected waypoint as the direct-to destination. 3) Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed on ‘ACTIVATE?’. 4) Press the ENT Key again to activate the direct-to. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 203 Flight Management Selecting a nearby airport as a direct-to destination: 1) Press the NRST Softkey on the PFD; or turn the FMS Knob to display the Nearest Airports Page and press the FMS Knob. 2) Select the desired airport (the nearest one is already selected). 3) Press the Direct-to Key. 4) Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed on ‘ACTIVATE?’. 5) Press the ENT Key again to activate the direct-to. Direct-to destinations may also be selected by using the pointer on the navigation map pages. If no airport, NAVAID, or user waypoint exists at the desired location, a temporary waypoint named ‘MAPWPT’ is automatically created at the location of the map arrow. Selecting a waypoint as a direct-to destination using the pointer: 1) From a navigation map page, press the Joystick to display the pointer. 2) Move the Joystick to place the pointer at the desired destination location. 3) If the pointer is placed on an existing airport, NAVAID, or user waypoint, the waypoint name is highlighted. 4) Press the Direct-to Key to display the Direct-to Window with the selected point entered as the direct-to destination. 5) Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed on ‘ACTIVATE?’. 6) Press the ENT Key again to activate the direct-to. Cancelling a Direct-to: 1) Press the Direct-to Key to display the Direct-to Window. 2) Press the MENU Key. 3) With ‘Cancel Direct-To NAV’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. If a flight plan is still active, the G1000 resumes navigating the flight plan along the closest leg. 204 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Flight Management Page Menu - Cancel Direct-To Navigation Figure 5-53 Direct-to Window - Cancelling Direct-to Navigation When navigating a direct-to, the G1000 sets a direct great circle course to the selected destination. The course to a destination can also be manually selected using the course field (‘COURSE’) on the Direct-to Window. Selecting a manual direct-to course: 1) Press the Direct-to Key. The Direct-to Window is displayed with the destination field highlighted. 2) Highlight the course field. 3) Enter the desired course. 4) Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed on ‘ACTIVATE?’. 5) Press the ENT Key again to activate the direct-to. Reselecting the direct course from the current position: 1) Press the Direct-to Key. The Direct-to Window is displayed with the destination field highlighted. 2) Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed on ‘ACTIVATE?’. 3) Press the ENT Key again to activate the direct-to. A direct-to with altitude constraints creates a descent path (and provides guidance to stay on the path) from the aircraft’s current altitude to the altitude of the direct-to waypoint. The altitude is reached at the waypoint, or at the specified distance along the flight path if an offset distance has been entered. All VNV altitudes prior to the direct-to destination are removed from the active flight plan upon successful activation of the direct-to. All VNV altitudes following the direct-to waypoint are retained. See the section on Vertical Navigation for more information regarding the use and purpose of VNV altitudes and offset distances. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 205 Flight Management Entering a VNV altitude and along-track offset for the waypoint: 1) Press the Direct-to Key to display the Direct-to Window. 2) Turn the large FMS Knob to place the cursor over the ‘VNV’ altitude field. 3) Enter the desired altitude. 4) Press the ENT Key. The option to select MSL or AGL is now displayed. 5) Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘MSL’ or ‘AGL’. 6) Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now flashing in the VNV offset distance field. 7) Enter the desired along-track distance before the waypoint. 8) Press the ENT Key. The ‘Activate?’ field is highlighted. 9) Press the ENT Key to activate. Removing a VNV altitude constraint: 1) Press the Direct-to Key to display the Direct-to Window. 2) Press the MENU Key. 3) With ‘Clear Vertical Constraints’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. Page Menu - Clear Vertical Navigation Constraints Figure 5-54 Direct-to Window - Clearing Vertical Constraints 206 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Flight Management 5.6Flight Planning Flight planning on the G1000 consists of building a flight plan by entering waypoints one at a time, adding waypoints along airways, and inserting departures, airways, arrivals, or approaches as needed. The G1000 allows flight planning information to be entered from either the MFD or PFD. The flight plan is displayed on maps using different line widths, colors, and types, based on the type of leg and the segment of the flight plan currently being flown (departure, enroute, arrival, approach, or missed approach). Flight Plan Leg Type Symbol Active non-heading Leg Active heading Leg Non-heading Leg in the current flight segment Heading Leg not in the current flight segment Non-heading Leg not in the active flight segment Turn Anticipation Arc Table 5-7 Flight Plan Leg Symbols Up to 99 flight plans with up to 99 waypoints each can be created and stored in memory. One flight plan can be activated at a time and becomes the active flight plan. The active flight plan is erased when the system is turned off and overwritten when another flight plan is activated. When storing flight plans with an approach, departure, or arrival, the G1000 uses the waypoint information from the current database to define the waypoints. If the database is changed or updated, the G1000 automatically updates the information if the procedure has not been modified. If an approach, departure, or arrival procedure is no longer available, the procedure is deleted from the affected stored flight plan(s), and an alert is displayed (see Miscellaneous Messages in Appendix A) advising that one or more stored flight plans need to be edited. Whenever an approach, departure, or arrival procedure is loaded into the active flight plan, a set of approach, departure, or arrival waypoints is inserted into the flight plan along with a header line describing the instrument procedure the pilot selected. The original enroute portion of the flight plan remains active (unless an instrument procedure is activated) when the procedure is loaded. When the database is updated, the airways need to be reloaded also. Each airway segment is reloaded from the database given the entry waypoint, the airway identifier and the exit waypoint. This reloads the sequence of waypoints between the entry and exit waypoints (the sequence may change when the database is updated). The update of an airway can fail during this process. If that happens, the airway waypoints are changed to regular (non-airway) flight plan waypoints, and an alert is displayed (see Miscellaneous Messages in Appendix A). 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 207 Flight Management The following could cause the airway update to fail: • Airway identifier, entry waypoint or exit waypoint not found in the new database. • Airway entry/exit waypoint is not an acceptable waypoint for the airway – either the waypoint is no longer on the airway, or there is a new directional restriction that prevents it being used. • Loading the new airway sequence would exceed the capacity of the flight plan. Flight Plan Creation There are three methods to create or modify a flight plan: • Active Flight Plan Page on the MFD (create/modify the active flight plan) • Active Flight Plan Window on the PFD (create/modify the active flight plan) • Flight Plan Catalog Page on the MFD (create/modify a stored flight plan) Active FPL Waypoint List - Comment - Procedure Header - Waypoint Identifier - Airway Identifier - Desired Track to Waypoint - Distance to Waypoint - Waypoint Altitude Constraint Active Flight Plan Leg Vertical Navigation Profile - Active Vertical WPT Alt/ID - Vertical Speed Target - Flight Path Angle - Vertical Speed Target - Time to Top of Descent - Vertical Deviation Turn Anticipation Arc Non-Active, Flight Plan Leg Figure 5-55 Active Flight Plan Page 208 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Flight Management Active Flight Plan Comment Active Flight Plan Leg Active Flight Plan Waypoint List - Waypoint ID - Desired Track to Waypoint - Distance to Waypoint - Airway Identifier Figure 5-56 Active Flight Plan Window on PFD Catalog Contents - # Used - # Empty Flight Plan List - Comment Selected Flight Plan Map Selected FPL Info - Departure Waypoint - Destination Waypoint - Total Flight Plan Distance - Enroute Safe Altitude Softkeys Figure 5-57 Flight Plan Catalog Page The active flight plan is listed on the active Flight Plan Page on the MFD, and in the Active Flight Plan Window on the PFD. It is the flight plan to which the G1000 is currently providing guidance, and is shown on the navigation maps. Stored flight plans are listed on the Flight Plan Catalog Page, and are available for activation (becomes the active flight plan). 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 209 Flight Management Creating an active flight plan: 1) Press the FPL Key. 2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (only on MFD). 3) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the Waypoint Information Window. (Turning it clockwise displays a blank Waypoint Information Window, turning it counter-clockwise displays the Waypoint Information Window with a waypoint selection submenu allowing selection of active flight plan, nearest, recent, user, or airway waypoints). 4) Enter the identifier, facility, or city name of the departure waypoint or select a waypoint from the submenu of waypoints and press the ENT Key. The active flight plan is modified as each waypoint is entered. 5) Repeat step numbers 3 and 4 to enter each additional flight plan waypoint. 6) When all waypoints have been entered, press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor. Creating a stored flight plan: 1) Press the FPL Key. 2) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to display the Flight Plan Catalog Page. 3) Select the NEW Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Create New Flight Plan’, and press the ENT Key to display a blank flight plan for the first empty storage location. 4) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the Waypoint Information Window. (Turning it clockwise displays a blank Waypoint Information Window, turning it counter-clockwise displays the Waypoint Information Window with a waypoint selection submenu allowing selection of active flight plan, nearest, recent, user, or airway waypoints). 5) Enter the identifier, facility, or city name of the departure waypoint or select a waypoint from the submenu of waypoints and press the ENT Key. 6) Repeat step numbers 4 and 5 to enter each additional flight plan waypoint. 7) When all waypoints have been entered, press the FMS Knob to return to the Flight Plan Catalog Page. The new flight plan is now in the list. 210 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Flight Management Flight plans can be imported from an SD Card or exported to an SD Card from the Stored Flight Plan Page. Importing a Flight Plan from an SD Card 1) Insert the SD card containing the flight plan in the top card slot on the MFD. 2) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page on the MFD. 3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Flight Plan Catalog Page. 4) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor. 5) Turn either FMS Knob to highlight an empty or existing flight plan. 6) Press the IMPORT Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select “Import Flight Plan”, and press the ENT Key. If an empty slot is selected, a list of the available flight plans on the SD card will be displayed. Or: If an existing flight plan is selected, an “Overwrite existing flight plan? OK or CANCEL” prompt is displayed. Press the ENT Key to choose to overwrite the selected flight plan and see the list of available flight plans on the SD card. If overwriting the existing flight plan is not desired, select “CANCEL” using the FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, select another flight plan slot, and press the IMPORT Softkey again. 7) Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight the desired flight plan for importing. 8) Press the ENT Key to initiate the import. 9) Press the ENT Key again to confirm the import. Import/Export Softkeys List of Flight Plans to Import & Details for the Selected File Import Successful Figure 5-58 Flight Plan Import 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 211 Flight Management Note: If the imported flight plan contains a waypoint with a name that duplicates the name of a waypoint already stored on the system, the system compares the coordinates of the imported waypoint with those of the existing waypoint. If the coordinates are different, the imported waypoint is automatically renamed by adding characters to the end of the name. Exporting a Flight Plan to an SD Card 1) Insert the SD card into the top card slot on the MFD. 2) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page on the MFD. 3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Flight Plan Catalog Page. 4) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor. 5) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the flight plan to be exported. 6) Press the EXPORT Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select “Export Flight Plan”. 7) If desired, change the name for the exported file by turning the large FMS Knob to the left to highlight the name, then use the small and large FMS knobs to enter the new name, and press the ENT Key. 8) Press the ENT Key to initiate the export. 9) Press the ENT Key to confirm the export. Import/Export Softkeys Stored Flight Plan to be Exported & Exported Flight Plan Name Export Successful Figure 5-59 Flight Plan Export 212 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Flight Management Adding Waypoints to an Existing Flight Plan Waypoints can be added to the active flight plan or any stored flight plan. Choose the flight plan, select the desired point of insertion, enter the waypoint, and it is added in front of the selected waypoint. Flight plans are limited to 99 waypoints (including waypoints within airways and procedures). If the number of waypoints in the flight plan exceeds 99, the message “Flight plan is full. Remove unnecessary waypoints.” appears and the new waypoint(s) are not added to the flight plan. Stored Flight Plan Selected - Memory Slot - Comment - Procedure Identifier - Waypoint Identifier - Airway Identifier - Desired Track to Waypoint - Distance to Waypoint - Waypoint Altitude Constraint Softkeys Figure 5-60 Stored Flight Plan Page Flight Plan Full Message Figure 5-61 Active Flight Plan Page - FPL Full 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 213 Flight Management Adding a waypoint to a stored flight plan: 1) On the Flight Plan Catalog Page, press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor. 2) Highlight the desired flight plan. 3) Select the EDIT Softkey; or press the ENT Key, turn the large FMS Knob clockwise to select “EDIT” and press the ENT Key. The Stored Flight Plan Page is displayed. 4) Select the point in the flight plan to add the new waypoint. The new waypoint is placed directly in front of the highlighted waypoint. 5) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the Waypoint Information Window. (Turning it clockwise displays a blank Waypoint Information Window, turning it counter-clockwise displays the Waypoint Information Window with a waypoint selection submenu allowing selection of active flight plan, nearest, recent, user, or airway waypoints). 6) Enter the identifier, facility, or city name of the waypoint or select a waypoint from the submenu of waypoints and press the ENT Key. The new waypoint now exists in the flight plan. Note: If the identifier entered in the Waypoint Information Window has duplicates, a Duplicate Waypoint Window is displayed. Use the FMS Knob to select the correct waypoint. Figure 5-62 Duplicate Waypoints Window Adding a waypoint to the active flight plan: 1) Press the FPL Key. 2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on the PFD). 3) Select the point in the flight plan before which to add the new waypoint. The new waypoint is placed directly in front of the highlighted waypoint. 214 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Flight Management 4) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the Waypoint Information Window. (Turning it clockwise displays a blank Waypoint Information Window, turning it counter-clockwise displays the Waypoint Information Window with a waypoint selection submenu allowing selection of active flight plan, nearest, recent, user, or airway waypoints). 5) Enter the identifier, facility, or city name of the waypoint or select a waypoint from the submenu of waypoints and press the ENT Key. The active flight plan is modified as each waypoint is entered. Creating and adding user waypoints to the active flight plan: 1) Press the Joystick to activate the panning function on the Active Flight Plan Page and pan to the map location of the desired user waypoint. 2) Select the LD WPT Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Load Waypoint’, and press the ENT Key. The user waypoint is created with a name of USRxxx (using the next available in sequence) and is added to the end of the active flight plan. Adding Airways to a Flight Plan Airways can be added to the active flight plan or any stored flight plan. Choose a flight plan (add the desired airway entry point if not already in the flight plan), select the waypoint after the desired airway entry point, select the airway, and it is added in front of the selected waypoint. An airway can only be loaded if there is a waypoint in the flight plan that is part of the desired airway and is not part of an arrival or approach procedure. The G1000 also anticipates the desired airway and exit point based on loaded flight plan waypoints. Airway Entry Waypoint Selected Airway Airways Available at TOP Airway Waypoint Sequence Preview of Selected Airway Figure 5-63 Select Airway Page - Selecting Airway 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 215 Flight Management Adding an airway to a flight plan: 1) Press the FPL Key. 2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on the PFD). 3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the waypoint after the desired airway entry point. If this waypoint is not a valid airway entry point, a valid entry point should be entered at this time. 4) Turn the small FMS Knob one click clockwise and select the LD AIRWY Softkey, or press the MENU Key and select “Load Airway”. The Select Airway Page is displayed. The LD AIRWY Softkey or the “Load Airway” menu item is available only when a valid airway entry waypoint has been chosen (the waypoint ahead of the cursor position). 5) Turn the FMS Knob to select the desired airway from the list, and press the ENT Key. Low altitude airways are shown first in the list, followed by “all” altitude airways, and then high altitude airways. 6) Turn the FMS Knob to select the desired airway exit point from the list, and press the ENT Key. ‘LOAD?’ is highlighted. 7) Press the ENT Key. The system returns to editing the flight plan with the new airway inserted. Airway Entry Waypoint Selected Airway Selected Exit Point Preview of Selected Airway Airway Exit Points Available Selected Airway Exit Point Figure 5-64 Select Airway Page - Selecting Exit Point 216 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Flight Management Inserted Airway Header - Airway Identifier: [airway identifier].[exit waypoint identifier] (e.g., V4.SLN) Figure 5-65 Active Flight Plan Page - Airway Inserted Restrictions on Adding Airways Some airways have directional restrictions on all or part of the route. Airway “A2” in Europe has a directional restriction over the whole route such that it can be flown only in the direction MTD-ABB-BNE-DEVAL. Airway “UR975” in North Africa has more complicated directional restrictions within the list of airway waypoints AMANO, VAKOR, LIBRO, NELDA, DIRKA, GZO, KOSET, and SARKI: • Starting from AMANO, the airway can be flown only to LIBRO. • Starting from SARKI, the airway can be flown only to LIBRO. • Between NELDA and GZO, the airway can be flown in either direction. In the US, airways that are “one-way” for specified hours of operation are not uncommon. These airways are always bidirectional in the G1000 database. The system only allows correct airway sequences to be inserted. If the pilot subsequently inverts the flight plan, the system inverts the airway waypoint sequence and removes the airway header. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 217 Flight Management Adding Procedures to a Stored Flight Plan The G1000 allows the pilot to insert pre-defined instrument procedures from the navigation database into a flight plan. The procedures are designed to facilitate routing of traffic leaving an airport (departure), arriving at an airport (arrival), and landing at an airport (approach). See the procedures section for more details. Flight Plan Name Flight Plan Waypoint List Softkeys Load Departure Load Arrival Load Approach Activate Flight Plan Figure 5-66 Stored Flight Plan Page 218 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Flight Management Departure (DP) A Departure Procedure (DP) is loaded at the departure airport in the flight plan. Only one departure can be loaded at a time in a flight plan. The route is defined by selection of a departure, the transition waypoints, and a runway. Departure Airport Selected Departure Departures Available at KMCI Preview of Selected Departure Departure Waypoint Sequence Figure 5-67 Departure Loading Page - Selecting the Departure Loading a departure procedure into a stored flight plan: 1) Select a stored flight plan from the Flight Plan Catalog Page. 2) Select the EDIT Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Edit Flight Plan’, and press the ENT Key. The Stored Flight Plan Page is displayed. 3) Select the LD DP Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select “Load Departure”, and press the ENT Key. The Departure Loading Page is displayed. 4) Select a departure. Press the ENT Key. 5) Select a runway served by the selected departure, if required. Press the ENT Key. 6) Select a transition for the selected departure. Press the ENT Key. 7) Press the ENT Key to load the selected departure procedure. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 219 Flight Management Departure Airport Selected Departure Selected Runway Selected Transition Preview of Selected Departure Departure Transition Points Available Departure Waypoint Sequence Selected Departure End Point Figure 5-68 Departure Loading Page - Selecting Transition Inserted Departure Header - Departure Identifier: [departure airport]-[departure runway]. [departure transition]. [departure end point] (e.g., KMKC-ALL.WLDCT2.ICT) Figure 5-69 Stored Flight Plan Page - Departure Inserted 220 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Flight Management Arrival (STAR) A Standard Terminal Arrival (STAR) is loaded at the destination airport in the flight plan. Only one arrival can be loaded at a time in a flight plan. The route is defined by selection of an arrival, the transition waypoints, and a runway. Destination Airport Selected Arrival Arrivals Available at KCOS Selected Runway Arrival Waypoint Sequence Preview of Selected Arrival Figure 5-70 Arrival Loading Page - Selecting the Arrival Loading an arrival procedure into a stored flight plan: 1) Select a stored flight plan from the Flight Plan Catalog Page. 2) Select the EDIT Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Edit Flight Plan’, and press the ENT Key. The Stored Flight Plan Page is displayed. 3) Select the LD STAR Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select “Load Arrival”, and press the ENT Key. The Arrival Loading Page is displayed. 4) Select an arrival. Press the ENT Key. 5) Select a transition for the selected arrival. Press the ENT Key. 6) Select a runway served by the selected arrival, if required. Press the ENT Key. 7) Press the ENT Key to load the selected arrival procedure. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 221 Flight Management Destination Airport Selected Arrival Selected Transition Transitions Available with DBRY1 Arrival Waypoint Sequence Preview of Selected Arrival Figure 5-71 Arrival Loading Page - Selecting the Transition Inserted Arrival Header - Arrival Identifier: [arrival airport]-[arrival transition]. [arrival].[arrival runway] (e.g., KCOS-ALS.DBRY1.ALL) Figure 5-72 Stored Flight Plan Page - Arrival Inserted 222 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Flight Management Approach (APPR) An Approach Procedure (APPR) can be loaded at any airport that has an approach available. Only one approach can be loaded at a time in a flight plan. The route for a selected approach is defined by designating transition waypoints. Destination Airport Selected Approach Approaches Available at KCOS BARO Minimum Preview of Selected Approach Approach Waypoint Sequence Figure 5-73 Approach Loading Page - Selecting the Approach Loading an approach procedure into a stored flight plan: 1) Select a stored flight plan from the Flight Plan Catalog Page. 2) Select the EDIT Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Edit Flight Plan’, and press the ENT Key. The Stored Flight Plan Page is displayed. 3) Select the LD APR Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select “Load Approach”, and press the ENT Key. The Approach Loading Page is displayed. 4) Select an approach. Press the ENT Key. 5) Select a transition for the selected approach. Press the ENT Key. 6) Press the ENT Key to load the selected approach procedure. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 223 Flight Management Destination Airport Selected Approach Selected Transition Transitions Available with Selected Approach Preview of Selected Approach Approach Waypoint Sequence Load Approach? Figure 5-74 Approach Loading Page - Selecting the Transition Inserted Approach Header - Approach Identifier: [approach airport].[runway and approach type] Figure 5-75 Stored Flight Plan Page - Approach Inserted 224 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Flight Management Flight Plan Storage The G1000 can store up to 99 flight plans, numbered 1 through 99. The active flight plan is erased when the G1000 is powered off or when another flight plan is activated. Details about each stored flight plan can be viewed on the Flight Plan Catalog Page and on the Stored Flight Plan Page. Viewing information about a stored flight plan: 1) Press the FPL Key on the MFD to display the Active Flight Plan Page. 2) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise one click to display the Flight Plan Catalog Page. 3) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired flight plan. 4) The Flight Plan Information is displayed showing departure, destination, total distance, and enroute safe altitude information for the selected Flight Plan. 5) Select the EDIT Softkey to open the Stored Flight Plan Page and view the waypoints in the flight plan. 6) Press the FMS Knob to exit the Stored Flight Plan Page. Selected Flight Plan Flight Plan Name (Comment) Preview of Selected Flight Plan Stored Flight Plan Info - Departure Airport - Destination Airport - Total Flight Plan Distance - Enroute Safe Altitude Stored FPL Editing Softkeys Figure 5-76 Stored Flight Plan Information Storing an active flight plan from the Active Flight Plan Page or the Active Flight Plan Window: 1) Press the MENU Key. 2) Highlight ‘Store Flight Plan’. 3) Press the ENT Key. 4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. The flight plan is stored in the next available position in the flight plan list on the Flight Plan Catalog Page. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 225 Flight Management Sort Flight Plans The stored flight plans can be sorted alphanumerically based on the flight plan name (comment) assigned to each flight plan. Sorting by flight plan name (comment): 1) Press the FPL Key and turn the small FMS Knob to display the Flight Plan Catalog Page. 2) Press the MENU Key. 3) Highlight ‘Sort By Comment’ and press the ENT Key. A confirmation window is displayed. 4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key to change flight plan ordering. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key. Activate a Flight Plan Activating a stored flight plan erases the active flight plan and replaces it with the flight plan being activated. Inverting a stored flight plan reverses the waypoint order, erases the active flight plan, and replaces it with the flight plan being activated (the stored flight plan is not changed) Activating a stored flight plan on the MFD: 1) Press the FPL Key and turn the small FMS Knob to display the Flight Plan Catalog Page. 2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor, and turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired flight plan. 3) Select the ACTIVE Softkey; or press the ENT Key twice; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Activate Flight Plan’, and press the ENT Key. The ‘Activate Stored Flight Plan?’ window is displayed. 4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key. Inverting and activating a stored flight plan on the MFD: 1) Press the FPL Key and turn the small FMS Knob to display the Flight Plan Catalog Page. 2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor, and turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired flight plan. 3) Select the INVERT Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Invert & Activate FPL?’, and press the ENT Key. The ‘Invert and activate stored flight plan?’ window is displayed. 4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key. Copy a Flight Plan The G1000 allows copying a flight plan into a new flight plan memory slot, allowing editing, etc., without affecting the original flight plan. This can be used to duplicate an existing stored flight plan for use in creating a modified version of the original stored flight plan. Copying a stored flight plan on the MFD: 1) Press the FPL Key and turn the small FMS Knob to display the Flight Plan Catalog Page. 2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor, and turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired flight plan. 226 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Flight Management 3) Select the COPY Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Copy Flight Plan’, and press the ENT Key. The ‘Copy to Flight Plan XX?’ window is displayed. 4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key to copy the flight plan. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key. Delete a Stored Flight Plan Individual or all stored flight plans can be deleted from the G1000 memory. Deleting a stored flight plan: 1) Press the FPL Key and turn the small FMS Knob to display the Flight Plan Catalog Page. 2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor, and turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired flight plan. 3) Select the DELETE Softkey; press the CLR Key; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Delete Flight Plan’, and press the ENT Key. The ‘Delete Flight Plan XX?’ window is displayed. 4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key to delete the flight plan. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key. Note: The option to delete all stored flight plans is not available while the aircraft is in flight. Deleting all stored flight plans: 1) Press the FPL Key and turn the small FMS Knob to display the Flight Plan Catalog Page. 2) Press the MENU Key. 3) Highlight ‘Delete All’ and press the ENT Key. A ‘Delete all flight plans?’ confirmation window is displayed. 4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key to delete all flight plans. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key. Flight Plan Editing The active flight plan or any stored flight plan can be edited. The edits made to the active flight plan affect navigation as soon as they are entered. Deleting the Active Flight Plan The G1000 allows deleting an active flight plan. Deleting the active flight plan suspends navigation by the G1000. Deleting the active flight plan: 1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD). 2) Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Delete Flight Plan’, and press the ENT Key. The ‘Delete all waypoints in flight plan?’ window is displayed. 3) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key to delete the active flight plan. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 227 Flight Management Deleting Flight Plan Items Individual waypoints, entire airways, and entire procedures can be deleted from a flight plan. Some waypoints in the final approach segment (such as the FAF or MAP) can not be deleted individually. Attempting to delete a waypoint that is not allowed results in a window displaying ‘Invalid flight plan modification.’ Deleting an individual waypoint from the active flight plan: 1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD). 2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on the PFD) and turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the waypoint to be deleted. 3) Press the CLR Key. The ‘Remove XXXXX?’ window is displayed. 4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key. 5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor. Deleting an entire airway from the active flight plan: 1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD). 2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on the PFD) and turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the white header of the airway to be deleted. 3) Press the CLR Key. The ‘Remove <airway name>?’ window is displayed. 4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key. 5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor. Deleting an entire procedure from the active flight plan: 1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD). 2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on the PFD) and turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the white header of the procedure to be deleted. 3) Press the CLR Key. The ‘Remove <procedure name> from flight plan?’ window is displayed. 4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key. 5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor. Or: 1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD). 2) Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu and turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Remove <procedure>’. 3) Press the ENT Key. The ‘Remove <procedure name> from flight plan?’ window is displayed. 4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key. 228 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Flight Management Deleting an individual waypoint from a stored flight plan: 1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page. 2) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise one click to display the Flight Plan Catalog Page. 3) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and turn the FMS Knob to highlight the flight plan to be edited. 4) Select the EDIT Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Edit Flight Plan’ and press the ENT Key. The Stored Flight Plan Page is displayed. 5) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the waypoint to be deleted. 6) Press the CLR Key. The ‘Remove XXXXX?’ window is displayed. 7) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key. 8) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor. Deleting an entire airway from a stored flight plan: 1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page. 2) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise one click to display the Flight Plan Catalog Page. 3) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and turn the FMS Knob to highlight the flight plan to be edited. 4) Select the EDIT Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Edit Flight Plan’ and press the ENT Key. The Stored Flight Plan Page is displayed. 5) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the white header of the airway to be deleted. 6) Press the CLR Key. The ‘Remove <airway name>?’ window is displayed. 7) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key. 8) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor. Deleting an entire procedure from a stored flight plan: 1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page. 2) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise one click to display the Flight Plan Catalog Page. 3) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and turn the FMS Knob to highlight the flight plan to be edited. 4) Select the EDIT Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Edit Flight Plan’ and press the ENT Key. The Stored Flight Plan Page is displayed. 5) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the white header of the procedure to be deleted. 6) Press the CLR Key. The ‘Remove <procedure name> from flight plan?’ window is displayed. 7) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key. 8) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor. Or: 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 229 Flight Management 1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page. 2) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise one click to display the Flight Plan Catalog Page. 3) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and turn the FMS Knob to highlight the flight plan to be edited. 4) Select the EDIT Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Edit Flight Plan’ and press the ENT Key. The Stored Flight Plan Page is displayed. 5) Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu and turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Remove <procedure>’. 6) Press the ENT Key. The ‘Remove <procedure name> from flight plan?’ window is displayed. 7) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key. 8) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor. Changing Flight Plan Comments (Names) The comment field (or name) of each flight plan can be changed to something that is useful for identification and sorting. Changing the active flight plan comment: 1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page. 2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the comment field. 3) Use the FMS Knobs to edit the comment. 4) Press the ENT Key to accept the changes. 5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor. Changing a stored flight plan comment: 1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page. 2) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise one click to display the Flight Plan Catalog Page. 3) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and turn the FMS Knob to highlight the flight plan to be edited. 4) Select the EDIT Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Edit Flight Plan’ and press the ENT Key. The Stored Flight Plan Page is displayed. 5) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the comment field. 6) Use the FMS Knobs to edit the comment. 7) Press the ENT Key to accept the changes. 8) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor. Along Track Offsets A waypoint having an “along track offset” distance from an existing waypoint can be entered into a flight plan. Along track offset waypoints lie along the path of the existing flight plan, and can be used to make the system reach a specified altitude before or after reaching the specified flight plan waypoint. Offset distances can be 230 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Flight Management entered from 1 to 99 nm in increments of 1 nm. Entering a negative offset distance results in an along track offset waypoint inserted before the selected waypoint, whereas entering a positive offset distance results in an along track offset waypoint inserted after the selected waypoint. Multiple offset waypoints are allowed. A waypoint must be adjacent to its parent waypoint in the flight plan, so the system limits the along-track distance to less than the length of the leg before or after the selected waypoint. If the selected waypoint is the active waypoint, the distance is limited to less than the distance to go to the active waypoint. Assigning an along track offset to a leg with indeterminate length is not permitted. An along track offset is not allowed at or after the final approach fix of an approach. An along track offset distance cannot be modified once entered. If the along track offset distance must be changed, the existing along track offset waypoint must be deleted and a new one created with the new offset distance. Along Track Offset Waypoint and Distance from Flight Plan Waypoint Along Track Offset Waypoint and Distance Figure 5-77 Along Track Offset Entering an along track offset distance: 1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD). 2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on the PFD) and turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the waypoint for the along track offset. 3) Select the ATK OFST Softkey (MFD only); or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Create ATK Offset Waypoint’, and press the ENT Key. 4) Enter a positive or negative offset distance in the range of +/- 1 to 99 nm (limited by leg distances). 5) Press the ENT Key to create the offset waypoint. 6) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 231 Flight Management Parallel Track The Parallel Track (PTK) feature allows creation of a parallel course offset of 1 to 50 nm left or right of the current flight plan. When Parallel Track is activated, the course line drawn on the map pages shows the parallel course, and waypoint names have a lower case “p” placed after the identifier. Using direct-to, loading an approach, a holding pattern, or editing and activating the flight plan automatically cancels Parallel Track. Parallel Track is also cancelled if a course change occurs greater than 120° or the parallel tracks overlap as a result of the course change. Note: Vertical navigation is unavailable while the Parallel Track feature is active. Active Flight Plan prior to Parallel Track Selecting Parallel Track Figure 5-78 Active Flight Plan Window - Selecting Parallel Track Activating parallel track: 1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD) 2) Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Parallel Track’, and press the ENT Key. The Parallel Track Window is displayed with the direction field highlighted. 3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘Left’ or ‘Right’ and press the ENT Key. The ‘DISTANCE’ field is highlighted. 4) Turn the small FMS Knob to enter a distance from 1-99 nm and press the ENT Key. ‘ACTIVATE PARALLEL TRACK’ is highlighted. 5) Press the ENT Key to activate parallel track. Press the FMS Knob or the CLR Key to cancel the parallel track activation. 232 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Flight Management Offset Direction Offset Distance Activation Prompt Figure 5-79 Parallel Track Window Parallel Track Waypoints - TIFTO-p - TOP-p - ULNAZ-p - ... - LAA-p Activating Parallel Track affects the entire active flight segment (e.g., enroute) Parallel Track Original Track Figure 5-80 Parallel Track Active If the parallel track proposed by the offset direction and distance is not allowed by the system, the activation prompt is displayed, but disabled. Parallel Track cannot be activated if a course is set using direct-to or if the active leg is the first leg of the departure procedure. Attempting to activate parallel track with these conditions 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 233 Flight Management results in the message ‘Parallel Track Unavailable Invalid Route Geometry’. If an approach leg is active the status indicates that the system is unable to activate the parallel track with the message ‘Parallel Track Unavailable Approach Leg Active’. If the offset direction and distance results in an unreasonable route geometry the status indicates that the system is unable to activate the parallel track because of invalid geometry. Subdued Prompt (Unavailable) Unavailable Status Invalid Geometry Approach Active Figure 5-81 Parallel Track Unavailable If the active leg is not a track between two fixes (TF) or a course to a fix (DF) leg, the status indicates that the system is unable to activate the parallel track because parallel track is not available for the active leg type. Offset Direction & Distance Subdued (Unavailable) Cancel Prompt Active Status Figure 5-82 Cancelling Parallel Track Cancelling parallel track: 1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD) 2) Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Parallel Track’, and press the ENT Key. The Parallel Track Window is displayed with ‘CANCEL PARALLEL TRACK?’ highlighted. 3) Press the ENT Key. 234 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Flight Management Activating a Flight Plan Leg The G1000 allows selection of a highlighted leg as the “active leg” (the flight plan leg which is currently used for navigation guidance). Activating a flight plan leg: 1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD) 2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on the PFD) and turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the destination waypoint for the desired leg. 3) Select the ACT LEG Softkey (MFD only); or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Activate Leg’, and press the ENT Key. A confirmation window is displayed with ‘ACTIVATE’ highlighted. 4) Press the ENT Key to activate the flight plan leg. To cancel, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key. 5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor. Current Active Leg Selected Destination Waypoint Activate Leg Softkey Figure 5-83 Active Flight Plan Page - Selecting the Leg Destination Waypoint 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 235 Flight Management New Active Flight Plan Leg Confirmation Window Figure 5-84 Active Flight Plan Page - New Active Leg Inverting a Flight Plan Any flight plan may be inverted (reversed) for navigation back to the original departure point. Inverting the active flight plan: 1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD) 2) Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Invert Flight Plan’, and press the ENT Key. An ‘Invert Active Flight Plan?’ confirmation window is displayed. 3) Select ‘OK’. 4) Press the ENT Key to invert and activate the active flight plan. To cancel, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key. Inverting and activating a stored flight plan: 1) Press the FPL Key and turn the small FMS Knob to display the Flight Plan Catalog Page. 2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor, and turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired flight plan. 3) Press the INVERT Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Invert & Activate FPL?’, and press the ENT Key. The ‘Invert and activate stored flight plan?’ window is displayed. 4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key. 236 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Flight Management Flight Plan Views Information about flight plans can be viewed in more than one way. The active flight plan can be configured to show cumulative distance over the length of the flight plan or the distance for each leg of the flight plan; and the active flight plan can be viewed in a narrow or wide view. In the wide view, additional information is displayed: Fuel Remaining (FUEL REM), Estimated Time Enroute (ETE), Estimated Time of Arrival (ETA), and Bearing to the waypoint (BRG). Switching between leg-to-leg waypoint distance and cumulative waypoint distance: 1) Press the FPL Key on the MFD to display the Active Flight Plan Page. 2) Select the VIEW Softkey to display the CUM and LEG-LEG Softkeys. 3) Select the CUM Softkey to view cumulative waypoint distance, or select the LEG-LEG Softkey to view leg-to-leg waypoint distance. 4) Select the BACK Softkey to return to the top level active flight plan softkeys. Active Flight Plan Leg to Leg Distance Active Flight Plan Cumulative Distance WIDE Softkey, NARROW Softkey, LEG-LEG Softkey, CUM Softkey Figure 5-85 Active Flight Plan - Leg to Leg vs. Cumulative Distance Switching between wide and narrow view: 1) Press the FPL Key on the MFD to display the Active Flight Plan Page. 2) Select the VIEW Softkey to display the WIDE and NARROW Softkeys. 3) Select the WIDE Softkey to display the wide view, or select the NARROW Softkey to display the narrow view. 4) Select the BACK Softkey to return to the top level active flight plan softkeys. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 237 Flight Management Active Flight Plan Narrow View Active Flight Plan Wide View WIDE Softkey, NARROW Softkey, LEG-LEG Softkey, CUM Softkey Figure 5-86 Active Flight Plan - Wide vs. Narrow View Collapsing Airways The G1000 allows airways on the active flight plan to be collapsed or expanded from the Active Flight Plan Page/Window. When airways have been collapsed, it is indicated on the airway heading. When airways are collapsed, leg-to-leg computed values such as DIS or ETE shown for the exit waypoint reflect the total of all the legs on the airway that have been hidden in the collapsed display. The DTK value is inhibited because it is not usable in this context. The Active Flight Plan Page always keeps the following three waypoints visible: “From” waypoint, “To” waypoint, and “Next” waypoint. To prevent one or more of these waypoints from being hidden in a collapsed airway segment, the airway segment that contains either the “To” or the “Next” waypoint is automatically expanded. When an airway is loaded, airways are automatically expanded to facilitate flight plan review. 238 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Flight Management Q3.FEPOT Airway Collapsed View Expanded View Figure 5-87 Expanded/Collapsed Airways Collapsing/expanding the airways in the active flight plan: 1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD). 2) Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Collapse Airways’ or ‘Expand Airways’, and press the ENT Key. The airways are collapsed/expanded. Closest Point of FPL ‘Closest Point of FPL’ calculates the bearing and closest distance at which a flight plan passes a reference waypoint, and creates a new user waypoint along the flight plan at the location closest to a chosen reference waypoint. Determining the closest point along the active flight plan to a selected waypoint: 1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD). 2) Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Closest Point Of FPL’’, and press the ENT Key. A window appears with the reference waypoint field highlighted. 3) Enter the identifier of the reference waypoint and press the ENT Key. The G1000 displays the bearing (BRG) and distance (DIS) to the closest point along the flight plan to the selected reference waypoint and creates a user waypoint at this location. The name for the new user waypoint is derived from the identifier of the reference waypoint. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 239 Flight Management 5.7Vertical Navigation Note: The G1000 supports vertical navigation for all lateral leg types except for CA, CI, FA, FM, HA, HM, PI, VA, VD, VI, VR, and VM. Vertical constraints are not retained in stored flight plans. The G1000 system Vertical Navigation (VNV) feature provides vertical profile guidance during the enroute and teminal phases of flight. Guidance based on specified altitudes at waypoints in the active flight plan or to a direct-to waypoint is provided. It includes vertical path guidance to a descending path, which is provided as a linear deviation from the desired path. The desired path is defined by a line joining two waypoints with specified altitudes or as a vertical angle from a specified waypoint/altitude. The vertical waypoints are integrated into the active flight plan. Both manual and autopilot-coupled guidance are supported. Current Vertical Navigation Profile Current Vertical Navigation Profile Disabled (fields dashed) ENBL VNV Softkey Enabled (valid data) CNCL VNV Softkey Figure 5-88 Enabling/Disabling Vertical Navigation Enabling VNV guidance: 1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page on the MFD. 2) Select the ENBL VNV Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Enable VNV’, and press the ENT Key. Vertical navigation is enabled, and vertical guidance begins with the waypoint shown in the CURRENT VNV PROFILE box (defaults first waypoint in the active flight plan with an altitude enabled for vertical navigation (e.g., HABUK)). 240 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Flight Management Disabling VNV guidance: 1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page on the MFD. 2) Select the CNCL VNV Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Cancel VNV’, and press the ENT Key. Vertical navigation is disabled. Canceling vertical navigation results in vertical deviation (V DEV), vertical speed required (VS REQ), and time to top of descent/bottom of descent (TIME TO TOD/BOD) going invalid. The Vertical Deviation Indicator (VDI) and Required Vertical Speed Indicator (RVSI) on the PFD are removed, and the V DEV, VS REQ, and TIME TO TOD items displayed in the CURRENT VNV PROFILE box are dashed. VNV remains disabled until manually enabled. Vertical guidance in reversionary mode can only be enabled for a direct-to waypoint. The G1000 allows a vertical navigation direct-to to any waypoint in the active flight plan with an altitude constraint “designated” for vertical guidance. Selecting the VNV Direct-to Softkey on the Active Flight Plan Page allows the flight plan to be flown, while vertical guidance based on the altitude constraint at the VNV direct-to waypoint is provided. The altitude change begins immediately and is spread along the flight plan from current position to the vertical direct-to waypoint, not just along the leg for the direct-to waypoint. A direct-to with altitude constraint activated by pressing the Direct-to Key also provides vertical guidance, but would bypass flight plan waypoints between the current position in the flight plan and the direct-to waypoint. A top of descent (TOD) point is computed based on the default flight path angle; descent begins once the TOD is reached. Current Vertical Navigation Profile Current Vertical Navigation Profile Prior to VNV Direct-to VNV Direct-To Softkey After VNV Direct-to VNV PROF Softkey Figure 5-89 Vertical Navigation Direct-To 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 241 Flight Management Activating a vertical navigation direct-to: 1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page on the MFD. 2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired waypoint. Note: The selected waypoint must have a designated altitude constraint (light blue number) to be used. If not, the first waypoint in the flight plan with a designated altitude constraint is selected. 3) Select the VNV Direct-To Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘VNV Direct-To’, and press the ENT Key. An ‘Activate vertical Direct-to to: NNNNNFT at XXXXXX?’ confirmation window is displayed. 4) Press the ENT Key. Vertical guidance begins to the altitude constraint for the selected waypoint. 5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor. Modifying the VS TGT and FPA: 1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page on the MFD. 2) Select the VNV PROF Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Select VNV Profile Window’, and press the ENT Key. The cursor is now located in the CURRENT VNV PROFILE box. 3) Turn the FMS Knobs as needed to edit the values.. 4) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor. Altitude Constraints The G1000 system can use altitude constraints associated with lateral waypoints to give guidance for vertical navigation. These altitudes are, depending on the specific instance, manually entered or retrieved from the published altitudes in the navigation database. The navigation database only contains altitudes for procedures that call for “Cross at” altitudes. If the procedure states “Expect to cross at,” then the altitude is not in the database. In this case the altitude may be entered manually. Displayed Text Examples Cross AT or ABOVE 5,000 ft Large White Text Large Light Blue Text Cross AT 2,300 ft Small Light Blue Text Cross AT or BELOW 3,000 ft Small Light Blue Subdued Text Altitude Constraint Examples Small White Text with Altitude Restriction Bar Figure 5-90 Waypoint Altitude Constraints 242 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Flight Management White Text Light Blue Text Light Blue Subdued Text Large Altitude calculated by the system Text estimating the altitude of the aircraft as it passes over the navigation point. This altitude is provided as a reference and is not designated to be used in determining vertical speed and deviation guidance. Altitude has been entered manually. Altitude is designated for use in giving vertical speed and deviation guidance. Altitude does not match the published altitude in navigation database or no published altitude exists. The system cannot use this altitude in determining vertical speed and deviation guidance because of an invalid constraint condition. Small Text Altitude is designated for use in giving vertical speed and deviation guidance. Altitude has been retrieved from the navigation database or has been entered manually and matches a published altitude in the navigation database. The system cannot use this altitude in determining vertical speed and deviation guidance because of an invalid constraint condition. Altitude is not designated to be used in determining vertical speed and deviation guidance. Altitude has been retrieved from the navigation database and is provided as a reference. Table 5-8 Altitude Constraint Size and Color Coding Altitudes associated with arrival and approach procedures are “auto-designated”. This means the system automatically uses the altitudes loaded with the arrival or approach for giving vertical speed and deviation guidance. Note that these altitudes are displayed as blue text up to, but not including, the FAF. The FAF is always a “reference only” altitude and cannot be designated, unless the selected approach does not provide vertical guidance. In this case, the FAF altitude can be designated. Altitudes that have been designated for use in vertical guidance can be “un-designated” using the CLR Key. The altitude is now displayed only as a reference. It is not used to give vertical guidance. Other displayed altitudes may change due to re-calculations or be rendered invalid as a result of manually changing an altitude to a non-designated altitude. Designating a waypoint altitude to be used for vertical guidance: 1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page on the MFD. 2) Press the FMS Knob and highlight the desired waypoint altitude. 3) Turn the small FMS Knob to enter editing mode. 4) Press the ENT Key. The altitude is now shown in blue, indicating it is usable for vertical guidance. Designating a procedure waypoint altitude to be used for vertical guidance: 1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page on the MFD. 2) Press the FMS Knob and highlight the desired waypoint altitude. 3) Press the ENT Key. The altitude is now shown in blue, indicating it is usable for vertical guidance. Altitude constraints are displayed and entered in feet mean sea level (MSL) values to the nearest hundred. An altitude constraint in feet above ground level (AGL) format is supported for airports. When a database altitude restriction is displayed, the G1000 allows entry of a different altitude when creating a waypoint, effectively overriding the database restriction (only before the FAF). When a database altitude restriction of type “AT or ABOVE” or “AT or BELOW” is activated, the system uses the “AT” portion of the restriction to define the vertical profile. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 243 Flight Management An altitude constraint is invalid if: • Meeting the constraint requires the aircraft to climb • Meeting the constraint requires the maximum flight path angle or maximum vertical speed to be exceeded • The altitude constraint results in a TOD behind the aircraft present position • The constraint is within a leg type for which altitude constraints are not supported • The altitude constraint is added to the FAF of an approach that provides vertical guidance (i.e., ILS or GPS WAAS approach) • The altitude constraint is added to a waypoint past the FAF. Entering/modifiying an altitude constraint: 1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page on the MFD. 2) Press the FMS Knob and highlight the desired waypoint altitude constraint. 3) Enter an altitude constraint value using the FMS Knobs. To enter altitudes as a flight level, turn the small FMS Knob counter-clockwise past zero or clockwise past 9 on the first character, and the system automatically changes to show units of Flight Level. Turn the large FMS Knob clockwise to highlight the first zero and enter the three digit flight level. 4) Press the ENT Key to accept the altitude constraint; if the selected waypoint is an airport, an additional choice is displayed. Turn the small FMS Knob to choose ‘MSL’ or ‘AGL’, and press the ENT Key to accept the altitude.. 5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor. Altitude constraints can be modified or deleted after having been added to the flight plan. In the event an altitude constraint is deleted and the navigation database contains an altitude restriction for the lateral waypoint, the G1000 displays the altitude restriction from the database provided no predicted altitude can be provided. Deleting an altitude constraint: 1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page on the MFD. 2) Press the FMS Knob and highlight the desired waypoint altitude constraint. 3) Press the CLR Key. A ‘Remove VNV altitude constraint?’ confirmation window is displayed. 4) Select ‘OK’ and press the ENT Key.. 5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor. 244 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Flight Management 5.8 Procedures The G1000 can access the whole range of instrument procedures available. Departures (DPs), arrivals (STARs), and non-precision and precision approaches (APPRs) are stored within the database and can be loaded using the Procedures (PROC) Key. The selected procedure for the departure or arrival airport is added to the active flight plan. No waypoints are required to be in the active flight plan to load procedures; however, if the departure and arrival airport are already loaded, the procedure loading window defaults to the appropriate airport, saving some time selecting the correct airport on the Procedure Loading Page. Whenever an approach is selected, the choice to either “load” or “activate” is given. “Loading” adds the approach to the end of the flight plan without immediately using it for navigation guidance. This allows continued navigation via the intermediate waypoints in the original flight plan, but keeps the procedure available on the Active Flight Plan Page for quick activation when needed. “Activating” also adds the procedure to the end of the flight plan but immediately begins to provide guidance to the first waypoint in the approach. Departures A Departure Procedure (DP) is loaded at the departure airport in the flight plan. Only one departure can be loaded at a time in a flight plan. If a departure is loaded when another departure is already in the active flight plan, the new departure replaces the previous departure. The route is defined by selection of a departure, the transition waypoints, and a runway. Loading a Departure into the Active Flight Plan Loading a departure into the active flight plan using the PROC Key: 1) Press the PROC Key. The Procedures Window is displayed. 2) Highlight ‘SELECT DEPARTURE’. 3) Press the ENT Key. The Departure Loading Page is displayed. 4) Use the FMS Knob to select an airport and press the ENT Key. 5) Select a departure from the list and press the ENT Key. 6) Select a runway (if required) and press the ENT Key. 7) Select a transition (if required) and press the ENT Key. ‘LOAD?’ is highlighted. 8) Press the ENT Key to load the departure procedure. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 245 Flight Management Available Procedure Actions Loaded Procedures Departure Airport Departure Preview Departure Choices Figure 5-91 Departure Selection Selected Departure Loaded Departure Procedure Loading Page Selection Softkeys Figure 5-92 Departure Loading 246 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Flight Management Viewing available departures at an airport: 1) From the Airport Information Page (first page in the WPT group), select the DP Softkey. The Departure Information Page is displayed, defaulting to the airport displayed on the Airport information Page. 2) To select another airport, press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor, enter an identifier/facility name/city, and press the ENT Key. 3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Departure. The departure is previewed on the map. 4) Turn the small FMS Knob to view the available departures. Press the ENT Key to select the departure. The cursor moves to the Runway box. The departure is previewed on the map. 5) Turn the small FMS Knob to view the available runways. Press the ENT Key to select the runway. The cursor moves to the Transition box (only if there are available transitions). The departure is previewed on the map. 6) Turn the small FMS Knob to view the available transitions. Press the ENT Key to select the transition. The cursor moves to the Sequence box. The departure is previewed on the map. 7) Select the INFO-x Softkey to return to the Airport Information Page. Removing a Departure from the Active Flight Plan When plans change while flying IFR, departures can be easily removed from the Active Flight Plan. Removing a departure procedure from the active flight plan: 1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD) 2) Press the MENU Key, and highlight ‘Remove Departure’. 3) Press the ENT Key. A confirmation window is displayed listing the departure procedure. 4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the removal request, highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key. Or: 1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD) 2) Press the FMS Knob and highlight the departure header in the active flight plan. 3) Press the CLR Key. A confirmation window is displayed listing the departure procedure. 4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the removal request, highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key. 5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 247 Flight Management Arrivals A Standard Terminal Arrival (STAR) can be loaded at any airport that has one available. Only one arrival can be loaded at a time in a flight plan. If an arrival is loaded when another arrival is already in the active flight plan, the new arrival replaces the previous arrival. The route is defined by selection of an arrival, the transition waypoints, and a runway. Loading an Arrival into the Active Flight Plan Loading an arrival into the active flight plan using the PROC Key: 1) Press the PROC Key. The Procedures Window is displayed. 2) Highlight ‘SELECT ARRIVAL’. 3) Press the ENT Key. The Arrival Loading Page is displayed. 4) Use the FMS Knob to select an airport and press the ENT Key. 5) Select an arrival from the list and press the ENT Key. 6) Select a transition (if required) and press the ENT Key. 7) Select a runway (if required) and press the ENT Key. ‘LOAD?’ is highlighted. 8) Press the ENT Key to load the arrival procedure. Destination Airport Available Procedure Actions Loaded Procedures Arrival Preview Arrival Choices Figure 5-93 Arrival Selection 248 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Flight Management Selected Arrival Loaded Arrival Procedure Loading Page Selection Softkeys Figure 5-94 Arrival Loading Viewing available arrivals at an airport: 1) From the Airport Information Page (first page in the WPT group), select the STAR Softkey. The Arrival Information Page is displayed, defaulting to the airport displayed on the Airport Information Page. 2) To select another airport, press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor, enter an identifier/facility name/city, and press the ENT Key. 3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Arrival. The arrival is previewed on the map. 4) Turn the small FMS Knob to view the available arrivals. Press the ENT Key to select the arrival. The cursor moves to the Transition box. The arrival is previewed on the map. 5) Turn the small FMS Knob to view the available transitions. Press the ENT Key to select the transition. The cursor moves to the Runway box. The arrival is previewed on the map. 6) Turn the small FMS Knob to view the available runways. Press the ENT Key to select the runway. The cursor moves to the Sequence box. The arrival is previewed on the map. 7) Select the INFO-x Softkey to return to the Airport Information Page. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 249 Flight Management Removing an Arrival from the Active Flight Plan When plans change while flying IFR, arrivals can be easily removed from the Active Flight Plan. Removing an arrival from the active flight plan: 1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD) 2) Press the MENU Key, and highlight ‘Remove Arrival’. 3) Press the ENT Key. A confirmation window is displayed listing the arrival procedure. 4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the removal request, highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key. Or: 1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD) 2) Press the FMS Knob and highlight the arrival header in the active flight plan. 3) Press the CLR Key. A confirmation window is displayed listing the arrival procedure. 4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the removal request, highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key. 5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor. Approaches NOTE: If certain GPS parameters (WAAS, RAIM, etc.) are not available, some published approach procedures for the desired airport may not be displayed in the list of available approaches. An Approach Procedure (APPR) can be loaded at any airport that has one available, and provides guidance for non-precision and precision approaches to airports with published instrument approach procedures. Only one approach can be loaded at a time in a flight plan. If an approach is loaded when another approach is already in the active flight plan, the new approach replaces the previous approach. The route is defined by selection of an approach and the transition waypoints. Whenever an approach is selected, the choice to either “load” or “activate” is given. “Loading” adds the approach to the end of the flight plan without immediately using it for navigation guidance. This allows continued navigation via the intermediate waypoints in the original flight plan, but keeps the procedure available on the Active Flight Plan Page for quick activation when needed. “Activating” also adds the procedure to the end of the flight plan but immediately begins to provide guidance to the first waypoint in the approach. When selecting an approach, a “GPS” designation to the right of the procedure name indicates the procedure can be flown using the GPS receiver. Some procedures do not have this designation, meaning the GPS receiver can be used for supplemental navigation guidance only. If the GPS receiver cannot be used for primary guidance, the appropriate navigation receiver must be used for the selected approach (e.g., VOR or ILS). The final course segment of ILS approaches, for example, must be flown by tuning the NAV receiver to the proper frequency and selecting that NAV receiver on the CDI. 250 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Flight Management The G1000 WAAS GPS allows for flying LNAV, LNAV/VNAV, and LPV approaches according to the published chart. LNAV+V is a standard LNAV approach with advisory vertical guidance provided for assistance in maintaining a constant vertical glidepath similar to an ILS glideslope on approach. This guidance is displayed on the G1000 PFD in the same location as the ILS glideslope using a magenta diamond. In all cases where LNAV+V is indicated by the system during an approach, LNAV minima are used. The active approach type is annunciated on the HSI as shown in the following table: HSI Annunciation Description LNAV GPS approach using published LNAV minima LNAV+V GPS approach using published LNAV minima. Advisory vertical guidance is provided L/VNAV GPS approach using published LNAV/ VNAV minima LPV GPS approach using published LPV minima Example on HSI Approach Type - LNAV - LNAV+V - L/VNAV - LPV Table 5-9 Approach Types Loading an Approach into the Active Flight Plan Loading an approach into the active flight plan using the PROC Key: 1) Press the PROC Key. The Procedures Window is displayed. 2) Highlight ‘SELECT APPROACH’, and press the ENT Key. The Approach Loading Page is displayed. 3) Use the FMS Knob to select an airport and press the ENT Key. 4) Select an approach from the list and press the ENT Key. 5) Select a transition (if required) and press the ENT Key. 6) Minimums a) To set ‘MINIMUMS’, turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘BARO’ or ‘RAD ALT’ (optional), and press the ENT Key. Turn the small FMS Knob to select the altitude, and press the ENT Key. Or: b) To skip setting minimums, press the ENT Key. 7) Press the ENT Key with ‘LOAD?’ highlighted to load the approach procedure; or turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘ACTIVATE’ and press the ENT Key to load and activate the approach procedure. NOTE: When GPS is not approved for the selected final approach course, the message ‘NOT APPROVED FOR GPS’ is displayed. GPS provides guidance to the approach, but the HSI must to be switched to a NAV receiver to fly the final course of the approach. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 251 Flight Management Destination Airport Available Procedure Actions Loaded Procedures Approach Preview Approach Choices Figure 5-95 Approach Selection Selected Approach Procedure Loading Page Selection Softkeys Loaded Approach LOAD or ACTIVATE? Annunciation Figure 5-96 Approach Loading 252 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Flight Management Viewing available approaches at an airport: 1) From the Airport Information Page (first page in the WPT group), select the APR Softkey. The Approach Information Page is displayed, defaulting to the airport displayed on the Airport information Page. 2) To select another airport, press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor, enter an identifier/facility name/city, and press the ENT Key. 3) Press the FMS Knob, then turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Approach. The approach is previewed on the map. 4) Turn the small FMS Knob to view the available approaches. Press the ENT Key to select the approach. The cursor moves to the Transition box. The approach is previewed on the map. 5) Turn the small FMS Knob to view the available transitions. Press the ENT Key to select the transition. The cursor moves to the Minimums box. The approach is previewed on the map. 6) Turn the small FMS Knob to select BARO (or optional RAD ALT) minimums on or off. Press the ENT Key. a) When minimums are selected on, the cursor moves to the minimum altitude field . Use the small FMS Knob to select the altitude. Press the ENT Key. The cursor moves to the Sequence box. The approach is previewed on the map. Or: b) When minimums are selected off, the cursor moves to the Sequence box. The approach is previewed on the map. 7) Press the INFO-x Softkey to return to the Airport Information Page. Loading an approach into the active flight plan from the Nearest Airport Page: 1) Select the Nearest Airports Page. 2) Press the FMS Knob, then turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired nearest airport. The airport is previewed on the map. 3) Select the APR Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Select Approach Window’, and press the ENT Key. 4) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired approach. 5) Select the LD APR Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Load Approach’, and press the ENT Key. The Approach Loading Page is displayed with the transitions field highlighted. 6) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired transition, and press the ENT Key. 7) Minimums a) To set ‘MINIMUMS’, turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘BARO’ or ‘RAD ALT’ (optional), and press the ENT Key. Turn the small FMS Knob to select the altitude, and press the ENT Key. Or: b) To skip setting minimums, press the ENT Key. The ‘LOAD?’ field is highlighted. 8) Press the ENT Key with ‘LOAD?’ highlighted to load the approach procedure; or turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘ACTIVATE’ and press the ENT Key to load and activate the approach procedure. The G1000 continues navigating the current flight plan until the approach is activated. When GPS is not approved for the selected final approach course, the message ‘NOT APPROVED FOR GPS’ is displayed. GPS provides guidance to the approach, but the HSI must to be switched to a NAV receiver to fly the final course of the approach. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 253 Flight Management Activating an Approach A previously loaded approach can be activated from the Procedures Window. Activating a previously loaded approach: 1) Press the PROC Key. The Procedures Window is displayed with ‘Activate Approach’ highlighted. 2) Press the ENT Key to activate the approach. In many cases, it may be easiest to “load” the full approach while still some distance away, enroute to the destination airport. Later, if vectored to final, use the steps below to select ‘Activate Vector-To-Final’ — which makes the inbound course to the FAF waypoint active. Activating a previously loaded approach with vectors to final: 1) Press the PROC Key to display the Procedures Window. 2) Highlight ‘ACTIVATE VECTOR-TO-FINAL’ and press the ENT Key. Loading and activating an approach using the MENU Key: 1) From the Approach Loading Page, press the MENU Key. The page menu is displayed with ‘Load & Activate Approach’ highlighted. 2) Press the ENT Key. When GPS is not approved for the selected final approach course, the message ‘NOT APPROVED FOR GPS’ is displayed. GPS provides guidance to the approach, but the HSI must to be switched to a NAV receiver to fly the final course of the approach. Removing an Approach from the Active Flight Plan When plans change while flying IFR, approaches can be easily removed from the Active Flight Plan. Removing an approach from the active flight plan: 1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD) 2) Press the MENU Key, and highlight ‘Remove Approach’. 3) Press the ENT Key. A confirmation window is displayed listing the approach procedure. 4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the removal, highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key. Or: 1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD) 2) Press the FMS Knob and highlight the approach header in the active flight plan. 3) Press the CLR Key. A confirmation window is displayed listing the approach procedure. 4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the removal, highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.. 5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor. 254 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Flight Management Missed Approach Activating a missed approach in the active flight plan: 1) Press the PROC Key. 2) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘ACTIVATE MISSED APPROACH’. 3) Press the ENT Key. The aircraft automatically sequences to the MAHP. Or: Press the Go-Around Button. Course To Altitude In this missed approach procedure, the altitude immediately following the MAP (in this case ‘6368ft’) is not part of the published procedure. It is simply a Course to Altitude (CA) leg which guides the aircraft along the runway centerline until the altitude required to safely make the first turn toward the MAHP is exceeded. This altitude is provided by Jeppesen, and may be below, equal to, or above the published minimums for this approach. In this case, if the aircraft altitude is below the specified altitude (6,368 feet) after crossing the MAP, a direct-to is established to provide a course on runway heading until an altitude of 6,368 feet is reached. After reaching 6,368 feet, a direct-to is established to the published MAHP (in this case MOGAL). If the aircraft altitude is above the specified altitude after crossing the MAP, a direct-to is established to the published fix (MOGAL) to begin the missed approach procedure. In some missed approach procedures this Course to Altitude leg may be part of the published procedure. For example, a procedure may dictate a climb to 5,500 feet, then turn left and proceed to the Missed Approach Hold Point (MAHP). In this case, the altitude would appear in the list of waypoints as ‘5500ft’. Again, if the aircraft altitude is lower than the prescribed altitude, a direct-to is established on a Course to Altitude leg when the missed approach procedure is activated. Course to Altitude Leg Figure 5-97 Course to Altitude 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 255 Flight Management 5.9Trip Planning The G1000 allows the pilot to view trip planning information, fuel information, and other information for a specified flight plan or flight plan leg based on automatic data, or based on manually entered data. Weight planning is also available, based on fuel sensor data and the active flight plan (to estimate remaining fuel). Trip Planning All of the input of data needed for calculation and viewing of the statistics is done on the Trip Planning Page located in the AUX Page Group. Selected Flight Plan Segment - FPL Number/Cumulative Legs (CUM or REM) or Leg Number (NN) - Waypoints Defining Selected Flight Plan/Flight Plan Leg Trip Planning Page Mode - Automatic/Manual Preview of Selected Flight Plan/ Flight Plan Leg Trip Input Data (sensor/pilot) - Departure Time (local) - Ground Speed - Fuel Flow - Fuel On Board Aircraft - Calibrated Airspeed - Indicated Altitude - Barometric Pressure - Total Air Temperature Trip Statistics Desired Track Distance Est. Time Enroute Est. Time of Arrival Enroute Safe Altitude Sunrise Time (local) Sunset Time (local) - Other Statistics - Density Altitude - True Airspeed (TAS) Fuel Statistics Efficiency Total Endurance Remaining Fuel Remaining Endurance Fuel Required Total Range - Softkeys - Automatic/Manual Page Mode - Flight Plan/Waypoint Mode Figure 5-98 Trip Planning Page The trip planning inputs are based on sensor inputs (automatic page mode) or on pilot inputs (manual page mode). Some additional explanation of the sources for some of the inputs is as follows: • Departure time (DEP TIME) - This defaults to the current time in automatic page mode. The computations are from the aircraft present position, so the aircraft is always just departing. • Calibrated airspeed (CALIBRATED AS) - The primary source is from the air data system, and the secondary source of information is GPS ground speed. 256 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Flight Management • Indicated altitude (IND ALTITUDE) - The primary source is the barometric altitude, and the secondary source of information is GPS altitude. Trip Statistics The trip statistics are calculated based on the selected starting and ending waypoints and the trip planning inputs. In flight plan mode (FPL) with a stored flight plan selected (NN), and the entire flight plan (CUM) selected, the waypoints are the starting and ending waypoints of the selected flight plan. In flight plan mode (FPL) with a stored flight plan selected (NN), and a specific leg (NN) selected, the waypoints are the endpoints of the selected leg. In flight plan mode (FPL) with the active flight plan selected (00), and the remaining flight plan (REM) selected, the ‘from’ waypoint is the present position of the aircraft and the ‘to’ waypoint is the endpoint of the active flight plan. In flight plan mode (FPL) with the active flight plan selected (00), and a specific leg (NN) selected, the ‘from’ waypoint is the current aircraft position and the ‘to’ waypoint is the endpoint of the selected leg. In waypoint (WPTS) mode these are manually selected waypoints (if there is an active flight plan, these default to the endpoints of the active leg). Some of the calculated trip statistics are dashed when the selected leg of the active flight plan has already been flown. • Desired Track (DTK) - DTK is shown as nnn° and is the desired track between the selected waypoints. It is dashed unless only a single leg is selected. • Distance (DIS) - The distance is shown in tenths of units up to 99.9, and in whole units up to 9999. • Estimated time enroute (ETE) - ETE is shown as hours:minutes until less than an hour, then it is shown as minutes:seconds. • Estimated time of arrival (ETA) - ETA is shown as hours:minutes and is the local time at the destination. - If in waypoint mode then the ETA is the ETE added to the departure time. - If a flight plan other than the active flight plan is selected it shows the ETA by adding to the departure time all of the ETEs of the legs up to the selected leg. If the entire flight plan is selected, then the ETA is calculated as if the last leg of the flight plan was selected. - If the active flight plan is selected the ETA reflects the current position of the aircraft and the current leg being flown. The ETA is calculated by adding to the current time the ETEs of the current leg up to and including the selected leg. If the entire flight plan is selected, then the ETA is calculated as if the last leg of the flight plan was selected. • Enroute safe altitude (ESA) - The ESA is shown as nnnnnFT • Destination sunrise and sunset times (SUNRISE, SUNSET) - These times are shown as hours:minutes and are the local time at the destination. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 257 Flight Management Fuel Statistics The fuel statistics are calculated based on the selected starting and ending waypoints and the trip planning inputs. Some of the calculated trip statistics are dashed when the selected leg of the active flight plan has already been flown. • Fuel efficiency (EFFICIENCY) - This value is calculated by dividing the current ground speed by the current fuel flow. • Time of fuel endurance (TOTAL ENDUR) - This time is shown as hours:minutes. This value is obtained by dividing the amount of fuel on board by the current fuel flow. • Fuel on board upon reaching end of selected leg (REM FUEL) - This value is calculated by taking the amount of fuel onboard and subtracting the fuel required to reach the end of the selected leg. • Fuel endurance remaining at end of selected leg (REM ENDUR) - This value is calculated by taking the time of fuel endurance and subtracting the estimated time enroute to the end of the selected leg. • Fuel required for trip (FUEL REQ) - This value is calculated by multiplying the time to go by the fuel flow. • Total range at entered fuel flow (TOTAL RANGE) - This value is calculated by multiplying the time of fuel endurance by the ground speed. Other Statistics These statistics are calculated based on the system sensor inputs or the manual trip planning inputs. • Density altitude (DENSITY ALT) • True airspeed (TRUE AIRSPEED) The pilot may select automatic (AUTO) or manual (MANUAL) page mode, and flight plan (FPL) or waypoint (WPTS) mode. In automatic page mode, only the FPL, LEG, or waypoint IDs are editable (based on FPL/WPTS selection). Selected Flight Plan NN - Selected Leg(s) 00 is Active FPL 01-99 are Stored FPLs Starting and Ending Waypoint of Selected Flight Plan Segment Stored Flight Plan - CUM: Beginning to End of FPL - NN: Beginning to End of Selected Leg Active Flight Plan - REM: Pres. Pos. to End of FPL - NN: Pres. Pos. to End of Selected Leg Figure 5-99 Trip Planning Page - Flight Plan Mode Selected Flight Plan Not Available Selected Leg(s) Not Available Selected Starting and Ending Waypoints Figure 5-100 Trip Planning Page - Waypoint Mode 258 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Flight Management Selecting automatic or manual page mode: Select the AUTO Softkey or the MANUAL Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Auto Mode’ or ‘Manual Mode’, and press the ENT Key. Selecting flight plan or waypoint mode: Select the FPL Softkey or the WPTS Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Flight Plan Mode’ or ‘Waypoints Mode’, and press the ENT Key. Selecting a flight plan and leg for trip statistics: 1) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor in the flight plan number field. 2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired flight plan number. 3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘CUM’ or ‘REM’. The statistics for each leg can be viewed by turning the small FMS Knob to select the desired leg. The Trip Planning Page Map also displays the selected data. Selecting waypoints for waypoint mode: 1) Select the WPTS Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Waypoints Mode’, and press the ENT Key. The cursor is positioned in the waypoint field directly below the FPL field. 2) Turn the FMS knobs to select the desired waypoint (or select from the Page Menu ‘Set WPT to Present Position’ if that is what is desired), and press the ENT Key. The cursor moves to the second waypoint field. 3) Turn the FMS knobs to select the desired waypoint, and press the ENT Key. The statistics for the selected leg are displayed. In manual page mode, the other eight trip input data fields must be entered by the pilot, in addition to flight plan and leg selection. Entering manual data for trip statistics calculations: 1) Select the MANUAL Softkey or select ‘Manual Mode’ from the Page Menu, and press the ENT Key. The cursor may now be positioned in any field in the top right two boxes. 2) Turn the FMS Knobs to move the cursor onto the DEP TIME field and enter the desired value. Press the ENT Key. The statistics are calculated using the new value and the cursor moves to the next entry field. Repeat until all desired values have been entered. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 259 Flight Management Weight Planning Note: All weight planning page data fields display data rounded to the nearest 10 pounds or 5 kilograms. A/C Payload Calculator Fuel Weight Calculator Empty Weight Softkey Fuel On Board Sync Softkey (sets FOB to sensor actual) - Zero Fuel Weight Calculation - Fuel on Board Entry (or sync) - Aircraft Weight Calculation - Estimated Landing Weight Calculation - Estimated Landing Fuel Calculation - Fuel Reserve Entry - Excess Fuel Calculation Basic Empty Weight Entry Pilot and Stores Weight Entry Basic Operating Weight Calculation Passenger(s) Weight Entry Cargo Weight Entry Zero Fuel Weight Calculation - (selects Basic Empty Weight) Figure 5-101 Weight Planning Page Entering basic empty weight: 1) Select the EMPTY WT Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Set Basic Empty Weight’, and press the ENT Key to select the ‘BASIC EMPTY WEIGHT’ field. 2) Turn the small FMS Knob to enter the basic empty weight. 3) Press the ENT Key to confirm the entry. 4) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor. Entering a pilot and stores weight: 1) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and highlight the ‘PILOT AND STORES’ field. 2) Turn the small FMS Knob to enter the pilot and stores weight. 3) Press the ENT Key to confirm the entry. 4) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor. The basic operating weight is calculated by adding the basic empty weight and the pilot and stores weight. 260 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Flight Management Entering the number of passengers: 1) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and highlight the ‘PASSENGERS #’ field. 2) Turn the small FMS Knob to enter the number of passengers. 3) Press the ENT Key to confirm the entry. 4) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor. Entering the average passenger weight: 1) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and highlight the passenger weight field. 2) Turn the small FMS Knob to enter the average passenger weight. 3) Press the ENT Key to confirm the entry. 4) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor. The total weight of passengers is calculated by multiplying the number of passengers by the average passenger weight. Entering the cargo weight: 1) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and highlight the ‘CARGO’ field. 2) Turn the small FMS Knob to enter the cargo weight. 3) Press the ENT Key to confirm the entry. 4) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor. The ‘ZERO FUEL WEIGHT’ is calculated by adding the basic empty, pilot and stores, passenger, and cargo weights. Entering a fuel on board weight: 1) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and highlight the ‘FUEL ON BOARD’ field. 2) Turn the small FMS Knob to enter the fuel on board. 3) Press the ENT Key to confirm the entry. 4) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.r Entering fuel reserve: 1) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and highlight the ‘FUEL RESERVES’ field. 2) Turn the small FMS Knob to enter the fuel reserves amount. 3) Press the ENT Key to confirm the entry. 4) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor Synchronizing the fuel on board with the actual measured fuel on board: Select the FOB SYNC Softkey; or pess the MENU Key, highlight ‘Synchronize Fuel on Board’, and press the ENT Key. The actual measured fuel on board is displayed in the FUEL ON BOARD field. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 261 Flight Management When the aircraft is in the air and a destination waypoint has been entered, the fuel calculations can be completed. • Estimated landing weight = zero fuel weight + estimated landing fuel weight. • Estimated landing fuel weight = fuel on board weight - (fuel flow x ETE) • Excess fuel weight = estimated landing fuel weight - fuel reserves weight If the aircraft is on the ground or a destination waypoint has not been entered, the following fields display invalid values consisting of six dashes: • Estimated landing weight • Estimated landing fuel weight • Excess fuel weight Weight Caution And Warning Conditions If the zero fuel weight is greater than the maximum allowable zero fuel weight, then the zero fuel weight is displayed in amber. If the aircraft weight is greater than the maximum allowable takeoff weight, then the aircraft weight is displayed in amber. If the estimated landing weight is greater than the maximum allowable landing weight, then the estimated landing weight is displayed in amber. If the estimated landing fuel weight is positive, but less than or equal to the fuel reserves weight, the following values are displayed in amber: • Estimated fuel at landing weight • Excess fuel weight If the estimated landing fuel weight is zero or negative, then the following values are displayed in red: • Estimated fuel at landing weight • Excess fuel weight 262 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Flight Management 5.10 RAIM Prediction RAIM (Receiver Autonomous Integrity Monitoring) is a GPS receiver function that performs a consistency check on all tracked satellites. RAIM ensures that the available satellite geometry allows the receiver to calculate a position within a specified RAIM protection limit (2.0 nm for oceanic, 2.0 nm for enroute, 1.0 nm for terminal, and 0.3 nm for non-precision approaches). During oceanic, enroute, and terminal phases of flight, RAIM is available nearly 100% of the time. The RAIM prediction function also indicates whether RAIM is available at a specified date and time. RAIM computations predict satellite coverage within ±15 min of the specified arrival date and time. Because of the tighter protection limit on approaches, there may be times when RAIM is not available. RAIM prediction must be initiated manually if there is concern over WAAS coverage at the destination or some other reason that compromises navigation precision. If RAIM is not predicted to be available for the final approach course, the approach does not become active. If RAIM is not available when crossing the FAF, the missed approach procedure must be flown. RAIM PREDICTION Box - Prediction Waypoint - Arrival Time - Arrival Date - RAIM Status SBAS Softkey (displays SBAS Selection) RAIM Softkey (displays RAIM PREDICTION) Figure 5-102 RAIM Prediction Predicting RAIM availability at a selected waypoint: 1) Select the AUX-GPS Status Page. 2) Press the FMS Knob. The RAIM Prediction ‘WAYPOINT’ field is highlighted. 3) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the Waypoint Information Window. (Turning it clockwise displays a blank Waypoint Information Window, turning it counter-clockwise displays the Waypoint Information Window with a waypoint selection submenu allowing selection of active flight plan, nearest, recent, user, or airway waypoints). 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 263 Flight Management 4) Enter the identifier, facility, or city name of the departure waypoint; or select a waypoint from the submenu of waypoints and press the ENT Key to accept the waypoint entry. 5) Turn the FMS Knobs to enter an arrival time and press the ENT Key. 6) Turn the FMS Knobs to enter an arrival date and press the ENT Key. 7) Press the ENT Key with ‘COMPUTE RAIM?’ highlighted to begin the computation. Predicting RAIM availability at the aircraft present position: 1) Select the AUX-GPS Status Page. 2) Press the FMS Knob. The RAIM Prediction ‘WAYPOINT’ field is highlighted. 3) Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Set WPT to Present Position’, and press the ENT Key. 4) Press the ENT Key to accept the waypoint entry. 5) Turn the FMS Knobs to enter an arrival time and press the ENT Key. 6) Turn the FMS Knobs to enter an arrival date and press the ENT Key. 7) Press the ENT Key with ‘COMPUTE RAIM?’ highlighted to begin the computation. Status of the RAIM computation for the selected waypoint, time, and date is displayed at the bottom of the RAIM PREDICTION Box as follows: • ‘COMPUTE RAIM?’ - RAIM has not been computed. • ‘COMPUTING AVAILABILITY’ - RAIM calculation is in progress. • ‘RAIM AVAILABLE’ - RAIM is predicted to be available. • ‘RAIM NOT AVAILABLE’ - RAIM is predicted to be unavailable. The Satellite Based Augmentation System (SBAS) provides increased navigation accuracy when available. SBAS can be enabled or disabled manually on the GPS Status Page. Enabling/Disabling SBAS: 1) Select the AUX-GPS Status Page. 2) Select the SBAS Softkey. 3) Press the FMS Knob. The SBAS SELECTION ‘WAAS’ field is highlighted. 4) Press the ENT Key to disable SBAS. Press the ENT Key again to enable SBAS. 264 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Flight Management SBAS Status SBAS SELECTION Box - WAAS Enable/Disable RAIM Softkey (displays RAIM PREDICTION) SBAS Softkey (displays SBAS Selection) Figure 5-103 SBAS Display - Active SBAS Status SBAS SELECTION Box - WAAS Enable/Disable RAIM Softkey (displays RAIM PREDICTION) 190-00494-03 Rev. A SBAS Softkey (displays SBAS Selection) Figure 5-104 SBAS Display - Disabled Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 265 Flight Management 5.11Navigating a Flight Plan The following discussion is an example of navigating a flight plan with the WAAS capable GPS system while the G1000 provides vertical guidance through descents. A lateral flight plan (LNAV) would be navigated in much the same way, but would not include vertical guidance when the final approach course is active. nOTE: The following example flight plan is for instructional purposes only. All database information depicted should be considered not current. The example is a flight plan from KMKC to KCOS filed using the TIFTO2 departure, various Victor Airways, and the DBRY1 arrival with the transition at TBE. The flight plan includes an enroute altitude of 12,000 feet, an LPV (WAAS) approach selected for runway 35R, and a missed approach executed at the Missed Approach Point (MAP). A few enroute changes are demonstrated. 1) Prior to departure, the TIFTO2 departure, the airways, and the DBRY1 arrival at KCOS are loaded. See the Procedures section for loading departures and arrivals. Note the magenta arrow in Figure 5-105 indicating the active departure leg. After takeoff, ATC assigns a heading of 240º. 2) Figure 5-105 shows the aircraft on the assigned heading of 240º. ‘TERM’ (Terminal) is the current CDI flight phase displayed on the HSI indicating 1.0 nm CDI scaling. Figure 5-105 Assigned Heading of 240º 266 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Flight Management 3) ATC now assigns routing to join V4. A heading of 290º is assigned to intercept V4. The aircraft turns to heading 290° as seen in Figure 5-106. Figure 5-106 Assigned Heading of 290º 4) Enter V4 into the flight plan. a) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 267 Flight Management b) The desired entry point for V4 (TOP) must be entered. Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired flight plan insertion point (SLN) as shown in Figure 5-107. When the V4 entry point (TOP) is inserted, it is placed immediately above the highlighted waypoint (SLN). Figure 5-107 Begin Adding V4 to the Flight Plan c) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the Waypoint Information Window. Enter the desired entry point for V4, Topeka VOR (TOP), as shown in Figure 5-108. Figure 5-108 Entering V4 Entry Point 268 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Flight Management d) Press the ENT Key. TOP is inserted into the flight plan as in Figure 5-109. Figure 5-109 TOP Inserted into the Flight Plan e) With SLN still highlighted as in Figure 5-109, turn the small FMS Knob clockwise. The Waypoint Information Page is displayed and the LD AIRWY Softkey is now available. f) Select the LD AIRWY Softkey to display the list of available airways for TOP as seen in Figure 5-110. Figure 5-110 List of Available Airways for TOP g) Turn either FMS Knob to highlight V4 in the list as seen in Figure 5-110. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 269 Flight Management h) Press the ENT Key. The list of available exits for V4 is now displayed as in Figure 5-111. Figure 5-111 List of Available Exits for V4 i) If necessary, turn either FMS Knob to select the desired exit. In this case Salina VOR (SLN) is selected as in Figure 5-111. j) Press the ENT Key. The selected airway and exit are displayed, and the prompt “LOAD?” highlighted as in Figure 5-112. Figure 5-112 Ready to Load V4 270 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Flight Management k) Press the ENT Key. l) V4 is now loaded into the flight plan as shown in Figure 5-113. Figure 5-113 V4 is Loaded in the Flight Plan 5) Making V4 the active leg of the flight plan. a) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor. b) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight SLN. The TO waypoint of the leg is selected in order to activate the leg. c) Select the ACT LEG Softkey. The confirmation window is now displayed as in Figure 5-114 Note the TOP to SLN leg is actually part of V4. Figure 5-114 Comfirm Active Leg 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 271 Flight Management d) Verify the displayed leg is the desired leg and press the ENT Key. Note in Figure 5-115, the magenta arrow in the flight plan window and magenta line on the map indicating V4 is now the active flight plan leg. Note the phase of flight remained in Terminal (TERM) mode up to this point because a departure leg was active. Since a leg after the departure is now active, the current CDI flight phase is ENR (Enroute) and CDI scaling has changed to 2.0 nm. Figure 5-115 V4 Now Active Leg 6) The aircraft continues on heading 290º. When crosstrack distance is less than 2.0 nm, the XTK disappears from the HSI and the CDI is positioned on the last dot indicating a 2.0 nm distance from the centerline of the next course. 272 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Flight Management 7) As the CDI approaches center, the aircraft turns onto the active leg as seen in Figure 5-116. Figure 5-116 Turn on to Active Leg 8) At SLN, Victor Airway 244 (V244) is intercepted. Turn prompts are displayed in the PFD Navigation Status Box as seen in Figure 5-117. Figure 5-117 Turn to Intercept V244 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 273 Flight Management 9) As seen in Figure 5-118, V244 is now the active flight plan leg. Figure 5-118 V244 Now Active Leg 274 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Flight Management 10) At Lamar VOR (LAA) V263 is intercepted. See Figure 5-119. Figure 5-119 HYS to LAA Leg Active 11) ATC grants clearance to proceed direct to the OPSHN intersection to begin the arrival procedure. ATC advises to expect an altitude of 10,000 feet at OPSHN. a) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor. b) Turn the large FMS Knob to select OPSHN in the flight plan list. c) Press the Direct-to ( 190-00494-03 Rev. A ) Key. The Direct-to Window is now displayed as shown in Figure 5-120. Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 275 Flight Management 5-120inDirect To OPSHN d) Turn the large FMS Knob to place Figure the cursor the VNV altitude field as shown in Figure 5-121. Figure 5-121 Enter VNV Altitude e) An altitude of 10,000 feet is entered as requested by ATC. f) Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed in the VNV offset field as shown in Figure 5-122. 276 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Flight Management Figure 5-122 Enter VNV Offset Distance g) Enter the offset, or distance from the waypoint at which to reach the selected altitude. In this case, three miles prior to OPSHN is entered. In other words, the G1000 gives vertical guidance so the aircraft arrives at an altitude of 10,000 feet three miles prior to OPSHN. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 277 Flight Management h) Press the ENT Key twice to activate the direct-to. Note, in Figure 5-123, the magenta arrow indicating the directto OPSHN after the offset waypoint for OPSHN. The preceding offset waypoint indicates the offset distance and altitude that were previously entered. The remaining waypoints in the loaded arrival procedure have no database specified altitudes, therefore, dashes are displayed. Keep the CDI centered and maintain a track along the magenta line to OPSHN. Note the Direct-to waypoint is within the loaded arrival procedure, therefore, phase of flight scaling for the CDI changes to Terminal Mode and is annunciated by displaying ‘TERM’ on the HSI. Figure 5-123 Direct-to Active 12) The aircraft is proceeding to OPSHN. The expected approach is the RNAV LPV approach to runway 35R, so it is selected. a) Press the PROC Key to display the Procedures Window. 278 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Flight Management b) ‘SELECT APPROACH’ should be highlighted as shown in Figure 5-124. Figure 5-124 Procedures Window c) Press the ENT Key. A list of available approaches for the destination airport is displayed as in Figure 5-125. Figure 5-125 List of Available Approaches d) Turn either FMS Knob to select the LPV approach for 35R as shown in Figure 5-125. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 279 Flight Management e) Press the ENT Key. A list of available transitions for the selected approach is displayed as in Figure 5-126. Figure 5-126 List of Available Transitions f) Turn either FMS Knob to select the desired transition. In this case, the Initial Approach Fix (IAF) at HABUK is used. g) Press the ENT Key. h) Barometric Minimums (Figure 5-127) To set ‘MINIMUMS’, turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘BARO’, and press the ENT Key. Turn the small FMS Knob to select the altitude, and press the ENT Key. Or: To skip setting minimums, press the ENT Key. 280 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Flight Management Figure 5-127 Barometric Minimums Set i) With ‘LOAD?’ highlighted, again press the ENT Key. The selected approach is added to the flight plan as seen in Figure 5-128. Figure 5-128 Loaded Approach 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 281 Flight Management 13) Note the altitude constraints associated with each of the approach waypoints as seen in Figure 5-129. These altitudes are loaded from the database and are displayed as light blue text, indicating these values are “designated” for use in computing vertical deviation guidance. Note: To no longer use the displayed altitude for calculating vertical deviation guidance, perform the following: a) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor. b) Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight the desired altitude. c) Press the CLR Key. d) Press the FMS Knob to deactivate the cursor. After making the altitude “non-designated”, it is displayed as white text. Altitude constraint values associated with the Final Approach Fix (FAF) and waypoints beyond the FAF cannot be designated for vertical guidance. These altitude values are always displayed as white text, as in Figure 5-129. Vertical guidance from the FAF and on to the Missed Approach Point (MAP) is given using the WAAS GPS altitude source, therefore, the displayed altitude values are for reference only. Figure 5-129 Vertical Guidance is Active to the FAF 282 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Flight Management 14) As the aircraft approaches OPSHN, it may be desirable to adjust the speed, or steepness of the upcoming descent. The default Flight Path Angle (FPA) is -3.0 degrees and a required vertical speed is computed to maintain the -3.0 FPA. To change the vertical flight path, perform the following steps. a) Select the VNV PROF Softkey to place the cursor in the target vertical speed field (VS TGT) as shown in Figure 5-130. b) At this point, the descent vertical speed can be selected, or the FPA can be selected. Turn the large FMS Knob to select the desired selection field, then turn the small FMS Knob to enter the desired value. Note the information now displayed in the ‘CURRENT VNV PROFILE’ box. Also, note the offset waypoint (orange box) and gray circle are now displayed on the map. The gray circle marks the Top of Descent (TOD). In this example, vertical guidance is provided at the TOD that results in a -3.0 degree FPA descent to an altitude of 10,000 feet upon reaching the offset waypoint. Figure 5-130 Adjusting the Descent c) Press the ENT Key. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 283 Flight Management 15) As seen in Figure 5-131, the aircraft is approaching TOD. Note the target vertical speed required to reach the selected altitude. The Vertical Deviation Indicator (VDI) and the Required Vertical Speed Indicator (RVSI) are now displayed on the PFD as shown in Figure 5-132. When the aircraft is within one minute of the TOD, it is annunciated as shown in Figure 5-132, and an aural alert ‘Vertical track’ will be heard. Figure 5-131 Approaching Top of Descent (TOD) Target Altitude Vertical Deviation Indicator (VDI) Required Vertical Speed Indicator (RVSI) Figure 5-132 VDI & RVSI Upon Reaching Top of Descent (TOD) 284 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Flight Management 16) Upon reaching TOD, a descent vertical speed is established by placing the VSI pointer in line with the RVSI as shown in Figure 5-133. Keep Vertical Deviation Indicator Centered Align Actual Vertical Speed with Required Vertical Speed Figure 5-133 VDI & RVSI Showing Correctly Established Descent 17) When the aircraft is one minute from the bottom of descent (BOD) it is annunciated as shown in Figure 5-134. Upon reaching the offset waypoint for OPSHN, the aircraft is at 10,000 feet. Figure 5-134 Approaching Bottom of Descent (BOD) at OPSHN Offset Waypoint 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 285 Flight Management 18) The aircraft is approaching OPSHN. The upcoming turn and next heading are annunciated at the top left of the PFD as seen in Figure 5-135. Initiate the turn and maneuver the aircraft on a track through the turn radius to intercept the magenta line for the OPSHN to FSHER leg and center the CDI. Figure 5-135 Turn to intercept OPSHN to FSHER Leg 286 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Flight Management 19) After passing OPSHN, the next leg of the arrival turns magenta as shown in Figure 5-136. The magenta arrow in the flight plan list now indicates the OPSHN to FSHER leg of the arrival procedure is now active. Figure 5-136 Tracking the OPSHN to FSHER Leg 20) The flight continues through the arrival procedure to PYNON (see Figure 5-137). At a point 31 nm from the destination airport, the phase of flight scaling for the CDI changes to Terminal Mode and is annunciated by displaying ‘TERM’ on the HSI. A descent to HABUK is in the next leg. Note the TOD point on the map. Annunciations for the upcoming turn and descent, as well as the VDI and RVSI, appear on the PFD as the flight progresses. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 287 Flight Management Figure 5-137 Approaching PYNON 288 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Flight Management 21) Upon passing PYNON the approach procedure automatically becomes active. The approach may be activated at any point to proceed directly to the IAF. In this example, the aircraft has progressed through the final waypoint of the arrival and the flight plan has automatically sequenced to the IAF as the active leg, activating the approach procedure (see Figure 5-138). Figure 5-138 Approach is Now Active Note: To manually activate the approach procedure, perform the following steps: a) Press the PROC Key. b) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘ACTIVATE APPROACH’ as shown in Figure 5-139. c) Press the ENT Key to activate the approach. Figure 5-139 Manually Activate Approach 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 289 Flight Management 22) The IAF is the next waypoint. At the TOD, establish a descent vertical speed as previously discussed in Step 16. The aircraft altitude is 9,000 feet upon reaching HABUK. Figure 5-140 Descending Turn to the Initial Approach Fix (IAF) 290 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Flight Management 23) After crossing FALUR the next waypoint is the FAF. The flight phase changes to LPV on the HSI indicating the current phase of flight is in Approach Mode and the approach type is LPV. CDI scaling changes accordingly and is used much like a localizer when flying an ILS approach. The RVSI is no longer displayed and the VDI changes to the Glidepath Indicator (as shown in Figure 5-141) when the final approach course becomes active. Figure 5-141 Descending to the FAF 190-00494-03 Rev. A The descent continues through the FAF (CEGIX) using the Glidepath Indicator, as one would use a glideslope indicator, to obtain an altitude “AT” 7,800 feet at the FAF. Note the altitude restriction lines over and under (At) the altitude in the ‘ALT’ field in Figure 5-141. Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 291 Flight Management 24) After crossing CEGIX, the aircraft continues following the glidepath to maintain the descent to “AT or ABOVE” 6,370 feet at the Missed Approach Point (MAP) (RW35R) as seen in Figure 5-142. Figure 5-142 Descending to the Missed Approach Point In this missed approach procedure, the altitude immediately following the MAP (in this case ‘6368ft’) is not part of the published procedure. It is simply a Course to Altitude (CA) leg which guides the aircraft along the runway centerline until the altitude required to safely make the first turn toward the MAHP is exceeded. This altitude is provided by Jeppesen, and may be below, equal to, or above the published minimums for this approach. In this case, if the aircraft altitude is below the specified altitude (6,368 feet) after crossing the MAP, a direct-to is established to provide a course on runway heading until an altitude of 6,368 feet is reached. After reaching 6,368 feet, a direct-to is established to the published MAHP (in this case MOGAL). If the aircraft altitude is above the specified altitude after crossing the MAP, a direct-to is established to the published fix (MOGAL) to begin the missed approach procedure. In some missed approach procedures this Course to Altitude leg may be part of the published procedure. For example, a procedure may dictate a climb to 5,500 feet, then turn left and proceed to the Missed Approach Hold Point (MAHP). In this case, the altitude would appear in the list of waypoints as ‘5500ft’. Again, if the aircraft altitude is lower than the prescribed altitude, a direct-to is established on a Course to Altitude leg when the missed approach procedure is activated. 292 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Flight Management 25) Upon reaching the MAP, it is decided to execute a missed approach. Automatic waypoint sequencing is suspended past the MAP. Select the SUSP Softkey on the PFD to resume automatic waypoint sequencing through the missed approach procedure. A direct-to is initiated to MOGAL, which is the Missed Approach Hold Point (MAHP) as seen in Figure 5-143. The aircraft is climbing to 10,000 feet. The CDI flight phase now changes from LPV to MAPR as seen on the HSI. Figure 5-143 Missed Approach Active 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 293 Flight Management 26) The aircraft continues climbing to “AT or ABOVE” 10,000 feet at MOGAL. A holding pattern is established at the MAHP (MOGAL) as shown in Figure 5-144. Figure 5-144 Establishing the Holding Pattern 27) The aircraft maintains 10,000 feet while following the magenta line through the hold as in Figure 5-145. Figure 5-145 Hold Established 294 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Flight Management 5.12Abnormal Operation Note: The Inset Map is removed from the PFD any time aircraft pitch is greater than +30° or less than –20°, or when a 65° bank angle is reached. The following section discusses the Dead Reckoning mode of operation and the subsequent indications. Note: Dead Reckoning Mode only functions in Enroute (ENR) or Oceanic (OCN) phase of flight. In all other phases, an invalid GPS solution produces a “NO GPS POSITION” annunciation on the map and the G1000 stops using GPS. While in Enroute or Oceanic phase of flight, if the G1000 detects an invalid GPS solution or is unable to calculate a GPS position, the system automatically reverts to Dead Reckoning (DR) Mode. In DR Mode, the G1000 uses its last-known position combined with continuously updated airspeed and heading data (when available) to calculate and display the aircraft’s current estimated position. It is important to note that estimated navigation data supplied by the G1000 in DR Mode may become increasingly unreliable and must not be used as a sole means of navigation. If while in DR Mode airspeed and/or heading data is also lost or not available, the DR function may not be capable of accurately tracking estimated position and, consequently, the system may display a path that is different than the actual movement of the aircraft. Estimated position information displayed by the G1000 through DR while there is no heading and/or airspeed data available should not be used for navigation. DR Mode is inherently less accurate than the standard GPS/WAAS Mode due to the lack of satellite measurements needed to determine a position. Changes in wind speed and/or wind direction compound the relative inaccuracy of DR Mode. Because of this degraded accuracy, other navigation equipment must be relied upon for position awareness until GPS-derived position data is restored. DR Mode is indicated on the G1000 by the appearance of the letters ‘DR’ superimposed in yellow over the ‘own aircraft’ symbol as shown in Figure 5-146. In addition, ‘DR’ is prominently displayed in yellow on the HSI slightly above and to the right of the aircraft symbol on the CDI as shown in Figure 5-146. The CDI deviation bar remains, but is removed from the display after 20 minutes in DR Mode. The autopilot will remain coupled in DR mode as long as the deviation info is available (20 min.) Lastly, but at the same time, a ‘GPS NAV LOST’ alert message appears on the PFD. Normal navigation using GPS/WAAS source data resumes automatically once a valid GPS solution is restored. As a result of operating in DR Mode, all GPS-derived data is computed based upon an estimated position and is displayed as yellow text on the display to denote degraded navigation source information as shown in Figure 5-146. Also, while the G1000 is in DR Mode both TAWS and Terrain Proximity are disabled. Additionally, the accuracy of all nearest information (airports, airspaces, and waypoints) is questionable. Finally, airspace alerts continue to function, but with degraded accuracy. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 295 Flight Management Distance & Bearing Current Track Indicator Dead Reckoning Annunciaion Wind Data GPS Navigation Lost Message Course Deviation Indicator Bearing Pointer/ Distance Navigation Data Bar Wind Data (if shown) All data except Active Leg, TAS, and DTK are in yellow Dead Reckoning Annunciation Subdued Aircraft Symbol Figure 5-146 Dead Reckoning Mode - GPS Derived Data Shown in Yellow 296 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Hazard Avoidance Section 6 Hazard Avoidance The G1000 hazard avoidance features are designed to provide advisory information of potential hazards to flight safety associated with weather, terrain, and air traffic. This section is divided into the following groups: Weather ® • GDL 69/69A XM Satellite Weather (Optional) • GWX 68 Airborne Color Weather Radar Terrain Avoidance • Terrain Awareness Warning System - Class B (TAWS-B) Traffic • TIS (Traffic Information Service) ® • Honeywell KTA 870 Traffic Advisory System (TAS) (Optional) • ACSS TCAS 3000SP™ Traffic Alert and Collision and Avoidance System II (TCAS II) (Optional) 6.1XM Satellite Weather Note: XM Satellite Weather data provides information for avoiding hazardous weather. It is not meant for use to penetrate hazardous weather. XM Satellite Weather is provided through the GDL 69/69A, a remote-mounted data-link satellite receiver. Received graphical weather information and associated text is displayed on the Multi Function Display (MFD) and the Primary Flight Display (PFD) Inset Map. The GDL 69A can also receive XM Satellite Radio® entertainment services. Both weather data and entertainment programming operate in the S-band frequency range to provide continuous reception capabilities at any altitude throughout North America. XM Satellite Radio services are subscription-based. For more information on specific service packages, visit www.xmwxweather.com. Activating Services Before XM Satellite Weather can be used, the service must be activated. Service is activated by providing XM Satellite Radio with coded IDs unique to the installed GDL 69A. XM Satellite Radio and XM Satellite Weather services each have coded IDs. The Data and Audio Radio IDs must be provided to XM Satellite Radio to activate the weather service and entertainment subscriptions, respectively. These IDs are located on: • The label on the back of the Data Link Receiver • The XM Information Page on the MFD (Figure 6-1) • The XM Satellite Radio Activation Instructions included with the unit (available at www.garmin.com, P/N 190-00355-04) Contact the installer if the Audio and Data Radio IDs cannot be located. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 297 Hazard Avoidance XM Satellite Radio uses the coded IDs to send an activation signal that allows the system to display weather data and/or entertainment programming provided through the GDL 69A. Activating XM Satellite Weather and XM Satellite Radio services: 1) Contact XM Satellite Radio by email (address listed on their website, www.xmradio.com) or by the customer service phone number listed on the website. Follow the instructions provided by XM Satellite Radio services. 2) Select the XM Radio page in the Auxiliary Page Group. 3) Select the INFO Softkey to display the XM Information Page. 4) Verify that the desired services are activated. 5) Select the LOCK Softkey. 6) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘YES’. 7) To complete activation, press the ENT Key. Audio Radio ID (for XM Satellite Radio) Data Radio ID (for XM Weather) Weather Products (Available Products for Service Class Indicated in Green) Select to Display XM Information page 298 Figure 6-1 XM Information Page Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang Select to Lock Subscription Information 190-00494-03 Rev. A Hazard Avoidance Using XM Satellite Weather Products The primary map for viewing XM Weather data is the Weather Data Link Page in the Map Page Group. This is the only map display capable of showing information for all available XM weather products. Viewing the Weather Data Link Page: 1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Map Page Group. 2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Weather Data Link Page. NEXRAD Weather Product Age NEXRAD Weather Product Selected for Display NEXRAD Weather Product Display Enabled Figure 6-2 Weather Data Link Page When a weather product is active on the Weather Data Link Page or the Navigation Map Page, the age of the data is displayed on the screen (Figure 6-2). The age of the product is based on the time difference between when the data was assembled on the ground and the current GPS time. Weather products are refreshed at specific intervals (defined in the Refresh Rate column in Table 6-1). If for any reason, a weather product is not refreshed within the defined Expiration Time intervals (see Table 6-1), the data is considered expired and is removed from the display. This ensures that the displayed data is consistent with what is currently being broadcast by XM Satellite Radio services. If more than half of the expiration time has elapsed, the color of the product age displayed changes to yellow. Table 6-1 shows the weather product symbols, the expiration time and the refresh rate. The refresh rate represents the interval at which XM Satellite Radio broadcasts new signals that may or may not contain new weather data. It does not represent the rate at which weather data is updated or new content is received by the Data Link Receiver. Weather data is updated at intervals that are defined and controlled by XM Satellite Radio and its data vendors. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 299 Hazard Avoidance Weather Product Symbol Next-generation Radar (NEXRAD) Cloud Top (CLD TOP) Echo Top (ECHO TOP) XM Lightning (LTNG) Cell Movement (CELL MOV) SIGMETs/AIRMETs (SIG/AIR) Meteorological Aerodrome Report (METARs) City Forecast (CITY) Surface Analysis (SFC) Freezing Levels (FRZ LVL) Winds Aloft (WIND) County Warnings (COUNTY) Cyclone Warnings (CYCLONE) Icing Potential (CIP and SLD) (ICNG) Pilot Weather Report (PIREPs) Air Report (AIREPs) Turbulence (TURB) Radar Coverage no product image (RADAR CVRG) Temporary Flight Restrictions no product image (TFRs) Terminal Aerodrome Reports no product image (TAFs) Expiration Time Minimum Refresh Rate (Minutes) (Minutes) 5 (U.S.) 30 10 (Canada) 60 15 30 7.5 30 5 30 12 60 12 90 12 60 12 60 12 60 12 60 12 60 5 60 12 90 12 90 12 90 12 180 12 30 5 60 12 60 12 Table 6-1 Weather Product Symbols and Data Timing 300 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Hazard Avoidance Cloud Top (CLD TOP) + Echo Top (ECHO TOP) + Nearest Page Group Flight Plan Pages + SYS Page Group + AUX - Trip Planning Page + Weather Information Page Weather Data Link Page NEXRAD Navigation Map Page Weather Product PFD Inset Map Table 6-2 shows which XM products can be displayed (indicated with a ‘+’ symbol) on specific maps. + + + + XM Lightning (LTNG) + + + + + + + Cell Movement (CELL MOV) + + + + + + + + + + + SIGMETs/AIRMETs (SIG/AIR) + METARs + City Forecast (CITY) + Surface Analysis (SFC) + Freezing Levels (FRZ LVL) + Winds Aloft (WIND) + County Warnings (COUNTY) + Cyclone Warnings (CYCLONE) + Icing Potential (ICNG) + PIREPs + + AIREPs + + Turbulence (TURB) + Radar Coverage TFRs TAFs + + + + + + + + + Table 6-2 Weather Product Display Maps 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 301 Hazard Avoidance Softkeys control the display of weather information on most MFD pages and the PFD Inset Map (Figure 6-3 shows the weather product softkeys for the Weather Data Link Page). When a weather product is selected for display, the corresponding softkey label changes to gray to indicate the product is enabled. Unavailable weather products have subdued softkey labels (softkeys are disabled from selection). CAS ↑ NEXRAD ECHO TOP CLD TOP CAS ↓ CYCLONE SFC OFF FRZ LVL SIG/AIR METAR LEGEND MORE WX WIND OFF ICNG OFF TURB OFF AIREPS PIREPS COUNTY LTNG CELL MOV BACK SFC Softkey label changes to reflect current selection. WIND/ICNG/TURB Softkey labels change to reflect current selection. CURRENT OFF 12 HR 24 HR 36 HR 48 HR Select the BACK Softkey to move up one level. LEGEND BACK PREV and NEXT Softkeys cycle through Winds Aloft, Icing, and Turbulence altitude selection softkeys. PREV OFF SFC 3000 6000 9000 12000 15000 NEXT LEGEND BACK PREV OFF 18000 21000 24000 27000 30000 33000 NEXT LEGEND BACK PREV OFF 36000 39000 42000 NEXT LEGEND BACK PREV OFF 1000 3000 6000 9000 12000 NEXT LEGEND BACK PREV OFF 18000 21000 24000 27000 30000 NEXT LEGEND BACK PREV OFF 21000 24000 27000 30000 33000 NEXT LEGEND BACK PREV OFF 39000 42000 45000 NEXT LEGEND BACK 15000 36000 Figure 6-3 Weather Data Link Weather Product Softkeys The setup menus for the Navigation Map Page and the Weather Data Link Page control the map range settings above which weather products data are decluttered from the display. If a map range larger than the weather product map range setting is selected, the weather product data is removed from the map. The menus also provide a means in addition to the softkeys for enabling/disabling display of weather products. 302 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Hazard Avoidance Setting up and customizing the Weather Data Link Page: 1) Select the Weather Data Link Page. 2) Press the MENU Key. 3) With ‘Weather Setup’ highlighted, press the ENT Key (Figure 6-4). 4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘XM Product Group 1’ or ‘XM Product Group 2’, and press the ENT Key (Figure 6-5). 5) Turn the large FMS Knob or press the ENT Key to scroll through product selections. 6) Turn the small FMS Knob to scroll through options for each product (ON/OFF, range settings, etc.). 7) Press the ENT Key to select an option. 8) Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the Weather Data Link Page with the changed settings. Figure 6-4 Weather Data Link Page Menu Figure 6-5 Weather Data Link Page Setup Menu Restoring default Weather Data Link Page settings: 1) Select the Weather Data Link Page. 2) Press the MENU Key. 3) With ‘Weather Setup’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. 4) Press the MENU Key. 5) Highlight the desired default(s) to restore (all or for selection) and press ENT Key. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 303 Hazard Avoidance Maps besides the Weather Data Link Page use settings based on those selected for the Navigation Map Page. Setting up and customizing weather data for the Navigation Map Page: 1) Select the Navigation Map Page. 2) Press the MENU Key. 3) With ‘Map Setup’ highlighted, press the ENT Key (Figure 6-6). 4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Weather’ Group and press the ENT Key (Figure 6-7). 5) Turn the large FMS Knob or press the ENT Key to scroll through product selections (Figure 6-8). 6) Turn the small FMS Knob to scroll through options for each product (ON/OFF, range settings). 7) Press the ENT Key to select an option. 8) Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the Navigation Map Page with the changed settings. Figure 6-6 Navigation Map Page Menu Figure 6-7 Navigation Map Page Setup Menu 304 Figure 6-8 Navigation Map Page Setup Menu, Weather Group Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Hazard Avoidance Each active weather product has an associated legend which can be displayed on the Weather Data Link Page. Viewing legends for displayed weather products 1) Select the Weather Data Link Page. 2) Select the LEGEND Softkey to display the legends for the displayed weather products. Or: a) Press the MENU Key. b) Select ‘Weather Legend’ and press the ENT Key. 3) Turn the FMS Knob to scroll through the legends if more are available than fit in the window. 4) To remove the Legend Window, select the LEGEND Softkey, the ENT or the CLR Key, or press the FMS Knob. Additional information about the following can be displayed by panning over the display on the map: • Echo Tops • County Warnings • Cell Movement • TFRs • SIGMETs • AIREPs • AIRMETs • PIREPs • METARs The map panning feature is enabled by pressing the RANGE Knob. The map range is adjusted by turning the RANGE Knob. If the map range is adjusted while panning is enabled, the map is re-centered on the Map Pointer. Additional Information on Weather Feature Selected with Map Pointer Flash Flood Warning Selected with Map Pointer Figure 6-9 Panning on the Weather Data Link Page 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 305 Hazard Avoidance NEXRAD NOTE: NEXRAD cannot be displayed at the same time as terrain. WSR-88D, or NEXRAD (NEXt-generation RADar), is a network of 158 high-resolution Doppler radar systems that are operated by the National Weather Service (NWS). NEXRAD data provides centralized meteorological information for the continental United States and selected overseas locations. The maximum range of a single NEXRAD radar site is 250 nm. In addition to a wide array of services, the NEXRAD network provides important information about severe weather and air traffic safety. NEXRAD data is not real-time. The lapsed time between collection, processing, and dissemination of NEXRAD images can be significant and may not reflect the current radar synopsis. Due to the inherent delays and the relative age of the data, it should be used for long-range planning purposes only. Never use NEXRAD data or any radar data to penetrate hazardous weather. Rather, use it in an early-warning capacity of predeparture and enroute evaluation. Figure 6-10 NEXRAD Data on the Weather Data Link Page NEXRAD data can be displayed on the following maps: • PFD Inset Map • Trip Planning Page • Navigation Map Page • Nearest Pages • Weather Data Link Page • Flight Plan Pages • Airport Information Page 306 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Hazard Avoidance Displaying NEXRAD weather information: 1) Select the MAP Softkey (for the PFD Inset Map, select the INSET Softkey). This step is not necessary on the Weather Data Link Page. 2) Select the NEXRAD Softkey. Composite data from all the NEXRAD radar sites in the United States is shown. This data is composed of the maximum reflectivity from the individual radar sweeps. The display of the information is color-coded to indicate the weather severity level. All weather product legends can be viewed on the Weather Data Link Page. For the NEXRAD legend (Figure 6-11), select the LEGEND Softkey when NEXRAD is selected for display. No Radar Coverage Figure 6-11 NEXRAD Data with Legend The display of radar coverage is always active when either NEXRAD or ECHO TOPS is selected. Areas where NEXRAD radar coverage and Echo Tops information is not currently available or is not being collected are indicated in grayish-purple. Radar capability exists in these areas, but it is not active or is off-line. Reflectivity Reflectivity is the amount of transmitted power returned to the radar receiver. Colors on the NEXRAD display are directly correlative to the level of detected reflectivity. Reflectivity as it relates to hazardous weather can be very complex. The role of radar is essentially to detect moisture in the atmosphere. Simply put, certain types of weather reflect radar better than others. The intensity of a radar reflection is not necessarily an indication of the weather hazard level. For instance, wet hail returns a strong radar reflection, while dry hail does not. Both wet and dry hail can be extremely hazardous. The different NEXRAD echo intensities are measured in decibels (dB) relative to reflectivity (Z). NEXRAD measures the radar reflectivity ratio, or the energy reflected back to the radar receiver (designated by the letter Z). The value of Z increases as the returned signal strength increases. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 307 Hazard Avoidance NEXRAD Limitations NEXRAD radar images may have certain limitations: • NEXRAD base reflectivity does not provide sufficient information to determine cloud layers or precipitation characteristics (wet hail vs. rain). For example, it is not possible to distinguish between wet snow, wet hail, and rain. • NEXRAD base reflectivity is sampled at the minimum antenna elevation angle. An individual NEXRAD site cannot depict high altitude storms at close ranges. It has no information about storms directly over the site. • When zoomed in to a range of 30 nm, each square block on the display represents an area of four square kilometers. The intensity level reflected by each square represents the highest level of NEXRAD data sampled within the area (Figure 6-12). Block Area is 4 km2 Figure 6-12 NEXRAD Data - Zoomed The following may cause abnormalities in displayed NEXRAD radar images: • Ground clutter • Strobes and spurious radar data • Sun strobes (when the radar antenna points directly at the sun) • Interference from buildings or mountains, which may cause shadows • Metallic dust from military aircraft, which can cause alterations in radar scans 308 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Hazard Avoidance NEXRAD Limitations (Canada) • Radar coverage extends to 55ºN. • Any precipitation displayed between 52ºN and 55ºN is displayed as mixed because it is unknown. No Coverage Above 55ºN Precipitation Above 52ºN Displays as Mixed Figure 6-13 NEXRAD Data - Canada 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 309 Hazard Avoidance Echo Tops Note: Display of Echo Tops cannot be displayed at the same time as Cloud Tops and NEXRAD. Echo Tops data (Figure 6-14) shows the location, elevation, and direction of the highest radar echo. The highest radar echo does not indicate the top of a storm or clouds; rather it indicates the highest altitude at which precipitation is detected. Information is derived from NEXRAD data. Figure 6-14 Echo Tops Data Displaying Echo Tops information: 1) Select the Weather Data Link Page. 2) Select the ECHO TOPS Softkey. To display the Echo Tops legend (Figure 6-15), select the LEGEND Softkey when Echo Tops is selected for display. Since Echo Tops and Cloud Tops use the same color scaling to represent altitude, display of these weather products is mutually exclusive. When Echo Tops is activated, NEXRAD and Cloud Tops data are removed. No Radar Coverage Figure 6-15 ECHO TOPS Legend 310 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Hazard Avoidance The display of radar coverage is always active when either NEXRAD or ECHO TOPS is selected. Areas where NEXRAD radar coverage and Echo Tops information is not currently available or is not being collected are indicated in grayish-purple. Radar capability exists in these areas, but it is not active or is off-line. Cloud Tops Note: Cloud Tops and Echo Tops cannot be displayed at the same time. Cloud Tops data (Figure 6-16) depicts cloud top altitudes as determined from satellite imagery. Figure 6-16 Cloud Tops Data Displaying Cloud Tops information: 1) Select the Weather Data Link Page. 2) Select the CLOUD TOPS Softkey. To display the Cloud Tops legend (Figure 6-17), select the LEGEND Softkey when Cloud Tops is selected for display. Since Cloud Tops and Echo Tops use the same color scaling to represent altitude, display of these weather products is mutually exclusive. When Cloud Tops is activated, Echo Tops data is removed. Figure 6-17 Cloud Tops Legend 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 311 Hazard Avoidance XM Lightning Lightning data (Figure 6-18) shows the approximate location of cloud-to-ground lightning strikes. A strike icon represents a strike that has occurred within a two-kilometer region. The exact location of the lightning strike is not displayed. Lightning Strikes Figure 6-18 Lightning Data XM Lightning data displays on the following maps: • PFD Inset Map • Trip Planning Page • Navigation Map Page • Nearest Pages • Weather Data Link Page • Flight Plan Pages Displaying XM Lightning information: 1) Select the MAP Softkey (for the PFD Inset Map, select the INSET Softkey). This step is not necessary on the Weather Data Link Page. 2) Select the XM LTNG Softkey (LTNG Softkey on the Weather Data Link Page). To display the XM Lightning legend on the Weather Data Link Page (Figure 6-19), select the LEGEND Softkey when XM Lightning is selected for display. Figure 6-19 Lightning Legend 312 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Hazard Avoidance Cell Movement Cell Movement data (Figure 6-20) shows the location and movement of storm cells as identified by the ground-based system. Cells are represented by yellow squares, with direction of movement indicated with short, orange arrows. Storm Cells Figure 6-20 Cell Movement Data On most applicable maps, Cell Movement data is selected for display along with NEXRAD. On the Weather Data Link Page, Cell Movement data can be selected independently. Cell Movement data can be displayed on the following maps: • PFD Inset Map • AUX - Trip Planning Page •Navigation Map • Nearest Pages Displaying Cell Movement information: 1) Select the MAP Softkey (for the PFD Inset Map, select the INSET Softkey). This step is not necessary on the Weather Data Link Page. 2) Select the NEXRAD Softkey (CEL MOV Softkey on the Weather Data Link Page). For Cell Movement to be displayed on maps other than the Weather Data Link Page, Cell Movement must be turned on in the Navigation Map Setup Menu (see “Setting Up XM Satellite Weather”). To display the Cell Movement legend on the Weather Data Link Page, (Figure 6-21), select the LEGEND Softkey when Cell Movement is selected for display. Figure 6-21 Cell Movement Legend 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 313 Hazard Avoidance SIGMETs and AIRMETs SIGMET (SIGnificant METeorological Information) and AIRMET (AIRmen’s METeorological Information) are issued for potentially hazardous weather. A Convective SIGMET is issued for hazardous convective weather such as severe or widespread thunderstorms. AIRMET IFR AIRMET Ice SIGMET AIRMET Turbulence Figure 6-22 SIGMET/AIRMET Data Displaying SIGMETs and AIRMETs: 1) Select the Weather Data Link Page. 2) Select the SIG/AIR Softkey. 3) To view the text of the SIGMET or AIRMET, press the RANGE Knob and move the Map Pointer over the icon. 4) Press the ENT key. Figure 6-23 shows sample SIGMET text. To display the SIGMET and AIRMET legend (Figure 6-24), select the LEGEND Softkey when SIGMETs and AIRMETs are selected for display. Figure 6-23 Sample SIGMET Text 314 Figure 6-24 SIGMET/AIRMET Legend Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Hazard Avoidance METARs and TAFs NOTE: Atmospheric pressure as reported for METARs is given in hectopascals (hPa), except for in the United States, where it is reported in inches of mercury (in Hg). Temperatures are reported in Celsius. Note: METAR information is only displayed within the installed aviation database service area. METARs (METeorological Aerodrome Reports) typically contain information about the temperature, dewpoint, wind, precipitation, cloud cover, cloud heights, visibility, and barometric pressure at an airport or observation station. They can also contain information on precipitation amounts, lightning, and other critical data. METARs reflect hourly observations; non-routine updates include the code “SPECI” in the report. METARs are shown as colored flags at airports that provide them. Instructions for Viewing METAR and TAF Text Selected Airport Figure 6-25 METAR Flags on the Weather Data Link Page TAFs (Terminal Aerodrome Forecasts) are weather predictions for specific airports within a 24- hour period, and may span up to 36 hours. TAFs typically include forecast wind, visibility, weather phenomena, and sky conditions using METAR codes. METAR and TAF text are displayed on the Weather Information Page. METAR data is displayed first in a decoded fashion, then as raw text. TAF information is displayed only in its raw form when it is available Displaying METAR and TAF text: 1) On the Weather Data Link Page, select the METAR Softkey. 2) Press the RANGE Knob and pan to the desired airport. 3) Press the ENT Key. The Weather Information Page is shown with METAR and TAF text. 4) Use the FMS Knob or the ENT Key to scroll through the METAR and TAF text. METAR text must be completely scrolled through before scrolling through the TAF text. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 315 Hazard Avoidance 5) Press the FMS Knob or the CLR Key to return to the Weather Data Link Page. Or: 1) Select the Weather Information Page. a) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Waypoint Page Group. b) Select the WX Softkey to select the Weather Information Page. 2) Press the FMS Knob to display the cursor. 3) Use the FMS Knob to enter the desired airport and press the ENT Key. 4) Use the FMS Knob or the ENT Key to scroll through the METAR and TAF text. Note that the METAR text must be completely scrolled through before scrolling through the TAF text. METAR Text for the Selected Airport METAR Symbol TAF Text for the Selected Airport Figure 6-26 METAR and TAF Text on the Weather Information Page To display the METAR legend on the Weather Data Link Page (Figure 6-27), select the LEGEND Softkey when METARs are selected for display. The METAR flag color is determined by the information in the METAR text. A gray METAR flag is displayed when the METAR text does not contain adequate information. Figure 6-27 METAR Legend 316 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Hazard Avoidance Surface Analysis and City Forecast Note: Surface Analysis and City Forecast data are displayed only within the installed Aviation Database service area. Surface Analysis and City Forecast information is available for current and forecast weather conditions. Forecasts are available for intervals of 12, 24, 36, and 48 hours. Figure 6-28 Current Surface Analysis Data Displaying Surface Analysis and City Forecast information: 1) Select the Weather Data Link Page. 2) Select the MORE WX Softkey. 3) Select the SFC Softkey. 4) Select the desired forecast time: CURRENT, 12 HR, 24 HR, 36 HR, or 48 HR. The SFC Softkey label changes to reflect the forecast time selected. To display the Surface Analysis and City Forecast legend (Figure 6-29), select the LEGEND Softkey when Surface Analysis and City Forecast are selected to be displayed. Figure 6-29 Surface Analysis Legend 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 317 Hazard Avoidance Freezing Levels Freezing Level data shows the color-coded contour lines for the altitude and location at which the first isotherm is found (Figure 6-30). When no data is displayed for a given altitude, the data for that altitude has not been received, or is out of date and has been removed from the display. New data appears at the next update. Figure 6-30 Freezing Level Data Displaying Freezing Level information: 1) Select the Weather Data Link Page. 2) Select the MORE WX Softkey. 3) Select the FRZ LVL Softkey. To display the Freezing Level legend (Figure 6-31), select the LEGEND Softkey when Freezing Level data is selected to be displayed. Figure 6-31 Freezing Level Legend 318 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Hazard Avoidance Winds Aloft Winds Aloft data (Figure 6-32) shows the forecasted wind speed and direction at the surface and at selected altitudes. Altitude can be displayed in 3,000-foot increments up to 42,000 feet MSL. Displaying Winds Aloft data: 1) Select the Weather Data Link Page. 2) Select the MORE WX Softkey. 3) Select the WIND Softkey. 4) Select the desired altitude level: SFC (surface) up to 42,000 feet. Select the NEXT or PREV Softkey to cycle through the altitude softkeys. The WIND Softkey label changes to reflect the altitude selected. Figure 6-32 Winds Aloft Data at 30,000 Feet To display the Winds Aloft legend (Figure 6-33), select the LEGEND Softkey when Winds Aloft is selected for display. Figure 6-33 Winds Aloft Data with Legend 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 319 Hazard Avoidance County Warnings County data (Figure 6-34) provides specific public awareness and protection weather warnings from the National Weather Service (NWS). This can include information on fires, tornadoes, severe thunderstorms, flood conditions, and other natural disasters. Additional Information on Flood Warning Selected with Map Pointer Flood Warning Figure 6-34 County Flood Warning Displaying County Warning information: 1) Select the Weather Data Link Page. 2) Select the MORE WX Softkey. 3) Select the COUNTY Softkey. To display the County Warnings legend (Figure 6-35), select the LEGEND Softkey when County Warnings are selected to be displayed. Figure 6-35 County Warnings Legend 320 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Hazard Avoidance Cyclone The Cyclone weather product (Figure 6-36) shows the current location of cyclones (hurricanes) and their projected tracks. Cyclone Figure 6-36 Cyclone Data Selected for Display Displaying cyclone (hurricane) track information: 1) Select the Weather Data Link Page. 2) Select the MORE WX Softkey. 3) Select the CYCLONE Softkey. To display the Cyclone legend (Figure 6-37), select the LEGEND Softkey when Cyclones are selected to be displayed. Figure 6-37 Cyclone Legend 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 321 Hazard Avoidance Icing (CIP & SLD) Current Icing Product (CIP) data shows a graphical view of the current icing environment (Figure 6-38). Icing severity is displayed in four categories: light, moderate, severe, and extreme (not specific to aircraft type). The CIP product is not a forecast, but a presentation of the current conditions at the time of the analysis. Supercooled Large Droplet (SLD) icing conditions are characterized by the presence of relatively large, super cooled water droplets indicative of freezing drizzle and freezing rain aloft. SLD threat areas are depicted as magenta dots over the CIP colors. Displaying Icing data: 1) Select the Weather Data Link Page. 2) Press the MORE WX Softkey. 3) Press the ICNG Softkey. 4) Select the desired altitude level: 1,000 feet up to 30,000 feet. Press the NEXT or PREV Softkey to cycle through the altitude softkeys. The ICNG Softkey label changes to reflect the altitude selected. Icing Potential SLD Threat Figure 6-38 Icing Data at 18,000 Feet To display the Icing Potential legend (Figure 6-39), press the LEGEND Softkey when Icing is selected for display. Figure 6-39 Icing Potential Legend 322 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Hazard Avoidance Turbulence Turbulence data (Figure 6-40) identifies the potential for erratic movement of high-altitude air mass associated winds. Turbulence is classified as light, moderate, severe or extreme, at altitudes between 21,000 and 45,000 feet. Turbulence data is intended to supplement AIRMETs and SIGMETs. Displaying Turbulence data: 1) Select the Weather Data Link Page. 2) Press the MORE WX Softkey. 3) Press the TURB Softkey. 4) Select the desired altitude level: 21,000 feet up to 45,000 feet. Press the NEXT or PREV Softkey to cycle through the altitude softkeys. The TURB Softkey label changes to reflect the altitude selected. Extreme Turbulence Light Turbulence Severe Turbulence Moderate Turbulence Figure 6-40 Turbulence Data at 33,000 Feet To display the Turbulence legend (Figure 6-41), press the LEGEND Softkey when Turbulence is selected for display. Figure 6-41 Turbulence Legend 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 323 Hazard Avoidance PIREPs and AIREPs Pilot Weather Reports (PIREPs) describe in-flight weather encountered by pilots. When significant weather conditions are reported or forecast, Air Traffic Control (ATC) facilities are required to solicit PIREPs. A PIREP may contain unforecast adverse weather conditions, such as low in-flight visibility, icing conditions, wind shear, turbulence, and type of aircraft flown. PIREPs are issued as either Routine (UA) or Urgent (UUA). Another type of PIREP is an Air Report (AIREP). AIREPs are used almost exclusively by commercial airlines. Instructions for Viewing PIREP and AIREP Text AIREP Routine PIREP Selected Urgent PIREP Figure 6-42 AIREPs and PIREPs on the Weather Data Link Page Displaying PIREP and AIREP text: 1) Select the Weather Data Link Page. 2) Press the MORE WX Softkey. 3) Press the AIREPS or PIREPS Softkey. 4) Press the RANGE Knob and pan to the desired weather report. A gray circle will appear around the weather report when it is selected. 5) Press the ENT Key. The Weather Information Page is shown with PIREP or AIREP text. The data is first displayed in a decoded fashion, then as raw text. 6) Use the FMS Knob or the ENT Key to scroll through the PIREP or AIREP text. 7) Press the FMS Knob or the CLR Key to return to the Weather Data Link Page. 324 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Hazard Avoidance Age of report in HH:MM Decoded PIREP Text Raw PIREP Text Selected PIREP Figure 6-43 PIREP Text on the Weather Information Page To display the PIREP or AIREP legend (Figure 6-44), press the LEGEND Softkey when PIREPs or AIREPs are selected for display. The PIREP color is determined by the type (routine or urgent). Figure 6-44 AIREPs & PIREPs Legend 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 325 Hazard Avoidance 6.2Airborne Color Weather Radar System Description The Garmin GWX 68 Airborne Color Weather Radar is a four-color digital pulsed radar with 6.5 kilowatts of output power. It combines excellent range and adjustable scanning profiles with a high-definition target display. The pulse width is four microseconds (µs) on all ranges except the 2.5 nm range. The GWX 68 uses a one µs pulse width at this range to reduce the targets smearing together on the display for better target definition at close range. The Cessna Citation Mustang uses a 12-inch phased array antenna that is fully stabilized to accommodate 30º of pitch and roll. To focus radar scanning on specific areas, Sector Scanning offers pilot-adjustable horizontal scan angles of 20º, 40º, 60º, or 90º. A vertical scanning function helps to analyze storm tops, gradients, and cell buildup activity at various altitudes. Radar features include: • Extended Sensitivity Time Constant (STC) logic that automatically correlates distance of the return echo with intensity, so cells do not suddenly appear to get larger as they get closer. • WATCH® (Weather ATtenuated Color Highlight) helps identify possible shadowing effects of short-range cell activity, identifying areas where radar return signals are weakened or attenuated by intense precipitation (or large areas of lesser precipitation) and may not fully reflect the weather behind a storm. • Weather Alert that looks ahead for intense cell activity in the 80-320 nm range, even if these ranges are not being monitored. Principles of Pulsed Airborne Weather Radar The term RADAR is an acronym for RAdio Detecting And Ranging. Pulsed radar locates targets by transmitting a microwave pulse beam that, upon encountering a target, is reflected back to the radar receiver as a return echo. The microwave pulses are focused and radiated by the antenna, with the most intense energy in the center of the beam and decreasing intensity near the edge. The same antenna is used for both transmitting and receiving. The returned signal is then processed and displayed on the G1000 MFD. Radar detection is a two-way process that requires 12.36 µs for the transmitted microwave pulses to travel out and back for each nautical mile of target range. It takes 123.6 µs for a transmitted pulse to make the round trip if a target is ten nautical miles away. Airborne weather radar should be used to avoid severe weather, not for penetrating severe weather. The decision to fly into an area of radar targets depends on target intensity, spacing between the targets, aircraft capabilities, and pilot experience. Pulse type weather radar detects only precipitation, not clouds or turbulence. The display may indicate clear areas between intense returns, but this does not necessarily mean it is safe to fly between them. Only Doppler radar can detect turbulence. Airborne weather radar has other capabilities beyond weather detection. It also has the ability to detect and provide distance to cities, mountains, coastlines, rivers, lakes, and oceans. 326 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Hazard Avoidance NEXRAD and Airborne Weather Radar Both Airborne Weather Radar and NEXRAD measure weather reflectivity in decibels (dB). A decibel is a logarithmic expression of the ratio of two quantities. Airborne Weather Radar measures the ratio of power against the gain of the antenna, while NEXRAD measures the energy reflected back to the radar, or the radar reflectivity ratio. Both systems use colors to identify the different echo intensities, but the colors are not interchangeable. Airborne color radar values used by Garmin Airborne Color Weather Radar should not be confused with NEXRAD radar values. Antenna Beam Illumination The radar beam is much like the beam of a spotlight. The further the beam travels, the wider it becomes. The radar is only capable of seeing what is inside the boundaries of the beam. The figure below depicts a radar beam’s characteristics. The figure illustrates vertical dimensions of the radar beam, although the same holds true for the horizontal dimensions. In other words, the beam is as wide as it is tall. Note that it is possible to miss areas of precipitation on the radar display because of the antenna tilt setting. With the antenna tilt set to zero in this illustration, the beam overshoots the precipitation at 15 nautical miles. Altitude (x1000 ft.) 80 Antenna at Zero Tilt 18,000 ft. 8° 0 0 15 Half Power at es Beam Sidelob Max Power at Beam Center 18,000 ft. 30 45 60 75 90 Range (nautical miles) Figure 6-45 Radar Beam from a 12 inch Antenna The curvature of the earth can also be a factor in missing areas of precipitation, especially at range settings of 150 nautical miles or more. Here the beam overshoots the precipitation at less than 320 nautical miles. 320 nm Figure 6-46 Radar Beam in Relation to the Curvature of the Earth 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 327 Hazard Avoidance Radar Signal Attenuation The phenomenon of radar signal attenuation affects the operation of weather radar. When the radar signal is transmitted, it is progressively absorbed and scattered, making the signal weaker. This weakening, or attenuation, is caused by two primary sources, distance and precipitation. Attenuation because of distance is due to the fact that the radar energy leaving the antenna is inversely proportional to the square of the distance. The reflected radar energy from a target 40 miles away that fills the radar beam is one fourth the energy reflected from an equivalent target 20 miles away. This would appear to the operator that the storm is gaining intensity as the aircraft gets closer. Internal signal processing within the GWX 68 system compensates for much of this distance attenuation. Attenuation due to precipitation is not as predictable as distance attenuation. It is also more intense. As the radar signal passes through moisture, a portion of the radar energy is reflected back to the antenna. However, much of the energy is absorbed. If precipitation is very heavy, or covers a large area, the signal may not reach completely through the area of precipitation. The weather radar system cannot distinguish between an attenuated signal and an area of no precipitation. If the signal has been fully attenuated, the radar displays a radar shadow. This appears as an end to the precipitation when, in fact, the heavy rain may extend much further. A cell containing heavy precipitation may block another cell located behind the first, preventing it from being displayed on the radar. Never fly into these shadowed areas and never assume that all of the heavy precipitation is being displayed unless another cell or a ground target can be seen beyond the heavy cell. The WATCH® feature of the GWX 68 Weather Radar system can help in identifying these shadowed areas. Areas in question appear as shadowed or gray on the radar display. Proper use of the antenna tilt control can also help detect radar shadows. Attenuation can also be due to poor maintenance or degradation of the radome. Even the smallest amount of wear and scratching, pitting, and pinholes on the radome surface can cause damage and system inefficiency. 328 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Hazard Avoidance Radar Signal Reflectivity Precipitation Precipitation or objects more dense than water, such as the surface of the earth or solid structures, are detected by the weather radar. The weather radar does not detect clouds, thunderstorms, or turbulence directly. It detects precipitation associated with clouds, thunderstorms, and turbulence. The best radar signal reflectors are raindrops, wet snow, or wet hail. The larger the raindrop, the better the reflectivity. The size of the precipitation droplet is the most important factor in radar reflectivity. Because large drops in a small concentrated area are characteristic of a severe thunderstorm, the radar displays the storm as a strong return. Ice crystals, dry snow, and dry hail have low levels of reflectivity as shown in the illustration, and often are not displayed by the radar. Additionally, a cloud that contains only small raindrops, such as fog or drizzle, does not reflect enough radar energy to produce a measurable target return. Figure 6-47 Precipitation Type and Reflectivity 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 329 Hazard Avoidance Ground Returns The intensity of ground target returns depends upon the angle at which the radar beam strikes the ground target (Angle of Incidence) and the reflective properties of that target. The gain can be adjusted so shorelines, rivers, lakes, and cities are well-defined. Increasing the gain too much causes the display to fill in between targets, thus obscuring some landmarks. Cities normally provide a strong return signal. While large buildings and structures provide good returns, small buildings can be shadowed from the radar beam by the taller buildings. As the aircraft approaches and shorter ranges are selected, details become more noticeable as the highly reflective regular lines and edges of the city become more defined. Bodies of water such as lakes, rivers, and oceans are not good reflectors and normally do not provide good returns. The energy is reflected in a forward scatter angle with inadequate energy being returned. They can appear as dark areas on the display. However, rough or choppy water is a better reflector and provides stronger returns from the downwind sides of the waves. Mountains also provide strong return signals to the antenna, but also block the areas behind. However, over mountainous terrain, the radar beam can be reflected back and forth in the mountain passes or off canyon walls, using up all or most of the radar energy. In this case, no return signal is received from this area, causing the display to show a dark spot which could indicate a pass where no pass exists. Angle of Incidence The angle at which the radar beam strikes the target is called the Angle of Incidence. The figure illustrates the incident angle (‘A’). This directly affects the detectable range, the area of illumination, and the intensity of the displayed target returns. A large incident angle gives the radar system a smaller detectable range and lower display intensity due to minimized reflection of the radar energy. Figure 6-48 Angle of Incidence A smaller incident angle gives the radar a larger detectable range of operation and the target display shows a higher intensity. Since more radar energy is reflected back to the antenna with a low incident angle, the resulting detectable range is increased for mountainous terrain. 330 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Hazard Avoidance Safe Operating Distance The following information establishes a minimum safe distance from the antenna for personnel near operating weather radar. The minimum safe distance is based on the FCC’s exposure limit at 9.3 to 9.5 GHz for general population/uncontrolled environments, which is 1 mW/cm2. See Advisory Circular 20-68B for more information on safe distance determination. Maximum Permissible Exposure Level (MPEL) The zone in which the radiation level exceeds the US Government standard of 1 mW/cm2 is the semicircular area of at least 11 feet from the 12-inch antenna. All personnel must remain outside of this zone. With a scanning or rotating beam, the averaged power density at the MPEL boundary is significantly reduced. MPEL Boundary 11’ for 12” antenna Figure 6-49 MPEL Boundary Basic Antenna Tilt Setup The following discussion is a simple method for setting up the weather radar antenna tilt for most situations. It is not to be considered an all encompassing setup that works in all situations, but this method does provide good overall parameters for the monitoring of threats. Ultimately, it is desired to have the antenna tilted so that the bottom of the radar beam is four degrees below parallel with the ground. The following example explains one way of achieving this. With the aircraft flying level, adjust the antenna tilt so ground returns are displayed at a distance that equals the aircraft’s current altitude (AGL) divided by 1,000. For example, if the aircraft is at 14,000 feet, adjust the 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 331 Hazard Avoidance tilt so the front edge of ground returns are displayed at 14 nautical miles. Note this antenna tilt angle setting. Now, raise the antenna tilt 6 degrees above this setting. The bottom of the radar beam is now angled down 4º from parallel with the ground. Practical Application Using the Basic Tilt Setup With the antenna tilt set as previously described, any displayed target return should be scrutinized when flying at altitudes between 2,000 and 30,000 feet AGL. If the displayed target advances on the screen to within 5 nautical miles of the aircraft, avoid it. This may be either weather or ground returns that are 2,000 feet or less below the aircraft. Raising the antenna tilt 4 degrees can help separate ground returns from weather returns in relatively flat terrain. This aligns the bottom of the radar beam parallel with the ground. Return the antenna tilt to the previous setting after a few sweeps. If the aircraft is above 29,000 feet, be cautious of any target return that gets to within 30 nautical miles. This is likely a thunderstorm that has a top high enough that the aircraft cannot fly over it safely. If the aircraft altitude is 15,000 feet or lower, setting the displayed range to 60 miles may be more helpful. Closely monitor anything that enters the display. 4000 Change in Antenna Tilt +4° +3° +2° +1° 0° -1° -2° -3° -4° 3000 2000 1000 0 1000 2000 3000 10 nm 4000 Vertical Change of Radar Beam (feet) Also, after setting up the antenna tilt angle as described previously, ground returns can be monitored for possible threats. The relationship between antenna tilt angle, altitude, and distance is one degree of tilt equals 100 feet of altitude for every one nautical mile. Figure 6-50 Vertical Change in Radar Beam per Nautical Mile Therefore, with the antenna tilt set so that the bottom of the beam is four degrees below parallel with the ground, a target return at 10 nm is approximately 4,000 feet below the aircraft; at 20 nm, 8,000 feet; at 50 nm, 20,000 feet. In other words, at this tilt setting, a ground return (such as a mountain peak) being displayed at 10 nm would have a maximum distance below the aircraft of 4,000 feet. When that ground target return moves to 5 nm, the maximum distance below the aircraft is 2,000 feet. This setup provides a good starting point for practical use of the GWX 68. There are many other factors to consider in order to become proficient at using weather radar in all situations. 332 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Hazard Avoidance Weather Mapping and Interpretation Weather Display Interpretation When evaluating various target returns on the weather radar display, the colors denote precipitation intensity and rates shown in the table. Weather Mode Color Intensity Black Green Yellow Red Magenta < 23 dBZ 23 dBZ to < 32 dBZ 32 dBZ to < 41 dBZ 41 dBZ to < 50 dBZ 50 dBZ and greater Approximate Precipitation Rate (in/hr.) < .01. .01 - 0.1. 0.1 - 0.5 0.5 - 2 >2 Table 6-3 Precipitation Intensity Levels Thunderstorms Updrafts and downdrafts in thunderstorms carry water through the cloud. The more severe the drafts, the greater the number and size of the precipitation droplets. With this in mind, the following interpretations can be made from what is displayed on the weather radar. Avoid these areas by an extra wide margin. • In areas where the displayed target intensity is red or magenta (indicating large amounts of precipitation), the turbulence is considered severe. • Areas that show steep color gradients (intense color changes) over thin bands or short distances suggest irregular rainfall rate and strong turbulence. • Areas that show red or magenta are associated with hail or turbulence, as well as heavy precipitation. Vertical scanning and antenna tilt management may be necessary to identify areas of maximum intensity. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 333 Hazard Avoidance Along squall lines (multiple cells or clusters of cells in a line) individual cells may be in different stages of development. Areas between closely spaced, intense targets may contain developing clouds not having enough moisture to produce a return. However, these areas could have strong updrafts or downdrafts. Targets showing wide areas of green are generally precipitation without severe turbulence. Irregularities in the target return may also indicate turbulence, appearing as hooks, fingers, or scalloped edges. These irregularities may be present in green areas with no yellow, red, or magenta areas and should be treated as highly dangerous areas. Avoid these areas as if they are red or magenta. Squall Line Steep Gradient Hook or Finger Scalloped Edge Figure 6-51 Cell Irregularities Thunderstorm development is rapid. A course may become blocked within a short time. When displaying shorter ranges, periodically select a longer range to see if problems are developing further out. That can help prevent getting trapped in a blind alley or an area that is closed at one end by convective weather. Figure 6-52 The Blind Alley - Horizontal Scan 334 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Hazard Avoidance In areas of multiple heavy cells, use the Vertical Scan feature along with antenna tilt management to examine the areas. Remember to avoid shadowed areas behind targets. The Blind Alley at Close Range The Large Storm Behind Figure 6-53 The Blind Alley Tornadoes There are no conclusive radar target return characteristics which identify a tornado. However, tornadoes may be present if the following characteristics are observed: • A narrow, finger-like portion extends and in a short time curls into a hook and closes on itself. • A hook, which may be in the general shape of the numeral 6, especially if bright and projecting from the southwest quadrant (northeast quadrant in the southern hemisphere) of a major thunderstorm. • V-shaped notches. • Doughnut shapes. These shapes do not always indicate tornadoes, and tornado returns are not limited to these characteristics. Confirmed radar observations of tornadoes most often have not shown shapes different from those of a normal thunderstorm display. Hail Hail results from updrafts carrying water high enough to freeze. Therefore, the higher the top of a thunderstorm, the greater the probability that it contains hail. Vertically scanning the target return can give the radar top of a thunderstorm that contains hail. Radar top is the top of a storm cell as detected by radar. It is not the actual top, or true top of the storm. The actual top of a storm cell is seen with the eyes in clear air and may be much higher than the radar top. The actual top does not indicate the top of the hazardous area. Hail can fall below the minimum reflectivity threshold for radar detection. It can have a film of water on its surface, making its reflective characteristics similar to a very large water droplet. Because of this film of water, and because hail stones usually are larger than water droplets, thunderstorms with large amounts of wet hail return stronger signals than those with rain. Some hail shafts are extremely narrow (100 yards or less) and make poor radar targets. In the upper regions of a cell where ice particles are dry (no liquid coating), target returns are less intense. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 335 Hazard Avoidance Hail shafts are associated with the same radar target return characteristics as tornados. U-shaped cloud edges three to seven miles across can also indicate hail. These target returns appear quite suddenly along any edge of the cell outline. They also change in intensity and shape in a matter of seconds, making vigilant monitoring essential. Operation in Weather Mode WARNING: Begin transmitting only when it is safe to do so. When transmitting while the aircraft is on the ground, no personnel or objects should be within 11 feet of the antenna. CAUTION: In Standby mode, the antenna is parked at the center line. It is always a good idea to put the radar in Standby mode before taxiing the aircraft to prevent the antenna from bouncing on the bottom stop and possibly causing damage to the radar assembly. When the weather radar system is in the Weather or Ground Map mode, the system automatically switches to Standby mode on landing. In Reversionary mode, the weather radar system automatically switches to Standby mode. The system remains in Standby mode until both displays are restored. In Reversionary mode, the weather radar system cannot be controlled. Radar Mode Scan Line Antenna Stabilization Status Figure 6-54 Horizontal Scan Display 336 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Hazard Avoidance Displaying weather on the Weather Radar Page: 1) Select the Weather Radar Page in the Map Page Group with the FMS Knob. 2) Select the MODE Softkey. 3) While on the ground, select the STANDBY Softkey. A one-minute warm-up period is initiated (countdown is displayed on the screen). After the warm-up is complete, the radar enters the Standby Mode. a) Select the WEATHER Softkey. A confirmation window is displayed. Figure 6-55 Confirming Activating Radar b) Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight YES and press the ENT Key to continue radar activation. OR: If the aircraft is airborne, select the WEATHER Softkey. A one-minute warm-up period is initiated (countdown is displayed on the screen). After the warm-up is complete, the radar begins transmitting. 4) Turn the RANGE Knob to select the desired map range. 5) The horizontal scan is initially displayed (Figure 6-56). If desired, select the VERTICAL Softkey to change to vertical scanning. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 337 Hazard Avoidance Vertically scanning a storm cell: NOTE: Vertical scanning of a storm cell should be done with the aircraft wings level to avoid constant adjustment of the Bearing Line. 1) While in the Horizontal Scan view, select the BRG Softkey. This places the cursor in the BEARING field and displays the Bearing Line. If the Bearing Line is not displayed, press the MENU Key and turn the large FMS Knob to select Show Bearing Line. Press the ENT Key. 2) Press the ENT Key. 3) Turn the small FMS Knob to place the Bearing Line on the desired storm cell or other area to be vertically scanned. Scan Line Bearing Line Figure 6-56 Bearing Line on Horizontal Scan 4) Select the VERTICAL Softkey. A vertical scan of the selected area is now displayed (Figure 6-57). 5) The small FMS Knob may be used to move the scanned bearing line a few degrees right or left. 6) Turn the RANGE Knob to adjust the range. 7) Press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor. 8) To select a new area to be vertically scanned, select the HORIZON Softkey to return to the Horizontal Scan view and repeat the previous steps. The RANGE Knob can also be used to adjust bearing from left to right. 338 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Hazard Avoidance Figure 6-57 Vertical Scan Display Adjusting Antenna Tilt Angle In order to make an accurate interpretation of a storm cell, the radar beam should be pointed at the wet part of the weather cell to record the proper rainfall intensity (color level). The ideal aiming point is just below the freezing level of the storm. The best way to find this point is to use the Vertical Scan feature. The antenna tilt angle can be centered on the strongest return area in the vertical scan to get a more accurate view of the coverage and intensity of the target in the horizontal scan. Adjusting antenna tilt on the Horizontal Scan display: 1) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor in the TILT field. 2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired antenna tilt angle. 3) Press the ENT Key. 4) Press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor. The RANGE Knob can also be used to adjust tilt up and down. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 339 Hazard Avoidance Adjusting antenna tilt on the Vertical Scan display: 1) Select the TILT Softkey to activate the cursor in the TILT field and display the Tilt Line. If the Tilt Line is not displayed, press the MENU Key and turn the large FMS Knob to select Show Tilt Line. Press the ENT Key. 2) Turn the small FMS Knob to adjust the antenna tilt angle. The selected tilt angle is implemented when Horizontal Scan is again selected. The RANGE Knob can also be used to adjust tilt. Tilt Line Scan Line Figure 6-58 Adjusting Tilt on Vertical Scan Display 340 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Hazard Avoidance Adjusting Gain WARNING: Changing the gain in weather mode causes precipitation intensity to be displayed as a color not representative of the true intensity. Remember to return the gain setting to Calibrated for viewing the actual intensity of precipitation. 1) Select the GAIN Softkey to activate the cursor in the GAIN field. 2) Turn the small FMS Knob to adjust the gain for the desirable level. The gain setting is visible in the GAIN field as a movable horizontal bar in a flashing box. The line pointer is a reference depicting the calibrated position. 3) Press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor. 4) Select the GAIN Softkey again to recalibrate the gain. CALIBRATED is displayed in the GAIN field. Manual Gain Set Below Calibrated Calibrated Gain Figure 6-59 Gain Calibration 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 341 Hazard Avoidance Sector Scan 1) While in horizontal scan mode, select the BRG Softkey to display the Bearing Line and place the cursor in the BEARING field. If the Bearing Line is not displayed, press the MENU Key and turn the large FMS Knob to select Show Bearing Line. 2) Press the ENT Key. Figure 6-60 Selecting Sector Scan Position 3) Turn the small FMS Knob to place the Bearing Line in the desired position. The location of the Bearing Line becomes the center point of the Sector Scan. 4) Turn the large FMS Knob to place the cursor in the SECTOR SCAN field. 5) Turn the small FMS Knob to select FULL, 60˚, 40˚, or 20˚ scan. 6) If desired, readjust the Bearing Line as discussed previously to change the center of the Sector Scan. 7) Select the BRG Softkey again to remove the Bearing Line and cursor. The bearing reference is also reset to 0º. 342 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Hazard Avoidance Figure 6-61 40˚ Sector Scan Antenna Stabilization 1) To activate or deactivate the antenna stabilization, select the MODE Softkey. 2) Select the STAB ON Softkey to activate antenna stabilization or select the STAB OFF Softkey to deactivate. The current stabilization condition is shown in the upper right of the weather radar display. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 343 Hazard Avoidance Weather Attenuated Color Highlight (WATCH®) WATCH® identifies deceptively strong or unknown intensity parts of a storm. While in horizontal scan mode, this feature can be used as a tool to determine areas of possible inaccuracies in displayed intensity due to weakening of the radar energy. This weakening is known as attenuation. The radar energy weakens as it passes through areas of intense precipitation, large areas of lesser precipitation, and distance. Issues with the radome also attenuates the radar energy. All these factors have an effect on the return intensity. The more energy that dissipates, the lesser the displayed intensity of the return. Accuracy of the displayed intensity of returns located in the shaded areas are suspect. Make maneuvering decisions with this information in mind. Proper antenna tilt management should still be employed to determine the extent of attenuation in a shaded area. To activate or deactivate the WATCH® feature, select the WATCH Softkey. Displayed intensity is questionable. Potentially stronger than displayed. Horizontal Scan Without WATCH® Areas of Attenuated Signal Horizontal Scan With WATCH® Figure 6-62 Horizontal Scan Without and With WATCH® 344 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Hazard Avoidance Weather Alert The Weather Alert feature indicates the presence of heavy precipitation between the ranges of 80 and 320 nm regardless of the currently displayed range. Weather Alert targets appear as red bands along the outer range ring at the approximate azimuth of the detected returns. If a Weather Alert is detected within ±10° of the aircraft heading, an alert is displayed on the PFD in the Messages Window. If the antenna tilt is adjusted too low, a weather alert can be generated by ground returns. To avoid unwanted weather alerts, deselect the WX ALRT Softkey.. Weather Alerts Figure 6-63 Weather Alert Indications To activate or deactivate Weather Alerts, select the WX ALRT Softkey. Activating and deactivating also enables or inhibits the alert on the PFD. Figure 6-64 Weather Alert on PFD 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 345 Hazard Avoidance Ground Mapping and Interpretation A secondary use of the weather radar system is for the presentation of terrain. This can be a useful tool for verifying aircraft position. A picture of the ground is represented much like a topographical map that can be used as a supplement to the navigation map on the MFD. Ground Map mode uses a different gain range than Weather mode. Different colors are also used to represent the intensity levels. The displayed intensity of ground target returns are defined in the table below. Use of the GAIN and TILT controls helps improve contrast so that specific ground targets can be recognized more easily. As previously discussed, the type and orientation of the target in relation to the aircraft affects the intensity displayed. When the weather radar system is in either the Weather or Ground Map mode, the system automatically switches to Standby mode upon landing. Ground Map Mode Color Black Light blue Yellow Magenta Blue Intensity 0 dB > 0 dB to < 9 dB 9 dB to < 18 dB 18 dB to < 27 dB 27 dB and greater Table 6-4 Ground Target Return Intensity Levels Operation in Ground Map Mode 1) Select the MODE Softkey. 2) Select the GROUND Softkey to place the radar in Ground Map mode. 3) Select the BACK Softkey. 4) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor. 5) Turn the large FMS Knob to place the cursor in the TILT field. 6) Adjust the antenna tilt angle by turning the small FMS Knob to display ground returns at the desired distance. 7) Press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor. 346 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Hazard Avoidance 6.3 TAWS-B Warning: Do not use TAWS information for primary terrain avoidance. TAWS is intended only to enhance situational awareness. NOTE: Terrain data is not displayed when the aircraft latitude is greater than 75° North or 60° South. NOTE: The data contained in the TAWS databases comes from government agencies. Garmin accurately processes and cross-validates the data but cannot guarantee the accuracy and completeness of the data. TAWS-B (Terrain Awareness and Warning System Class B) is used to increase situational awareness and aid in reducing controlled flight into terrain (CFIT). TAWS provides visual and aural annunciations when terrain and obstacles are within the given altitude threshold from the aircraft. The displayed alerts and warnings are advisory in nature only. TAWS-B satisfies TSO-C151b Class B requirements for certification. TAWS-B requires the following to operate properly: • A valid terrain/obstacle/airport terrain database • A valid 3-D GPS position solution TAWS-B uses terrain and obstacle information supplied by government sources. Terrain information is based on terrain elevation information in a database that may contain inaccuracies. Individual obstructions may be shown if available in the database. The data undergoes verification by Garmin to confirm accuracy of the content, per TSO-C151b. However, the displayed information should never be understood as being all-inclusive and data may be inaccurate. TAWS-B uses information provided from the GPS receiver to provide a horizontal position and altitude. GPS altitude is derived from satellite measurements. GPS altitude is converted to a mean sea level (MSL)-based altitude (GPS-MSL altitude) and is used to determine TAWS-B alerts. GPS-MSL altitude accuracy is affected by factors such as satellite geometry, but it is not subject to variations in pressure and temperature that normally affect pressure altitude devices. GPS-MSL altitude does not require local altimeter settings to determine MSL altitude. Therefore, GPS altitude provides a highly accurate and reliable MSL altitude source to calculate terrain and obstacle alerts. The terrain and obstacle databases used by TAWS-B are referenced to mean sea level (MSL). Using the GPS position and GPS-MSL altitude, TAWS-B displays a 2-D picture of the surrounding terrain and obstacles relative to the position and altitude of the aircraft. Furthermore, the GPS position and GPS-MSL altitude are used to calculate and “predict” the aircraft’s flight path in relation to the surrounding terrain and obstacles. In this manner, TAWS can provide advanced alerts of predicted dangerous terrain conditions. Baro-corrected altitude (or indicated altitude) is derived by adjusting the altimeter setting for local atmospheric conditions. The most accurate baro-corrected altitude can be achieved by frequently updating the altimeter setting to the nearest reporting station along the flight path. However, because actual atmospheric conditions seldom match the standard conditions defined by the International Standard Atmosphere (ISA) model (where pressure, temperature, and lapse rates have fixed values), it is common for the baro-corrected altitude (as read 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 347 Hazard Avoidance from the altimeter) to differ from the GPS-MSL altitude. This variation results in the aircraft’s true altitude differing from the baro-corrected altitude. Displaying TAWS-B Data TAWS-B uses yellow (caution) and red (warning) to depict terrain and obstacles (with heights greater than 200 feet above ground level, AGL) alerts relative to aircraft altitude. Colors are adjusted automatically as the aircraft altitude changes. The colors and symbols in Figure 6-65 and Table 6-5 are used to represent terrain, obstacles, and potential impact points. Potential Impact Point Terrain above or within 100 ft below the aircraft altitude Projected Flight Path 100 ft Threshold Unlighted Obstacle 1000 ft Terrain between 100 ft and 1000 ft below the aircraft altitude Terrain more than 1000 ft below the aircraft altitude Figure 6-65 Terrain Altitude/Color Correlation for TAWS Unlighted Obstacle Lighted Obstacle Potential Impact Points < 1000’ AGL > 1000’ AGL < 1000’ AGL > 1000’ AGL Obstacle Location WARNING: Red obstacle is above or within 100’ below current aircraft altitude CAUTION: Yellow obstacle is between 100’ and 1000’ below current aircraft altitude Table 6-5 TAWS-B Obstacle Colors and Symbology TAWS information can be displayed on the following maps: • PFD Inset Map • Trip Planning Page • Navigation Map Page • Flight Plan Pages • TAWS-B Page Displaying terrain and obstacle information (maps other than the TAWS-B Page): 1) Select the MAP Softkey (for the PFD Inset Map, select the INSET Softkey). 2) Select the TERRAIN Softkey to display terrain and obstacle data. 348 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Hazard Avoidance When TAWS-B is selected on maps other than the TAWS-B Page, an icon to indicate the feature is enabled for display and a legend for TAWS-B terrain colors are shown (Figure 6-66). Figure 6-66 TAWS Icon and Legend The Navigation Map Page Setup Menu provides a means in addition to the softkey for enabling/disabling display of terrain and obstacles. The setup menu also controls the map range settings above which terrain and obstacle data are decluttered from the display. If a map range larger than the map range setting is selected, the data is removed from the map. Terrain data can be selected for display independently of obstacle data; however, obstacles for which warnings and cautions are issued are shown when terrain is selected for display and the map range is within the setting limit. Maps besides the TAWS-B Page use settings based on those selected for the Navigation Map Page. The maximum display ranges for obstacles on each map are dependent on the range setting made for the Navigation Map. If the maximum range for obstacle display on the Navigation Map is adjusted to below 20 nm, the highest obstacle display range settings on the other applicable maps are also adjusted proportionally. Customizing terrain and obstacle display on the Navigation Map Page: 1) Select the Navigation Map Page. 2) Press the MENU Key. 3) With ‘Map Setup’ highlighted, press the ENT Key (Figure 6-67). 4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Map’ Group and press the ENT Key (Figure 6-68). 5) Turn the large FMS Knob or press the ENT Key to scroll through product selections (Figure 6-69). • TERRAIN DATA – Turns the display of terrain data on or off and sets maximum range at which terrain is shown • OBSTACLE DATA – Turns the display of obstacle data on or off and sets maximum range at which obstacles are shown 6) Turn the small FMS Knob to scroll through options for each product (ON/OFF, range settings). 7) Press the ENT Key to select an option. 8) Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the Navigation Map Page with the changed settings. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 349 Hazard Avoidance Figure 6-67 Navigation Map Page Menu Figure 6-68 Navigation Map Page Setup Menu Figure 6-69 Navigation Map Page Setup Menu, Map Group TAWS-B Page The TAWS-B Page is specialized to show terrain, obstacle, and potential impact point data in relation to the aircraft’s current altitude, without clutter from the basemap. Aviation data (airports, VORs, and other NAVAIDs) can be displayed for reference. If an obstacle and the projected flight path of the aircraft intersect, the display automatically zooms in to the closest potential point of impact on the TAWS-B Page. Aircraft orientation on this map is always heading up unless there is no valid heading. Two views are available relative to the position of the aircraft: the 360° default display and the radar-like ARC (120°) display. Map range is adjustable with the RANGE Knob from 1 to 200 nm, as indicated by the map range rings (or arcs). Displaying the TAWS-B Page: 1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Map Page Group. 2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the TAWS-B Page. Changing the TAWS-B Page view: 1) Select the VIEW Softkey. 2) Select the 360 or ARC Softkey to select the desired view. Or: 1) Press the MENU Key. 2) Select ‘View 120º’ or ‘View 360º’ (choice dependent on current state) and press the ENT Key to change the view 350 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Hazard Avoidance Showing/hiding aviation information on the TAWS-B Page: 1) Press the MENU Key. 2) Select ‘Show Aviation Data’ or ‘Hide Aviation Data’ (choice dependent on current state) and press the ENT Key. Yellow Terrain (Caution - Terrain Between 100’ and 1000’ Below the Aircraft Altitude) Red Terrain (Warning - Terrain Above or Within 100’ Below the Aircraft Altitude) Black Terrain (Terrain More than 1000’ Below the Aircraft Altitude) Map Range Rings Terrain Legend Annunciation Window Figure 6-70 TAWS-B Page Black Terrain (Terrain More than 1000’ Below the Aircraft Altitude) Map Range Arc Yellow Terrain (Caution - Terrain Between 100’ and 1000’ Below the Aircraft Altitude) Red Terrain (Warning Terrain Above or Within 100’ Below the Aircraft Altitude) Terrain Legend Annunciation Window Figure 6-71 TAWS-B Page (ARC View) 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 351 Hazard Avoidance TAWS-B Alerts Alerts are issued when flight conditions meet parameters that are set within TAWS-B software algorithms. TAWS-B alerts typically employ a CAUTION or a WARNING alert severity level, or both. When an alert is issued, visual annunciations are displayed and aural alerts are simultaneously issued. Table 6-6 shows TAWS alert types with corresponding annunciations and aural messages. When an alert is issued, annunciations appear on the PFD and MFD. The TAWS-B Alert Annunciation is shown to the upper left of the Altimeter on the PFD and below the Terrain Legend on the MFD. If the TAWS-B Page is not displayed at the time, a pop-up alert appears on the MFD. To acknowledge the pop-up alert: • Press the CLR Key (returns to the currently viewed page), or • Press the ENT Key (accesses the TAWS-B Page) Alert Annunciation Figure 6-72 TAWS PFD Alert Annunciation with SVS Figure 6-73 Navigation Map Page TAWS Pop-up Alert Terrain Display Enabled Terrain Legend Alert Annunciation Figure 6-74 Navigation Map Page (After TAWS Pop-up Alert Acknowledgment) 352 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Hazard Avoidance PFD/MFD* Alert Annunciation Alert Type MFD Pop-Up Alert (except TAWS-B Page) Aural Message Reduced Required Terrain Clearance Warning (RTC) “Terrain, Terrain; Pull Up, Pull Up” Imminent Terrain Impact Warning (ITI) “Terrain, Terrain; Pull Up, Pull Up” Reduced Required Obstacle Clearance Warning (ROC) “Obstacle, Obstacle; Pull Up, Pull Up” Imminent Obstacle Impact Warning (IOI) “Obstacle, Obstacle; Pull Up, Pull Up” Reduced Required Terrain Clearance Caution (RTC) “Caution, Terrain; Caution, Terrain” Imminent Terrain Impact Caution (ITI) “Caution, Terrain; Caution, Terrain” Reduced Required Obstacle Clearance Caution (ROC) “Caution, Obstacle; Caution, Obstacle” Imminent Obstacle Impact Caution (IOI) “Caution, Obstacle; Caution, Obstacle” Premature Descent Alert Caution (PDA) “Too Low, Terrain” Negative Climb Rate Caution (NCR) Altitude Voice Callout (VCO) “Don’t Sink” None None “Five-Hundred” * Annunciation shown on MFD pages when terrain display is enabled. Table 6-6 TAWS-B Alerts Excessive Descent Rate Alert The purpose of the Excessive Descent Rate (EDR) alert is to provide suitable notification when the aircraft is determined to be closing (descending) upon terrain at an excessive speed. Figure 6-75 shows the parameters for the alert as defined by TSO-C151b. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 353 Hazard Avoidance 6000 5500 5000 Height Above Terrain (Feet) 4500 4000 NK : “SI ion Caut 3500 ” RATE 3000 2500 2000 Warning: “PULL UP” 1500 1000 12000 11000 Descent Rate (FPM) 10000 9000 8000 7000 6000 5000 4000 3000 2000 1000 0 0 500 Figure 6-75 Excessive Descent Rate Alert Criteria 354 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Hazard Avoidance Forward Looking Terrain Avoidance (FLTA) Reduced Required Terrain Clearance (RTC) and Reduced Required Obstacle Clearance (ROC) alerts are issued when the aircraft flight path is above terrain, yet is projected to come within the minimum clearance values in Figure 6-76. When an RTC alert is issued, a potential impact point is displayed on the TAWS-B Page. Imminent Terrain Impact (ITI) and Imminent Obstacle Impact (IOI) alerts are issued when the aircraft is below the elevation of a terrain or obstacle cell in the aircraft’s projected path. ITI and IOI alerts are accompanied by a potential impact point displayed on the TAWS-B Page. The alert is annunciated when the projected vertical flight path is calculated to come within minimum clearance altitudes in Figure 6-76. Required Terrain Clearance RTC Level (FT) RTC Descending (FT) 800 700 Required Terrain Clearance (FT) 600 500 400 300 200 100 0 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 Distance From Runway (NM) Figure 6-76 FLTA Minimum Terrain and Obstacle Values FLTA alerts are automatically inhibited when the aircraft is less than 200 feet above the destination runway elevation while within 0.5 nm of the approach runway or the aircraft is between runway ends. Premature Descent Alerting A Premature Descent Alert (PDA) is issued when the system detects that the aircraft is significantly below the normal approach path to a runway (Figure 6-77). PDA alerting begins when the aircraft is below 700 feet AGL within 15 nm of the destination airport and ends when the aircraft is 0.5 nm from the runway threshold. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 355 Hazard Avoidance 800 Height Above Destination (Feet) 700 600 500 400 300 PDA Alerting Area 200 100 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 0 Distance to Destination (NM) Figure 6-77 PDA Alerting Threshold PDA and FLTA aural and visual alerts can be manually inhibited. Discretion should be used when inhibiting TAWS and the system should be enabled when appropriate. When TAWS-B is inhibited, the alert annunciation ‘TAWS INH’ is shown on the PFD and MFD (Figure 6-78). Figure 6-78 TAWS Alerting Disabled (TAWS-B Inhibited) Annunciation Inhibiting/enabling TAWS-B alerting: 1) Select the TAWS-B Page. 2) Select the INHIBIT Softkey to inhibit or enable TAWS (choice dependent on current state). Or: a) Press the MENU Key. b) Select ‘Inhibit TAWS’ or ‘Enable TAWS’ (choice dependent on current state) and press the ENT Key. If TAWS-B alerts are inhibited when the Final Approach Fix is the active waypoint in a GPS WAAS approach, a ‘LOW ALT’ annunciation may appear on the PFD next to the Altimeter if the current aircraft altitude is at least 164 feet below the prescribed altitude at the Final Approach Fix. See the Flight Instruments Section for details. Five-Hundred Aural Alert The purpose of the aural alert message “Five-hundred” is to provide an advisory alert that the aircraft is 500 feet above terrain or the destination runway elevation. When the aircraft reaches this altitude, the aural message “Five-hundred” is generated. There are no display annunciations or pop-up alerts that accompany the aural message. 356 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Hazard Avoidance Negative Climb Rate After Takeoff Alert The Negative Climb Rate (NCR) After Takeoff alert (also referred to as “Altitude Loss After Takeoff”) provides alerts when the system determines the aircraft is losing altitude (closing upon terrain) after takeoff. The aural message “Don’t Sink” is given for NCR alerts, accompanied by an annunciation and a pop-up terrain alert on the display. NCR alerting is only active when departing from an airport and when the following conditions are met: • Height above the terrain is less than 700 feet • Distance from the departure airport is 2 nm or less • Heading change from the departure heading is less than 110 degrees Figures 6-79 and 6-80 shows the NCR alerting parameters as defined by TSO-C151b. 1000 Height Above Terrain (Feet) 900 800 700 600 500 “DON’T SINK” 400 300 200 100 0 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 Altitude Loss (Feet) Figure 6-79 Negative Climb Rate (NCR) Altitude Loss 1000 Height Above Terrain (Feet) 900 800 700 600 500 400 “DON’T SINK” 300 200 100 0 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000 5500 6000 6500 7000 Sink Rate (FPM) Figure 6-80 Negative Climb Rate (NCR) Sink Rate 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 357 Hazard Avoidance System Status During power-up, TAWS-B conducts a self-test of its aural and visual annunciations. The system test can also be manually initiated. An aural alert is issued at test completion. TAWS-B System Testing is disabled when ground speed exceeds 30 knots. PFD/MFD* Alert Annunciation Alert Type System Test in Progress System Test Pass TAWS-B Page Center Banner Annunciation Aural Message TAWS TEST None None “TAWS System Test OK” TAWS FAIL “TAWS System Failure” None TAWS-B System Test Fail *Annunciation appears on MFD pages when Terrain is displayed. Table 6-7 TAWS-B System Test Status Annunciations Manually testing the TAWS-B System: 1) Select the TAWS-B Page. 2) Press the MENU Key (Figure 6-81). 3) Select ‘Test TAWS System’ and press the ENT Key to confirm the selection. Figure 6-81 TAWS-B Page Menu 358 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Hazard Avoidance TAWS-B continually monitors several system-critical items such as database validity, hardware status, and GPS status. If the terrain/obstacle database is not available, the aural message “TAWS System Failure” is generated along with the ‘TAWS FAIL’ alert annunciation. TAWS-B requires a 3-D GPS navigation solution along with specific vertical accuracy minimums. Should the navigation solution become degraded or if the aircraft is out of the database coverage area, the annunciation ‘TAWS N/A’ is generated in the annunciation window and on the TAWS-B Page. The aural message “TAWS Not Available” is generated. When sufficient GPS signal is received and the aircraft is within the database coverage area, the ‘TAWS N/A’ annunciation is removed. TAWS-B Page Center Banner Annunciation Aural Message TERRAIN DATABASE FAILURE None TAWS FAIL “TAWS System Failure” NO GPS POSITION “TAWS Not Available” Excessively degraded GPS signal None “TAWS Not Available” Out of database coverage area None “TAWS Not Available” Alert Cause MFD Terrain or Obstacle database unavailable or invalid. TAWS operating with PFD Terrain or Obstacle databases Terrain or Obstacle database unavailable or invalid on all displays, invalid software configuration, TAWS audio fault No GPS position PFD/MFD* Annunciation None *Annunciation appears on MFD pages when terrain is displayed. Table 6-8 TAWS-B Abnormal Conditions 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 359 Hazard Avoidance 6.4Traffic Information Service (TIS) WARNING: The Traffic Information Service (TIS) is intended for advisory use only. TIS is intended to help the pilot locate traffic visually. It is the responsibility of the pilot to see and maneuver to avoid traffic. NOTE: TIS is available only when the aircraft is within the service volume of a TIS-capable terminal radar site. Aircraft without an operating transponder are invisible to Traffic Advisory Systems (TAS), Traffic Alert and Collision Avoidance Systems (TCAS) and to TIS. Aircraft without altitude reporting capability are shown without altitude separation data or climb descent indications. NOTE: TIS is disabled if a Traffic Advisory System (TAS) or Traffic Alert and Collision Avoidance System II (TCAS II) is installed. Traffic Information Service (TIS) is designed to help in detection and avoidance of other aircraft. TIS uses the Mode S transponder for the traffic data link. TIS receives traffic information from ground stations, and is updated every 5 seconds. The G1000 displays up to eight traffic targets within a 7.5-nm radius, from 3000 feet below to 3500 feet above the requesting aircraft. Traffic is displayed according to TCAS symbology using three different symbols (Table 6-9). TIS Symbol Description Non-Threat Traffic Traffic Advisory (TA) Traffic Advisory Off Scale Table 6-9 TIS Traffic Symbols A Traffic Advisory (TA) indicates that the current track of the intruder could result in a collision. When traffic meets the advisory criteria for the TA, a solid yellow circle symbol is generated. A TA which is detected, but is outside the range of the map, is indicated with a message in the lower left corner of the map and a half TA symbol at the relative bearing of the intruder. TIS also provides a vector line showing the direction in which the traffic is moving, to the nearest 45°. Traffic information for which TIS is unable to determine the bearing (non-bearing traffic) is displayed in the center of the Traffic Map Page (Figure 6-86) or in a banner at the lower left corner of maps other than the Traffic Map Page on which traffic can be displayed. 360 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Hazard Avoidance The altitude difference between the requesting aircraft and other intruder aircraft is displayed above/below the traffic symbol in hundreds of feet. If the other aircraft is above the requesting aircraft, the altitude separation appears above the traffic symbol; if below, the altitude separation appears below. Altitude trend is displayed as an up/down arrow (for speeds greater than 500 fpm in either direction) to the right of the target symbol. Traffic symbols for aircraft without altitude reporting capability appear without altitude separation or climb/descent information. Displaying TRAFFIC Data Traffic information can be displayed on the following maps (when TIS is operating): • PFD Inset Map • Trip Planning Page • Navigation Map Page • Nearest Pages • Traffic Map Page • Active Flight Plan Page Displaying traffic information (maps other than the Traffic Map Page): 1) Select the MAP Softkey. 2) Select the TRAFFIC Softkey to display traffic data. When traffic is selected on maps other than the Traffic Map Page, an icon is shown to indicate the feature is enabled for display. Traffic Advisory Non-Threat Traffic Traffic Display Enabled Figure 6-82 TIS Traffic on the Navigation Map Page 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 361 Hazard Avoidance Displaying traffic information (PFD Inset Map): 1) Select the INSET Softkey. 2) Select the TRAFFIC Softkey to display traffic data on the inset map (TRFC-1). 3) Select the softkey again to display the traffic-only inset (TRFC-2). 4) Select the softkey again to remove traffic data. Customizing traffic display on the Navigation Map Page: 1) Select the Navigation Map Page. 2) Press the MENU Key. 3) With ‘Map Setup’ highlighted, press the ENT Key (Figure 6-83). 4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Traffic’ Group and press the ENT Key (Figure 6-84). 5) Turn the large FMS Knob or press the ENT Key to scroll through product selections (Figure 6-85). • TRAFFIC – Turns the display of traffic data on or off • TRAFFIC MODE – Selects the traffic mode for display; select from: - All Traffic - Displays all traffic - TA/PA - Displays Traffic Alerts and Proximity Advisories - TA ONLY - Displays Traffic Alerts only • TRAFFIC SMBL – Selects the maximum range at which traffic symbols are shown • TRAFFIC LBL – Selects the maximum range at which traffic labels are shown (with the option to turn off) 6) Turn the small FMS Knob to scroll through options for each product (ON/OFF, range settings, etc.). 7) Press the ENT Key to select an option. 8) Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the Navigation Map Page with the changed settings. 362 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Hazard Avoidance Figure 6-83 Navigation Map Page Menu Figure 6-84 Navigation Map Page Setup Menu Figure 6-85 Navigation Map Page Setup Menu, Traffic Group The Navigation Map Page Setup Menu provides a means in addition to the softkey for enabling/disabling display of traffic. The setup menu also controls the map range settings above which traffic data (symbols and labels) are decluttered from the display. If a map range larger than the map range setting is selected, the data is removed from the map. Maps besides the Traffic Map Page use settings based on those selected for the Navigation Map Page. Traffic Map Page The Traffic Map Page is specialized to show surrounding TIS traffic data in relation to the aircraft’s current position and altitude, without clutter from the basemap. Aircraft orientation on this map is always heading up unless there is no valid heading. Map range is adjustable with the RANGE Knob from 2 to 12 nm, as indicated by the map range rings. The traffic mode is annunciated in the upper left corner of the Traffic Map Page. When the aircraft is on the ground, TIS automatically enters Standby Mode. Once the aircraft is airborne, TIS switches from Standby to Operating Mode and the G1000 begins to display traffic information. Refer to the System Status discussion for more information. Displaying traffic on the Traffic Map Page: 1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Map Page Group. 2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Traffic Map Page. 3) Confirm TIS is in Operating Mode: Select the OPERATE Softkey to begin displaying traffic. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 363 Hazard Avoidance Or: a) Press the MENU Key. b) Select ‘Operate Mode’ (shown if TIS is in Standby Mode) and press the ENT Key. Operating Mode Non-Threat Traffic Traffic Advisory, Off Scale Aircraft is Out of Range, 200’ Above and Descending Non-Threat Traffic Display of System Status Traffic Advisory, Aircraft is 400’ Below and Climbing Non-Bearing Traffic (System is Unable to Determine Bearing), Aircraft Distance is 8.0 nm, 1100’ Above and Descending Mutes “TIS Not Available” Voice Alert Figure 6-86 Traffic Map Page TIS Alerts When the number of TAs on the Traffic Map Page increases from one scan to the next, the following occur: • A single “Traffic” voice alert is generated. • A ‘TRAFFIC’ Annunciation appears to the top left of the Attitude Indicator on the PFD, flashing for 5 seconds and remaining displayed until no TAs are detected in the area. • The PFD Inset Map is automatically displayed with traffic. To reduce the number of nuisance alerts due to proximate aircraft, the “Traffic” voice alert is generated only when the number of TAs increases. For example, when the first TA is displayed, a voice and visual annunciation are generated. As long as a single TA remains on the display, no additional voice alerts are generated. If a second TA appears on the display or if the number of TAs initially decreases and then subsequently increases, another voice alert is generated. 364 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Hazard Avoidance Inset Map Displays When TA is Detected Figure 6-87 Traffic Annunciation (PFD) A “TIS Not Available” (TNA) voice alert is generated when the TIS service becomes unavailable or is out of range. TIS may be unavailable in the radar coverage area due to the following: • Radar site TIS Mode S sensor is not operational or is out of service • Traffic or requesting aircraft is beyond the maximum range of the TIS-capable Mode S radar site. • Traffic or requesting aircraft is above the radar site in the cone of silence and out of range of an adjacent site. • Traffic or requesting aircraft is below radar coverage. In flat terrain, the coverage extends from about 3000 feet upward at 55 miles. Terrain and obstacles around the radar site can further decrease radar coverage in all directions. • Traffic does not have an operating transponder. The “TIS Not Available” (TNA) voice alert can be manually muted to reduce nuisance alerting. TNA muting status is shown in the upper left corner of the Traffic Map Page. Muting the “TIS Not Available” voice alert: 1) Select the Traffic Map Page. 2) Select the TNA MUTE Softkey. The status is displayed in the upper left corner of the Traffic Map Page. Or: a) Press the MENU Key. b) Select ‘‘’Not Available” Mute On’ (shown if TNA muting is currently off) and press the ENT Key. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 365 Hazard Avoidance System Status The G1000 performs an automatic test of TIS during power-up. If TIS passes the test, TIS enters Standby Mode (on the ground) or Operating Mode (in the air). If TIS fails the power up test, an annunciation is shown in the center of the Traffic Map Page. Traffic Map Page Annunciation NO DATA DATA FAILED FAILED Description Data is not being received from the transponder* Data is being received from the transponder, but a failure is detected in the data stream* The transponder has failed* UNAVAILABLE TIS is unavailable or out of range * Contact a service center or Garmin dealer for corrective action Table 6-10 TIS Failure Annunciations System Test has Failed Data Not Received from Transponder Figure 6-88 TIS Power-up Test Failure 366 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Hazard Avoidance The traffic mode is annunciated in the upper left corner of the Traffic Map Page. When the aircraft is on the ground, TIS automatically enters Standby Mode. If traffic is selected for display on another map while Standby Mode is selected, the traffic display enabled icon is crossed out (also the case whenever TIS has failed). Once the aircraft is airborne, TIS switches to Operating Mode and traffic information is displayed. The mode can be changed manually using softkeys or the page menu. Mode Traffic Mode Annunciation (Traffic Map Page) TIS Operating OPERATING TIS Standby STANDBY (also shown in white in center of page) TIS Failed* FAIL Traffic Display Enabled Icon (Other Maps) * See Table 6-12 for additional failure annunciations Table 6-11 TIS Modes Switching between TIS modes: 1) Select the Traffic Map Page. 2) Select the STANDBY or OPERATE Softkey to switch between modes. The mode is displayed in the upper left corner of the Traffic Map Page. Or: a) Press the MENU Key. b) Select ‘Operate Mode’ or ‘Standby Mode’ (choice dependent on current state) and press the ENT Key. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 367 Hazard Avoidance The annunciations to indicate the status of traffic information appear in a banner at the lower left corner of maps on which traffic can be displayed (Table 6-12). Traffic Status Banner Annunciation TA OFF SCALE TA X.X ± XX ↕ AGE MM:SS TRFC COAST TRFC RMVD TRFC FAIL NO TRFC DATA TRFC UNAVAIL Description A Traffic Advisory is outside the selected display range* Annunciation is removed when traffic comes within the selected display range System cannot determine bearing of Traffic Advisory** Annunciation indicates distance in nm, altitude separation in hundreds of feet, and altitude trend arrow (climbing/descending) Appears if traffic data is not refreshed within 6 seconds If after another 6 seconds data is not received, traffic is removed from the display The quality of displayed traffic information is reduced as the age increases The displayed data is not current (6 to 12 seconds since last message) The quality of displayed traffic information is reduced when this message is displayed Traffic is removed because it is too old for coasting (12 to 60 seconds since last message) Traffic may exist within the selected display range, but it is not displayed Traffic data has failed Traffic has not been detected The traffic service is unavailable or out of range *Shown as symbol on Traffic Map Page **Shown in center of Traffic Map Page Table 6-12 TIS Traffic Status Annunciations 368 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Hazard Avoidance 6.5Traffic Advisory System (TAS) WARNING: The Traffic Advisory System (TAS) is intended for advisory use only. TAS is intended to help the pilot locate traffic visually. It is the responsibility of the pilot to see and maneuver to avoid traffic. Aircraft without operating transponders are invisible to TAS systems. NOTE: TIS is disabled when Traffic Advisory System (TAS) is installed. NOTE: Refer to the Honeywell® KTA 870 Pilot’s Guide for a detailed discussion of the KTA 870 TAS. TAS Symbology Traffic Advisory System (TAS) is designed to help in detection and avoidance of other aircraft. TAS uses an on-board interrogator-processor and the Mode S transponder for the air-to-air traffic data link. Traffic is displayed according to TCAS symbology using four different symbols. TAS Symbol Description Non-Threat Traffic Proximity Advisory (PA) Traffic Advisory (TA) Traffic Advisory Off Scale Table 6-13 TAS Symbol Description A Non-threat Advisory, shown as an open white diamond, indicates that an intruding aircraft is at greater than ±1200 feet relative altitude or the distance is beyond 5 nm. A Proximity Advisory indicates that the intruding aircraft is within ±1200 feet and is within 5 nm range, but is still not considered a threat. A Traffic Advisory (TA) alerts the crew to a potentially hazardous intruding aircraft. Closing rate, distance, and vertical separation meet TA criteria. A Traffic Advisory that is beyond the selected display range is indicated by a half TA symbol at the edge of the screen at the relative bearing of the intruder. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 369 Hazard Avoidance Operation The KTA 870 must be in Operating Mode for traffic to be displayed. The unit starts in Operating Mode upon power-up. Selecting the STANDBY Softkey forces the unit into Standby Mode. Selecting the NORMAL Softkey allows the KTA 870 to switch from Standby Mode to Operating Mode as necessary. Switching from operating mode to standby mode: On the Traffic Page, select the STANDBY Softkey Or: 1) Press the MENU Key and turn the small FMS knob to select Standby Mode. 2) Press the ENT Key. Switching from standby mode to operating mode: On the Traffic Page, select the NORMAL Softkey Or: 1) Press the MENU Key and turn the small FMS knob to select Normal Mode. 2) Press the ENT Key. The KTA 870 switches from Standby Mode to Operating Mode as necessary. System Self Test 1) Set the range to 2/6 nm. 2) Select the TEST Softkey. 3) Self test takes approximately eight seconds to complete. When completed successfully, traffic symbols are displayed and a voice alert “TAS System Test OK” is heard. In the event that the system test fails, the system reverts to Standby Mode and a voice alert “TAS System Test Failed” is heard. Displaying traffic on the Traffic Map Page: 1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Map Page Group. 2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Traffic Map Page. 3) Select the NORMAL Softkey to begin displaying traffic. OPERATING is displayed in the Traffic mode field. 4) Select the ALT MODE Softkey to change the altitude volume. 5) Select the STANDBY Softkey to place the system in the Standby mode. STANDBY is displayed in the Traffic mode field. 6) Turn the RANGE Knob clockwise to display a larger area or counter-clockwise to display a smaller area. 370 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Hazard Avoidance Operating Mode Altitude Mode Traffic Display Range Traffic Advisory, Aircraft is 400’ Below, Climbing “Non-Bearing” Traffic (Bearing Undetermined), Distance 8.0 nm, 1100’ Above, Descending Proximity Traffic, 1000’ Above, Descending Off Scale Traffic Figure 6-89 Traffic Map Page The Traffic Map Page shows surrounding TAS traffic data in relation to the aircraft’s current position and altitude, without basemap clutter. Aircraft orientation is always heading up unless there is no valid heading. Map range is adjustable with the RANGE Knob from 2 to 40 nm, as indicated by the map range rings. The traffic mode and altitude display mode are annunciated in the upper left corner. Displaying TRAFFIC Data Traffic information can be displayed on the following maps when the KTA 870 unit is operating: • PFD Inset Map • Trip Planning Page • Navigation Map Page • Nearest Pages • Traffic Map Page • Active Flight Plan Page Displaying traffic information (maps other than the Traffic Map Page): 1) Select the MAP Softkey. 2) Select the TRAFFIC Softkey. Traffic is now displayed on the map. When traffic is selected on maps other than the Traffic Map Page, a traffic icon is shown to indicate TAS is enabled for display. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 371 Hazard Avoidance Displaying traffic on the Navigation Map 1) Ensure that the TAS system is operating. With the Navigation Map displayed, select the MAP Softkey. 2) Select the TRAFFIC Softkey. Traffic is now displayed on the map as shown in the figure. Non-Threat Traffic Traffic Advisory Proximity Traffic TA Off Scale Banner Non-Bearing Traffic Advisory Figure 6-90 TAS Traffic on Navigation Map Displaying traffic information (PFD Inset Map): 1) Select the INSET Softkey. 2) Select the TRAFFIC Softkey to display traffic data on the inset map (TRFC-1). 3) Select the softkey again to display the traffic-only inset in heading up mode (TRFC-2). 4) Select the softkey again to remove traffic data. 372 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Hazard Avoidance Altitude Display The Pilot can select the volume of airspace in which traffic is displayed. Traffic Advisories (TAs) outside of these limits will still be shown. Refer to the KTA 870 Pilot’s Guide for specific display thresholds. Changing the altitude display mode: 1) On the Traffic Page, select the ALT MODE Softkey. 2) Select one of the following Softkeys: • BELOW • NORMAL • ABOVE • UNREST (unrestricted) 3) To return to the Traffic Page, select the BACK Softkey. Or: 1) Press the MENU Key. 2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select one of the following: • BELOW • NORMAL • ABOVE • UNREST (unrestricted) 3) Select the ENT Softkey. Traffic Map Page Display Range The display range on the Traffic Map Page can be changed at any time. Map range is adjustable with the RANGE Knob from 2 to 40 nm, as indicated by the map range rings. Changing the display range on the Traffic Page: 1) Turn the RANGE Knob. 2) The following range options are available: 190-00494-03 Rev. A • 2 nm • 2 and 6 nm • 6 and 12 nm • 12 and 24 nm • 24 and 40 nm Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 373 Hazard Avoidance Customizing the traffic display on the Navigation Map Page: 1) Select the Navigation Map Page. 2) Press the MENU Key. 3) With Map Setup highlighted, press the ENT Key (Figure 6-91). 4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Traffic Group and press the ENT Key (Figure 6-92). 5) Turn the large FMS Knob or press the ENT Key to scroll through the selections (Figure 6-93). • TRAFFIC – Turns the display of traffic data on or off • TRAFFIC MODE – Selects the traffic mode for display; select from: - All Traffic - Displays all traffic - TA/PA - Displays Traffic Alerts and Proximity Advisories - TA ONLY - Displays Traffic Alerts only • TRAFFIC SMBL – Selects the maximum range at which traffic symbols are shown • TRAFFIC LBL – Selects the maximum range at which traffic labels are shown with the option to turn off 6) Turn the small FMS Knob to scroll through options (ON/OFF, range settings, etc.). 7) Press the ENT Key to select an option. 8) Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the Navigation Map Page. Figure 6-91 Navigation Map Page Menu Figure 6-91 Navigation Map Page Setup Menu 374 Figure 6-92 Navigation Map Page Setup Menu, Traffic Group Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Hazard Avoidance The Navigation Map Page Setup Menu also controls the display of traffic. The setup menu controls the map range settings. Traffic data symbols and labels can be decluttered from the display. If a map range larger than the map range setting is selected, the data is removed from the map. Maps besides the Traffic Map Page use settings based on those selected for the Navigation Map Page. TAS Alerts NOTE: Refer to the KTA 870 documentation for information on alerts generated by the TAS equipment. When the number of TAs on the Traffic Map Page increases from one scan to the next, the following occur: • A “Traffic, Traffic” voice alert is generated when the first TA is displayed. • A TRAFFIC Annunciation appears at the top right of the airspeed on the PFD, flashing for 5 seconds and remaining displayed until no TAs are detected in the area. • The PFD Inset Map is automatically displayed with TA traffic. • A single “Traffic” voice alert is generated when the number of TAs increases while a previous TA is in effect. Inset Map Displays When TA is Detected Figure 6-93 Traffic Annunciation (PFD) 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 375 Hazard Avoidance System Status The traffic mode is annunciated in the upper left corner of the Traffic Map Page. Mode Traffic Mode Annunciation (Traffic Map Page) TAS Self-test Initiated TEST (also shown in white in center of page) Traffic Display Enabled Icon (Other Maps) OPERATING TAS Operating TAS Standby STANDBY (also shown in white in center of page) TAS Failed* FAIL * See Table 6-15 for additional failure annunciations Table 6-14 TAS Modes If the unit fails, an annunciation as to the cause of the failure is shown in the center of the Traffic Map Page. Traffic Map Page Annunciation NO DATA DATA FAILED FAILED Description Data is not being received from the TAS unit Data is being received from the TAS unit, but the unit is self-reporting a failure Incorrect data format received from the TAS unit Table 6-15 TAS Failure Annunciations The annunciations to indicate the status of traffic information appear in a banner at the lower left corner of maps on which traffic can be displayed. Traffic Status Banner Annunciation TA OFF SCALE TA X.X ± XX ↕ TRFC FAIL NO TRFC DATA Description A Traffic Advisory is outside the selected display range* Annunciation is removed when traffic comes within the selected display range System cannot determine bearing of Traffic Advisory** Annunciation indicates distance in nm, altitude separation in hundreds of feet, and altitude trend arrow (climbing/descending) TAS unit has failed (unit is self-reporting a failure or sending incorrectly formatted data) Data is not being received from the TAS unit *Shown as symbol on Traffic Map Page **Shown in center of Traffic Map Page Table 6-16 TAS Traffic Status Annunciations 376 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Hazard Avoidance 6.6 TCAS II Traffic WARNING: The Traffic Alert and Collision Avoidance System II (TCAS II) is intended for advisory use only. TCAS II is intended to help the pilot locate transponder-equipped traffic visually and to provide advisory vertical maneuver guidance to avoid traffic. It is the responsibility of the pilot to see and maneuver to avoid traffic, terrain, and obstacles. Aircraft without operating transponders are invisible to TCAS II systems. NOTE: TIS is disabled when TCAS II is installed. NOTE: Refer to the TCAS II documentation for a detailed discussion of the TCAS II system.. TCAS II Symbology The optional TCAS II system is designed to help in detection and avoidance of other aircraft. TCAS II uses an on-board interrogator-processor and the Mode S transponder for the air-to-air traffic data link. Traffic is displayed according to TCAS II symbology using six different symbols. TCAS Symbol Description Non-Threat Traffic Proximity Advisory (PA) Traffic Advisory (TA) Traffic Advisory Off Scale Resolution Advisory (RA) Resolution Advisory Off Scale Table 6-17 TCAS II Symbol Description A Non-threat Proximity Advisory, shown as an open white diamond, indicates that an intruding aircraft is at greater than ±1200 feet relative altitude or the distance is beyond 5 nm. A Proximity Advisory indicates that the intruding aircraft is within ±1200 feet and is within 6 nm range, but is still not considered a threat. A Traffic Advisory (TA) alerts the crew to a potentially hazardous intruding aircraft closing to within 20-48 seconds of a potential collision area. A Traffic Advisory that is beyond the selected display range is indicated by a half TA symbol at the edge of the screen at the relative bearing of the intruder. A Resolution Advisory (RA) alerts the crew to intruding aircraft that are closing to within 15 to 35 seconds of a potential collision area. RAs include vertical guidance maneuvers designed to increase or maintain vertical 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 377 Hazard Avoidance separation from intruding aircraft. An RA that is beyond the selected display range is indicated by a half RA symbol at the edge of the screen at the relative bearing of the intruder. TCAS II Alerts NOTE: Refer to the TCAS II documentation for information on alerts generated by the TCAS II equipment. When the TCAS II unit issues a TA or RA, the following occur: • A voice alert is generated when a TA or RA is displayed. • A TRAFFIC Annunciation appears at the top right of the airspeed indicator on the PFD, flashing for 5 seconds and remaining displayed until no TAs or RAs are detected in the area. RA TRAFFIC annunciations are white text with red backgrounds; TA TRAFFIC annunciations are black text with yellow backgrounds. If a TA and RA occur simultaneously, only the red and white RA TRAFFIC annunciation is shown. • The PFD Inset Map is automatically displayed with TA or RA traffic. • During an RA only, voice alert(s) provide vertical guidance to resolve the traffic conflict while the PFD displays pitch and vertical speed cues (Figure 6-95). Additional voice alerts occur to denote changes in the RA status. RA Annunciation TA Annunciation Fly-To Pitch Cue Fly-To Vertical Speed No-Fly Pitch Cue No-Fly Vertical Speed Range Inset Map Displays When TA or RA is Detected Traffic/Map Inset Softkey Figure 6-94 Traffic Annunciation with Resolution Advisory (PFD) 378 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Hazard Avoidance Resolution advisories During an RA, vertical guidance indications appear on the Attitude Indicator and Vertical Speed indicators of the PFD to provide visual pitch cues for the flight crew to use to achieve (or maintain) vertical separation from intruding traffic (Figure 6-95). The Attitude Indicator will depict a range of pitch attitudes to avoid using no-fly pitch cues positioned on the pitch ladder. The no-fly pitch cues are indicated by red open trapezoid-shaped areas encompassing the range of pitch attitudes to be avoided during an RA. If an RA requires a change in existing pitch attitude, a green rectangular fly-to pitch cue will appear above or below the no-fly pitch cue to indicate a recommended pitch attitude. If multiple intruding aircraft limit available pitch travel in both directions, two no-fly pitch cues will appear on the pitch ladder, indicating flight should occur between the two no-fly pitch cues. While an RA is occurring, the Vertical Speed Indicator (VSI) will show vertical speeds required to resolve the traffic conflict. A red vertical bar appears on the VSI scale to indicate the range of vertical speeds to be avoided during the RA. If the current aircraft vertical speed is within this red range, the pointer on the VSI also turns red. When an RA directs the flight crew to fly to (or maintain) a vertical speed, a green vertical bar will appear on the VSI scale at the recommended vertical speed range. Pitch cues on the Attitude Indicator and vertical bars on the Vertical Speed Indicator are removed when the RA condition has been resolved. In addition the TCAS II system will announce the aircraft is clear of the RA conflict. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 379 Hazard Avoidance Descend) Climb Maintain, Don’t Climb Maintain, Don’t Descend Maintain, Don’t Climb and Don’t Descend Adjust Vertical Speed Figure 6-95 Example Resolution Advisory Visual Cues 380 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Hazard Avoidance System Test The TCAS II system can be tested on either the PFD or MFD. On the PFD: 1) Press the XPDR/TFC Softkey. 2) Press the TCAS Softkey. 3) Press the TEST Softkey. On the MFD: 1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Map Page Group. 2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Traffic Map Page. 3) Turn the Range knob to set the range to 2/6 nm to ensure full display of the TCAS II test pattern. 4) Select the TEST Softkey. Or: 1) Press the MENU Key and turn the small FMS knob to select ‘Test Mode’. 2) Press the ENT Key. When initiating the system test, the TCAS II unit issues the aural annunciation “TCAS Test”. A traffic test pattern is displayed on the Traffic Map Page of the MFD, and on the Inset Map on the PFD (which pops up if not already displayed.) A Resolution Advisory (RA) alert annunciation is shown on the PFD, and pitch cues appear on the attitude indicator and vertical speed indicator indicating not to descend, and not to climb greater than 2000’. The system test takes approximately eight seconds to complete. If the system test passes, a voice alert “TCAS Test Pass” is heard. If the system test fails, a voice alert “TCAS Test Fail” is heard and a visual annunciation ‘TCAS FAIL’ appears on the PFD. In addition, a visual annunciation ‘FAIL’ appears in the Operating Mode box on the Traffic Map Page. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 381 Hazard Avoidance Operation To display TCAS II Traffic, the system must be in TA ONLY or TA/RA Mode. These modes can be accessed on the PFD or on the Traffic Map Page of the MFD. Switching from standby mode to TA only or TA/RA mode: WARNING: While the TA/RA Softkey may be selected at any altitude, Resolution Advisory vertical guidance will only by issued when the aircraft is at or above 1000’ AGL. On the MFD: 1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Map Page Group. 2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Traffic Map Page. 3) Select the TA ONLY or TA/RA Softkey Or: 1) Press the MENU Key and turn the small FMS knob to select ‘TA Only Mode’ or ‘TA/RA Mode’. 2) Press the ENT Key. The unit switches from Standby Mode to TA Only or TA/RA Mode as necessary. On the PFD: 1) Press the XPDR/TFC Softkey. 2) Press the MODE Softkey. 3) Press the TA Only or TA/RA Softkey Switching from TA ONLY or TA/RA mode to standby mode: On the MFD: 1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Map Page Group. 2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Traffic Map Page. 3) Select the TFC STBY Softkey Or: 1) Press the MENU Key and turn the small FMS knob to select ‘Traffic Standby Mode’. 2) Press the ENT Key. 382 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Hazard Avoidance Automatic Mode Selection The TCAS II system automatically changes operating modes when the aircraft reaches the flight conditions shown in Table 6-18. Condition TCAS II Mode Automatically Selected On ground, power up Unit retains last mode used before power cycle. In air, below 1000’ AGL TA Only At or above 1000’ AGL TA/RA After landing TCAS Standby Table 6-18 TCAS II Automatic Mode Selection Traffic MAP Page The Traffic Map Page shows surrounding TCAS II traffic data in relation to the aircraft’s current position and altitude, without basemap clutter. Aircraft orientation is always heading up unless there is no valid heading. Map range is adjustable with the RANGE Knob from 2 to 40 nm, as indicated by the map range rings. The traffic mode and altitude display mode are annunciated in the upper left corner. Operating Mode Altitude Mode Traffic Display Range Rings Proximity Traffic, 400’ Below, Level Off Scale Traffic Advisory Resolution Advisory, 100’ Below, Descending Traffic Advisory, 500’ Above, Climbing “Non-Bearing” (Bearing Unknown) Resolution Advisory, Distance 3.1 nm, 4500’ Below, Climbing Non-Threat Traffic, 400’ Below, Level Off Scale Resolution Advisory Figure 6-96 Traffic Map Page 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 383 Hazard Avoidance Displaying traffic on the Traffic Map Page: 1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Map Page Group. 2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Traffic Map Page. 3) Select the TA ONLY or TA/RA Softkey to begin displaying traffic. TA ONLY or TA/RA is displayed in the Traffic mode field. 4) Select the REL or ABS Softkey to display the relative or absolute altitude of other aircraft. 5) Select the TFC STBY Softkey to place the system in the Standby mode. STANDBY is displayed in the Traffic mode field. 6) Turn the RANGE Knob clockwise to display a larger area or counter-clockwise to display a smaller area. Altitude Display The Pilot can select the volume of airspace in which non-threat and proximity traffic is displayed. Traffic Advisories (TAs) and Resolution Advisories (RAs) outside of these limits will always be shown. Changing the altitude range: On the PFD: 1) Press the XPDR/TFC Softkey. 2) Press the TCAS Softkey 3) Press the ALT RNG Softkey 4) Press one of the following altitude range Softkeys: • ABOVE: Displays non-threat and proximity traffic from 9900 feet above the aircraft to 2700 feet below the aircraft. Typically used during climb phase of flight. • NORMAL: Displays non-threat and proximity traffic from 2700 feet above the aircraft to 2700 feet below the aircraft. Typically used during enroute phase of flight. • BELOW: Displays non-threat and proximity traffic from 2700 feet above the aircraft to 9900 feet below the aircraft. Typically used during descent phase of flight. • UNREST (unrestricted): All traffic is displayed 3) Press the BACK Softkey. On the MFD: 1) On the Traffic Map Page, select the ALT RNG Softkey. 2) Select one of the following Softkeys (see softkey description in step 4 above): • ABOVE • NORMAL • BELOW • UNRESTRICTED 3) To return to the Traffic Page, select the BACK Softkey. 384 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Hazard Avoidance Or: 1) Press the MENU Key. 2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select one of the following (see softkey description in step 4 above): • ABOVE • NORMAL • BELOW • UNRESTRICTED 3) Select the ENT Softkey. Traffic Map Page Display Range The display range on the Traffic Map Page can be changed at any time. Map range is adjustable with the RANGE Knob from 2 to 40 nm, as indicated by the map range rings. Changing the display range on the Traffic Map Page: 1) Turn the RANGE Knob. 2) The following range options are available: • 2 nm • 2 and 6 nm • 6 and 12 nm • 12 and 24 nm • 24 and 40 nm Additional Traffic Displays Traffic information can be displayed on the following maps on the MFD when the unit is operating: • Navigation Map Page • Nearest Pages • Traffic Map Page • Active Flight Plan Page • Trip Planning Page Traffic information can also be displayed on the PFD when the Synthetic Vision System (SVS) option is installed and enabled. See the Additional Features Section for details. Displaying traffic information (MFD maps other than the Traffic Map Page): 1) Select the MAP Softkey. 2) Select the TRAFFIC Softkey. Traffic is now displayed on the map. When traffic is selected on maps other than the Traffic Map Page, a traffic icon is shown to indicate TCAS II is enabled for display (Figure 6-97). 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 385 Hazard Avoidance Displaying traffic on the Navigation Map 1) Ensure the TCAS II system is operating. With the Navigation Map displayed, select the MAP Softkey. 2) Select the TRAFFIC Softkey. Traffic is now displayed on the map as shown in the figure. Proximity Traffic Traffic Advisory Resolution Advisory Non-Threat Traffic TA Off Scale Banner Non-Bearing Resolution and Traffic Advisories Traffic Icon Figure 6-97 TCAS II Traffic on Navigation Map Customizing the traffic display on the Navigation Map Page: 1) Select the Navigation Map Page. 2) Press the MENU Key. 3) With Map Setup highlighted, press the ENT Key (Figure 6-98). 4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Traffic Group and press the ENT Key (Figure 6-99). 5) Turn the large FMS Knob or press the ENT Key to scroll through the selections (Figure 6-100). • TRAFFIC – Turns the display of traffic data on or off • TRAFFIC MODE – Selects the traffic mode for display; select from: - All Traffic - Displays all traffic - TA/RA/PA - Displays Traffic Advisories, Resolution Advisories, and Proximity Advisories - TA/RA ONLY - Displays Traffic Advisories and Resolution Advisories only • TRAFFIC SMBL – Selects the maximum range at which traffic symbols are shown • TRAFFIC LBL – Selects the maximum range at which traffic labels are shown with the option to turn off 386 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Hazard Avoidance 6) Turn the small FMS Knob to scroll through options (ON/OFF, range settings, etc.). 7) Press the ENT Key to select an option. 8) Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the Navigation Map Page. Figure 6-98 Navigation Map Page Menu Figure 6-99 Navigation Map Page Setup Menu Figure 6-100 Navigation Map Page Setup Menu, Traffic Group The Navigation Map Page Setup Menu also controls the display of traffic. The setup menu controls the map range settings. Traffic data symbols and labels can be decluttered from the display. If a map range larger than the map range setting is selected, the data is removed from the map. Maps besides the Traffic Map Page use settings based on those selected for the Navigation Map Page. Traffic information can also be displayed on the PFD Inset Map by pressing the TRFC/MAP Softkey. A traffic map will appear in heading up orientation. Traffic information can also be overlaid with navigation, topographic and optional XM Weather data. Displaying additional information with Traffic on the PFD Inset Map. 1) Press the TRFC/MAP Softkey. Traffic map (TRFC-2) is displayed heading up. 2) Press the TRFC-2 Softkey. 3) Press the Softkey(s) for the item(s) to be included on the PFD Inset Map (TRAFFIC, TOPO, NEXRAD, XM LTNG) 4) Press the BACK Softkey. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 387 Hazard Avoidance System Status The traffic mode is annunciated in the upper left corner of the Traffic Map Page. Mode PFD Mode Annunciation TCAS II Self-test Initiated (TEST) None Traffic Advisory and Resolution Advisory (TA/RA) None MFD Traffic Map Page Mode Annunciation TEST (‘TEST MODE’ also shown in white on top center of page) TA/RA Traffic Advisory Only (TA ONLY) TCAS II Standby (TFC STBY) Traffic Display Status Icon (Other Maps) TA ONLY STANDBY or STANDBY** (also shown in white in center of page) Or: ** FAIL TCAS II Failed* * See Table 6-20 for additional failure annunciations. ** Annunciation appears in yellow while in flight. Table 6-19 TCAS II Modes If the traffic unit fails, an annunciation as to the cause of the failure is shown in the center of the Traffic Map Page. Traffic Map Page Annunciation NO DATA DATA FAILED FAILED Description Data is not being received from the TCAS II unit Data is being received from the TCAS II unit, but the unit is self-reporting a failure Incorrect data format received from the TCAS II unit Table 6-20 TCAS II Failure Annunciations 388 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Hazard Avoidance The annunciations to indicate the status of traffic information appear in a banner at the lower left corner of maps on which traffic can be displayed. Traffic Status Banner Annunciation RA OFF SCALE TA OFF SCALE RA X.X ± XX ↕ TA X.X ± XX ↕ TRFC FAIL NO TCAS DATA Description A Resolution Advisory is outside the selected display range*. Annunciation is removed when traffic comes within the selected display range A Traffic Advisory is outside the selected display range*. Annunciation is removed when traffic comes within the selected display range. System cannot determine bearing of Resolution Advisory**. Annunciation indicates distance in nm, altitude separation in hundreds of feet, and altitude trend arrow (climbing/ descending). System cannot determine bearing of Traffic Advisory**. Annunciation indicates distance in nm, altitude separation in hundreds of feet, and altitude trend arrow (climbing/ descending). TCAS II unit has failed (unit is self-reporting a failure or sending incorrectly formatted data) Data is not being received from the TCAS II unit *Shown as symbol on Traffic Map Page **Shown in center of Traffic Map Page Table 6-21 TCAS II Traffic Status Annunciations 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 389 Hazard Avoidance Blank Page 390 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Automatic Flight Control System Section 7 Automatic Flight Control System Note: The approved Airplane Flight Manual (AFM) always supersedes this Pilot’s Guide. The GFC 700 is a digital Automatic Flight Control System (AFCS), fully integrated within the G1000 System avionics architecture. The System Overview section provides a block diagram to support this system description. GFC 700 AFCS functionality in the Cessna Citation Mustang is distributed across the following Line Replaceable Units (LRUs): • GDU 1040A Primary Flight Displays (PFDs) (2) • GSA 80 AFCS Servos (2) • GMC 710 AFCS Control Unit • GSA 81 AFCS Servos (2) • GIA 63W Integrated Avionics Units (IAUs) (2) • GSM 85A Servo Gearboxes (4) The GFC 700 AFCS can be divided into these main operating functions: • Flight Director (FD) — The Cessna Citation Mustang has two flight directors, each operating within an IAU and referred to as pilot-side and copilot-side. Commands for the selected flight director are displayed on both PFDs. The flight director provides: – Command Bars showing pitch/roll guidance – Vertical/lateral mode selection and processing – Autopilot communication • Autopilot (AP) — Autopilot operation occurs within the pitch, roll, and pitch trim servos. It also provides servo monitoring and automatic flight control in response to flight director steering commands, Attitude and Heading Reference System (AHRS) attitude and rate information, and airspeed. • Yaw Damper (YD) — The yaw servo is self-monitoring and provides Dutch roll damping and turn coordination in response to yaw rate, roll angle, lateral acceleration, and airspeed. • Manual Electric Pitch Trim (MEPT) — The pitch trim servo provides manual electric pitch trim capability when the autopilot is not engaged. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 391 Automatic Flight Control System 7.1AFCS Controls The AFCS Control Unit is positioned above the MFD, and has the following controls: 1 2 3 4 HDG Key APR Key Selects/deselects Heading Select Mode NAV Key FD Key Selects/deselects Navigation Mode Activates/deactivates the flight director only Pressing once turns on the selected flight director in the default vertical and lateral modes. Pressing again deactivates the flight director and removes the Command Bars. If the autopilot is engaged, the key is disabled. Transfers between the active flight director and standby flight director Selects/deselects Altitude Hold Mode Selects/deselects Vertical Speed Mode Selects/deselects Flight Level Change Mode Adjust the Selected Course (while in VOR, LOC, or OBS Mode) in 1° increments on the Horizontal Situation Indicator (HSI) of the corresponding PFD Press to re-center the Course Deviation Indicator (CDI) and return course pointer directly TO the bearing of the active waypoint/station Toggles Airspeed Reference between IAS and Mach for Flight Level Change Mode Adjusts the reference in Pitch Hold, Vertical Speed, and Flight Level Change modes (see Table 7-1 for change increments in each mode) Selects/deselects Vertical Path Tracking Mode for Vertical Navigation flight control Controls the Selected Altitude in 100-ft increments (a finer resolution of 10 feet is available under approach conditions) Engages/disengages the yaw damper Engages/disengages the autopilot Manually selects/deselects Low Bank Mode Selects/deselects Backcourse Mode Adjusts the Selected Heading and bug in 1° increments on the HSI (both PFDs) Press to synchronize the Selected Heading to the current heading on the pilot-side PFD Selects/deselects Approach Mode XFR Key 6 ALT Key 7 VS Key 8 FLC Key 17 CRS Knobs 5 9 SPD Key 11 NOSE UP/DN Wheel 12 VNV Key 13 ALT SEL Knob 10 14 15 16 18 19 YD Key AP Key BANK Key BC Key HDG Knob 1 2 3 4 19 18 17 16 5 15 14 6 7 13 12 8 Annunciator Light 11 10 9 Figure 7-1 GMC 710 AFCS Control Unit 392 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Automatic Flight Control System The following AFCS controls are located separately from the AFCS Control Unit: AP DISC Switch (Autopilot Disconnect) CWS Button (Control Wheel Steering) Disengages the autopilot, yaw damper, and flight director and interrupts pitch trim operation An AP DISC Switch is located on each control wheel. This switch may be used to acknowledge an autopilot disconnect alert and mute the associated aural tone. While pressed, allows manual control of the aircraft while the autopilot is engaged and synchronizes the flight director’s Command Bars with the current aircraft pitch (if not in a Vertical Navigation, Glideslope, or Glidepath Mode) and roll (if in Roll Hold Mode) A CWS Button is located on each control wheel. GA Switch (Go Around) Upon release of the CWS Button, the flight director may establish new pitch and roll references, depending on the current vertical and lateral modes. CWS operation details are discussed in the respective mode sections of this manual. Disengages the autopilot and selects flight director Takeoff (on ground) or Go Around (in air) Mode If an approach procedures is loaded this switch also activates the missed approach when the selected navigation source is GPS or when the navigation source is VOR/ LOC and a valid frequency has been tuned. The GA Switch is located on the throttle. Used to command manual electric pitch trim MEPT Switch (Manual Electric An MEPT Switch is located on each control wheel. Pitch Trim) This composite switch is split into left and right sides. The left switch is the ARM contact and the right switch controls the DN (forward) and UP (rearward) contacts. Pushing the MEPT ARM Switch disengages the autopilot, if currently engaged, but does not affect yaw damper operation. The MEPT ARM Switch may be used to acknowledge an autopilot disconnect alert and mute the associated aural tone. Manual trim commands are generated only when both sides of the switch are operated simultaneously. If either side of the switch is active separately for more than three seconds, MEPT function is disabled and ‘PTRM’ is displayed as the AFCS Status Annunciation on the PFDs. The function remains disabled until both sides of the switch are inactivated. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 393 Automatic Flight Control System 7.2 Flight Director Operation The flight director function provides pitch and roll commands to the AFCS and displays them on the PFDs. With the flight director active, the aircraft can be hand-flown to follow the path shown by the Command Bars. Maximum commanded pitch (±20°) and roll (30°) angles, vertical acceleration, and roll rate are limited to values established during AFCS certification. The flight director also provides commands to the autopilot. Activating the Flight Director An initial press of a key listed in Table 7-1 (when the flight director is not active) activates the pilot-side flight director in the listed modes. The flight director may be turned off and the Command Bars removed from the displays by pressing the FD Key again. The FD Key is disabled when the autopilot is engaged. Control Pressed Modes Selected ALT Key VS Key VNV Key Lateral Roll Hold (default) Roll Hold (default) Roll Hold (default) Takeoff (on ground) Go Around (in air) Roll Hold (default) Roll Hold (default) Roll Hold (default) NAV Key Navigation** BC Key Backcourse*** APR Key Approach** HDG Key Heading Select FD Key AP Key CWS Button GA Switch ROL ROL ROL TO GA ROL ROL ROL GPS VOR LOC BC GPS VOR LOC HDG Vertical Pitch Hold (default) PIT Pitch Hold (default) PIT Pitch Hold (default) PIT Takeoff (on ground) TO Go Around (in air) GA Altitude Hold ALT Vertical Speed VS Vertical Path Tracking* VPTH Pitch Hold (default) PIT Pitch Hold (default) PIT Pitch Hold (default) PIT Pitch Hold (default) PIT *Valid VNV flight plan must be entered before VNV Key press activates flight director. **The selected navigation receiver must have a valid VOR or LOC signal or active GPS course before NAV or APR Key press activates flight director. ***The selected navigation receiver must have a valid LOC signal before BC Key press activates flight director. Table 7-1 Flight Director Activation 394 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Automatic Flight Control System AFCS Status Box Flight director mode annunciations are displayed on the PFDs when the flight director is active. Flight director selection and autopilot and yaw damper statuses are shown in the center of the AFCS Status Box. Lateral flight director modes are displayed on the left and vertical on the right. Armed modes are displayed in white and active in green. Lateral Modes Armed Active Yaw Autopilot Damper Status Status Flight Director Active Indicator Arrow Vertical Modes Mode Reference Armed AFCS Status Box Selected Altitude Vertical Speed Reference Command Bars Selected Course Selected Heading GPS is Selected Navigation Source Figure 7-2 PFD AFCS Display 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 395 Automatic Flight Control System Flight Director Modes Flight director modes are normally selected independently for the pitch and roll axes. Unless otherwise specified, all mode keys are alternate action (i.e., press on, press off). In the absence of specific mode selection, the flight director reverts to the default pitch and/or roll modes(s). Mode keys on the AFCS controller are accompanied by annunciator lights (Figure 7-1) which are illuminated when their respective modes are armed or active. Armed modes are annunciated in white and active in green in the AFCS Status Box. Under normal operation, when the control for the active flight director mode is pressed, the flight director reverts to the default mode(s) for the axis(es). Automatic transition from armed to active mode is indicated by the white armed mode annunciation moving to the green active mode field and flashing for 10 seconds. If the information required to compute a flight director mode becomes invalid or unavailable, the flight director automatically reverts to the default mode for that axis. A flashing yellow mode annunciation and annunciator light indicate loss of sensor (ADC) or navigation data (VOR, LOC, GPS, VNV, WAAS) required to compute commands. When such a loss occurs, the system automatically begins to roll the wings level (enters Roll Hold Mode) or maintain the pitch angle (enters Pitch Hold Mode), depending on the affected axis. The flashing annunciation stops when the affected mode key is pressed or another mode for the axis is selected. If after 10 seconds no action is taken, the flashing annunciation stops. Figure 7-3 Loss of VOR Signal The flight director is automatically disabled if the attitude information required to compute the default flight director modes becomes invalid or unavailable. Switching Flight Directors The GFC 700 in the Cessna Citation Mustang has two flight directors, each operating within an IAU. Only one flight director is active (selected) at a time. Flight directors may be switched by pressing the XFR Key. Both PFDs display the selected flight director, indicated by an arrow pointing toward either the pilot or copilot side, in the center of the AFCS Status Box. The annunciator light arrow for the selected flight director is also illuminated beside the XFR Key. When the flight directors are switched, the vertical and lateral modes revert to default. Pilot-side Flight Director Selected Copilot-side Flight Director Selected Figure 7-4 Flight Director Selection Indications 396 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Automatic Flight Control System Command Bars Upon activation of the flight director, Command Bars are displayed in magenta on the PFDs as single cues or cross pointers. The Aircraft Symbol (in yellow) changes to accommodate the Command Bar format; the Command Bars do not override the Aircraft Symbol. The single-cue Command Bars (Figure 7-5) move together vertically to indicate pitch commands and bank left or right to indicate roll commands. Command Bars displayed as a cross pointer (Figure 7-6) move independently to indicate pitch (horizontal bar) and roll (vertical bar) commands. Both PFDs show the same Command Bar format. Note: The cross pointer command bars are not available when pathways are enabled. Command Bars Command Bars Aircraft Symbol Aircraft Symbol Figure 7-5 Single-cue Command Bars Figure 7-6 Cross-pointer Command Bars Changing Command Bar format: 1) Use the FMS Knob to select the AUX - System Setup Page on the MFD. 2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor. 3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘Format Active’ in the ‘Flight Director’ box. 4) Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight the desired format. ’SNGL CUE’ to display Command Bars as a single cue (Aircraft Symbol in figure 7-5). Or: ’X-POINTER’ to display Command Bars as a cross pointer (Aircraft Symbol in Figure 7-6). If the attitude information being sent to the flight director becomes invalid or unavailable, the Command Bars are removed from the display. The flight director Command Bars also disappear if the pitch exceeds +30˚/-20˚ or bank exceeds 65˚. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 397 Automatic Flight Control System 7.3 Vertical Modes Table 7-2 lists the vertical modes with their corresponding controls and annunciations. The mode reference is displayed next to the active mode annunciation for Altitude Hold, Vertical Speed, and Flight Level Change modes. The NOSE UP/DN Wheel can be used to change the vertical mode reference while operating under Pitch Hold, Vertical Speed, or Flight Level Change Mode. Increments of change and acceptable ranges of values for each of these references using the NOSE UP/DN Wheel are also listed in the table. Vertical Mode Description Control Annunciation Reference Range Reference Change Increment Holds the current aircraft pitch -20° to attitude; may be used to climb/ (default) PIT +20° descend to the Selected Altitude Selected Altitude Capture Captures the Selected Altitude * ALTS Altitude Hold Holds the current Altitude Reference ALT Key ALT nnnnn ft Maintains the current aircraft vertical -5000 to Vertical Speed speed; may be used to climb/descend VS Key VS nnnn fpm +5000 fpm to the Selected Altitude 80 to Flight Level Change, IAS Hold Maintains the current aircraft FLC nnn kt 250 kt airspeed (in IAS or Mach) while the FLC Key aircraft is climbing/descending to the M 0.40 to Flight Level Change, Mach Hold Selected Altitude FLC M .nnn 0.63 Captures and tracks descent legs of VNV Vertical Path Tracking VPTH an active vertical profile Key Captures the Vertical Navigation VNV Target Altitude Capture ** ALTV (VNV) Target Altitude Captures and tracks the WAAS Glidepath GP glidepath on approach APR Key Captures and tracks the ILS glideslope Glideslope GS on approach Commands a constant pitch angle Takeoff and wings level on the ground in TO 10° preparation for takeoff GA Switch Disengages the autopilot and Go Around commands a constant pitch angle GA 8° and wings level in the air Pitch Hold 0.5° 100 fpm 1 kt M 0.01 * ALTS armed automatically when PIT, VS, FLC, TO, or GA active, and under VPTH when Selected Altitude is to be captured instead of VNV Target Altitude ** ALTV armed automatically under VPTH when VNV Target Altitude is to be captured instead of Selected Altitude Table 7-2 Flight Director Vertical Modes 398 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Automatic Flight Control System Pitch Hold Mode (PIT) When the flight director is activated (the FD Key is pressed) or switched (the XFR Key is pressed), Pitch Hold Mode is selected by default. Pitch Hold Mode is indicated as the active vertical mode by the ‘PIT’ annunciation. This mode may be used for climb or descent to the Selected Altitude (shown above the Altimeter), since Selected Altitude Capture Mode is automatically armed when Pitch Hold Mode is activated. In Pitch Hold Mode, the flight director maintains a constant pitch attitude, the pitch reference. The pitch reference is set to the aircraft pitch attitude at the moment of mode selection. If the aircraft pitch attitude exceeds the flight director pitch command limitations, the flight director commands a pitch angle equal to the nose-up/down limit. Changing the Pitch Reference When operating in Pitch Hold Mode, the pitch reference can be adjusted by: • Using the NOSE UP/DN Wheel • Pressing the CWS Button, hand-flying the aircraft to establish a new pitch reference, then releasing the CWS Button Pitch Hold Mode Active Selected Altitude Capture Mode Armed Selected Altitude Command Bars Maintain Desired Pitch Reference Figure 7-7 Pitch Hold Mode 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 399 Automatic Flight Control System Selected Altitude Capture Mode (ALTS) Selected Altitude Capture Mode is automatically armed with activation of the following modes: • Pitch Hold • Go Around • Vertical Speed • Vertical Path Tracking (if the Selected Altitude is to be captured instead of the VNV Target Altitude) • Flight Level Change The white ‘ALTS’ annunciation indicates Selected Altitude Capture Mode is armed (see Figure 7-7 for example). The ALT SEL Knob is used to set the Selected Altitude (shown above the Altimeter) until Selected Altitude Capture Mode becomes active. As the aircraft nears the Selected Altitude, the flight director automatically transitions to Selected Altitude Capture Mode with Altitude Hold Mode armed (Figure 7-8). This automatic transition is indicated by the green ‘ALTS’ annunciation flashing for up to 10 seconds and the appearance of the white ‘ALT’ annunciation. The Selected Altitude is shown as the Altitude Reference beside the ‘ALTS’ annunciation. At 50 feet from the Selected Altitude, the flight director automatically transitions from Selected Altitude Capture to Altitude Hold Mode and holds the Selected Altitude (shown as the Altitude Reference). As Altitude Hold Mode becomes active, the white ‘ALT’ annunciation moves to the active vertical mode field and flashes green for 10 seconds to indicate the automatic transition. Altitude Reference (in this case, equal to Selected Altitude) Flash up to 10 sec, Indicating Automatic Transition Figure 7-8 Automatic Mode Transitions During Altitude Capture Changing the Selected Altitude NOTE: Pressing the CWS Button while in Selected Altitude Capture Mode does not cancel the mode. Use of the ALT SEL Knob to change the Selected Altitude while Selected Altitude Capture Mode is active causes the flight director to revert to Pitch Hold Mode with Selected Altitude Capture Mode armed for the new Selected Altitude. 400 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Automatic Flight Control System Altitude Hold Mode (ALT) Altitude Hold Mode can be activated by pressing the ALT Key; the flight director maintains the current aircraft altitude (to the nearest 10 feet) as the Altitude Reference. The flight director’s Altitude Reference, shown in the AFCS Status Box, is independent of the Selected Altitude, displayed above the Altimeter. Altitude Hold Mode active is indicated by a green ‘ALT’ annunciation in the AFCS Status Box. Altitude Hold Mode is automatically armed when the flight director is in Selected Altitude Capture Mode (see Figure 7-7). Selected Altitude Capture Mode automatically transitions to Altitude Hold Mode when the altitude error is less than 50 feet. In this case, the Selected Altitude becomes the flight director’s Altitude Reference. Changing the Altitude Reference NOTE: Turning the ALT SEL Knob while in Altitude Hold Mode changes the Selected Altitude, but not the flight director’s Altitude Reference, and does not cancel the mode. With the CWS Button depressed, the aircraft can be hand-flown to a new Altitude Reference. When the CWS Button is released at the desired altitude, the new altitude is established as the Altitude Reference. Altitude Hold Mode Active Altitude Reference Selected Altitude Selected Altitude Bug Command Bars Hold Pitch Attitude to Maintain Altitude Reference Figure 7-9 Altitude Hold Mode 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 401 Automatic Flight Control System Vertical Speed Mode (VS) In Vertical Speed Mode, the flight director acquires and maintains a Vertical Speed Reference. Current aircraft vertical speed (to the nearest 100 fpm) becomes the Vertical Speed Reference at the moment of Vertical Speed Mode activation. This mode may be used for climb or descent to the Selected Altitude (shown above the Altimeter) since Selected Altitude Capture Mode is automatically armed when Vertical Speed Mode is selected. When Vertical Speed Mode is activated by pressing the VS Key, ‘VS’ is annunciated in green in the AFCS Status Box along with the Vertical Speed Reference. The Vertical Speed Reference is also displayed above the Vertical Speed Indicator. A Vertical Speed Reference Bug corresponding to the Vertical Speed Reference is shown on the indicator. Changing the Vertical Speed Reference The Vertical Speed Reference (shown both in the AFCS Status Box and above the Vertical Speed Indicator) may be changed by: • Using the NOSE UP/DN Wheel • Pressing the CWS Button, hand-flying the aircraft to attain a new Vertical Speed Reference, then releasing the CWS Button NOTE: If the Selected Altitude is reached during CWS maneuvering, the Altitude Reference is not changed. To adjust the altitude Reference in this case, the CWS Button must be pressed again after the Selected altitude is reached. Vertical Speed Mode Active Vertical Speed Reference Selected Altitude Capture Mode Armed Selected Altitude Vertical Speed Reference Vertical Speed Reference Bug Command Bars Indicate Climb to Attain Vertical Speed Reference Figure 7-10 Vertical Speed Hold Mode 402 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Automatic Flight Control System Flight Level Change Mode (FLC) NOTE: The Selected Altitude should be set before selecting Flight Level Change Mode. Flight Level Change Mode is selected by pressing the FLC Key. This mode acquires and maintains the Airspeed Reference (in IAS or Mach) while climbing or descending to the Selected Altitude (shown above the Altimeter). When Flight Level Change Mode is active, the flight director continuously monitors Selected Altitude, airspeed, Mach, and altitude. The Airspeed Reference is set to the current airspeed upon mode activation. Flight Level Change Mode is indicated by a green ‘FLC’ annunciation beside the Airspeed Reference in the AFCS Status Box. The Airspeed Reference is also displayed directly above the Airspeed Indicator, along with a bug corresponding to the Airspeed Reference along the tape. Engine power must be adjusted to allow the autopilot to fly the aircraft at a pitch attitude corresponding to the desired flight profile (climb or descent) while maintaining the Airspeed Reference. The flight director maintains the current altitude until either engine power or the Airspeed Reference are adjusted and does not allow the aircraft to climb or descend away from the Selected Altitude. Flight Level Change Mode Active Airspeed Reference Selected Altitude Capture Mode Armed Airspeed Reference Selected Altitude Airspeed Reference Bug Command Bars Indicate Climb to Attain Selected Altitude Figure 7-11 Flight Level Change Mode (IAS) 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 403 Automatic Flight Control System Changing the Airspeed Reference The Airspeed Reference (shown in both the AFCS Status Box and above the Airspeed Indicator) may be adjusted by: • Using the NOSE UP/DN Wheel • Pressing the CWS Button, hand-flying the aircraft to attain a new Airspeed Reference, then releasing the CWS Button NOTE: If the Selected Altitude is reached during CWS maneuvering, the Altitude Reference is not changed. To adjust the altitude Reference in this case, the CWS Button must be pressed again after the Selected altitude is reached. During climb, the Airspeed Reference units automatically change from IAS to Mach when either the altitude or the airspeed listed in Table 7-3 are attained. For descent, the units switch back at the specified altitude or airspeed. The system determines aircraft climb or descent by the relationship between the current and Selected altitudes. Airspeed Reference Units Default Units Change To: Climb IAS Mach Descent Mach IAS Unit Type Changes At: Altitude Airspeed > 31,500 ft > M 0.48 < 27,000 ft < 249 kt Table 7-3 FLC Mode Unit Changes 404 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Automatic Flight Control System Airspeed Reference units can be manually toggled between IAS and Mach units using the SPD Key. When the FLC Airspeed Reference is displayed in Mach, the Airspeed Reference Bug is displayed on the Airspeed Indicator at the IAS corresponding to the selected Mach target speed and the current Mach number is shown below the Airspeed Indicator. Flight Level Change Mode Active Airspeed Reference (Mach) Selected Altitude Capture Mode Armed Airspeed Reference Selected Altitude Airspeed Reference Bug Current Mach Number Command Bars Indicate Climb to Attain Selected Altitude Figure 7-12 Flight Level Change Mode (Mach) 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 405 Automatic Flight Control System Vertical Navigation Modes (VPTH, ALTV) Note: VNV is disabled when parallel track or Dead Reckoning Mode is active. Note: The Selected Altitude takes precedence over any other vertical constraints. Vertical Navigation (VNV) flight control is available for enroute/terminal cruise and descent operations any time that VNV flight planning is available. Refer to the Flight Management Section for more information on VNV flight plans. Conditions for availability include, but are not limited to: • The selected navigation source is GPS. • A VNV flight plan (with at least one altitude-constrained waypoint) or direct-to (with vertical constraint) is active. • VNV is enabled (VNV ENBL Softkey pressed on the MFD). • Crosstrack error is valid and within certain limits. • Desired/actual track are valid or track angle error is within certain limits. • The VNV Target Altitude of the active waypoint is no more than 250 ft above the current aircraft altitude. The flight director may be armed for VNV at any time, but no target altitudes are captured during a climb. The Command Bars provide vertical profile guidance based on specified altitudes (entered manually or loaded from the database) at waypoints in the active flight plan or direct-to (with vertical constraint). The appropriate VNV flight control modes are sequenced by the flight director to follow the path defined by the vertical profile. Upon reaching the last waypoint in the VNV flight plan, the flight director transitions to Altitude Hold Mode and cancels any armed VNV modes. Vertical Path Tracking Mode (VPTH) Note: If another vertical mode key is pressed while Vertical Path Tracking Mode is selected, Vertical Path Tracking Mode reverts to armed. NOTE: Pressing the CWS Button while Vertical Path Tracking Mode is active does not cancel the mode. The autopilot guides the aircraft back to the descent path upon release of the CWS Button. When a vertical profile (VNV flight plan) is active and the VNV Key is pressed, Vertical Path Tracking Mode is armed in preparation for descent path capture. ‘VPTH’ (or ‘/V’ when Glidepath or Glideslope Mode is concurrently armed) is annunciated in white in addition to previously armed modes. If applicable, the appropriate altitude capture mode is armed for capture of the next VNV Target Altitude (ALTV) or the Selected Altitude (ALTS), whichever is greater. Figure 7-13 Vertical Path Tracking Armed Annunciations 406 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Automatic Flight Control System Prior to descent path interception, the Selected Altitude must be set below the current aircraft altitude by at least 75 feet. For the flight director to transition from Altitude Hold to Vertical Path Tracking Mode, acknowledgment is required within five minutes of descent path interception by: • Pressing the VNV Key • Adjusting the Selected Altitude If acknowledgment is not received within one minute of descent path interception, the white ‘VPTH’ annunciation starts to flash. Flashing continues until acknowledged or the descent path is intercepted. If the descent is not confirmed by the time of interception, Vertical Path Tracking Mode remains armed and the descent is not captured. In conjunction with the “TOD [top of descent] within 1 minute” annunciation in the PFD Navigation Status Box and the “Vertical track” voice message, VNV indications (VNV Target Altitude, vertical deviation, and vertical speed required) appear on the PFDs in magenta (Figure 7-14). Altitude Hold Mode Active Vertical Path Tracking Armed, (Flashing Indicates Acknowledgment Required) Selected Altitude Below VNV Target VNV Target Altitude Vertical Deviation Indicator Required Vertical Speed Bug GPS is Selected Navigation Source Enroute Phase of Flight Figure 7-14 Vertical Path Capture 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 407 Automatic Flight Control System When a descent leg is captured (i.e., vertical deviation becomes valid), Vertical Path Tracking becomes active and tracks the descent profile (Figure 7-15). An altitude capture mode (‘ALTS’ or ‘ALTV’) is armed as appropriate. Vertical Path Tracking Active VNV Target Altitude Capture Armed VNV Target Altitude GPS is Selected Navigation Source Terminal Phase of Flight Required Vertical Speed Indication (RVSI) Command Bars Indicate Descent to Maintain Required Vertical Speed Vertical Deviation Indicator (VDI) Figure 7-15 Vertical Path Tracking Mode If the altimeter barometric setting is adjusted while Vertical Path Tracking is active, the flight director increases/decreases the descent rate by up to 500 fpm to re-establish the aircraft on the descent path (without commanding a climb). Adjusting the altimeter barometric setting creates discontinuities in VNV vertical deviation, moving the descent path. For large adjustments, it may take several minutes for the aircraft to reestablish on the descent path. If the change is made while nearing a waypoint with a VNV Target Altitude, the aircraft may not re-establish on the descent path in time to meet the vertical constraint. 408 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Automatic Flight Control System Automatic Reversion to Pitch Hold Mode Several situations can occur while Vertical Path Tracking Mode is active which cause the flight director to revert to Pitch Hold Mode: • Vertical deviation exceeds 200 feet during an overspeed condition. • Vertical deviation experiences a discontinuity that both exceeds 200 feet in magnitude and results in the vertical deviation exceeding 200 feet in magnitude. Such discontinuities are usually caused by flight plan changes that affect the vertical profile. • Vertical deviation becomes invalid (the Vertical Deviation Indicator is removed from the PFD). • A display enters Reversionary Mode (this does not apply to an active direct-to with vertical constraint). Unless VNV is disabled, Vertical Path Tracking Mode and the appropriate altitude capture mode become armed following the reversion to Pitch Hold Mode to allow for possible profile recapture. Non-Path Descents Pitch Hold, Vertical Speed, and Flight Level Change modes can also be used to fly non-path descents while VNV flight control is selected. If the VS or FLC Key is pressed while Vertical Path Tracking Mode is selected, Vertical Path Tracking Mode reverts to armed along with the appropriate altitude capture mode to allow profile re-capture. Figure 7-16 Flight Level Change VNV Non-Path Descent To prevent immediate profile re-capture, the following must be satisfied: • At least 10 seconds have passed since the non-path transition was initiated • Vertical deviation from the profile has exceeded 250 feet, but is now less than 200 feet Pressing the VNV Key twice re-arms Vertical Path Tracking for immediate profile re-capture. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 409 Automatic Flight Control System VNV Target Altitude Capture Mode (ALTV) Note: Armed VNV Target Altitude and Selected Altitude capture modes are mutually exclusive. However, Selected Altitude Capture Mode is armed implicitly (not annunciated) whenever VNV Target Altitude Capture Mode is armed. VNV Target Altitude Capture is analogous to Selected Altitude Capture Mode and is armed automatically after the VNV Key is pressed and the next VNV Target Altitude is to be intercepted before the Selected Altitude. The annunciation ‘ALTV’ indicates that the VNV Target Altitude is to be captured. VNV Target Altitudes are shown in the active flight plan or direct-to (with vertical constraint), and can be entered manually or loaded from a database (see the Flight Management Section for details). At the same time as “TOD within 1 minute” is annunciated in the Navigation Status Box, the active VNV Target Altitude is displayed above the Vertical Speed Indicator (see Figure 7-14). As the aircraft nears the VNV Target Altitude, the flight director automatically transitions to VNV Target Altitude Capture Mode with Altitude Hold Mode armed. This automatic transition is indicated by the green ‘ALTV’ annunciation flashing for up to 10 seconds and the appearance of the white ‘ALT’ annunciation. The VNV Target Altitude is shown as the Altitude Reference beside the ‘ALTV’ annunciation and remains displayed above the Vertical Speed Indicator. The Required Vertical Speed Indication (RVSI) is removed once VNV Target Altitude Capture Mode becomes active. At 50 feet from the VNV Target Altitude, the flight director automatically transitions from VNV Target Altitude Capture to Altitude Hold Mode and tracks the level leg. As Altitude Hold Mode becomes active, the white ‘ALT’ annunciation moves to the active vertical mode field and flashes green for 10 seconds to indicate the automatic transition. The flight director automatically arms Vertical Path Tracking, allowing upcoming descent legs to be captured and subsequently tracked. Altitude Reference (In This Case, Equal To VNV Altitude Target) Flash up to 10 sec, Indicating Automatic Transition Figure 7-17 Automatic Mode Transitions During Altitude Capture Changing the VNV Target Altitude NOTE: Pressing the CWS Button while in VNV Target Altitude Capture Mode does not cancel the mode. Changing the current VNV Target Altitude while VNV Target Altitude Capture Mode is active causes the flight director to revert to Pitch Hold Mode. Vertical Path Tracking and the appropriate altitude capture mode are armed in preparation to capture the new VNV Target Altitude or the Selected Altitude, depending on which altitude is to be intercepted first. VNV target altitudes can be changed while editing the active flight plan (see the Flight Management Section for details). 410 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Automatic Flight Control System Glidepath Mode (GP) NOTE: Pressing the CWS Button while Glidepath Mode is active does not cancel the mode. The autopilot guides the aircraft back to the glidepath upon release of the CWS Button. Glidepath Mode is used to track the WAAS-based glidepath. When Glidepath Mode is armed, ‘GP’ is annunciated in white in the AFCS Status Box. Selecting Glidepath Mode: 1) Ensure a GPS approach with vertical guidance (LPV, LNAV/VNAV, LNAV+V) is loaded into the active flight plan. The active waypoint must be part of the flight plan (cannot be a direct-to a waypoint not in the flight plan). 2) Ensure that GPS is the selected navigation source (use the CDI Softkey to cycle through navigation sources if necessary). 3) Press the APR Key. NOTE: Some RNAV (GPS) approaches provide a vertical descent angle as an aid in flying a stabilized approach. These approaches are NOT considered Approaches with Vertical Guidance (APV). Approaches that are annunciated on the HSI as LNAV or LNAV+V are considered Nonprecision Approaches (NPA) and are flown to an MDA even though vertical glidepath (GP) information may be provided. WARNING: When flying an LNAV approach (with vertical descent angle) with the autopilot coupled, the aircraft will not level off at the MDA even if the MDA is set in the altitude preselect. Upon reaching the glidepath, the flight director transitions to Glidepath Mode and begins to capture and track the glidepath. Figure 7-18 Glidepath Mode Armed Once the following conditions have been met, the glidepath can be captured: • The active waypoint is at or after the final approach fix (FAF). • Vertical deviation is valid. • The CDI is at less than full-scale deviation • Automatic sequencing of waypoints has not been suspended (no ‘SUSP’ annunciation on the HSI) 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 411 Automatic Flight Control System GPS Approach Mode Active GPS is Selected LPV Approach Navigation Active Source Glidepath Mode Active Command Bars to Indicate Descent on Glidepath Figure 7-19 Glidepath Mode 412 Glidepath Indicator Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Automatic Flight Control System Glideslope Mode (GS) NOTE: Pressing the CWS Button while Glideslope Mode is active does not cancel the mode. The autopilot guides the aircraft back to the glideslope upon release of the CWS Button. Glideslope Mode is available for LOC/ILS approaches to capture and track the glideslope. When Glideslope Mode is armed (annunciated as ‘GS’ in white), LOC Approach Mode is armed as the lateral flight director mode. Selecting Glideslope Mode: 1) Ensure a valid localizer frequency is tuned. 2) Ensure that LOC is the selected navigation source (use the CDI Softkey to cycle through navigation sources if necessary). 3) Press the APR Key. Or: 1) Ensure that GPS is the selected navigation source (use the CDI Softkey to cycle through navigation sources if necessary). 2) Ensure a LOC/ILS approach is loaded into the active flight plan. 3) Ensure the corresponding LOC frequency is tuned. 4) Press the APR Key. Figure 7-20 Glideslope Mode Armed Once LOC is the navigation source, the localizer and glideslope can be captured. Upon reaching the glideslope, the flight director transitions to Glideslope Mode and begins to capture and track the glideslope. Active ILS Frequency Tuned NAV2 (localizer) is Selected Navigation Source Approach Mode Active Glideslope Mode Active Command Bars Indicate Descent on Localizer/Glideslope Path Figure 7-21 Glideslope Mode 190-00494-03 Rev. A Glideslope Indicator Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 413 Automatic Flight Control System Takeoff (TO) and Go Around (GA) Modes Go Around and Takeoff modes are coupled pitch and roll modes and are annunciated as both the vertical and lateral modes when active. In these modes, the flight director commands a constant set pitch attitude and keeps the wings level. The GA Switch is used to select both modes. The mode entered by the flight director depends on whether the aircraft is on the ground. Takeoff Mode provides an attitude reference during rotation and takeoff. This mode can be selected only while on the ground by pushing the GA Switch. The flight director Command Bars assume a wings-level, pitch-up attitude. Pressing the GA Switch while in the air activates the flight director in a wings-level, pitch-up attitude, allowing the execution of a missed approach or a go around. Go Around Mode disengages the autopilot and arms Selected Altitude Capture Mode automatically. Subsequent autopilot engagement is allowed. Attempts to modify the aircraft attitude (i.e., with the NOSE UP/DN Wheel or CWS Button) result in reversion to Pitch and Roll Hold modes. Go Around Mode Active Autopilot Disconnect Annunciation Flashes Yellow 5 sec Command Bars Indicate Climb Figure 7-22 Go Around Mode Takeoff Mode Active Command Bars Indicate Climb for Takeoff Figure 7-23 Takeoff Mode 414 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Automatic Flight Control System 7.4 Lateral Modes The following table relates each GFC 700 lateral mode to its respective control and annunciation. Refer to the vertical modes section for information regarding Go Around and Takeoff modes. Lateral Mode Description Control Annunciation Holds the current aircraft roll attitude or rolls the wings level, (default) depending on the commanded bank angle Limits the maximum commanded BANK roll angle Key Captures and tracks the Selected HDG Heading Key Roll Hold Low Bank Heading Select** Navigation, GPS** Navigation, VOR Enroute Capture/Track** Navigation, LOC Capture/Track (No Glideslope) Backcourse Arm/Capture/Track Captures and tracks the selected navigation source (GPS, VOR, LOC) NAV Key Approach, GPS Approach, LOC Capture/Track (Glideslope Mode automatically armed) Go Around 30° * 18° HDG 30° GPS 30° 25° Capture 10° Track 25° Capture 10° Track VOR BC GPS Approach, VOR Capture/Track Takeoff ROL LOC Captures and tracks a localizer signal for backcourse BC Key approaches Captures and tracks the selected navigation source (GPS, VOR, APR Key LOC) Commands a constant pitch angle and wings level on the ground in preparation for takeoff Disengages the autopilot and commands a constant pitch angle and wings level in the air Maximum Roll Command Limit VAPP LOC 25° Capture 10° Track 30° 25° Capture 10° Track 25° Capture 10° Track TO Wings Level GA Wings Level GA Switch * No annunciation appears in the AFCS Status Box. The acceptable bank angle range is indicated in green along the Roll Scale of the Attitude Indicator. ** The Heading, Navigation GPS and Navigation VOR mode maximum roll command limit will be limited to the Low Bank mode value if it is engaged. The GFC 700 limits turn rate to 3 degrees per second (standard rate turn). Table 7-4 Flight Director Lateral Modes The CWS Button does not change lateral references for Heading Select, Navigation, Backcourse, or Approach Mode. The autopilot guides the aircraft back to the Selected Heading/Course upon release of the CWS Button. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 415 Automatic Flight Control System Roll Hold Mode (ROL) Note: If Roll Hold Mode is activated as a result of a mode reversion, the flight director rolls the wings level. When the flight director is activated or switched, Roll Hold Mode is selected by default. This mode is annunciated as ‘ROL’ in the AFCS Status Box. The current aircraft bank angle is held, subject to the bank angle condition. Figure 7-24 Roll Hold Mode Annunciation Bank Angle < 6° 6 to 30° > 30° Flight Director Response Rolls wings level Maintains current aircraft roll attitude Limits bank to 30° Table 7-5 Roll Hold Mode Responses Changing the Roll Reference The roll reference can be changed by pressing the CWS Button, establishing the desired bank angle, then releasing the CWS Button. Low Bank Mode When in Low Bank Mode, the flight director limits the maximum commanded roll angle to 18°. Low bank arc limits are displayed in green along the Roll Scale. Low Bank Mode can be manually selected/deselected by pressing the BANK Key while in Heading Select or Navigation Modes (GPS and VOR). Low Bank Mode is activated automatically above 29,850 feet. The flight director deactivates Low Bank Mode when descending through 29,650 feet. The annunciator light next to the BANK Key illuminates while Low Bank Mode is selected. Figure 7-25 Low Bank Mode Limits 416 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Automatic Flight Control System Heading Select Mode (HDG) Heading Select Mode is activated by pressing the HDG Key. Heading Select Mode acquires and maintains the Selected Heading. The Selected Heading is shown by a light blue bug on the HSI and in the box to the upper left of the HSI. Changing the Selected Heading Note: Pressing the HDG Knob synchronizes the Selected Heading to the current heading. The Selected Heading is adjusted using the HDG Knob on either PFD. Pressing the CWS Button and hand-flying the aircraft does not change the Selected Heading. The autopilot guides the aircraft back to the Selected Heading upon release of the CWS Button. Turns are commanded in the same direction as Selected Heading Bug movement, even if the bug is turned more than 180° from the present heading (e.g., a 270° turn to the right). However, Selected Heading changes of more than 330° at a time result in turn reversals. Heading Select Mode Active Selected Heading Pitch Hold Mode Active Selected Heading Bug Command Bars Track Selected Heading Figure 7-26 Heading Select Mode 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 417 Automatic Flight Control System Navigation Modes (GPS, VOR, LOC) NOTE: The selected navigation receiver must have a valid VOR or LOC signal or active GPS course for the flight director to enter Navigation Mode. Pressing the NAV Key selects Navigation Mode. Navigation Mode acquires and tracks the selected navigation source (GPS, VOR, LOC). The flight director follows GPS roll steering commands when GPS is the selected navigation source. When the navigation source is VOR or LOC, the flight director creates roll steering commands from the Selected Course and deviation. Navigation Mode can also be used to fly non-precision GPS and LOC approaches where vertical guidance is not required. If the Course Deviation Indicator (CDI) shows greater than one dot when the NAV Key is pressed, the selected mode is armed. If the CDI shows less than one dot, Navigation Mode is automatically captured when the NAV Key is pressed. The armed annunciation appears in white to the left of the active lateral mode. Figure 7-27 GPS Navigation Mode Armed When the CDI has automatically switched from GPS to LOC during a LOC/ILS approach, GPS Navigation Mode remains active, providing GPS steering guidance until the localizer signal is captured. LOC Navigation Mode is armed automatically when the navigation source switch takes place if the APR Key is not pressed prior to the automatic source switch. If Navigation Mode is active and either of the following occur, the flight director reverts to Roll Hold Mode (wings rolled level): • Different VOR tuned while in VOR Navigation Mode (VOR Navigation Mode reverts to armed) • Navigation source manually switched (with the CDI Softkey) • During a LOC/ILS approach, the FAF is crossed while in GPS Navigation Mode after the automatic navigation source switch from GPS to LOC 418 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Automatic Flight Control System Changing the Selected Course If the navigation source is VOR or localizer or OBS Mode has been enabled when using GPS, the Selected Course is controlled using the CRS Knob corresponding to the selected flight director (CRS1 for the pilot side, CRS2 for the copilot side). Pressing the CWS Button and hand-flying the aircraft does not change the Selected Course while in Navigation Mode. The autopilot guides the aircraft back to the Selected Course (or GPS flight plan) when the CWS Button is released. GPS Navigation Mode Active GPS is Selected Navigation Source Pitch Hold Mode Active Selected Course Command Bars Indicate Left Turn to Track GPS Course Figure 7-28 Navigation Mode 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 419 Automatic Flight Control System Approach Modes (GPS, VAPP, LOC) NOTE: The selected navigation receiver must have a valid VOR or LOC signal or active GPS course for the flight director to enter Approach Mode. Approach Mode is activated when the APR Key is pressed. Approach Mode acquires and tracks the selected navigation source (GPS, VOR, or LOC), depending on loaded approach. This mode uses the selected navigation receiver deviation and desired course inputs to fly the approach. Pressing the APR Key when the CDI is greater than one dot arms the selected approach mode (annunciated in white to the left of the active lateral mode). If the CDI is less than one dot, the LOC is automatically captured when the APR Key is pressed. VOR Approach Mode (VAPP) provides greater sensitivity for signal tracking than VOR Navigation Mode. Selecting VOR Approach Mode: 1) Ensure a valid VOR frequency is tuned 2) Ensure that VOR is the selected navigation source (use the CDI Softkey to cycle through navigation sources if necessary). 3) Press the APR Key. When GPS Approach Mode is armed, Glidepath Mode is also armed. Selecting GPS Approach Mode: 1) Ensure a GPS approach is loaded into the active flight plan. The active waypoint must be part of the flight plan (cannot be a direct-to a waypoint not in the flight plan). 2) Ensure that GPS is the selected navigation source (use the CDI Softkey to cycle through navigation sources if necessary). 3) Press the APR Key. Figure 7-29 GPS Approach Mode Armed 420 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Automatic Flight Control System LOC Approach Mode allows the autopilot to fly a LOC/ILS approach with a glideslope. When LOC Approach Mode is armed, Glideslope Mode is also armed automatically. LOC captures are inhibited if the difference between aircraft heading and localizer course exceeds 105°. Selecting LOC Approach Mode: 1) Ensure a valid localizer frequency is tuned. 2) Ensure that LOC is the selected navigation source (use the CDI Softkey to cycle through navigation sources if necessary). 3) Press the APR Key. Or: 1) Ensure that GPS is the selected navigation source (use the CDI Softkey to cycle through navigation sources if necessary). 2) Ensure a LOC/ILS approach is loaded into the active flight plan. 3) Ensure the corresponding LOC frequency is tuned. 4) Press the APR Key. If the following occurs, the flight director reverts to Roll Hold Mode (wings rolled level): • Approach Mode is active and a Vectors-To-Final is activated • Approach Mode is active and Navigation source is manually switched • During a LOC/ILS approach, GPS Navigation Mode is active and the FAF is crossed after the automatic navigation source switch from GPS to LOC Changing the Selected Course If the navigation source is VOR or localizer or OBS Mode has been enabled when using GPS, the Selected Course is controlled using the CRS Knob corresponding to the selected flight director (CRS1 for the pilot side, CRS2 for the copilot side). Pressing the CWS Button and hand-flying the aircraft does not change the Selected Course while in Approach Mode. The autopilot guides the aircraft back to the Selected Course (or GPS flight plan) when the CWS Button is released. Backcourse Mode (BC) NOTE: When making a backcourse approach, set the Selected Course to the localizer front course. Backcourse Mode captures and tracks a localizer signal in the backcourse direction. The mode may be selected by pressing the BC Key. Backcourse Mode is armed if the CDI is greater than one dot when the mode is selected. If the CDI is less than one dot, Backcourse Mode is automatically captured when the BC Key is pressed. The flight director creates roll steering commands from the Selected Course and deviation when in Backcourse Mode. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 421 Automatic Flight Control System Backcourse Mode Active Pitch Hold Mode Active LOC2 is Selected Navigation Source Command Bars Hold Pitch Attitude Figure 7-30 Backcourse Mode Changing the Selected Course If the navigation source is VOR or localizer or OBS Mode has been enabled when using GPS, the Selected Course is controlled using the CRS Knob corresponding to the selected flight director (CRS1 for the pilot side, CRS2 for the copilot side). Pressing the CWS Button and hand-flying the aircraft does not reset any reference data while in Backcourse Mode. The autopilot guides the aircraft back to the Selected Course when the CWS Button is released. intercepting and flying a dme arc The AFCS will intercept and track a DME arc that is part of the active flight plan provided that GPS Navigation Mode is engaged, GPS is the active navigation source on the CDI, and the DME arc segment is the active flight plan leg. It is important to note that automatic navigation of DME arcs is based on GPS. Thus, even if the APR key is pressed and LOC or VOR Approach Mode is armed prior to reaching the Initial Approach Fix (IAF), Approach Mode will not activate until the arc segment is completed. If the pilot decides to intercept the arc at a location other than the published IAF (i.e. ATC provides vectors to intercept the arc) and subsequently selects Heading Mode or Roll Mode, the AFCS will not automatically intercept or track the arc unless the pilot activates the arc leg of the flight plan and arms GPS Navigation Mode. The AFCS will not intercept and fly a DME arc before reaching an IAF that defines the beginning of the arc segment. Likewise, if at any point while established on the DME arc the pilot deselects GPS Navigation Mode, the AFCS will no longer track the arc. 422 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Automatic Flight Control System 7.5 Autopilot and Yaw Damper Operation NOTE: Refer to the AFM for specific instructions regarding emergency procedures. The Cessna Citation Mustang’s autopilot and yaw damper operate the flight control surface servos to provide automatic flight control. The autopilot controls the aircraft pitch and roll attitudes following commands received from the flight director. Pitch autotrim provides trim commands to the pitch trim servo to relieve any sustained effort required by the pitch servo. Autopilot operation is not independent of the yaw damper for the Cessna Citation Mustang. The yaw damper reduces Dutch roll tendencies and coordinates turns. It can operate independently of the autopilot and may be used during normal hand-flight maneuvers. Yaw rate commands are limited to 6 deg/sec by the yaw damper. Flight Control Pitch and roll commands are provided to the servos based on the active flight director modes. Yaw damping is provided by the yaw servo. Servo motor control limits the maximum servo speed and torque. The servo gearboxes are equipped with slip-clutches set to certain values. This allows the servos to be overridden in case of an emergency. Pitch Axis and Trim The autopilot pitch axis uses pitch rate to stabilize the aircraft pitch attitude during upsets and flight director maneuvers. Flight director pitch commands are rate- and attitude-limited, combined with pitch damper control, and sent to the pitch servo motor. The pitch servo measures the output effort (torque) and provides this signal to the pitch trim servo. The pitch trim servo commands the motor to reduce the average pitch servo effort. When the autopilot is not engaged, the pitch trim servo may be used to provide manual electric pitch trim (MEPT). This allows the aircraft to be trimmed using a control wheel switch rather than the trim wheel. Manual trim commands are generated only when both halves of the MEPT Switch are operated simultaneously. Trim speeds are scheduled with airspeed to provide more consistent response. Roll Axis The autopilot roll axis uses roll rate to stabilize aircraft roll attitude during upsets and flight director maneuvers. The flight director roll commands are rate- and attitude-limited, combined with roll damper control, and sent to the roll servo motor. Yaw Axis The yaw damper uses yaw rate and roll attitude to dampen the aircraft’s natural Dutch roll response. It also uses lateral acceleration to coordinate turns. Yaw damper operation is independent of autopilot engagement. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 423 Automatic Flight Control System Engagement NOTE: Autopilot engagement/disengagement is not equivalent to servo engagement/disengagement. Use the CWS Button to disengage the pitch and roll servos while the autopilot remains active. Note: The autopilot cannot be engaged if the yaw damper has failed. When the AP Key is pressed, the autopilot, yaw damper, and flight director (if not already active) are activated and the annunciator lights on the AFCS controller for the autopilot and yaw damper are illuminated. The flight director engages in Pitch and Roll Hold Modes when initially activated. Autopilot Yaw Damper Engaged Engaged Figure 7-31 Autopilot and Yaw Damper Engaged When the YD Key is pressed, the system engages the yaw damper independently of the autopilot and the yaw damper annunciator light is illuminated. Autopilot and yaw damper status are displayed in the center of the AFCS Status Box. Engagement is indicated by green ‘AP’ and ‘YD’ annunciations, respectively. Control Wheel Steering During autopilot operation, the aircraft may be hand-flown without disengaging the autopilot. Pressing and holding the CWS Button disengages the pitch and roll servos from the flight control surfaces and allows the aircraft to be hand-flown. At the same time, the flight director is synchronized to the aircraft attitude during the maneuver. CWS activity has no effect on yaw damper engagement. The ‘AP’ annunciation is temporarily replaced by ‘CWS’ in white for the duration of CWS maneuvers. Control Wheel Steering Figure 7-32 CWS Annunciation In most scenarios, releasing the CWS Button reengages the autopilot with a new reference. Refer to flight director mode descriptions for specific CWS behavior in each mode. 424 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Automatic Flight Control System Disengagement The autopilot is manually disengaged by pushing the AP Key on the AFCS Control Unit, the GA Switch, or the MEPT ARM Switch. Manual autopilot disengagement is indicated by a five-second flashing yellow ‘AP’ annunciation and a three-second autopilot disconnect aural alert. Figure 7-33 Manual Autopilot Disengagement Pushing the AP DISC Switch or YD Key disengages both the yaw damper and the autopilot. When the yaw damper and autopilot are manually disengaged, both the ‘AP’ and ‘YD’ annunciation turn yellow and flash for 5 seconds and a three-second autopilot disconnect aural alert is generated. Figure 7-34 Yaw Damper Disengagement After manual disengagement, the autopilot disconnect aural alert may be cancelled by pushing the MEPT ARM or AP DISC Switch (AP DISC Switch also cancels the flashing ‘AP’ annunciation). Automatic autopilot disengagement is indicated by a flashing red and white ‘AP’ annunciation and by the autopilot disconnect aural alert, which continue until acknowledged by pushing the AP DISC or MEPT ARM Switch. Automatic autopilot disengagement occurs due to: • System failure • Stall warning (YD also disengages) • Invalid sensor data • Inability to compute default flight director modes (FD also disengages automatically) • Yaw damper failure while both are engaged Yaw damper disengagement is indicated by a five-second flashing yellow ‘YD’ annunciation. Automatic yaw damper disengagement occurs when autopilot disengagement is caused by failure in a parameter also affecting the yaw damper. This means the yaw damper can remain operational in some cases where the autopilot automatically disengages. A localized failure in the yaw damper system or invalid sensor data also cause yaw damper disengagement. Figure 7-35 Automatic Autopilot and Yaw Damper Disengagement 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 425 Automatic Flight Control System 7.6Example Flight Plan Note: The following example flight plan and diagrams (not to be used for navigation) in this section are for instructional purposes only and should be considered not current. Numbered portions of accompanying diagrams correspond to numbered procedure steps. This scenario-based set of procedures (based on the example flight plan found in the Flight Management Section) shows various GFC 700 AFCS modes used during a flight. In this scenario, the aircraft departs Charles B. Wheeler Downtown Airport (KMKC), enroute to Colorado Springs Airport (KCOS). After departure, the aircraft climbs to 12,000 ft and airway V4 is intercepted, following ATC vectors. Airway V4 is flown to Salina VOR (SLN) using VOR navigation, then airway V244 is flown using a GPS Navigation. The ILS approach for runway 35L and LPV (WAAS) approach for runway 35R are shown and a missed approach is executed. 0 33 3 27 30 27 30 24 24 21 27 24 27 15 12 21 18 15 18 9 24 21 12 6 Lamar VOR (LAA) Topeka VOR (TOP) 12 Hays VOR (HYS) 9 V 244 Salina VOR (SLN) 9 3 V4 18 V 244 9 6 0 33 15 6 KCOS KMKC 30 6 3 3 30 33 0 33 0 12 21 15 18 Figure 7-36 Flight Plan Overview 426 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Automatic Flight Control System Departure Climbing to the Selected Altitude and flying an assigned heading: 1) Before takeoff: a) Use the ALT SEL Knob to set the Selected Altitude to 12,000 feet. b) Push the GA Switch to activate Takeoff Mode. The flight director Command Bars establish a pitch up attitude to follow. c) Press the AP Key to engage the autopilot in a climb, holding the pitch angle commanded in Takeoff Mode and wings level. 2) In this example, Vertical Speed Mode is used to capture the Selected Altitude (Pitch Hold, Vertical Speed, or Flight Level Change Mode may be used). a) Press the VS Key to activate Vertical Speed and Roll Hold modes and arm Selected Altitude Capture Mode. The Vertical Speed Reference may be adjusted after Vertical Speed Mode is selected using the NOSE UP/DN Wheel or pushing the CWS Button while hand-flying the aircraft to establish a new Vertical Speed Reference. 3) Use the HDG Knob to set the Selected Heading, complying with ATC vectors to intercept Airway V4. Press the HDG Key to activate Heading Select Mode while the autopilot is engaged in the climb. The autopilot follows the Selected Heading Bug on the HSI and turns the aircraft to the desired heading. 4) As the aircraft nears the Selected Altitude, the flight director transitions to Selected Altitude Capture Mode, indicated by the green ‘ALTS’ annunciation flashing for up to 10 seconds. 190-00494-03 Rev. A At 50 feet from the Selected Altitude, the green ‘ALT’ annunciation flashes for up to 10 seconds; the autopilot transitions to Altitude Hold Mode and levels the aircraft. Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 427 Automatic Flight Control System HD GM od e TO M ode 3 Selected Altitude of 12,000 MSL ALT Mode 4 KMKC 2 1 VS e Mod ode M TO Figure 7-37 Departure 428 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Automatic Flight Control System Intercepting a VOR Radial During climb-out, the autopilot continues to fly the aircraft in Heading Select Mode. Airway V4 to Salina VOR (SLN) should now be intercepted. Since the enroute flight plan waypoints correspond to VORs, flight director Navigation Mode using either VOR or GPS as the navigation source may be used. In this scenario, VOR Navigation Mode is used for navigation to the first VOR waypoint in the flight plan. Intercepting a VOR radial: 1) Arm VOR Navigation Mode: a) Tune the VOR frequency. b) Press the CDI Softkey to set the navigation source to VOR. c) Use the CRS1 or CRS2 Knob to set the Selected Course to the desired value, 255°. Note that at this point, the flight director is still in Heading Select Mode and the autopilot continues to fly the Selected Heading, 290°. d) Press the NAV Key. This arms VOR Navigation Mode and the white ‘VOR’ annunciation appears to the left of the active lateral mode. 2) As the aircraft nears the Selected Course, the flight director transitions from Heading Select to VOR Navigation Mode and the ‘VOR’ annunciation flashes green. The autopilot begins turning to intercept the Selected Course. 3) The autopilot continues the turn until the aircraft is established on the Selected Course. 0 33 3 30 Hd 29 g 0o V4 6 27 3 9 o 255 Salina VOR (SLN) 24 VO R NA V Mo de 2 HD G 12 M od e, VO R Ar m ed 15 1 21 18 Figure 7-38 Intercepting a VOR Radial 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 429 Automatic Flight Control System Flying a Flight Plan/GPS Course Note: Changing the navigation source cancels Navigation Mode and causes the flight director to revert back to Roll Hold Mode (wings rolled level). As the aircraft closes on Salina VOR, GPS is used to navigate the next leg, airway V244. The aircraft is currently tracking inbound on Airway V4. Flying a GPS flight plan: 1) Transition from VOR to GPS Navigation Mode: a) Press the CDI Softkey until GPS is the selected navigation source. b) Press the NAV Key to activate GPS Navigation Mode. The autopilot guides the aircraft along the active flight plan leg. 2) Following the flight plan, the autopilot continues to steer the aircraft under GPS guidance. Note that in GPS Navigation Mode, course changes defined by the flight plan are automatically made without pilot action required. 0 33 33 3 30 0 V4 6 3 o 075 e 30 d AV Mo 6 27 GPS N 260 o 2 12 21 18 12 15 24 9 Hays VOR (HYS) Salina VOR (SLN) V 244 1 24 27 076 e 9 o d AV Mo VOR N 15 21 18 Figure 7-39 Transition to GPS Flight Plan 430 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Automatic Flight Control System Descent While flying the arrival procedure, the aircraft is cleared for descent in preparation for the approach to KCOS. Three methods are presented for descent: • Flight Level Change descent – Flight Level Change Mode can be used to descend to the Selected Altitude at a constant airspeed. This descent method does not account for flight plan waypoint altitude constraints. • Vertical Path Tracking descent – Vertical Path Tracking Mode is used to follow the vertical descent path defined in the GPS flight plan. Altitude constraints correspond to waypoints in the flight plan. Before VNV flight control can provide vertical profile guidance, a VNV flight plan must be entered and enabled. • Non-path descent in a VNV scenario – A VNV flight plan is entered and enabled however, Pitch Hold, Vertical Speed, or Flight Level Change Mode can be used to descend to the VNV Target Altitude prior to reaching the planned TOD. Flight Level Change Mode is used in the example. Flight Level Change descent: 1) Select Flight Level Change Mode: a) Using the ALT SEL Knob, set the Selected Altitude to 10,000 feet. b) Press the FLC Key to activate Flight Level Change Mode. The annunciation ‘FLC’ appears next to the Airspeed Reference, which defaults to the current aircraft airspeed. Selected Altitude Capture Mode is armed automatically. c) If desired press the SPD Key to display the Airspeed Reference in Mach. 2) Use the NOSE UP/DN Wheel or push the CWS Button while hand-flying the aircraft to adjust the commanded airspeed while maintaining the same power, or reduce power to allow descent in Flight Level Change Mode while the autopilot maintains the current airspeed. 3) As the aircraft nears the Selected Altitude, the flight director transitions to Selected Altitude Capture Mode, indicated by the green ‘ALTS’ annunciation flashing for up to 10 seconds. The green ‘ALT’ annunciation flashes for up to 10 seconds upon reaching 50 feet from the Selected Altitude; the autopilot transitions to Altitude Hold Mode and levels the aircraft. 1 Cruise Altitude of 12,000 MSL ALT Mode 2 FLC Mod e 3 Selected Altitude of 10,000 MSL ALT Mode Figure 7-40 FLC Descent 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 431 Automatic Flight Control System Vertical Path Tracking descent to VNV Target Altitude: 1) Select VNV flight control: a) Press the VNV Key to arm Vertical Path Tracking Mode. The white annunciation ‘VPTH’ appears. b) Using the ALT SEL Knob, set the Selected Altitude below the flight plan’s VNV Target Altitude of 10,000 feet. If the Selected Altitude is not at least 75 ft below the VNV Target Altitude, the flight director commands descent to the Selected Altitude rather than the VNV Target Altitude once Vertical Path Tracking Mode becomes active (ALTS is armed rather than ALTV). c) If Vertical Path Tracking Mode is armed more than 5 minutes prior to descent path capture, acknowledgment is required for the flight director to transition from Altitude Hold to Vertical Path Tracking Mode. To proceed with descent path capture if the white ‘VPTH’ annunciation begins flashing, do one of the following • Press the VNV Key • Turn the ALT SEL Knob to adjust the Selected Altitude If the descent is not confirmed by the time of interception, Vertical Path Tracking Mode remains armed and the descent is not captured. 2) When the top of descent (TOD) is reached, the flight director transitions to Vertical Path Tracking Mode and begins the descent to the VNV Target Altitude. Intention to capture the VNV Target Altitude is indicated by the white ‘ALTV’ annunciation. 3) As the aircraft nears the VNV Target Altitude, the flight director transitions to VNV Target Altitude Capture Mode, indicated by the green ‘ALTV’ annunciation flashing for up to 10 seconds. The green ‘ALT’ annunciation flashes for up to 10 seconds upon reaching 50 feet from the VNV Target Altitude; the autopilot transitions to Altitude Hold Mode and levels the aircraft at the vertical waypoint. 1 ALT Mode TOD Cruise Altitude of 12,000 MSL 2 VPT HM ode 3 VNAV Target Altitude of 10,000 MSL BOD ALT Mode Selected Altitude (set below VNAV Target Altitude) Along-track Offset, 3 nm before OPSHN 3 nm Figure 7-41 VPTH Descent 432 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Automatic Flight Control System Non-path descent using Flight Level Change Mode: 1) Using Flight Level Change Mode, command a non-path descent to an intermediate altitude above the next VNV flight plan altitude: a) Using the ALT SEL Knob, set the Selected Altitude below the current aircraft altitude to an altitude (in this case, 9,400 feet) at which to level off between VNV flight plan altitudes. b) Press the FLC Key before the planned TOD during an altitude hold while VPTH is armed. The Airspeed Reference defaults to the current aircraft airspeed. Vertical Path Tracking and Selected Altitude Capture Mode are armed automatically. 2) Reduce power to allow descent in Flight Level Change Mode. The autopilot maintains the Airspeed Reference. 3) As the aircraft nears the Selected Altitude, the flight director transitions to Selected Altitude Capture Mode, indicated by the green ‘ALTS’ annunciation flashing for up to 10 seconds. The green ‘ALT’ annunciation flashes for up to 10 seconds upon reaching 50 feet from the Selected Altitude; the autopilot transitions to Altitude Hold Mode and levels the aircraft. After leveling off reset Selected Altitude at or below 9,000 ft. 4) When the next TOD is reached, Vertical Path Tracking becomes active (may require acknowledgment to allow descent path capture). 5) As the aircraft nears the VNV Target Altitude, the flight director transitions to VNV Target Altitude Capture Mode, indicated by the green ‘ALTV’ annunciation flashing for up to 10 seconds. 190-00494-03 Rev. A The green ‘ALT’ annunciation flashes for up to 10 seconds upon reaching 50 feet from the VNV Target Altitude; the autopilot transitions to Altitude Hold Mode and levels the aircraft at the vertical waypoint. Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 433 Automatic Flight Control System VP TH M od e Planned TOD 2 BOD ALT Mode 1 FL C Pla nn M od e Selected Altitude of 9,400 MSL VNAV Target Altitude of 10,000 MSL 3 ed De sce nt ALT Mode Pa th TOD 4 VP TH Mo VNAV Target Altitude of 9,000 MSL de 5 BOD ALT Mode Selected Altitude 3 nm OPSHN HABUK Figure 7-42 Non-path Descent 434 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Automatic Flight Control System Approach Note: If an approach contains a DME arc, the arc must be flown in Navigation Mode with the GFC 700. When receiving vectors from ATC, Navigation Mode must be selected prior to intercepting the ARC. Flying an ILS approach: 1) Transition from GPS Navigation Mode to Heading Select Mode. a) Select the Runway 35L ILS approach for KCOS and select ‘VECTORS’ for the transition. Load and activate the approach into the flight plan. b) Use the HDG Knob to set the Selected Heading after getting vectors from ATC. c) Press the HDG Key. The autopilot turns the aircraft to the desired heading. d) Use Heading Select Mode to comply with ATC vectors as requested. 2) Arm LOC Approach and Glideslope modes. a) Ensure the appropriate localizer frequency is tuned. b) Press the APR Key when cleared for approach to arm Approach and Glideslope modes. ‘LOC’ and ‘GS’ appear in white as armed mode annunciations. c) The navigation source automatically switches to LOC. After this switch occurs, the localizer signal can be captured and the autopilot and flight director determine when to begin the turn to intercept the final approach course. The flight director now provides guidance to the missed approach point. 3) There are two options available at this point, as the autopilot flies the ILS approach: • Push the AP DISC Switch at the decision height and land the aircraft. 190-00494-03 Rev. A • Use the GA Switch to execute a missed approach. Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 435 Automatic Flight Control System KCOS LOC APR/ GS Mode 3 PETEY 2 G HD e od M PYNON 1 GPS NAV Mode Figure 7-43 ILS Approach to KCOS 436 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Automatic Flight Control System Flying a RNAV GPS approach with vertical guidance: 1) Arm flight director modes for a RNAV GPS approach with vertical guidance: a) Make sure the navigation source is set to GPS (use CDI Softkey to change navigation source). b) Select the Runway 35R LPV approach for KCOS. Load and activate the approach into the flight plan. 2) Press the APR Key once clearance for approach has been received. GPS Approach Mode is activated and Glidepath Mode is armed. 3) Once the glidepath is captured, Glidepath Mode becomes active. The flight director now provides guidance to the missed approach point. 4) There are two options available at this point, as the autopilot flies the approach: • Push the AP DISC Switch at the decision height and land the aircraft. • Use the GA Switch to execute a missed approach. KCOS 4 3 GPS APR/ GP Mode CEGIX 2 FALUR HABUK PYNON 1 GPS NAV Mode Figure 7-44 LPV Approach to KCOS 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 437 Automatic Flight Control System Go Around/Missed Approach Note: As a result of calculations performed by the system while flying the holding pattern, the display may re-size automatically and the aircraft may not precisely track the holding pattern as depicted on the PFD and MFD. Flying a missed approach: 1) Push the GA Switch at the Decision height and apply go around power to execute a missed approach. The flight director Command Bars establish a nose-up climb to follow. If flying an ILS or LOC approach, the CDI also switches to GPS as the navigation source. Note that when the GA Switch is pushed, the missed approach is activated and the autopilot disconnects, indicated by the ‘AP’ annunciation flashing yellow for 5 seconds. Flashes 5 sec 2) Start the climb to the prescribed altitude in the published Missed Approach Procedure (in this case, 10,000 ft). a) Press the AP Key to re-engage the autopilot. b) Press the NAV Key to have the autopilot fly to the hold. 3) Use the ALT SEL Knob to set a Selected Altitude to hold. To hold the current airspeed during the climb, press the FLC Key. As the aircraft nears the Selected Altitude, the flight director transitions to Selected Altitude Capture Mode, indicated by the green ‘ALTS’ annunciation flashing for up to 10 seconds. The green ‘ALT’ annunciation flashes for up to 10 seconds upon reaching 50 feet from the Selected Altitude; the autopilot transitions to Altitude Hold Mode and levels the aircraft. 4) The autopilot flies the holding pattern after the missed approach is activated. Annunciations are displayed in the Navigation Status Box, above the AFCS Status Box. 438 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Automatic Flight Control System 4 MOGAL GPS NAV Mode 3 2 GA Mode KCOS 1 Figure 7-45 Go Around/Missed Approach 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 439 Automatic Flight Control System 7.7AFCS Annunciations and Alerts AFCS Status Alerts The annunciations in Table 7-6 (listed in order of increasing priority) can appear on the PFDs above the Airspeed and Attitude indicators. Only one annunciation may occur at a time, and messages are prioritized by criticality. AFCS Status Annunciation Figure 7-46 AFCS Status Annunciation Alert Condition Rudder Mistrim Right Rudder Mistrim Left Aileron Mistrim Right Aileron Mistrim Left Elevator Mistrim Down Elevator Mistrim Up Emergency Descent Mode Pitch Trim Failure (or stuck MEPT Switch) Annunciation Description Yaw servo providing sustained force in the indicated direction Roll servo providing sustained force in the indicated direction Pitch servo providing sustained force in the indicated direction AP engaged when aircraft altitude above 30,000 ft and cabin pressurization is lost Selected Heading set 90° left of current heading; Selected Altitude set to 15000 ft If AP engaged, take control of the aircraft and disengage AP If AP disengaged, move MEPT switches separately to unstick Yaw Damper Failure YD control failure; AP also inoperative Roll Failure Roll axis control failure; AP inoperative Pitch Failure Pitch axis control failure; AP inoperative System Failure Preflight Test AP, YD, and MEPT are unavailable; FD may still be available Performing preflight system test; aural alert sounds at completion Do not press the AP DISC Switch during servo power-up and preflight system tests as this may cause the preflight system test to fail or never to start (if servos fail their power-up tests). Power must be cycled to the servos to remedy the situation. Preflight system test failed; aural alert sounds at failure Table 7-6 AFCS Status Alerts 440 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Automatic Flight Control System Overspeed Protection While Pitch Hold, Vertical Speed, Flight Level Change, Vertical Path Tracking, or an altitude capture mode is active, airspeed is monitored by the flight director and pitch commands are limited for overspeed protection. Overspeed protection is provided in situations where the flight director cannot acquire and maintain the mode reference for the selected vertical mode without exceeding the certified maximum autopilot airspeed. When an autopilot overspeed condition occurs, the Airspeed Reference appears in a box above the Airspeed Indicator, flashing a yellow ‘MAXSPD’ annunciation. Engine power should be reduced and/or the pitch reference adjusted to slow the aircraft. The annunciation disappears when the overspeed condition is resolved. Airspeed Indicator Figure 7-47 Overspeed Annunciation Emergency Descent Mode (EDM) The Cessna Citation Mustang is equipped with an Emergency Descent Mode (EDM), available during highaltitude flight while the autopilot is engaged. EDM is automatically activated when cabin pressurization is lost at altitudes above 30,000 feet MSL. Throttles should be reduced to idle and speed brakes extended to achieve a maximum rate of decent. EDM is annunciated as the AFCS Status Annunciation and the following AFCS modes are selected: • Flight Level Change Mode with the Selected Altitude set to 15,000 feet • Heading Select Mode with the Selected Heading set to 90° left of the current heading Heading Select Autopilot Flight Level Change Mode Active Engaged Mode Active Selected Altitude Set to 15000 ft Selected Heading Set 90° Left of Current Heading Emergency Decent Mode Annunciation Figure 7-48 Emergency Descent Mode 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 441 Automatic Flight Control System Blank Page 442 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Additional Features Section 8 Additional Features NOTE: With the availability of SafeTaxi®, ChartView, or FliteCharts®, it may be necessary to carry another source of charts on-board the aircraft. Additional features of the system include the following: • Synthetic Vision System (SVS) • SafeTaxi® diagrams • ChartView and FliteCharts® electronic charts • AOPA’s Airport Directory • XM Radio entertainment for the passengers • Scheduler The optional Synthetic Vision System (SVS) provides a three-dimensional forward view of terrain features on the PFD. SVS imagery shows the pilot’s view of relevant features in relation to the aircraft attitude, as well as the flight path pertaining to the active flight plan. SafeTaxi diagrams provide detailed taxiway, runway, and ramp information at more than 700 airports in the United States. By decreasing range on an airport that has a SafeTaxi diagram available, a close up view of the airport layout can be seen. The optional ChartView and FliteCharts provide on-board electronic terminal procedures charts. Electronic charts offer the convenience of rapid access to essential information. Either ChartView or FliteCharts may be configured in the system, but not both. AOPA’s Airport Directory offers detailed information for a selected airport, such as available services, hours of operation, and lodging options. The optional XM Radio entertainment audio feature of the GDL 69A Data Link Receiver handles more than 170 channels of music, news, and sports. XM Radio offers more entertainment choices and longer range coverage than commercial broadcast stations. The Scheduler feature can be used to enter and display short term or long term reminder messages such as Switch fuel tanks, Change oil, or Altimeter-Transponder Check in the Messages Window on the PFD. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 443 Additional Features 8.1Synthetic Vision System (SVS) WARNING: Use appropriate primary systems for navigation, and for terrain, obstacle, and traffic avoidance. SVS is intended as an aid to situational awareness only and may not provide either the accuracy or reliability upon which to solely base decisions and/or plan maneuvers to avoid terrain, obstacles, or traffic. The optional Synthetic Vision System (SVS) is a visual enhancement to the G1000 Integrated Flight Deck. SVS depicts a forward-looking attitude display of the topography immediately in front of the aircraft. The field of view is 30 degrees to the left and 35 degrees to the right. SVS information is shown on the Primary Flight Display (PFD), or on the Multifunction Display (MFD) in Reversionary Mode (Figure 8‑76). The depicted imagery is derived from the aircraft attitude, heading, GPS three-dimensional position, and a nine arc-second database of terrain, obstacles, and other relevant features. The terrain data resolution of nine arc-seconds, meaning that the terrain elevation contours are stored in squares measuring nine arc-seconds on each side, is required for the operation of SVS. Loss of any of the required data, including temporary loss of the GPS signal, will cause SVS to be disabled until the required data is restored. The SVS terrain display shows land contours, large water features, towers, and other obstacles over 200’ AGL that are included in the obstacle database. Cultural features on the ground such as roads, highways, railroad tracks, cities, and state boundaries are not displayed even if those features are found on the MFD map. The terrain display also includes a north–south east–west grid with lines oriented with true north and spaced at one arc-minute intervals to assist in orientation relative to the terrain. The colors used to display the terrain elevation contours are similar to that of the topo map display. The Terrain Awareness and Warning System (TAWS) is integrated within SVS to provide visual and auditory alerts to indicate the presence of terrain and obstacle threats relevant to the projected flight path. Terrain alerts are displayed in red and yellow shading on the PFD. The terrain display is intended for situational awareness only. It may not provide the accuracy or fidelity on which to base decisions and plan maneuvers to avoid terrain or obstacles. Navigation must not be predicated solely upon the use of the TAWS terrain or obstacle data displayed by the SVS. The following SVS enhancements appear on the PFD: 444 • Pathways • Airport Signs • Flight Path Marker • Runway Display • Horizon Heading Marks • Terrain Alerting • Traffic Display • Obstacle Alerting Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Additional Features Figure 8-1 Synthetic Vision Imagery SVS Operation SVS is activated from the PFD using the softkeys located along the bottom edge of the display. Pressing the softkeys turns the related function on or off. When SVS is enabled, the pitch scale increments are reduced to 10 degrees up and 7.5 degrees down. SVS functions are displayed on three levels of softkeys. The PFD Softkey leads into the PFD function Softkeys, including synthetic vision. Pressing the SYN VIS Softkey displays the SVS feature softkeys. The softkeys are labeled PATHWAY, SYN TERR, HRZN HDG, and APTSIGNS. The BACK Softkey returns to the previous level of softkeys. Synthetic Terrain must be active before any other SVS feature may be activated. HRZN HDG, APTSIGNS, and PATHWAY Softkeys are only available when the SYN TERR Softkey is activated (gray with black characters). After activating the SYN TERR Softkey, the HRZN HDG, APTSIGNS, and PATHWAY softkeys may be activated in any combination to display desired features. When system power is cycled, the last selected state (on or off) of the SYN TERR, HRZN HDG, APTSIGNS, and PATHWAY softkeys is remembered by the system. • PATHWAY Softkey enables display of rectangular boxes that represent course guidance. • SYN TERR Softkey enables synthetic terrain depiction. • HRZN HDG Softkey enables horizon heading marks and digits. • APTSIGNS Softkey enables airport signposts. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 445 Additional Features PFD BACK SYN VIS Pressing the BACK Softkey returns to the top-level softkeys. PATHWAY BACK SYN TERR HRZN HDG APTSIGNS Pressing the BACK Softkey returns to the previous level of softkeys. Figure 8-2 SVS Softkeys Activating and deactivating SVS: 1) Press the PFD Softkey. 2) Press the SYN VIS Softkey. 3) Press the SYN TERR Softkey. The SVS display will cycle on or off with the SYN TERR Softkey. Activating and deactivating Pathways: 1) Press the PFD Softkey. 2) Press the SYN VIS Softkey. 3) Press the PATHWAY Softkey. The Pathway feature will cycle on or off with the PATHWAY Softkey. Activating and deactivating Horizon Headings: 1) Press the PFD Softkey. 2) Press the SYN VIS Softkey. 3) Press the HRZN HDG Softkey. The horizon heading display will cycle on or off with the HRZN HDG Softkey. Activating and deactivating Airport Signs: 1) Press the PFD Softkey. 2) Press the SYN VIS Softkey. 3) Press the APTSIGNS Softkey. Display of airport signs will cycle on or off with the APTSIGNS Softkey. 446 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Additional Features SVS Features Selected Altitude Traffic Airport Runway Zero Pitch Line (ZPL) with Compass Heading Marks Pathways Flight Path Marker Command Bars Airplane Symbol SVS Softkeys Synthetic Terrain Figure 8-3 SVS on the Primary Flight Display NOTE: Pathways and terrain features are not a substitute for standard course and altitude deviation information provided by the CDI, VSI, and VDI. NOTE: Pathways are not available when the cross-pointer (X-Pointer) flight director format is selected. Pathways Pathways provide a three-dimensional perspective view of the selected route of flight shown as colored rectangular boxes representing the horizontal and vertical flight path of the active flight plan. The box size represents 700 feet wide by 200 feet tall during enroute, oceanic, and terminal flight phases. During an approach, the box width is 700 feet or one half full scale deviation on the HSI, whichever is less. The height is 200 feet or one half full scale deviation on the VDI, whichever is less. The altitude at which the pathway boxes are displayed is determined by the selected altitude during climb, cruise, and when the active leg is the final approach course prior to intercepting the glidepath/glideslope. During a descent (except while on the approach glidepath/glideslope), the pathway boxes are displayed at the selected altitude, or the VNAV altitude programmed for the active leg in the flight plan, or the published altitude constraint, whichever is higher (Figure 8-4). Just prior to intercepting the glidepath/glideslope, the pathway boxes are displayed on the glidepath/glideslope, or the selected altitude, whichever is lower. The color of the rectangular boxes may be magenta, green, or white depending on the route of flight and navigation source selected. The active GPS or GPS overlay flight plan leg is represented by magenta boxes that correspond to the Magenta CDI. A localizer course is represented by green boxes that correspond to a green CDI. An inactive leg of an active flight plan is represented by white boxes corresponding to a white line drawn on the Inset map or MFD map indicating an inactive leg. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 447 Additional Features Selected Altitude Programmed Altitudes Figure 8-4 Programmed and Selected Altitude Pathways provide supplemental glidepath/glideslope information on an active ILS, LPV, LNAV/VNAV, and some LNAV approaches. Pathways are intended as an aid to situational awareness and should not be used independent of the CDI, VDI, glide path indicator, and glide slope indicator. They are removed from the display when the selected navigation information is not available. Pathways are not displayed beyond the active leg when leg sequencing is suspended and are not displayed on any portion of the flight plan leg that would lead to intercepting a leg in the wrong direction. Pathways are also automatically removed from the display in the event a Resolution Advisory (RA) is issued by the optional TCAS II system. Pathways may then be re-displayed by pressing the PATHWAY Softkey. Departure and Enroute Prior to intercepting an active flight plan leg, pathways are displayed as a series of boxes with pointers at each corner that point in the direction of the active waypoint. Pathways are not displayed for the first leg of the flight plan if that segment is a Heading-to-Altitude leg. The first segment displaying pathways is the first active GPS leg or active leg with a GPS overlay. If this leg of the flight plan route is outside the SVS field of view, pathways will not be visible until the aircraft has turned toward this leg. While approaching the center of the active leg and prescribed altitude, the number of pathway boxes decreases to a minimum of four. Climb profiles cannot be displayed due to the variables associated with aircraft performance. Flight plan legs requiring a climb are indicated by pathways displayed at a level above the aircraft at the altitude selected or programmed. 448 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Additional Features Descent and Approach Pathways are shown descending only for a programmed descent (Figures 8-5, 8-6). When the flight plan includes programmed descent segments, pathways are displayed along the descent path provided that the selected altitude is lower than the programmed altitude. When an approach providing vertical guidance is activated, Pathways are shown level at the selected altitude up to the point along the final approach course where the altitude intercepts the extended vertical descent path, glidepath, or glideslope. From the vertical path descent, glidepath, or glideslope intercept point, the pathways are shown inbound to the Missed Approach Point (MAP) along the published lateral and vertical descent path, or at the selected altitude, whichever is lower. During an ILS approach, the initial approach segment is displayed in magenta at the segment altitudes if GPS is selected as the navigation source on the CDI. When switching to localizer inbound with LOC selected as the navigation source on the CDI, pathways are displayed in green along the localizer and glide slope. VOR, LOC BC, and ADF approach segments that are approved to be flown using GPS are displayed in magenta boxes. Segments that are flown using other than GPS or ILS, such as heading legs or VOR final approach courses are not displayed. Selected Altitude set for Enroute Selected Altitude set for Departure Climbs NOT displayed by pathway Non-programmed descents NOT displayed by pathway TOD Selected Altitude for Step Down Programmed descent displayed by pathway Selected Altitude or Programmed Altitude (whichever is higher) Figure 8-5 SVS Pathways, Enroute and Descent 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 449 Additional Features Missed Approach Upon activating the missed approach, pathways lead to the Missed Approach Holding Point (MAHP) and are displayed as a level path at the published altitude for the MAHP, or the selected altitude, whichever is the highest. If the initial missed approach leg is a Course-to-Altitude (CA) leg, the pathways boxes will be displayed level at the altitude published for the MAHP. If the initial missed approach leg is defined by a course using other than GPS, pathways are not displayed for that segment. In this case, the pathways displayed for the next leg may be outside the field of view and will be visible when the aircraft has turned in the direction of that leg. Pathways are displayed along each segment including the path required to track course reversals that are part of a procedure, such as holding patterns. Pathways boxes will not indicate a turn to a MAHP unless a defined geographical waypoint exists between the MAP and MAHP. FAF Descent displayed by pathway Selected Altitude or Programmed Altitude (whichever is higher) MAP Climbs NOT displayed by pathway Turn Segment NOT displayed by pathway MAHP Figure 8-6 SVS Pathways, Approach, Missed Approach, and Holding 450 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Additional Features Flight Path Marker The Flight Path Marker (FPM), also known as a Velocity Vector, is displayed on the PFD at groundspeeds above 30 knots. The FPM depicts the approximate projected path of the aircraft accounting for wind speed and direction relative to the three-dimensional terrain display. The FPM is always available when the Synthetic Terrain feature is in operation. The FPM represents the direction of the flight path as it relates to the terrain and obstacles on the display, while the airplane symbol represents the aircraft heading. The FPM works in conjunction with the Pathways feature to assist the pilot in maintaining desired altitudes and direction when navigating a flight plan. When on course and altitude the FPM is aligned inside the pathway boxes as shown (Figure 8-7). The FPM may also be used to identify a possible conflict with the aircraft flight path and distant terrain or obstacles. Displayed terrain or obstacles in the aircraft’s flight path extending above the FPM could indicate a potential conflict, even before an alert is issued by TAWS. However, decisions regarding terrain and/or obstacle avoidance should not be made using only the FPM. ILS Frequency is Active Flight Path Marker (FPM) Color of Pathways match the CDI color Wind Vector Figure 8-7 Flight Path Marker and Pathways Zero Pitch Line The Zero Pitch Line is drawn completely across the display and represents the aircraft attitude with respect to the horizon. It may not align with the terrain horizon, particularly when the terrain is mountainous or when the aircraft is flown at high altitudes. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 451 Additional Features Horizon Heading The Horizon Heading is synchronized with the HSI and shows approximately 60 degrees of compass heading in 30‑degree increments on the Zero Pitch Line. Horizon heading tick marks and digits appearing on the zero pitch line are not visible behind either the airspeed or altitude display. Horizon Heading is used for general heading awareness, and is activated and deactivated by pressing the HRZN HDG Softkey. Traffic WARNING: Intruder aircraft at or below 500 ft. AGL may not appear on the SVS display or may appear as a partial symbol. Traffic symbols are displayed in their approximate locations as determined by the related traffic systems. Traffic symbols are displayed in three dimensions, appearing larger as they are getting closer, and smaller when they are further away. Traffic within 250 feet laterally of the aircraft will not be displayed on the SVS display. Traffic symbols and coloring are consistent with that used for traffic displayed in the Inset map or MFD traffic page. If the traffic altitude is unknown, the traffic will not be displayed on the SVS display. For more details refer to the traffic system discussion in the Hazard Avoidance section. Airport Signs Airport Signs provide a visual representation of airport location and identification on the synthetic terrain display. When activated, the signs appear on the display when the aircraft is approximately 15 nm from an airport and disappear at approximately 4.5 nm. Airport signs are shown without the identifier until the aircraft is approximately 8 nautical miles from the airport. Airport signs are not shown behind the airspeed or altitude display. Airport signs are activated and deactivated by pressing the APTSIGNS Softkey. Airport Sign without Identifier (Between 9.0 nm and 15 nm) Airport Sign with Identifier (Between 4.5 nm and 9.0 nm) Figure 8-8 Airport Signs 452 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Additional Features Runways WARNING: Do not use SVS runway depiction as the sole means for determining the proximity of the aircraft to the runway or for maintaining the proper approach path angle during landing. NOTE: Not all airports have runways with endpoint data in the database, therefore, these runways are not displayed. Runway data provides improved awareness of runway location with respect to the surrounding terrain. All runway thresholds are depicted at their respective elevations as defined in the database. In some situations, where threshold elevations differ significantly, crossing runways may appear to be layered. As runways are displayed, those within 45 degrees of the aircraft heading are displayed in white. Other runways will be gray in color. When an approach for a specific runway is active, that runway will appear brighter and be outlined with a white box, regardless of the runway orientation as related to aircraft heading. As the aircraft gets closer to the runway, more detail such as runway numbers and centerlines will be displayed. Runway Selected for Approach Other Runway on Airport Figure 8-9 Airport Runways 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 453 Additional Features TAWS Alerting Terrain alerting on the synthetic terrain display is triggered by Forward-looking Terrain Avoidance (FLTA). When an obstacle becomes a potential impact point the color of the obstacle matches the red or yellow X on the Inset map and MFD map displays. For more detailed information regarding TAWS, refer to the Hazard Avoidance Section. In some instances, a terrain or obstacle alert may be issued with no conflict shading displayed on the synthetic terrain. In these cases, the conflict is outside the SVS field of view to the left or right of the aircraft. TAWS Terrain Alert Terrain Warning Potential Impact Points Figure 8-10 Terrain Alert 454 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Additional Features Obstacles are represented on the synthetic terrain display by standard two-dimensional tower symbols found on the Inset map and MFD maps and charts. Obstacle symbols appear in the perspective view with relative height above terrain and distance from the aircraft. Unlike the Inset map and MFD moving map display, obstacles on the synthetic terrain display do not change colors to warn of potential conflict with the aircraft’s flight path until the obstacle is associated with an actual FLTA alert. Obstacles greater than 1000 feet below the aircraft altitude are not shown. Obstacles are shown behind the airspeed and altitude displays. TAWS Obstacle Alert Obstacles Potential Impact Points Figure 8-11 Obstacles 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 455 Additional Features Field of View The PFD field of view can be represented on the MFD Navigation Map Page. Two dashed lines forming a V‑shape in front of the aircraft symbol on the map, represent the forward viewing area shown on the PFD. Configuring field of view: 1) While viewing the Navigation Map Page, press the MENU Key to display the PAGE MENU. 2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight Map Setup and press the ENT Key. Field of View Navigation Map Page OPTIONS Menu Map Setup Menu, Map Group, Field of View Option Figure 8-12 Option Menus 3) Turn the FMS Knob to select the Map Group and press the ENT Key. 4) Turn the large FMS Knob to scroll through the Aviation Group options to FIELD OF VIEW. 5) Turn the small FMS Knob to select On or Off. 6) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page. 456 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Additional Features The following figure compares the PFD forward looking depiction with the MFD plan view and FIELD OF VIEW turned on. Lines Depict PFD Field of View SVS View on the PFD Field of View on the MFD Figure 8-13 MFD and PFD Field of View Comparison 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 457 Additional Features 8.2SafeTaxi SafeTaxi is an enhanced feature that gives greater map detail when viewing airports at close range. The maximum map ranges for enhanced detail are pilot configurable. When viewing at ranges close enough to show the airport detail, the map reveals taxiways with identifying letters/numbers, airport Hot Spots, and airport landmarks including ramps, buildings, control towers, and other prominent features. Resolution is greater at lower map ranges. When the MFD display is within the SafeTaxi ranges, the airplane symbol on the airport provides enhanced position awareness. Designated Hot Spots are recognized at airports with many intersecting taxiways and runways, and/or complex ramp areas. Airport Hot Spots are outlined to caution pilots of areas on an airport surface where positional awareness confusion or runway incursions happen most often. Hot Spots are defined with a magenta circle or outline around the region of possible confusion. Any map page that displays the navigation view can also show the SafeTaxi airport layout within the maximum configured range. The following is a list of pages where the SafeTaxi feature can be seen: • Navigation Map Page • VOR Information Page • Inset Map (PFD) • User Waypoint Information Page • Weather Datalink Page • Trip Planning Page • Airport Information Page • Nearest Pages • Intersection Information Page • Active and Stored Flight Plan Pages • NDB Information Page During ground operations the aircraft’s position is displayed in reference to taxiways, runways, and airport features. In the example shown, the aircraft is on taxiway Bravo inside the High Alert Intersection boundary on KSFO airport. Airport Hot Spots are outlined in magenta. When panning over the airport, features such as runway holding lines and taxiways are shown at the cursor. 458 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Additional Features Taxiway Identification Aircraft Position Airport Hot Spot Outline Airport Features Figure 8-14 SafeTaxi Depiction on the Navigation Map Page DCLTR Softkey Removes Taxiway Markings The DCLTR Softkey (declutter) label advances to DCLTR-1, DCLTR -2, and DCLTR-3 each time the softkey is pressed for easy recognition of decluttering level. Pressing the DCLTR Softkey removes the taxiway markings and airport feature labels. Pressing the DCLTR-1 Softkey removes VOR station ID, the VOR symbol, and intersection names if within the airport plan view. Pressing the DCLTR-2 Softkey removes the airport runway layout, unless the airport in view is part of an active route structure. Pressing the DCLTR-3 Softkey cycles back to the original map detail. Refer to Map Declutter Levels in the Flight Management Section. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 459 Additional Features Configuring SafeTaxi range: 1) While viewing the Navigation Map Page, press the MENU Key to display the PAGE MENU. 2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Map Setup Menu Option and press the ENT Key. Figure 8-15 Navigation Map PAGE MENU, Map Setup Option 3) Turn the FMS Knob to select the Aviation Group and press the ENT Key. 4) Turn the large FMS Knob to scroll through the Aviation Group options to SAFETAXI. 5) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the range of distances. 6) Turn either FMS Knob to select the desired distance for maximum SafeTaxi display range. 7) Press the ENT Key to complete the selection. 8) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page. SAFETAXI Option SafeTaxi Range Options Figure 8-16 MAP SETUP Menu, Aviation Group, SAFETAXI Range Options 460 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Additional Features SafeTaxi Cycle Number and Revision SafeTaxi database is revised every 56 days. SafeTaxi is always available for use after the expiration date. When turning on the system, the Power-up Page indicates whether the databases are current, out of date, or not available. SafeTaxi Database Figure 8-17 Power-up Page, SafeTaxi Database Power-up Page Display Definition Normal operation. SafeTaxi database is valid and within current cycle. SafeTaxi database has expired. Database card contains no SafeTaxi data. Table 8-1 SafeTaxi Annunciation Definitions The SafeTaxi Region, Version, Cycle, Effective date and Expires date of the database cycle can also be found on the AUX - System Status page, as seen in Figure 8-18. Select the MFD1 DB Softkey to place the cursor in the DATABASE window. Scroll through the listed information by turning the FMS Knob or pressing the ENT Key until the SafeTaxi database information is shown. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 461 Additional Features The SafeTaxi database cycle number shown in Figure 8-18, 09S3, is deciphered as follows: 09 – Indicates the year 2009 S – Indicates the data is for SafeTaxi 3 – Indicates the third issue of the SafeTaxi database for the year The SafeTaxi EFFECTIVE date 07–MAY–09 is the beginning date for the current database cycle. SafeTaxi EXPIRES date 02–JUL–09 is the revision date for the next database cycle. SafeTaxi Data Figure 8-18 AUX – System Status Page, SafeTaxi Current Information SafeTaxi information appears in blue and yellow text. The EFFECTIVE date appears in blue when data is current and in yellow when the current date is before the effective date. The EXPIRES date appears in blue when data is current and in yellow when expired (Figures 8‑18 and 8-19). NOT AVAILABLE appears in blue in the REGION field if SafeTaxi data is not available on the database card (Figure 8‑19). An expired SafeTaxi database is not disabled and will continue to function indefinitely. Select the MFD1 DB Softkey a second time. The softkey label will change to PFD1 DB. The DATABASE window will now be displaying database information for PFD1. As before, scroll through the listed information by turning the FMS Knob or pressing the ENT Key until the SafeTaxi database information is shown. Select the PFD1 DB Softkey. The softkey label will change to PFD2 DB. The DATABASE window will now display database information for PFD2. Again, scroll through the listed information by turning the FMS Knob or pressing the ENT Key until the SafeTaxi database information is shown. Refer to Updating Garmin Databases in Appendix B for instructions on revising the SafeTaxi database. 462 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Additional Features Figure 8-19 illustrates possible SafeTaxi database conditions that may appear on the AUX - System Status Page. The EFFECTIVE date is the beginning date for this database cycle. If the present date is before the effective date, the EFFECTIVE date appears in yellow and the EXPIRES date appears in blue. The EXPIRES date is the revision date for the next database cycle. NOT AVAILABLE indicates that SafeTaxi is not available on the database card or no database card is inserted. Current Date is before Effective Date SafeTaxi Database has Expired SafeTaxi Database Not Installed Figure 8-19 AUX – System Status Page, SafeTaxi Expired, SafeTaxi Not Available 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 463 Additional Features 8.3 ChartView ChartView resembles the paper version of Jeppesen terminal procedures charts. The charts are displayed in full color with high-resolution. The MFD depiction shows the aircraft position on the moving map in the plan view of approach charts and on airport diagrams. Airport Hot Spots are outlined in magenta. The ChartView database subscription is available from Jeppesen, Inc. Available data includes: • Arrivals (STAR) • Airport Diagrams • Departure Procedures (DP) • NOTAMs • Approaches ChartView Softkeys ChartView functions are displayed on three levels of softkeys. While on the Navigation Map Page, Nearest Airports Page, or Flight Plan Page, selecting the SHW CHRT Softkey displays the available terminal chart and advances to the chart selection level of softkeys: CHRT OPT, CHRT, INFO-1/2, DP, STAR, APR, WX, NOTAM, and GO BACK. The chart selection softkeys shown below appear on the Airport Information Page. Selecting the GO BACK Softkey reverts to the top level softkeys and previous page. Selecting the CHRT OPT Softkey advances to the next level of softkeys: ALL, HEADER, PLAN, PROFILE, MINIMUMS, FIT WDTH, FULL SCN, and BACK. While viewing the CHRT OPT Softkeys, after 45 seconds of softkey inactivity, the system reverts to the chart selection softkeys. SHW CHRT CHRT OPT CHRT INFO-1 DP HEADER PLAN APR WX NOTAM GO BACK Selecting the GO BACK Softkey returns to the top-level softkeys and previous page. INFO-2 ALL STAR PROFILE MINIMUMS FIT WDTH FULL SCN BACK Selecting the BACK Softkey returns to the Chart Selection Softkeys. Figure 8-20 ChartView SHW CHRT, Chart Selection, and Chart Option Softkeys 464 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Additional Features ChartView Terminal Procedures Charts Selecting Terminal Procedures Charts: While viewing the Navigation Map Page, Nearest Airport Page, or Flight Plan Page, select the SHW CHRT Softkey. Or: 1) Press the MENU Key to display the PAGE MENU. 2) Turn the large FMS Knob to scroll through the OPTIONS Menu to Show Chart. 3) Press the ENT Key to display the chart. Navigation Map Page OPTIONS Menu Waypoint Airport Information Page OPTIONS Menu Figure 8-21 Option Menus When no terminal procedure chart is available for the nearest airport or the selected airport, the banner CHART NOT AVAILABLE appears on the screen. The CHART NOT AVAILABLE banner does not refer to the Jeppesen subscription, but rather the availability of a particular airport chart selection or procedure for a selected airport. Figure 8-22 Chart Not Available Banner If there is a problem in rendering the data (such as a data error or a failure of an individual chart), the banner UNABLE TO DISPLAY CHART is then displayed. Figure 8-23 Unable To Display Chart Banner 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 465 Additional Features When a chart is not available by selecting the SHW CHRT Softkey or selecting a Page Menu Option, charts may be obtained for other airports from the WPT Pages or Flight Plan Pages. If a chart is available for the destination airport, or the airport selected in the active flight plan, the chart appears on the screen. When no flight plan is active, or when not flying to a direct-to destination, selecting the SHW CHRT Softkey displays the chart for the nearest airport, if available. The chart shown is one associated with the WPT – Airport Information page. Usually this is the airport runway diagram. Where no runway diagram exists, but Take Off Minimums or Alternate Minimums are available, that page appears. If Airport Information pages are unavailable, the Approach Chart for the airport is shown. Selecting a chart: 1) While viewing the Navigation Map Page, Flight Plan Page, or Nearest Airports Page, select the SHW CHRT Softkey. The airport diagram or approach chart is displayed on the Airport Information Page. 2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor. 3) Turn the large FMS Knob to select either the Airport Identifier Box or the Approach Box. (Select the APR Softkey if the Approach Box is not currently shown). 4) Turn the small and large FMS Knob to enter the desired airport identifier. 5) Press the ENT Key to complete the airport selection. 6) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Approach Box. 7) Turn the small FMS Knob to show the approach chart selection choices. 8) Turn either FMS Knob to scroll through the available charts. 9) Press the ENT Key to complete the chart selection. Chart Scale Select Desired Approach Chart from Menu Scroll Through Chart With the Joystick Figure 8-24 Approach Information Page, Chart Selection 466 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Additional Features While the APPROACH Box is selected using the FMS Knob, the G1000 softkeys are blank. Once the desired chart is selected, the chart scale can be changed and the chart page can be scrolled using the Joystick. Pressing the Joystick centers the chart on the screen. The aircraft symbol is shown on the chart only if the chart is to scale and the aircraft position is within the boundaries of the chart. The aircraft symbol is not displayed when the Aircraft Not Shown Icon appears (Figure 8‑28). If the Chart Scale Box displays a banner NOT TO SCALE, the aircraft symbol is not shown. The Aircraft Not Shown Icon may appear at certain times, even if the chart is displayed to scale. Selecting the CHRT Softkey switches between the ChartView diagram and the associated map in the WPT page group. In the example shown, the CHRT Softkey switches between the DeKalb Peachtree (KPDK) Airport Diagram and the navigation map on the WPT – Airport Information page. Select CHRT Softkey to Switch Between ChartView and WPT Airport Information Page Figure 8-25 CHRT Softkey, Airport Information Page 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 467 Additional Features Selecting the INFO-1 or INFO-2 Softkey returns to the airport diagram when the view is on a different chart. If the displayed chart is the airport diagram, the INFO-1 or INFO-2 Softkey has no effect. The aircraft position is shown in magenta on the ChartView diagrams when the location of the aircraft is within the chart boundaries. In the example shown, the aircraft is taxiing on Taxiway Alpha on the Charlotte, NC (KCLT) airport. Another source for additional airport information is from the INFO Box above the chart for certain airports. This information source is not related to the INFO-1 or INFO-2 Softkey. When the INFO Box is selected using the FMS Knob, the G1000 softkeys are blank. The Charlotte, NC airport has five additional charts offering information; the Airport Diagram, Take-off Minimums, Class B Airspace, Airline Parking Gate Coordinates, and Airline Parking Gate Location. (The numbers in parentheses after the chart name are Jeppesen designators.) Figure 8-26 Airport Information Page, INFO View, Full Screen Width 468 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Additional Features In the example shown in Figure 8-26, the Class B Chart is selected. Pressing the ENT Key displays the Charlotte Class B Airspace Chart (Figure 8-27). Figure 8-27 Airport Information Page, Class B Chart Selected from INFO View Selecting the DP Softkey displays the Departure Procedure Chart if available. Chart Not To Scale Aircraft Not Shown Icon Figure 8-28 Departure Information Page 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 469 Additional Features Selecting the STAR Softkey displays the Standard Terminal Arrival Chart if available. Chart Not To Scale Change Range and Scroll Through the Chart With the Joystick Aircraft Not Shown Icon Figure 8-29 Arrival Information Page Selecting the APR Softkey displays the approach chart for the airport if available. Figure 8-30 Approach Information Page 470 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Additional Features Selecting the WX Softkey shows the airport weather frequency information, and includes weather data such as METAR and TAF from the XM Data Link Receiver, when available. Weather information is available only when an XM Data Link Receiver is installed and the XM Weather subscription is current. WX Info When Available WX Softkey Selected Figure 8-31 Weather Information Page NOTE: A subdued softkey label indicates the function is disabled. Recent NOTAMS applicable to the current ChartView cycle are included in the ChartView database. Selecting the NOTAM Softkey shows the local NOTAM information for selected airports, when available. When NOTAMS are not available, the NOTAM Softkey label appears subdued and is disabled as shown in Figure 8-31. The NOTAM Softkey may appear on the Airport Information Page and all of the chart page selections. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 471 Additional Features NOTAM Softkey Appears for Selected Airports Figure 8-32 NOTAM Softkey Highlighted Local NOTAM on This Airport NOTAM Softkey Selected Figure 8-33 Airport Information Page, Local NOTAMs Selecting the NOTAM Softkey again removes the NOTAMS information. Selecting the GO BACK Softkey reverts to the previous page (Navigation Map Page, Nearest Pages, or Flight Plan Page). 472 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Additional Features Chart Options Selecting the CHRT OPT Softkey displays the next level of softkeys, the chart options level (Figure 8-20). Selecting the ALL Softkey shows the entire approach chart on the screen. Complete Chart Shown Figure 8-34 Approach Information Page, ALL View Selecting the HEADER Softkey shows the header view (approach chart briefing strip) on the screen. Approach Chart Briefing Strip Figure 8-35 Approach Information Page, Header View 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 473 Additional Features Selecting the PLAN Softkey shows the approach chart two dimensional plan view. Approach Chart Plan View Figure 8-36 Approach Information Page, Plan View Selecting the PROFILE Softkey displays the approach chart descent profile strip. Approach Chart Descent Profile Strip Figure 8-37 Approach Information Page, Profile View, Full Screen Width 474 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Additional Features Selecting the MINIMUMS Softkey displays the minimum descent altitude/visibility strip at the bottom of the approach chart. Minimum Descent Altitude/ Visibility Strip Figure 8-38 Approach Information Page, Minimums View, Full Screen Width 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 475 Additional Features If the chart scale has been adjusted to view a small area of the chart, selecting the FIT WIDTH Softkey changes the chart size to fit the available screen width. Select FIT WDTH Softkey to Show Full Chart Width Figure 8-39 Airport Information Page, FIT WDTH Softkey Selected 476 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Additional Features Selecting the FULL SCN Softkey alternates between removing and replacing the data window to the right. Selecting Additional Information: 1) While viewing the Airport Taxi Diagram, select the FULL SCN Softkey to display the information windows (AIRPORT, INFO). 2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor. 3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the AIRPORT, INFO, RUNWAYS, or FREQUENCIES Box (INFO Box shown). 4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the INFO Box choices. If multiple choices are available, scroll to the desired choice with the large FMS Knob and press the ENT Key to complete the selection. 5) Press the FMS Knob again to deactivate the cursor. Available Information Select FULL SCN Softkey to Switch Between Full Screen Chart and Chart with Info Window Figure 8-40 Airport Information Page, Full Screen and Info Window Selecting the BACK Softkey, or waiting for 45 seconds reverts to the chart selection softkeys. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 477 Additional Features The full screen view can also be selected by using the page menu option. Selecting full screen On or Off: 1) While viewing a terminal chart press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu OPTIONS. 2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Chart Setup Menu Option and press the ENT Key. 3) Turn the large FMS Knob to move between the FULL SCREEN and COLOR SCHEME Options. 4) Turn the small FMS Knob to choose between the On and Off Full Screen Options. Chart Setup Option Full Screen On/Off Selection Figure 8-41 Page Menus 478 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Additional Features Day/Night View ChartView can be displayed on a white or black background for day or night viewing. The Day View offers a better presentation in a bright environment. The Night View gives a better presentation for viewing in a dark environment. When the CHART SETUP Box is selected the G1000 softkeys are blank. Selecting Day, Night, or Automatic View: 1) While viewing a terminal chart press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu OPTIONS. 2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Chart Setup Menu Option and press the ENT Key. Figure 8-42 Waypoint Information Page, OPTIONS Menu 3) Turn the large FMS Knob to move to the COLOR SCHEME Option (Figure 8‑43). 4) Turn the small FMS Knob to choose between Day, Auto, and Night Options. 5) If Auto Mode is selected, turn the large FMS Knob to select the percentage field. Use the small FMS Knob to change the percentage value. The percentage value is the day/night crossover point based on the percentage of backlighting intensity. For example, if the value is set to 15%, the day/night display changes when the display backlight reaches 15% of full brightness. The display must be changed in order for the new setting to become active. This may be accomplished by selecting another page or changing the display range. 6) Press the FMS Knob when finished to remove the Chart Setup Menu. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 479 Additional Features Figure 8-43 Arrival Information Page, Day View Figure 8-44 Arrival Information Page, Night View 480 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Additional Features ChartView Cycle Number and Expiration Date ChartView database is revised every 14 days. Charts are still viewable during a period that extends from the cycle expiration date to the disables date. ChartView is disabled 70 days after the expiration date and is no longer available for viewing. When turning on the system, the Power-up Page displays the current status of the ChartView database. See the table below for the various ChartView Power-up Page displays and the definition of each. ChartView Database Figure 8-45 Power-up Page, ChartView Database Power-up Page Display Definition Blank Line. System is not configured for ChartView. Contact a Garminauthorized service center for configuration. System is configured for ChartView but no chart database is installed. Contact Jeppesen for a ChartView database. Normal operation. ChartView database is valid and within current cycle. ChartView database is within 1 week after expiration date. A new cycle is available for update. ChartView database is beyond 1 week after expiration date, but still within the 70 day viewing period. ChartView database has timed out. Database is beyond 70 days after expiration date. ChartView database is no longer available for viewing. System time is not available. GPS satellite data is unknown or the system has not yet locked onto satellites. Check database cycle number for effectivity. System is verifying chart database when new cycle is installed for the first time. After verifying, chart database is found to be corrupt. ChartView is not available. Table 8-2 ChartView Power-up Page Annunciations and Definitions 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 481 Additional Features The ChartView time critical information can also be found on the AUX - System Status page. The database CYCLE number, EXPIRES, and DISABLES dates of the ChartView subscription appear in either blue or yellow text. When the ChartView EXPIRES date is reached, ChartView becomes inoperative 70 days later. This is shown as the DISABLES date. When the DISABLES date is reached, charts are no longer available for viewing. The SHW CHRT Softkey label then appears subdued and is disabled until a revised issue of ChartView is installed. NOTE: A subdued softkey label indicates the function is disabled. Select the MFD1 DB Softkey to place the cursor in the DATABASE window. Scroll through the listed information by turning the FMS Knob or pressing the ENT Key until the ChartView database information is shown. The ChartView database cycle number shown in the figure, 0904, is deciphered as follows: 09 – Indicates the year 2009 04 – Indicates the fourth issue of the ChartView database for the year The EXPIRES date 05–MAR–09 is the date that this database should be replaced with the next issue. The DISABLES date 14–MAY–09 is the date that this database becomes inoperative. ChartView Data Figure 8-46 AUX – System Status Page, ChartView Current and Available The ChartView database is obtained directly from Jeppesen. Refer to Updating Jeppesen Databases in Appendix B for instructions on revising the ChartView database. Other possible AUX - System Status page conditions are shown in Figure 8-47. The EXPIRES date, in yellow, is the revision date for the next database cycle. The DISABLES date, in yellow, is the date that this database 482 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Additional Features cycle is no longer viewable. CYCLE NOT AVAILABLE in blue, indicates no ChartView data is available on the database card or no database card is inserted. ChartView has Expired, but is not Disabled ChartView Database is Disabled ChartView Database is Not Available Figure 8-47 AUX – System Status Page, ChartView Expired, ChartView Disabled, ChartView Not Available 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 483 Additional Features 8.4FliteCharts FliteCharts resemble the paper version of AeroNav Services terminal procedures charts. The charts are displayed with high-resolution and in color for applicable charts. FliteCharts database subscription is available from Garmin. Available data includes: • Arrivals (STAR) • Approaches • Departure Procedures (DP) • Airport Diagrams FliteCharts Softkeys FliteCharts functions are displayed on three levels of softkeys. While on the Navigation Map Page, Nearest Airports Page, or Flight Plan Page, selecting the SHW CHRT Softkey displays the available terminal chart and advances to the chart selection level of softkeys: CHRT OPT, CHRT, INFO-1/2, DP, STAR, APR, WX, and GO BACK. The chart selection softkeys appear on the Airport Information Page. Selecting the GO BACK Softkey reverts to the top level softkeys and previous page. Selecting the CHRT OPT Softkey displays the available terminal chart and advances to the next level of softkeys: ALL, FIT WDTH, FULL SCN, and BACK. While viewing the CHRT OPT Softkeys, after 45 seconds of softkey inactivity, the system reverts to the chart selection softkeys. NOTAMs are not available with FliteCharts. The NOTAM Softkey label appears subdued and is disabled. SHW CHRT CHRT OPT CHRT INFO-1 INFO-2 ALL DP STAR WX APR GO BACK Selecting the GO BACK Softkey returns to the top-level softkeys and previous page. FIT WDTH FULL SCN BACK Selecting the BACK Softkey returns to the Chart Selection Softkeys. Figure 8-48 FliteCharts SHW CHRT, Chart Selection, and Chart Option Softkeys 484 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Additional Features FliteCharts Terminal Procedures Charts Selecting Terminal Procedures Charts: While viewing the Navigation Map Page, Nearest Airport Page, or Flight Plan Page, select the SHW CHRT Softkey. Or: 1) Press the MENU Key to display the PAGE MENU. 2) Turn the large FMS Knob to scroll through the OPTIONS Menu to Show Chart. 3) Press the ENT Key to display the chart. Navigation Map Page OPTIONS Menu Waypoint Airport Information Page OPTIONS Menu Figure 8-49 Option Menus When no terminal procedure chart is available, the banner CHART NOT AVAILABLE appears on the screen. The CHART NOT AVAILABLE banner does not refer to the FliteCharts subscription, but rather the availability of a particular airport chart selection or procedure for a selected airport. Figure 8-50 Chart Not Available Banner If there is a problem in rendering the data (such as a data error or a failure of an individual chart), the banner UNABLE TO DISPLAY CHART is then displayed. Figure 8-51 Unable To Display Chart Banner 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 485 Additional Features When a chart is not available by selecting the SHW CHRT Softkey or selecting a Page Menu Option, charts may be obtained for other airports from the WPT Pages or Flight Plan Pages. If a chart is available for the destination airport, or the airport selected in the active flight plan, the chart appears on the screen. When no flight plan is active, or when not flying to a direct-to destination, selecting the SHW CHRT Softkey displays the chart for the nearest airport, if available. The chart shown is one associated with the WPT – Airport Information page. Usually this is the airport runway diagram. Where no runway diagram exists, but Take Off Minimums or Alternate Minimums are available, that page appears. If Airport Information pages are unavailable, the Approach Chart for the airport is shown. Selecting a chart: 1) While viewing the Navigation Map Page, Flight Plan Page, or Nearest Airports Page, select the SHW CHRT Softkey. The airport diagram or approach chart is displayed on the Airport Information Page. 2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor. 3) Turn the large FMS Knob to select either the Airport Identifier Box or the Approach Box. (Select the APR Softkey if the Approach Box is not currently shown). 4) Turn the small and large FMS Knob to enter the desired airport identifier. 5) Press the ENT Key to complete the airport selection. 6) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Approach Box. 7) Turn the small FMS Knob to show the approach chart selection choices. 8) Turn either FMS Knob to scroll through the available charts. 9) Press the ENT Key to complete the chart selection. Chart Not To Scale Select Desired Approach Chart from Menu Pan Chart With the Joystick Aircraft Not Shown Icon Figure 8-52 Approach Information Page, Chart Selection 486 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Additional Features While the APPROACH Box is selected using the FMS Knob, the G1000 softkeys are blank. Once the desired chart is selected, the chart scale can be changed and the chart can be panned using the Joystick. Pressing the Joystick centers the chart on the screen. The aircraft symbol is not shown on FliteCharts. The Chart Scale Box displays a banner NOT TO SCALE, and the Aircraft Not Shown Icon is displayed in the lower right corner of the screen. Selecting the CHRT Softkey switches between the FliteCharts diagram and the associated map in the WPT page group. In the example shown, the CHRT Softkey switches between the Charlotte, NC (KCLT) Airport Diagram and the navigation map on the WPT – Airport Information page. Select CHRT Softkey to Switch Between FliteCharts and WPT Airport Information Page Figure 8-53 CHRT Softkey, Airport Information Page 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 487 Additional Features Selecting the INFO-1 or INFO-2 Softkey returns to the airport diagram when the view is on a different chart. If the displayed chart is the airport diagram, the INFO-1 or INFO-2 Softkey has no effect. Another source for additional airport information is from the INFO Box above the chart (Figure 8-53) or to the right of the chart (Figure 8-54) for certain airports. This information source is not related to the INFO-1 or INFO-2 Softkey. When the INFO Box is selected using the FMS Knob, the G1000 softkeys are blank. The DeKalb Peachtree Airport has three additional charts offering information; the Airport Diagram, Alternate Minimums, and Take-off Minimums. Info Box Selected Figure 8-54 Airport Information Page, INFO View with Airport Information 488 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Additional Features In the example shown in Figure 8-54, ALTERNATE MINIMUMS is selected. Pressing the ENT Key displays the IFR Alternate Minimums Chart (Figure 8-55). Figure 8-55 Airport Information Page, ALTERNATE MINIMUMS Selected from INFO View Selecting the DP Softkey displays the Departure Procedure Chart if available. Figure 8-56 Departure Information Page 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 489 Additional Features Selecting the STAR Softkey displays the Standard Terminal Arrival Chart if available. Figure 8-57 Arrival Information Page Selecting the APR Softkey displays the approach chart for the airport if available. Figure 8-58 Approach Information Page 490 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Additional Features Selecting the WX Softkey shows the airport weather frequency information, when available, and includes weather data such as METAR and TAF from the XM Data Link Receiver. Weather information is available only when an XM Data Link Receiver is installed and the XM Weather subscription is current. Selecting Additional Information: 1) While viewing the Airport Taxi Diagram, select the WX Softkey to display the information windows (AIRPORT, INFO). 2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor. 3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the INFO Box. 4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the INFO Box choices. When the INFO Box is selected the G1000 softkeys are blank. If multiple choices are available, scroll to the desired choice with the large FMS Knob and press the ENT Key to complete the selection. 5) Press the FMS Knob again to deactivate the cursor. Info Available on This Airport WX Info When Available Figure 8-59 Weather Information Page, WX Softkey Selected Chart Not To Scale Softkeys are Blank during Info Box Selection WX Softkey Selected Selecting the GO BACK Softkey reverts to the previous page (Navigation Map Page or Flight Plan Page). 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 491 Additional Features Chart Options Selecting the CHRT OPT Softkey displays the next level of softkeys, the chart options level (Figure 8‑48). Selecting the ALL Softkey shows the entire chart on the screen. Complete Chart Shown Figure 8-60 Airport Information Page, ALL View Selected 492 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Additional Features Selecting the FIT WIDTH Softkey fits the width of the chart in the display viewing area. In the example shown, the chart at close range is replaced with the full width chart. Select FIT WDTH Softkey to Show Full Chart Width Figure 8-61 Approach Information Page, FIT WDTH Softkey Selected 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 493 Additional Features Selecting the FULL SCN Softkey alternates between removing and replacing the data window to the right. Select FULL SCN Softkey to Switch Between Full Screen Chart and Chart With Info Window Figure 8-62 Airport Information Page, Full Screen and Info Window Selecting the BACK Softkey, or waiting for 45 seconds reverts to the chart selection softkeys. 494 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Additional Features The full screen view can also be selected by using the page menu option. Selecting full screen On or Off: 1) While viewing a terminal chart press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu OPTIONS. 2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Chart Setup Menu Option and press the ENT Key. 3) Turn the large FMS Knob to move between the FULL SCREEN and COLOR SCHEME Options. 4) Turn the small FMS Knob to choose between the On and Off Full Screen Options. Chart Setup Option Full Screen On/Off Selection Figure 8-63 Page Menus 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 495 Additional Features Day/Night View FliteCharts can be displayed on a white or black background for day or night viewing. The Day View offers a better presentation in a bright environment. The Night View gives a better presentation for viewing in a dark environment. When the CHART SETUP Box is selected the G1000 softkeys are blank. Selecting Day, Night, or Automatic View: 1) While viewing a terminal chart press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu OPTIONS. 2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Chart Setup Menu Option and press the ENT Key. Figure 8-64 Waypoint Information Page, OPTIONS Menu 3) Turn the large FMS Knob to move to the COLOR SCHEME Option (Figure 8‑65). 4) Turn the small FMS Knob to choose between Day, Auto, and Night Options. 5) If Auto Mode is selected, turn the large FMS Knob to select the percentage field. Use the small FMS Knob to change the percentage value. The percentage value is the day/night crossover point based on the percentage of backlighting intensity. For example, if the value is set to 15%, the day/night display changes when the display backlight reaches 15% of full brightness. The display must be changed in order for the new setting to become active. This may be accomplished by selecting another page or changing the display range. 6) Press the FMS Knob when finished to remove the Chart Setup Menu. 496 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Additional Features Figure 8-65 Approach Information Page, Day View Figure 8-66 Approach Information Page, Night View 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 497 Additional Features FliteCharts Cycle Number and Expiration Date FliteCharts data is revised every 28 days. Charts are still viewable during a period that extends from the cycle expiration date to the disables date. FliteCharts is disabled 180 days after the expiration date and are no longer available for viewing upon reaching the disables date. When turning on the system, the Power-up Page displays the current status of the FliteCharts database. See the table below for the various FliteCharts Power-up Page displays and the definition of each. FliteCharts Database Figure 8-67 Power-up Page, FliteCharts Database Power-up Page Display Definition Blank Line. System is not configured for FliteCharts. Contact a Garmin-authorized service center for configuration. System is configured for FliteCharts but no chart database is installed. Refer to Updating Garmin Databases in Appendix B for the FliteCharts database Normal operation. FliteCharts database is valid and within current cycle. FliteCharts database is beyond the expiration date, but still within the 180 day viewing period. FliteCharts database has timed out. Database is beyond 180 days after expiration date. FliteCharts database is no longer available for viewing. Table 8-3 FliteCharts Power-up Page Annunciations and Definitions Other possible AUX - System Status page conditions are shown in Figure 8-68. ‘FliteCharts Expires’ plus a date in white, indicates the chart database is current. ‘Chart data is out of date!’ in yellow, indicates charts are still viewable, but approaching the disable date. 498 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Additional Features When the 180 day grace period has expired, ‘Chart data is disabled.’ in yellow indicates that the FliteCharts database has expired and is no longer viewable. ‘Chart Data: N/A’ appears in white if no FliteCharts data is available on the database card or no database card is inserted. FliteCharts time critical information can also be found on the AUX - System Status page. The FliteCharts database REGION, CYCLE number, EFFECTIVE, EXPIRES, and DISABLES dates of the subscription appear in either blue or yellow text. Dates shown in blue are current data. Dates shown in yellow indicate the data is not within the current subscription period. FliteCharts becomes inoperative 180 days after the FliteCharts EXPIRES date is reached, and is no longer available for viewing. This date is shown as the DISABLES date. After the disable date the SHW CHRT Softkey label appears subdued and is unavailable until a revised issue of FliteCharts is installed. NOTE: A subdued softkey label indicates the function is disabled. Select the MFD1 DB Softkey to place the cursor in the DATABASE window. Scroll through the listed information by turning the FMS Knob or pressing the ENT Key until the FliteCharts database information is shown. The FliteCharts database cycle number shown in the figure, 0905, is deciphered as follows: 09 – Indicates the year 2009 05 – Indicates the fifth issue of the FliteCharts database for the year The FliteCharts EFFECTIVE date 07–MAY–09 is the first date that this database is current. The FliteCharts EXPIRES date 04–JUN–09 is the last date that this database is current. The DISABLES date 01–DEC–09 is the date that this database becomes inoperative. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 499 Additional Features FliteCharts Data Figure 8-68 AUX – System Status Page, FliteCharts Current and Available The FliteCharts database is provided from Garmin. Refer to Updating Garmin Databases in Appendix B for instructions on revising the FliteCharts database. The other three possible AUX - System Status page conditions are shown here. The EXPIRES date, in yellow, is the revision date for the next database cycle. The DISABLES date, in yellow, is the date that this database cycle is no longer viewable. REGION and CYCLE NOT AVAILABLE in blue, indicate that FliteCharts database is not available on the database card or no database card is inserted. FliteCharts Expired, but is not Disabled FliteCharts Database is Disabled FliteCharts Database is Not Available Figure 8-69 AUX – System Status Page, FliteCharts Expired, FliteCharts Disabled, FliteCharts Not Available 500 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Additional Features 8.5AOPA Airport Directory The Aircraft Owners and Pilots Association (AOPA) Airport Directory database offers detailed information regarding services, hours of operation, lodging options, and more. This information is viewed on the Airport Information Page by selecting the INFO Softkey until INFO-2 is displayed as shown in Figure 8-70. Figure 8-70 AOPA Information on the Airport Information Page AOPA Database Cycle Number and Revision The AOPA Airport Directory database is revised four times per year. Check fly.garmin.com for the current database. The Airport Directory is always available for use after the expiration date. When turning on the system, the Power-up Page indicates whether the databases are current, out of date, or not available. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 501 Additional Features AOPA Database Figure 8-71 Power-up Page, Airport Directory Database Power-up Page Display Definition Normal operation. AOPA Airport Directory database is valid and within current cycle. AOPA Airport Directory database has expired. Database card contains no AOPA Airport Directory data. Table 8-4 Airport Directory Annunciation Definitions The Airport Directory Region, Version, Cycle, Effective date and Expires date of the database cycle can also be found on the AUX - System Status page, as seen in Figure 8-72. Select the MFD1 DB Softkey to place the cursor in the DATABASE window. Scroll through the listed information by turning the FMS Knob or pressing the ENT Key until the Airport Directory database information is shown. The Airport Directory database cycle number shown in the figure, 09D2, is deciphered as follows: 09 – Indicates the year 2009 D – Indicates the data is for Airport Directory 2 – Indicates the second issue of the Airport Directory database for the year The Airport Directory EFFECTIVE date 15–APR–09 is the beginning date for the current database cycle. The Airport Directory EXPIRES date 14–JUL–09 is the revision date for the next database cycle. 502 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Additional Features Airport Directory Data Figure 8-72 AUX – System Status Page, Airport Directory Current Information Airport Directory information appears in blue and yellow text. The EFFECTIVE date appears in blue when data is current and in yellow when the current date is before the effective date. The EXPIRES date appears in blue when data is current and in yellow when expired (Table 8-4). NOT AVAILABLE appears in blue in the REGION field if Airport Directory data is not available on the database card. An expired Airport Directory database is not disabled and will continue to function indefinitely. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 503 Additional Features 8.6XM Radio Entertainment Note: Refer to the Hazard Avoidance Section for information about XM Weather products. The optional XM Radio entertainment feature of the GDL 69A Data Link Receiver is available for the passengers’ enjoyment. The GDL 69A can receive XM Satellite Radio® entertainment services at any altitude throughout the Continental U.S. XM Satellite Radio offers a variety of radio programming over long distances without having to constantly search for new stations. Based on signals from satellites, coverage far exceeds land-based transmissions. XM Satellite Radio services are subscription-based. For more information on specific service packages, visit www.xmradio.com. Activating XM Satellite Radio Services The service is activated by providing XM Satellite Radio with either one or two coded IDs, depending on the equipment. Either the Audio Radio ID or the Data Radio ID, or both, must be provided to XM Satellite Radio to activate the entertainment subscription. It is not required to activate both the entertainment and weather service subscriptions with the GDL 69A. Either or both services can be activated. XM Satellite Radio uses one or both of the coded IDs to send an activation signal that, when received by the GDL 69A, allows it to play entertainment programming. These IDs are located: • On the label on the back of the Data Link Receiver • On the XM Information Page on the MFD (Figure 8-73) • On the XM Satellite Radio Activation Instructions included with the unit (available at www.garmin.com, P/N 190-00355-04) Contact the installer if the Data Radio ID and the Audio Radio ID cannot be located. 504 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Additional Features NOTE: The LOCK Softkey on the XM Information Page (AUX Page Group) is used to save GDL 69A activation data when the XM services are initially set up. It is not used during normal XM Radio operation, but there should be no adverse effects if inadvertently selected during flight. Refer to the GDL 69/69A XM Satellite Radio Activation Instructions (190-00355-04, Rev H or later) for further information. Activating the XM Satellite Radio services: 1) Contact XM WX Satellite Radio through the email address listed on their website (www.xmradio.com) or by the customer service phone number listed on the website. Follow the instructions provided by XM Satellite Radio services. 2) Select the AUX Page Group. 3) Select the next to last page in the AUX Page Group. 4) Select the INFO Softkey to display the XM Information Page. 5) Verify that the desired services are activated. 6) Select the LOCK Softkey. 7) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight YES. 8) To complete activation, press the ENT Key. Data Radio ID Audio Radio ID Weather Products Window LOCK Softkey is Used to Save Activation Data During Initial Setup RADIO and INFO Softkeys Figure 8-73 XM Information Page If XM weather services have not been activated, all the weather product boxes are blank on the XM Information Page and a yellow Activation Required message is displayed in the center of the Weather Data Link Page (Map Page Group). The Service Class refers to the groupings of weather products available for subscription. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 505 Additional Features Using XM Radio The XM Radio Page provides information and control of the audio entertainment features of the XM Satellite Radio. Selecting the XM Radio Page: 1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the AUX Page Group. 2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the displayed AUX - XM Information Page. 3) Select the RADIO Softkey to show the XM Radio Page where audio entertainment is controlled. Active Channels Channel List Categories Field Figure 8-74 XM Radio Page 506 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Additional Features Active Channel and Channel List The Active Channel Box on the XM Radio Page displays the currently selected channel that the XM Radio is using. The Channels List Box of the XM Radio Page shows a list of the available channels for the selected category. Channels can be stepped through one at a time or may be selected directly by channel number. Selecting a channel from the channel list: 1) While on the XM Radio Page, select the CHNL Softkey. 2) Select the CH + Softkey to go up through the list in the Channel Box, or move down the list with the CH – Softkey. Or: 1) Press the FMS Knob to highlight the channel list and turn the large FMS Knob to scroll through the channels. 2) Press the ENT Key to activate the selected channel. Selecting a channel directly: 1) While on the XM Radio Page, select the CHNL Softkey. 2) Select the DIR CH Softkey. The channel number in the Active Channel Box is highlighted. 3) Select the numbered softkeys located on the bottom of the display to directly select the desired channel number. 4) Press the ENT Key to activate the selected channel. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 507 Additional Features Category The Category Box of the XM Radio Page displays the currently selected category of audio. Categories of channels such as jazz, rock, or news can be selected to list the available channels for a type of music or other contents. One of the optional categories is PRESETS to view channels that have been programmed. Selecting a category: 1) Select the CATGRY Softkey on the XM Radio Page. 2) Select the CAT + and CAT - Softkeys to cycle through the categories. Or: Turn the small FMS Knob to display the Categories list. Highlight the desired category with the small FMS Knob and press the ENT Key. Selecting All Categories places all channels in the list. Figure 8-75 Categories List 508 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Additional Features Presets Up to 15 channels from any category can be assigned a preset number. The preset channels are selected by selecting the PRESETS and MORE Softkeys. Then the preset channel can be selected directly and added to the channel list for the Presets category. Setting a preset channel number: 1) On the XM Radio Page, while listening to an Active Channel that is wanted for a preset, select the PRESETS Softkey to access the first five preset channels (PS1 - PS5). 2) Select the MORE Softkey to access the next five channels (PS6 – PS10), and again to access the last five channels (PS11 – PS15). Selecting the MORE Softkey repeatedly cycles through the preset channels. 3) Select any one of the (PS1 - PS15) softkeys to assign a number to the active channel. 4) Select the SET Softkey on the desired channel number to save the channel as a preset. Select PRESETS to Access the Preset Channels Softkeys Select MORE to Cycle Through the Preset Channels Select SET to Save Each Preset Channel Figure 8-76 Accessing and Selecting XM Preset Channels Selecting the BACK Softkey, or waiting during 45 seconds of softkey inactivity, returns the system to the top level softkeys. Volume Radio volume is controlled at each passenger station. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 509 Additional Features 8.7Scheduler The Scheduler feature can be used to enter and display reminder messages (e.g., Hot Section Inspection or Phase 1 Maintenance Check) in the Messages Window on the PFD. Messages can be set to display based on a specific date and time (event), once the message timer reaches zero (one-time; default setting), or recurrently whenever the message timer reaches zero (periodic). Message timers set to periodic alerting automatically reset to the original timer value once the message is displayed. When power is cycled, all messages are retained until deleted, and message timer countdown is resumed. Figure 8-77 Scheduler (Utility Page) Entering a scheduler message: 1) Select the AUX - Utility Page. 2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor. 3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the first empty scheduler message naming field. 4) Use the FMS Knob to enter the message text to be displayed in the Messages Window and press the ENT Key. 5) Press the ENT Key again or use the large FMS Knob to move the cursor to the field next to Type. 6) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the message type: • Event—Message issued at the specified date/time • One-time—Message issued when the message timer reaches zero (default setting) • Periodic—Message issued each time the message timer reaches zero 7) Press the ENT Key again or use the large FMS Knob to move the cursor to the next field. 8) For periodic and one-time message, use the FMS Knob to enter the timer value (HH:MM:SS) from which to countdown and press the ENT Key. 510 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Additional Features 9) For event-based messages: a) Use the FMS Knob to enter the desired date (DD-MM-YY) and press the ENT Key. b) Press the ENT Key again or use the large FMS Knob to move the cursor to the next field. c) Use the FMS Knob to enter the desired time (HH:MM) and press the ENT Key. 10) Press the ENT Key again or use the large FMS Knob to move the cursor to enter the next message. Deleting a scheduler message: 1) Select the AUX - Utility Page. 2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor. 3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the name field of the scheduler message to be deleted. 4) Press the CLR Key to clear the message text. If the CLR Key is pressed again, the message is restored. 5) Press the ENT Key while the message line is cleared to clear the message text. Scheduler messages appear in the Messages Window on the PFD. When a scheduler message is waiting, the MSG Softkey label flashes. Pressing the MSG Softkey opens the Messages Window and acknowledges the scheduler message. Pressing the MSG Softkey again removes the Messages Window from the display, and the scheduler message is deleted from the message queue. Figure 8-78 PFD Messages Window 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 511 Additional Features 8.8Flight Data Logging NOTE: Some aircraft installations may not provide all aircraft/engine data capable of being logged by the system. The Flight Data Logging feature will automatically store critical flight and engine data on an SD data card (up to 16GB) inserted into the top card slot of the MFD. Approximately 1,000 flight hours can be recorded for each 1GB of available space on the card. Data is written to the SD card once each second while the MFD is powered on. All flight data logged on a specific date is stored in a file named in a format which includes that date (dataYYYY_MM_DD.csv). The file is created automatically each time the G1000 system is powered on, provided an SD card has been inserted. The status of the Flight Data Logging feature can be viewed on the AUX-UTILITY Page. If no SD card has been inserted, “NO CARD” is displayed. When data is being written to the SD card, “LOGGING DATA” is displayed. The .csv file may be viewed with Microsoft Excel® or other spreadsheet applications. The following is a list of data parameters the G1000 system is capable of logging for the Citation Mustang aircraft. • Date • Time • GPS altitude (MSL) • GPS altitude (WGS84 datum) • Baro-Corrected altitude (feet) • Baro Correction (in/Hg) • Indicated airspeed (kts) • Vertical speed (fpm) • GPS vertical speed (fpm) • OAT (degrees C) • True airspeed (knots) • Pitch Attitude Angle (degrees) • Roll Attitude Angle (degrees) • Lateral and Vertical G Force (g) • Ground Speed (kts) • Ground Track (degrees magnetic) 512 • Latitude (degrees; geodetic; +North) • Autopilot On/Off • Longitude (degrees; geodetic; +East) • GPS horizontal alert limit • Magnetic Heading (degrees) • HSI source • Selected course • GPS fix • GPS vertical alert limit • WAAS GPS horizontal protection level • Com1/Com2 frequency • WAAS GPS vertical protection level • Nav1/Nav2 frequency • Fuel Qty (right & left)(gals) • CDI deflection • Fuel Flow (gph) • VDI/GP/GS deflection • Oil Pressure (psi) • Wind Direction (degrees) • Oil Temperature (deg. F) • Wind Speed (knots) • ITT (deg. F) • Active Waypoint Identifier • N1% • Distance to next waypoint (nm) • N2% • Bearing to next waypoint (degrees) • Magnetic variation (degrees) Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Additional Features The file containing the recorded data will appear in the format shown in Figure 8-79. This file can be imported into most computer spreadsheet applications. Local Date YYMMDD Local 24hr Time HHMMSS Nearest Airport (A blank will be inserted if no airport is found) log_090210_104506_KIXD.csv Figure 8-79 Log File Format Data logging status can be monitored on the AUX-UTILITY Page. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 513 Additional Features 8.9Abnormal Operation SVS Troubleshooting SVS is intended to be used with traditional attitude, heading, obstacle, terrain, and traffic inputs. SVS is disabled when valid attitude or heading data is not available for the display. In case of invalid SVS data, the PFD display reverts to the standard blue-over-brown attitude display. SVS becomes disabled without the following data resources: • Attitude data • Heading data • GPS position data • 9 Arc-second Terrain data • Obstacle data • TAWS function is not available, in test mode, or failed • The position of the aircraft exceeds the range of the terrain database. Reversionary Mode SVS can be displayed on the Multifunction Display (MFD) in Reversionary Mode. If it is enabled when switching to Reversionary Mode, SVS will take up to 30 seconds to be displayed. The standard, non-SVS PFD display will be shown in the interim. Figure 8-80 SVS Reversionary Mode 514 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Additional Features Unusual Attitudes Unusual attitudes are displayed with red chevrons overlaid on the display indicating the direction to fly to correct the unusual attitude condition. The display shows either a brown or blue colored bar at the top or bottom of the screen to represent earth or sky. This is intended to prevent losing sight of the horizon during extreme pitch attitudes. Figure 8-81 Unusual Attitude Display The blue colored bar is also displayed when terrain gradient is great enough to completely fill the display. Blue Band Terrain Completely Fills Display Figure 8-82 Blue Sky Bar with Full Display Terrain 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 515 Additional Features GDL 69/69A Data Link Receiver Troubleshooting Some quick troubleshooting steps listed below can be performed to find the possible cause of a failure. • Ensure the owner/operator of the aircraft in which the Data Link Receiver is installed has subscribed to XM • Ensure the XM subscription has been activated • Perform a quick check of the circuit breakers to ensure that power is applied to the Data Link Receiver For troubleshooting purposes, check the LRU Information Box on the AUX - System Status Page for Data Link Receiver (GDL 69/69A) status, serial number, and software version number. If a failure has been detected in the GDL 69/69A the status is marked with a red X. Selecting the System Status Page: 1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the AUX Page Group. 2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the System Status Page (the last page in the AUX Page Group). Figure 8-83 LRU Information Window on System Status Page 516 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Additional Features If a failure still exists, the following messages may provide insight as to the possible problem: Message CHECK ANTENNA UPDATING NO SIGNAL LOADING OFF AIR --- Message Location XM Radio Page - active channel field XM Radio Page - active channel field XM Radio Page - active channel field Weather Datalink Page - center of page XM Radio Page - active channel field XM Radio Page - active channel field XM Radio Page - active channel field Description Data Link Receiver antenna error; service required Data Link Receiver updating encryption code Loss of signal; signal strength too low for receiver Acquiring channel audio or information Channel not in service Missing channel information No communication from Data Link Receiver WEATHER DATA LINK FAILURE Weather Datalink Page - center of page within last 5 minutes ACTIVATION REQUIRED Weather Datalink Page - center of page XM subscription is not activated Table 8-3 GDL 69/69A Data Link Receiver Error Messages 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 517 Additional Features Blank Page 518 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Appendix A Annunciations and Alerts CAS Messages Red annunciation window text signifies warnings; yellow, cautions; and white, annunciation advisories. See the Airplane Flight Manual (AFM) for recommended pilot actions. Messages Warning Caution BATTERY O’TEMP AFT DOOR AFT JBOX CB L-R* AFT JBOX LMT L-R* ANTISKID FAIL BATTERY O’TEMP BATT TEMP FAIL CABIN ALT CABIN DOOR CHECK DOORS CABIN ALT Advisory CABIN ALT CVR FAIL DUCT O’HEAT L-R* ENG A/I COLD L-R* ENG CTRL SYS L-R* ENG A/I COLD L-R* ENGINE FAIL L-R* F/W SHUTOFF L-R* FDR FAIL FLAPS FAIL FUEL BOOST L-R* FUEL BOOST L-R* FUEL FLTR BP L-R* FUEL LO INOP L-R* FUEL LVL LO L-R* FUEL PRES LO L-R* FUEL TRANSFER GEN OFF L-R GEN OFF L-R* HYD PRESS LO HYD PUMP ON MFD COLD NOSE DOOR L-R* NO TIRE SPINDOWN OIL PRESS LO L-R* OXYGEN OFF P/S HTR L-R* PRESS CTRL P/S HTR L-R* PRESS CTRL PRESS OFF SPD BRK EXTEND STALL WARN FAIL STALL WARN HI STALL WARN HTR SURFACE DE-ICE T2 HTR FAIL L-R* 190-00494-03 Rev. A Description Tailcone baggage door not fully secured Start control circuit breaker (located in aft j-box) tripped Current limiter blown (located in aft j-box) Antiskid Control Unit cannot perform anti-skid functions Overheated NiCad battery (optional) Battery temperature sensor failure Cabin altitude potentially unsafe Cabin door not fully secured A door monitor has not been properly tested or has failed Cockpit voice Recorder has failed Duct temperature too high or sensor disconnected Engine anti-ice system ON and inlet temperature is cold FADEC has a fault that requires maintenance An engine has failed Fuel firewall shutoff valve fully closed Flight Data Recorder is not recording data A flap system failure has occurred. Electric fuel boost pump ON. Caution condition is displayed when the boost pump is operating in abnormal conditions. Engine fuel filter impending bypass switch closed Fuel low level function failure Fuel level in tank is too low Fuel pressure too low Fuel transfer valve open One or both electrical generators offline Hydraulic system pressure too low Hydraulic pump running too long MFD temperature is below -20° C One or both nose baggage doors not fully secured Antiskid control spindown function not working Oil pressure less than redline low limit Oxygen supply off No current detected to pitot static heater Pressure controller loss of integrity Air Source Selector switch in OFF or fresh air position Speed brakes extended Failure detected in stall warning system Stall warning system on ice-contaminated schedule No power delivered to stall warning vane heater De-ice boots inflating/deflating as designed T2 probe heater failure Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 519 Appendix A Messages Warning Caution Advisory Description TAIL CONE BLD LK Tailcone temp high, possible bleed air leak. TAIL DE-ICE FAIL De-ice system not operating normally W/S A/I FAIL L-R* W/S A/I FAIL L-R* Loss of power to windshield heater W/S O’HEAT L-R* W/S O’HEAT L-R* Windshield anti-ice power ON; temperature too high WING DE-ICE FAIL De-ice system operating abnormally WOW MISCOMPARE Gear on-ground inputs do not agree *Only affected side displayed (L, R, or L-R) in a CAS message; applicable CAS messages listed here display L-R for example. Comparator Annunciations The Comparator monitors critical values generated by redundant sensors. If differences in the sensors exceed a specified amount, this discrepency will be annunciated in the Comparator Window as a ‘MISCOMP’ (miscompare) as seen in Figure A-1. If one or both of the sensed values are unavailable, it will be annunciated as a ‘NO COMP’ (no compare). The following is a list of the possible annunciations: Comparator Window Figure A-1 Sensor Comparator Window Comparator Window Text Condition Difference in altitude sensors is > 200 ft. ALT MISCOMP If both airspeed sensors detect < 35 kts, this is inhibited. IAS MISCOMP If either airspeed sensor detects > 35 kts, and the difference in sensors is > 10 kts. If either airspeed sensor detects > 80 kts, and the difference in sensors is > 7 kts. HDG MISCOMP Difference in heading sensors is > 6º. PIT MISCOMP Difference in pitch sensors is > 5º. ROL MISCOMP Difference in roll sensors is > 6º. ALT NO COMP No data from one or both altitude sensors. IAS NO COMP No data from one or both airspeed sensors. HDG NO COMP No data from one or both heading sensors. PIT NO COMP No data from one or both pitch sensors. ROL NO COMP No data from one or both roll sensors.. 520 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Appendix A Reversionary Sensor Annunciations Reversionary sensor selection is annunciated in the Reversionary Sensor Window, as shown in Figure A-2. These annunciations reflect reversionary sensors selected on one or both PFDs. Pressing the SENSOR Softkey gives access to ADC1, ADC2, AHRS1, and AHRS2 Softkeys. These softkeys allow manual switching of sensors. In the case of certain types of sensor failures, the G1000 may make some sensor selections automatically. The GPS sensor cannot be switched manually. Reversionary Sensor Window Figure A-2 Reversionary Sensor Windows Reversionary Sensor Window Text BOTH ON ADC1 BOTH ON ADC2 BOTH ON AHRS1 BOTH ON AHRS2 BOTH ON GPS1 BOTH ON GPS2 USING ADC1 USING ADC2 USING AHRS1 USING AHRS2 USING GPS1 USING GPS2 Condition Both PFDs are displaying data from the #1 Air Data Computer. Both PFDs are displaying data from the #2 Air Data Computer. Both PFDs are displaying data from the #1 AHRS. Both PFDs are displaying data from the #2 AHRS. Both PFDs are displaying data from the #1 GPS receiver. Both PFDs are displaying data from the #2 GPS receiver. PFD2 is displaying data from the #1 Air Data Computer. PFD1 is displaying data from the #2 Air Data Computer. PFD2 is displaying data from the #1 AHRS. PFD1 is displaying data from the #2 AHRS. PFD2 is displaying data from the #1 GPS. PFD1 is displaying data from the #2 GPS. G1000 System Annunciations When a new message is issued, the MSG Softkey will flash to alert the flight crew of a new message. It will continue to flash until acknowledged by pressing the softkey. Active messages are displayed in white text. Messages that have become inactive will change to gray text. The MSG Softkey will flash if the state of a displayed message changes or a new message is displayed. The inactive messages can be removed from the Message Window by pressing the flashing MSG Softkey. The G1000 System Messages conveys messages to the flight crew regarding problems with the G1000 system. Typically, a large red “X” appears in a window when a related LRU fails or detects invalid data. When an LRU or an LRU function fails, a large red “X” is typically displayed on windows associated with the failed data. The following section describes various system annunciations. Refer to the AFM for additional information regarding pilot responses to these annunciations. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 521 Appendix A NOTE: Upon power-up of the G1000 system, certain windows remain invalid as G1000 equipment begins to initialize. All windows should be operational within one minute of power-up. Should any window continue to remain flagged, the G1000 system should be serviced by a Garmin-authorized repair facility. System Annunciation Red ‘X’ Messages Window Figure A-3 G1000 System Messages Message Softkey Annunciation GIA 63W Integrated Avionics Units GIA 63W Integrated Avionics Units GDC 74B Air Data Computer GEA 71 Engine Airframe Unit Or GIA 63W Integrated Avionics Unit GRS 77 AHRS Or GMU 44 Magnetometer Fuel Qty. Signal Conditioner GEA 71 Engine Airframe Unit KAPSII Pressure Controller GEA 71 Engine Airframe Unit GIA 63W Integrated Avionics Units FADEC GDC 74B Air Data Computer Figure A-4 G1000 System Failure Annunciations 522 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang GTX 33/D Transponder Or GIA 63W Integrated Avionics Units 190-00494-03 Rev. A Appendix A System Annunciation Comment Attitude and Heading Reference System is aligning. Display system is not receiving attitude information from the AHRS. Indicates a configuration module failure. Display system is not receiving airspeed input from air data computer. Display system is not receiving valid heading input from AHRS. Display system is not receiving altitude input from the air data computer. Display system is not receiving vertical speed input from the air data computer. Display system is not receiving valid transponder information. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 523 Appendix A System Annunciation Comment GPS information is either not present or is invalid for navigation use. Note that AHRS utilizes GPS inputs during normal operation. AHRS operation may be degraded if GPS signals are not present (see AFM). Other Various Red X Indications A red “X” through any other display field (such as engine instrumentation display) indicates that the field is not receiving valid data. G1000 System Message Advisories Note: This Section provides information regarding G1000 message advisories that may be displayed by the system. Knowledge of the aircraft, systems, flight conditions, and other existing operational priorities must be considered when responding to a message. Always use sound pilot judgment. The Citation Mustang Airplane Flight Manual (AFM) takes precedence over any conflicting guidance found in this section. This section describes various G1000 system message advisories. Certain messages are issued due to an LRU or an LRU function failure. Such messages are normally accompanied by a corresponding red “X” annunciation as shown previously in the G1000 System Annunciation section. MFD & PFD Message Advisories Message DATA LOST – Pilot stored data was lost. Recheck settings. XTALK ERROR – A flight display crosstalk error has occurred. PFD1 SERVICE – PFD1 needs service. Return unit for repair. PFD2 SERVICE – PFD2 needs service. Return unit for repair. MFD1 SERVICE – MFD1 needs service. Return unit for repair. MANIFEST – PFD1 software mismatch, communication halted. MANIFEST – PFD2 software mismatch, communication halted. MANIFEST – MFD1 software mismatch, communication halted. PFD1 CONFIG – PFD1 config error. Config service req’d. PFD2 CONFIG – PFD2 config error. Config service req’d. 524 Comments The pilot profile data was lost. System reverts to default pilot profile and settings. The pilot may reconfigure the MFD & PFDs with preferred settings, if desired. The MFD and PFDs are not communicating with each other. The system should be serviced. The PFD and/or MFD self-test has detected a problem. The system should be serviced. The PFD and/or MFD has incorrect software installed. The system should be serviced. The PFD configuration settings do not match backup configuration memory. The system should be serviced. Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Appendix A MFD & PFD Message Advisories (Cont.) Message MFD1 CONFIG – MFD1 config error. Config service req’d. SW MISMATCH – GDU software version mismatch. Xtalk is off. PFD1 COOLING – PFD1 has poor cooling. Reducing power usage. PFD2 COOLING – PFD2 has poor cooling. Reducing power usage. MFD1 COOLING – MFD1 has poor cooling. Reducing power usage. PFD1 KEYSTK – PFD1 [key name] Key is stuck. PFD2 KEYSTK – PFD2 [key name] Key is stuck. MFD1 KEYSTK – MFD [key name] Key is stuck. CNFG MODULE – PFD1 configuration module is inoperative. PFD1 VOLTAGE – PFD1 has low voltage. Reducing power usage PFD2 VOLTAGE – PFD2 has low voltage. Reducing power usage MFD1 VOLTAGE – MFD1 has low voltage. Reducing power usage Comments The MFD configuration settings do not match backup configuration memory. The system should be serviced. The MFD and PFDs have different software versions installed. The system should be serviced. The PFD and/or MFD is overheating and is reducing power consumption by dimming the display. If problem persists, the system should be serviced. A key is stuck on the PFD and/or MFD bezel. Attempt to free the stuck key by pressing it several times. The system should be serviced if the problem persists. The PFD1 configuration module backup memory has failed. The system should be serviced. The PFD1 voltage is low. The system should be serviced. The PFD2 voltage is low. The system should be serviced. The MFD voltage is low. The system should be serviced. Database Message Advisories Message MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1 navigation database error exists. PFD1 DB ERR – PFD1 navigation database error exists. PFD2 DB ERR – PFD2 navigation database error exists. MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1 basemap database error exists. PFD1 DB ERR – PFD1 basemap database error exists. PFD2 DB ERR – PFD2 basemap database error exists. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Comments The MFD and/or PFD detected a failure in the navigation database. Attempt to reload the navigation database. If problem persists, the system should be serviced. The MFD and/or PFD detected a failure in the basemap database. Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 525 Appendix A Database Message Advisories (Cont.) Message MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1 terrain database error exists. PFD1 DB ERR – PFD1 terrain database error exists. PFD2 DB ERR – PFD2 terrain database error exists. MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1 terrain database missing. PFD1 DB ERR – PFD1 terrain database missing. PFD2 DB ERR – PFD2 terrain database missing. MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1 obstacle database error exists. PFD1 DB ERR – PFD1 obstacle database error exists. PFD2 DB ERR – PFD2 obstacle database error exists. MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1 obstacle database missing. PFD1 DB ERR – PFD1 obstacle database missing. PFD2 DB ERR – PFD2 obstacle database missing. MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1 airport terrain database error exists. PFD1 DB ERR – PFD1 airport terrain database error exists. PFD2 DB ERR – PFD2 airport terrain database error exists. MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1 airport terrain database missing. PFD1 DB ERR – PFD1 airport terrain database missing. PFD2 DB ERR – PFD2 airport terrain database missing. 526 Comments The MFD and/or PFD detected a failure in the terrain database. Ensure that the terrain card is properly inserted in display. Replace terrain card. If problem persists, the system should be serviced. The terrain database is present on another LRU, but is missing on the specified LRU. The MFD and/or PFD detected a failure in the obstacle database. Ensure that the data card is properly inserted. Replace data card. If problem persists, the system should be serviced. The obstacle database is present on another LRU, but is missing on the specified LRU. The MFD and/or PFD detected a failure in the airport terrain database. Ensure that the data card is properly inserted. Replace data card. If problem persists, the system should be serviced. The airport terrain database is present on another LRU, but is missing on the specified LRU. Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Appendix A Database Message Advisories (Cont.) Message MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1 Safe Taxi database error exists. PFD1 DB ERR – PFD1 Safe Taxi database error exists. PFD2 DB ERR – PFD2 Safe Taxi database error exists. MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1 Chartview database error exists. Comments The MFD and/or PFD detected a failure in the Safe Taxi database. Ensure that the data card is properly inserted. Replace data card. If problem persists, the system should be serviced. The MFD detected a failure in the ChartView database (optional feature). Ensure that the data card is properly inserted. Replace data card. If problem persists, the system should be serviced. MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1 FliteCharts The MFD detected a failure in the FliteCharts database. Ensure that the data card is database error exists. properly inserted. Replace data card. If problem persists, the system should be serviced. MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1 Airport The MFD detected a failure in the Airport Directory database. Ensure that the data card is Directory database error exists. properly inserted. Replace data card. If problem persists, the system should be serviced. DB MISMATCH – Navigation The PFDs and MFD have different navigation database versions or types (Americas, database mismatch. Xtalk is off. European, etc.) installed. Crossfill is off. Install correct navigation database version or type in all displays. DB MISMATCH – Terrain database The PFDs and MFD have different terrain database versions or types installed. Install correct mismatch. terrain database version or type in all displays. DB MISMATCH – Obstacle The PFDs and MFD have different obstacle database installed. Install correct obstacle database mismatch. database in all displays. DB MISMATCH – Airport Terrain The PFDs and MFD have different airport terrrain databases installed. Install correct database mismatch. airport terrain database in all displays. NAV DB UPDATED – Active System has updated the active navigation database from the standby navigation navigation database updated. database. TERRAIN DSP – [PFD1, PFD2 or One of the terrain, airport terrain, or obstacle databases required for TAWS in the MFD1] Terrain awareness display specified PFD or MFD is missing or invalid. unavailable. GMA 1347D/1347D-20 Message Advisories Message GMA1 FAIL – GMA1 is inoperative. GMA2 FAIL – GMA2 is inoperative. GMA XTALK – GMA crosstalk error has occurred. GMA1 CONFIG – GMA1 config error. Config service req’d. GMA2 CONFIG – GMA2 config error. Config service req’d. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Comments The audio panel self-test has detected a failure. The audio panel is unavailable. The system should be serviced. An error has occurred in transferring data between the two GMAs. The system should be serviced. The audio panel configuration settings do not match backup configuration memory. The system should be serviced. Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 527 Appendix A GMA 1347D/1347D-20 Message Advisories (Cont.) Message MANIFEST – GMA1 software mismatch, communication halted. MANIFEST – GMA2 software mismatch, communication halted. GMA1 SERVICE – GMA1 needs service. Return unit for repair. GMA2 SERVICE – GMA2 needs service. Return unit for repair. Comments The audio panel has incorrect software installed. The system should be serviced. The audio panel self-test has detected a problem in the unit. Certain audio functions may still be available, and the audio panel may still be usable. The system should be serviced when possible. GIA 63W Message Advisories Message GIA1 CONFIG – GIA1 config error. Config service req’d. GIA2 CONFIG – GIA2 config error. Config service req’d. GIA1 CONFIG – GIA1 audio config error. Config service req’d. GIA2 CONFIG – GIA2 audio config error. Config service req’d. GIA1 COOLING – GIA1 temperature too low. GIA2 COOLING – GIA2 temperature too low. GIA1 COOLING – GIA1 over temperature. GIA2 COOLING – GIA2 over temperature. GIA1 SERVICE – GIA1 needs service. Return the unit for repair. GIA2 SERVICE – GIA2 needs service. Return the unit for repair. HW MISMATCH – GIA hardware mismatch. GIA1 communication halted. HW MISMATCH – GIA hardware mismatch. GIA2 communication halted. MANIFEST – GIA1 software mismatch, communication halted. MANIFEST – GIA2 software mismatch, communication halted. MANIFEST – GFC software mismatch, communication halted. 528 Comments The GIA1 and/or GIA2 configuration settings do not match backup configuration memory. The system should be serviced. The GIA1 and/or GIA2 have an error in the audio configuration. The system should be serviced. The GIA1 and/or GIA2 temperature is too low to operate correctly. Allow units to warm up to operating temperature. The GIA1 and/or GIA2 temperature is too high. If problem persists, the system should be serviced. The GIA1 and/or GIA2 self-test has detected a problem in the unit. The system should be serviced. A GIA mismatch has been detected, where only one is WAAS capable. The GIA1 and/or GIA 2 has incorrect software installed. The system should be serviced. Incorrect servo software is installed, or gain settings are incorrect. Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Appendix A GIA 63W Message Advisories (Cont.) Message COM1 TEMP – COM1 over temp. Reducing transmitter power. COM2 TEMP – COM2 over temp. Reducing transmitter power. COM1 SERVICE – COM1 needs service. Return unit for repair. COM2 SERVICE – COM2 needs service. Return unit for repair. COM1 PTT – COM1 push-to-talk key is stuck. COM2 PTT – COM2 push-to-talk key is stuck. LOI – GPS integrity lost. Crosscheck with other NAVS. GPS NAV LOST – Loss of GPS navigation. Insufficient satellites. GPS NAV LOST – Loss of GPS navigation. Position error. GPS NAV LOST – Loss of GPS navigation. GPS fail. ABORT APR – Loss of GPS navigation. Abort approach. APR DWNGRADE – Approach downgraded. TRUE APR – True north approach. Change HDG reference to TRUE. GPS1 SERVICE – GPS1 needs service. Return unit for repair. GPS2 SERVICE – GPS2 needs service. Return unit for repair. NAV1 SERVICE – NAV1 needs service. Return unit for repair. NAV2 SERVICE – NAV2 needs service. Return unit for repair. G/S1 FAIL – G/S1 is inoperative. G/S2 FAIL – G/S2 is inoperative. G/S1 SERVICE – G/S1 needs service. Return unit for repair. G/S2 SERVICE – G/S2 needs service. Return unit for repair. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Comments The system has detected an over temperature condition in COM1 and/or COM2. The transmitter is operating at reduced power. If the problem persists, the system should be serviced. The system has detected a failure in COM1 and/or COM2. COM1 and/or COM2 may still be usable. The system should be serviced when possible. The COM1 and/or COM2 external push-to-talk switch is stuck in the enable (or “pressed”) position. Press the PTT switch again to cycle its operation. If the problem persists, the system should be serviced. GPS integrity is insufficient for the current phase of flight. Loss of GPS navigation due to insufficient satellites. Loss of GPS navigation due to position error. Loss of GPS navigation due to GPS failure. Abort approach due to loss of GPS navigation. Vertical guidance generated by WAAS is unavailable, use LNAV only minimums. Displayed after passing the first waypoint of a true north approach when the nav angle is set to ‘AUTO’. A failure has been detected in the GPS1 and/or GPS2 receiver. The receiver may still be available. The system should be serviced. A failure has been detected in the NAV1 and/or NAV2 receiver. The receiver may still be available. The system should be serviced. A failure has been detected in glideslope receiver 1 and/or receiver 2. The system should be serviced. A failure has been detected in glideslope receiver 1 and/or receiver 2. The receiver may still be available. The system should be serviced when possible. Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 529 Appendix A GSD 41 Message Advisories Message GSD1 CONFIG – GSD1 config error. Config service req’d. GSD1 COOLING – GSD1 temperature too low. GSD1 COOLING – GSD1 over temperature. GSD1 SERVICE – GSD1 needs service. Return unit for repair. MANIFEST – GSD1 software mismatch. Communication halted. Comments GSD1 and the CDU have different copies of the GSD1 configuration. GSD1 is reporting a low temperature condition. GSD1 is reporting an over-temperature condition. GSD1 is reporting an internal error condition. The GSD may still be usable. GSD1 has incorrect software installed. The system should be serviced. GEA 71 Message Advisories Message GEA1 CONFIG – GEA1 config error. Config service req’d. GEA2 CONFIG – GEA2 config error. Config service req’d. MANIFEST – GEA1 software mismatch, communication halted. MANIFEST – GEA2 software mismatch, communication halted. Comments The GEA1 configuration settings do not match those of backup configuration memory. The system should be serviced. The GEA2 configuration settings do not match those of backup configuration memory. The system should be serviced. The #1 GEA 71 has incorrect software installed. The system should be serviced. The #2 GEA 71 has incorrect software installed. The system should be serviced. GTX 33/33D Message Advisories Message XPDR1 CONFIG – XPDR1 config error. Config service req’d. XPDR2 CONFIG – XPDR2 config error. Config service req’d. MANIFEST – GTX1 software mismatch, communication halted. MANIFEST – GTX2 software mismatch, communication halted. XPDR1 SRVC – XPDR1 needs service. Return unit for repair. XPDR2 SRVC – XPDR2 needs service. Return unit for repair. XPDR1 FAIL – XPDR1 is inoperative. XPDR2 FAIL – XPDR2 is inoperative. 530 Comments The transponder configuration settings do not match those of backup configuration memory. The system should be serviced. The transponder configuration settings do not match those of backup configuration memory. The system should be serviced. The transponder has incorrect software installed. The system should be serviced. The transponder has incorrect software installed. The system should be serviced. The #1 transponder should be serviced when possible. The #2 transponder should be serviced when possible. There is no communication with the #1 transponder. There is no communication with the #2 transponder. Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Appendix A GRS 77 Message Advisories Message AHRS1 TAS – AHRS1 not receiving valid airspeed. AHRS2 TAS – AHRS2 not receiving valid airspeed. AHRS1 GPS – AHRS1 using backup GPS source. AHRS2 GPS – AHRS2 using backup GPS source. AHRS1 GPS – AHRS1 not receiving any GPS information. AHRS2 GPS – AHRS2 not receiving any GPS information. AHRS1 GPS – AHRS1 not receiving backup GPS information. AHRS2 GPS – AHRS2 not receiving backup GPS information. AHRS1 GPS – AHRS1 operating exclusively in no-GPS mode. AHRS2 GPS – AHRS2 operating exclusively in no-GPS mode. AHRS MAG DB – AHRS magnetic model database version mismatch. AHRS1 SRVC – AHRS1 Magneticfield model needs update. AHRS2 SRVC – AHRS2 Magneticfield model needs update. GEO LIMITS – AHRS1 too far North/South, no magnetic compass. GEO LIMITS – AHRS2 too far North/South, no magnetic compass. MANIFEST – GRS1 software mismatch, communication halted. MANIFEST – GRS2 software mismatch, communication halted. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Comments The #1 AHRS is not receiving true airspeed from the air data computer. The AHRS relies on GPS information to augment the lack of airspeed. The system should be serviced. The #2 AHRS is not receiving true airspeed from the air data computer. The AHRS relies on GPS information to augment the lack of airspeed. The system should be serviced. The #1 AHRS is using the backup GPS path. Primary GPS path has failed. The system should be serviced when possible. The #2 AHRS is using the backup GPS path. Primary GPS path has failed. The system should be serviced when possible. The #1 AHRS is not receiving any or any useful GPS information. Check AFMS limitations. The system should be serviced. The #2 AHRS is not receiving any or any useful GPS information. Check AFMS limitations. The system should be serviced. The #1 AHRS is not receiving backup GPS information. The system should be serviced. The #2 AHRS is not receiving backup GPS information. The system should be serviced. The #1 AHRS is operating exclusively in no-GPS mode. The system should be serviced. The #2 AHRS is operating exclusively in no-GPS mode. The system should be serviced. The #1 AHRS and #2 AHRS magnetic model database versions do not match. The #1 AHRS earth magnetic field model is out of date. Update magnetic field model when practical. The #2 AHRS earth magnetic field model is out of date. Update magnetic field model when practical. The aircraft is outside geographical limits for approved AHRS operation. Heading is flagged as invalid. The #1 AHRS has incorrect software installed. The system should be serviced. The #2 AHRS has incorrect software installed. The system should be serviced. Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 531 Appendix A GMU 44 Message Advisories Message HDG FAULT – AHRS1 magnetometer fault has occurred. HDG FAULT – AHRS2 magnetometer fault has occurred. MANIFEST – GMU1 software mismatch, communication halted. MANIFEST – GMU2 software mismatch, communication halted. Comments A fault has occurred in the #1 GMU 44. Heading is flagged as invalid. The AHRS uses GPS for backup mode operation. The system should be serviced. A fault has occurred in the #2 GMU 44. Heading is flagged as invalid. The AHRS uses GPS for backup mode operation. The system should be serviced. The GMU 44 has incorrect software installed. The system should be serviced. GDL 69A Message Advisories Message GDL69 CONFIG – GDL 69 config error. Config service req’d. GDL69 FAIL – GDL 69 has failed. MANIFEST – GDL software mismatch, communication halted. Comments GDL 69 configuration settings do not match those of backup configuration memory. The system should be serviced. A failure has been detected in the GDL 69. The receiver is unavailable. The system should be serviced The GDL 69 has incorrect software installed. The system should be serviced. GWX 68 Alert Messages Message GWX CONFIG – GWX config error. Config service req’d. GWX FAIL – GWX is inoperative. GWX SERVICE – GWX needs service. Return unit for repair. MANIFEST – GWX software mismatch, communication halted. WX ALERT – Possible severe weather ahead. 532 Comments GWX 68 configuration settings do not match those of the GDU configuration. The system should be serviced. The GDU is not recieving status packet from the GWX 68 or the GWX 68 is reporting a fault. The GWX 68 radar system should be serviced. A failure has been detected in the GWX 68. The GWX 68 may still be usable. The GWX 68 has incorrect software installed. The system should be serviced. Possible severe weather detected within +/- 10 degrees of the aircraft heading at a range of 80 to 320 nm. Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Appendix A GDC 74B Message Advisories Message ADC1 ALT EC – ADC1 altitude error correction is unavailable. ADC2 ALT EC – ADC2 altitude error correction is unavailable. ADC1 AS EC – ADC1 airspeed error correction is unavailable. ADC2 AS EC – ADC2 airspeed error correction is unavailable. MANIFEST – GDC1 software mismatch, communication halted. MANIFEST – GDC2 software mismatch, communication halted. Comments GDC1 or GDC2 is reporting that the altitude error correction is unavailable. GDC1 or GDC2 is reporting that the airspeed error correction is unavailable. The GDC 74B has incorrect software installed. The system should be serviced. GCU 475 Message Advisories Message GCU CNFG – GCU Config error. Config service req’d. GCU FAIL – GCU is inoperative. MANIFEST – GCU software mismatch, communication halted. GCU KEYSTK – GCU [key name] Key is stuck. Comments GCU 475 configuration settings do not match those of backup configuration memory. The system should be serviced. A failure has been detected in the GCU 475. The GCU 475 is unavailable. The GCU 475 has incorrect software installed. The system should be serviced. A key is stuck on the GCU 475 bezel. Attempt to free the stuck key by pressing it several times. The system should be serviced if the problem persists. GMC 710 Message Advisories Message GMC CONFIG – GMC Config error. Config service req’d. GMC FAIL – GMC is inoperative. MANIFEST – GMC software mismatch. Communication halted. GMC KEYSTK – GMC [key name] Key is stuck. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Comments Error in the configuration of the GMC 710. A failure has been detected in the GMC 710. The GMC 710 is unavailable. The GMC 710 has incorrect software installed. The system should be serviced. A key is stuck on the GMC 710 bezel. Attempt to free the stuck key by pressing it several times. The system should be serviced if the problem persists. Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 533 Appendix A Miscellaneous Message Advisories Message FPL WPT LOCK – Flight plan waypoint is locked. FPL WPT MOVE – Flight plan waypoint moved. TIMER EXPIRD – Timer has expired. DB CHANGE – Database changed. Verify user modified procedures. DB CHANGE – Database changed. Verify stored airways. FPL TRUNC – Flight plan has been truncated. LOCKED FPL – Cannot navigate locked flight plan. WPT ARRIVAL – Arriving at waypoint -[xxxx] STEEP TURN – Steep turn ahead. INSIDE ARSPC – Inside airspace. ARSPC AHEAD – Airspace ahead less than 10 minutes. ARSPC NEAR – Airspace near and ahead. ARSPC NEAR – Airspace near – less than 2 nm. APR INACTV – Approach is not active. SLCT FREQ – Select appropriate frequency for approach. SLCT NAV – Select NAV on CDI for approach. PTK FAIL – Parallel track unavailable: bad geometry. PTK FAIL – Parallel track unavailable: invalid leg type. 534 Comments Upon power-up, the system detects that a stored flight plan waypoint is locked. This occurs when a navigation database update eliminates an obsolete waypoint. The flight plan cannot find the specified waypoint and flags this message. This can also occur with user waypoints in a flight plan that is deleted. Remove the waypoint from the flight plan if it no longer exists in any database, Or update the waypoint name/identifier to reflect the new information. The system has detected that a waypoint coordinate has changed due to a new navigation database update. Verify that stored flight plans contain correct waypoint locations. The system notifies the pilot that the timer has expired. This occurs when a stored flight plan contains procedures that have been manually edited. This alert is issued only after an navigation database update. Verify that the user-modified procedures in stored flight plans are correct and up to date. This occurs when a stored flight plan contains an airway that is no longer consistent with the navigation database. This alert is issued only after a navigation database update. Verify use of airways in stored flight plans and reload airways as needed. This occurs when a newly installed navigation database eliminates an obsolete approach or arrival used by a stored flight plan. The obsolete procedure is removed from the flight plan. Update flight plan with current arrival or approach. This occurs when the pilot attempts to activate a stored flight plan that contains locked waypoint. Remove locked waypoint from flight plan. Update flight plan with current waypoint. Arriving at waypoint [xxxx], where [xxxx] is the waypoint name. A steep turn is 15 seconds ahead. Prepare to turn. The aircraft is inside the airspace. Special use airspace is ahead of aircraft. The aircraft will penetrate the airspace within 10 minutes. Special use airspace is near and ahead of the aircraft position. Special use airspace is within 2 nm of the aircraft position. The system notifies the pilot that the loaded approach is not active. Activate approach when required. The system notifies the pilot to load the approach frequency for the appropriate NAV receiver. Select the correct frequency for the approach. The system notifies the pilot to set the CDI to the correct NAV receiver. Set the CDI to the correct NAV receiver. Bad parallel track geometry. Invalid leg type for parallel offset. Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Appendix A Miscellaneous Message Advisories (Cont.) Message PTK FAIL – Parallel track unavailable: past IAF. UNABLE V WPT – Can’t reach current vertical waypoint. VNV – Unavailable. Unsupported leg type in flight plan. VNV – Unavailable. Excessive track angle error. VNV – Unavailable. Excessive crosstrack error. VNV – Unavailable. Parallel course selected. NO WGS84 WPT – Non WGS 84 waypoint for navigation -[xxxx] TRAFFIC FAIL – Traffic device has failed. FAILED PATH – A data path has failed. MAG VAR WARN – Large magnetic variance. Verify all course angles. SVS – SVS DISABLED: Out of available terrain region. SVS – SVS DISABLED: Terrain DB resolution too low. SCHEDULER [#] – <message>. CHECK CRS – Database course for LOC1 / [LOC ID] is [CRS]°. CHECK CRS – Database course for LOC2 / [LOC ID] is [CRS]°. [PFD1, PFD2, or MFD1] CARD 1 REM – Card 1 was removed. Reinsert card. [PFD1, PFD2, or MFD1] CARD 2 REM – Card 2 was removed. Reinsert card. [PFD1, PFD2, or MFD1] CARD 1 ERR – Card 1 is invalid. [PFD1, PFD2, or MFD1] CARD 2 ERR – Card 2 is invalid. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Comments IAF waypoint for parallel offset has been passed. The current vertical waypoint can not be reached within the maximum flight path angle and vertical speed constraints. The system automatically transitions to the next vertical waypoint. The lateral flight plan contains a procedure turn, vector, or other unsupported leg type prior to the active vertical waypoint. This prevents vertical guidance to the active vertical waypoint. The current track angle error exceeds the limit, causing the vertical deviation to go invalid. The current crosstrack exceeds the limit, causing vertical deviation to go invalid. A parallel course has been selected, causing the vertical deviation to go invalid. The position of the selected waypoint [xxxx] is not calculated based on the WGS84 map reference datum and may be positioned in error as displayed. Do not use GPS to navigate to the selected non-WGS84 waypoint. The system is no longer receiving data from the traffic system. The traffic device should be serviced. A data path connected to the GDU, GSD 41, or the GIA 63/W has failed. The GDU’s internal model cannot determine the exact magnetic variance for geographic locations near the magnetic poles. Displayed magnetic course angles may differ from the actual magnetic heading by more than 2°. Synthetic Vision is disabled because the aircraft is not within the boundaries of the installed terrain database. Synthetic Vision is disabled because a terrain database of sufficient resolution (9 arcsecond or better) is not currently installed. Message criteria entered by the user. Selected course for LOC1 differs from published localizer course by more than 10 degrees. Selected course for LOC2 differs from published localizer course by more than 10 degrees. The SD card was removed from the top card slot of the specified PFD or MFD. The SD card needs to be reinserted. The SD card was removed from the bottom card slot of the specified PFD or MFD. The SD card needs to be reinserted. The SD card in the top card slot of the specified PFD or MFD contains invalid data. The SD card in the bottom card slot of the specified PFD or MFD contains invalid data. Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 535 Appendix A AFCS Alerts NOTE: Do not press the AP DISC switch during servo power-up and preflight system tests as this may cause the preflight system test to fail or never to start (if servos fail their power-up tests). Power must be cycled to the servos to remedy the situation. System Status Field Figure A-5 AFCS System Status Field The following alert annunciations appear in the AFCS System Status field on the PFD. Condition Pitch Failure 536 Annunciation Description Pitch axis control failure. AP is inoperative. Roll Failure Roll axis control failure. AP is inoperative. MET Switch Stuck, or Pitch Trim Axis Control Failure System Failure If annunciated when AP is engaged, take control of the aircraft and disengage the autopilot. If annunciated when AP is not engaged, move each half of the MET switch separately to check if a stuck switch is causing the annunciation. Emergency Descent Mode Elevator Mistrim Up Elevator Mistrim Down Aileron Mistrim Left Aileron Mistrim Right Rudder Mistrim Left Rudder Mistrim Right Preflight Test AP engaged when aircraft altitude above 30,000 ft and cabin pressurization is lost. Selected Heading set 90° left of current heading; Selected Altitude set to 15000 ft A condition has developed causing the pitch servo to provide a sustained force. Be prepared to apply nose up control wheel force upon autopilot disconnect. A condition has developed causing the pitch servo to provide a sustained force. Be prepared to apply nose down control wheel force upon autopilot disconnect. A condition has developed causing the roll servo to provide a sustained left force. Ensure the slip/skid indicator is centered and observe any maximum fuel imbalance limits. A condition has developed causing the roll servo to provide a sustained right force. Ensure the slip/skid indicator is centered and observe any maximum fuel imbalance limits. A condition has developed causing the yaw servo to provide a sustained force. Ensure the slip/skid indicator is centered and observe any maximum fuel imbalance limits. A condition has developed causing the yaw servo to provide a sustained force. Ensure the slip/skid indicator is centered and observe any maximum fuel imbalance limits. Performing preflight system test. Upon completion of the test, the aural alert will be heard. Preflight system test has failed. AP and MET are unavailable. FD may still be available. Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Appendix A TAWS-B ALERTS Annunciations appear on the PFD and MFD. Pop-up alerts appear only on the MFD. PFD/MFD TAWS Page Annunciation Alert Type MFD Map Page Pop-Up Alert Aural Message Excessive Descent Rate Warning (EDR) “Pull Up” Reduced Required Terrain Clearance Warning (RTC) or * Imminent Terrain Impact Warning (ITI) or * Reduced Required Obstacle Clearance Warning (ROC) or Imminent Obstacle Impact Warning (IOI) * or * Reduced Required Terrain Clearance Caution (RTC) or * Imminent Terrain Impact Caution (ITI) or Reduced Required Obstacle Clearance Caution (ROC) or Imminent Obstacle Impact Caution (IOI) or * * * Premature Descent Alert Caution (PDA) Altitude Callout “500” “Terrain, Terrain; Pull Up, Pull Up”* or “Terrain Ahead, Pull Up; Terrain Ahead, Pull Up” Terrain Ahead, Pull Up; Terrain Ahead, Pull Up” or “Terrain, Terrain; Pull Up, Pull Up”* “Obstacle, Obstacle; Pull Up, Pull Up”* or “Obstacle Ahead, Pull Up; Obstacle Ahead, Pull Up” “Obstacle Ahead, Pull Up; Obstacle Ahead, Pull Up” or “Obstacle, Obstacle; Pull Up, Pull Up”* “Caution, Terrain; Caution, Terrain”* or “Terrain Ahead; Terrain Ahead” “Terrain Ahead; Terrain Ahead” or “Caution, Terrain; Caution, Terrain”* “Caution, Obstacle; Caution, Obstacle”* or “Obstacle Ahead; Obstacle Ahead” “Obstacle Ahead; Obstacle Ahead” or “Caution, Obstacle; Caution, Obstacle”* “Too Low, Terrain” None None “Five-Hundred” Excessive Descent Rate Caution (EDR) “Sink Rate” Negative Climb Rate Caution (NCR) or * “Don’t Sink”* or “Too Low, Terrain” * Mustang defualt configuration 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 537 Appendix A TAWS-B System Status Annunciations PFD/MFD Alert Annunciation TERRAIN-SVS Page Annunciation Aural Message TAWS TEST None None “TAWS System Test OK” TAWS-B System Test Fail TAWS FAIL “TAWS System Failure” Terrain or Obstacle database unavailable or invalid, invalid software configuration, system audio fault TAWS FAIL “TAWS System Failure” NO GPS POSITION “TAWS Not Available” None “TAWS Not Available” Alert Type System Test in Progress System Test Pass None No GPS position Excessively degraded GPS signal, Out of database coverage area TCAS II Alerts and Annunciations PFD Mode Annunciation MFD Traffic Map Page Mode Annunciation TCAS II Self-test Initiated (TEST) None TEST (‘TEST MODE’ also shown in white on top center of page) Traffic Advisory and Resolution Advisory (TA/RA) None TA/RA Mode Traffic Advisory Only (TA ONLY) Traffic Display Status Icon (Other Maps) TA ONLY on ground TCAS II Standby (TFC STBY) in air STANDBY or STANDBY* (also shown in white in center of page) FAIL TCAS II Failed * Annunciation appears yellow while in flight. TCAS II Modes Traffic Map Page Annunciation NO DATA DATA FAILED FAILED Description Data is not being received from the TCAS II unit Data is being received from the TCAS II unit, but the unit is self-reporting a failure Incorrect data format received from the TCAS II unit TCAS II Failure Annunciations 538 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Appendix A Traffic Status Banner Annunciation Description A Resolution Advisory is outside the selected display range*. Annunciation is removed when traffic comes within the selected display range A Traffic Advisory is outside the selected display range*. Annunciation is removed when traffic comes within the selected display range. System cannot determine bearing of Resolution Advisory**. Annunciation indicates distance in nm, altitude separation in hundreds of feet, and altitude trend arrow (climbing/descending). System cannot determine bearing of Traffic Advisory**. Annunciation indicates distance in nm, altitude separation in hundreds of feet, and altitude trend arrow (climbing/descending). TCAS II unit has failed (unit is self-reporting a failure or sending incorrectly formatted data) Data is not being received from the TCAS II unit RA OFF SCALE TA OFF SCALE RA X.X ± XX ↕ TA X.X ± XX ↕ TRFC FAIL NO TCAS DATA *Shown as symbol on Traffic Map Page **Shown in center of Traffic Map Page TCAS II Traffic Status Annunciations Other G1000 Aural Alerts Aural Alert Description “Minimums, minimums” The aircraft has descended below the preset barometric minimum descent altitude. “Vertical track” “Traffic” “TIS not available” The aircraft is one minute from Top of Descent. Issued only when vertical navigation is enabled. The Traffic Information Service (TIS) has issued a Traffic Advisory alert The aircraft is outside the Traffic Information Service (TIS) coverage area. Flight Plan Import/Export Messages In some circumstances, some messages may appear in conjunction with others. Flight Plan Import/Export Results Description ‘Flight plan successfully imported.’ A flight plan file stored on the SD card was successfully imported as a stored flight plan. ‘File contained user waypoints only. User waypoints imported successfully. No stored flight plan data was modified.’ The file stored on the SD card did not contain a flight plan, only user waypoints. These waypoints have been saved to the system user waypoints. No flight plans stored in the system have been modified. ‘No flight plan files found to import.’ The SD card contains no flight plan data. ‘Flight plan import failed.’ Flight plan data was not successfully imported from the SD card. ‘Flight plan partially imported.’ Some flight plan waypoints were successfully imported from the SD card, however others had errors and were not imported. A partial stored flight plan now exists in the system. ‘File contained user waypoints only.’ The file stored on the SD card did not contain a flight plan, only user waypoints. One or more of these waypoints did not import successfully. ‘Too many points. Flight plan truncated.’ The flight plan on the SD card contains more waypoints than the system can support. The flight plan was imported with as many waypoints as possible. ‘Some waypoints not loaded. Waypoints locked.’ The flight plan on the SD card contains one or more waypoints that the system cannot find in the navigation database. The flight plan has been imported, but must be edited within the system before it can be activated for use. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 539 Appendix A Flight Plan Import/Export Results 540 Description ‘User waypoint database full. Not all loaded.’ The flight plan file on the SD card contains user waypoints. The quantity of stored user waypoints has exceeded system capacity, therefore not all the user waypoints on the SD card have been imported. Any flight plan user waypoints that were not imported are locked in the flight plan. The flight plan must be edited within the system before it can be activated for use. ‘One or more user waypoints renamed.’ One or more imported user waypoints were renamed when imported due to naming conflicts with waypoints already existing in the system. ‘Flight plan successfully exported.’ The stored flight plan was successfully exported to the SD card. ‘Flight plan export failed.’ The stored flight plan was not successfully exported to the SD card. The SD card may not have sufficient available memory or the card may have been removed prematurely. Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Appendix B Database Management The system uses Secure Digital (SD) cards to load and store various types of data. For basic flight operations, SD cards are required for database storage as well as Jeppesen navigation and Jeppesen ChartView database updates. Not all SD cards are compatible with the G1000. Use only SD cards supplied by Garmin or the aircraft manufacturer. Garmin Databases The following databases are stored on Supplemental Data Cards provided by Garmin: • Expanded basemap • Airport terrain • SafeTaxi • Terrain • Obstacle • FliteCharts • Airport Directory (AOPA) After subscribing to the desired database product updates, a personal computer is used to copy these updated databases to the Supplemental Data Card which will reside in the bottom card slot of the MFD (this is also the card that contains the FliteCharts or ChartView database). This allows taking all applicable databases to the airplane on one card and using the G1000 system to update the remaining display Supplemental Data Cards. Figure B-1 illustrates the correct location of the Supplemental Data Cards and their respective databases. Since these databases are not stored internally in the displays, these Supplemental Data Cards must remain in the bottom card slot of each display. PFD1 PFD2 MFD Figure B-1 Correct Database Locations The basemap database contains data for the topography and land features, such as rivers, lakes, and towns. It is updated only periodically, with no set schedule. There is no expiration date. The terrain database contains the terrain mapping data. The airport terrain database contains increased resolution terrain data around airports. These databases are updated periodically and have no expiration date. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 541 Appendix B The obstacle database contains data for obstacles, such as towers, that pose a potential hazard to aircraft. Obstacles 200 feet and higher are included in the obstacle database. It is very important to note that not all obstacles are necessarily charted and therefore may not be contained in the obstacle database. This database is updated on a 56-day cycle. NOTE: The data contained in the terrain and obstacle databases comes from government agencies. Garmin accurately processes and cross-validates the data, but cannot guarantee the accuracy and completeness of the data. The AOPA Airport Directory provides data on airports and heliports throughout the U.S., and offers detailed information for over 5,300 U. S. airports, along with the names and phone numbers of thousands of FBOs. This database is updated four times per year. The SafeTaxi database contains detailed airport diagrams for selected airports. These diagrams aid in following ground control instructions by accurately displaying the aircraft position on the map in relation to taxiways, ramps, runways, terminals, and services. This database is updated on a 56-day cycle. The FliteCharts database contains procedure charts for the United States only. This database is updated on a 28-day cycle. If not updated within 180 days of the expiration date, FliteCharts will no longer function. Obtaining Garmin Database Updates The Garmin database updates can be obtained by following the instructions detailed in the ‘Aviation Databases’ section of the Garmin website (fly.garmin.com). Once the updated files have been downloaded from the website, a PC equipped with an appropriate SD card reader is used to unpack and copy the new databases onto the appropriate Supplemental Data Card. Equipment required to perform the update is as follows: • Windows-compatible PC computer (Windows 2000 or XP recommended) • SD Card Reader: SanDisk SDDR-93, SanDisk SDDR-99, Verbatim #96504, or equivalent • Updated database obtained from the Garmin website • Existing Supplemental Database SD Card (010-00330-41, -42, or -43) from the MFD. The supplemental data card from the MFD should be used because all databases (except the active navigation database) are required to reside on this card. Jeppesen Databases The Jeppesen navigation database is updated on a 28-day cycle. The ChartView database is updated on a 14-day cycle. If the ChartView database is not updated within 70 days of the expiration date, ChartView will no longer function. Both of these databases are provided directly from Jeppesen. The ChartView database should be copied to the Supplemental Data Card which will reside in the bottom card slot on the MFD. The navigation database is be loaded from the Jeppesen or user supplied SD data card. Contact Jeppesen (www.jeppesen.com) for subscription and update information. The navigation database is loaded from an SD card inserted into the top card slot of each display. The database is copied from the SD card in the top card slot to the display’s internal memory. 542 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Appendix B Automatic Database Synchronization The automatic database synchronization feature automatically transfers the Garmin databases from a single SD card residing in the bottom card slot of the MFD to the SD card in the bottom card slot of each PFD to ensure that all databases are synchronized. During power-up, the system compares all copies of each applicable database. If similar databases do not match, the most recent valid database is automatically copied to each card that does not already contain that database. The following databases are checked and synchronized: Basemap, Safetaxi, Airport Terrain, Obstacle, Airport Directory (AOPA), and Terrain. This feature applies only to databases that are stored on the SD card that resides in the bottom card slot of each display. This feature does not apply to the active navigation database which is stored in internal memory in each display, or to the charts databases (FliteCharts and ChartView) which are only required to reside on the SD card in the bottom card slot of the MFD. The typical procedure would be to copy new databases to the MFD card, then synchronize the data to each PFD. Perform this procedure only when the aircraft is on the ground. NOTE: The terrain database may take as long as 100 minutes to synchronize using this method. Therefore the user may want to transfer the data using a PC, or connect the system to a ground power source while performing the database synchronization. The SYNC DBS Softkey (Figure B-2) on the AUX–System Status Page allows control of the automatic database synchronization feature. When database synchronization is enabled, the SYNC DBS Softkey is displayed as black text on gray background. When database synchronization is disabled, the softkey is displayed as white text on black background. If the SYNC DBS Softkey is selected while a database synchronization is in progress, the current synchronization process will be canceled. Enabled Disabled Figure B-2 SYNC DBS Softkey The synchronization progress may be monitored on the AUX-System Status Page in the Sync Status section of the Database Window (Figure B-4). This window shows the synchronization status of each applicable database, including the percent complete, time remaining, and to which displays the databases are being copied. The Sync Status section is only present when synchronization is occurring or has occurred on the current power-up. When the synchronization is complete, the status is listed as ‘Complete’, followed by the displays to which the databases were copied. The database cycle numbers should be checked for each database on each display after synchronization to verify the display contains the proper database version. The Display Database Selection Softkey (Figure B-3) is used to place the cursor in the Database Window. Upon first press of the Display Database Selection Softkey, the softkey will change to a selected state (black text on gray background) and the cursor will appear in the Database Window. At this point the user can scroll through 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 543 Appendix B all databases in the Database Window to view status information. If the Display Database Selection Softkey is selected repeatedly, the softkey will switch between PFD1, PFD2, and MFD1. Database status information in the Database Window will reflect the database of the selected PFD or MFD. Unselected MFD1 DB Selected PFD1 DB Selected Figure B-3 Display Database Selection Softkey If an error occurs during synchronization, an error message will be displayed, followed by the affected display in the Sync Status section of the Database Window (Figure B-4). If synchronization completes on one display, but an error occurs on another, the error message will be displayed with the affected diaplays listed after it. When an error message (Table B-1) is displayed, the problem must be corrected before synchronization can be completed. A power cycle is required to restart synchronization when ‘Card Full’ or ‘Err’ is shown. ‘Card Full’ Message Figure B-4 Synchronization Error Message Error Message Canceled Card Full Err Timeout Description An active synchronization has been canceled using the SYNC DBS Softkey SD card does not contain sufficient memory Displayed for all other errors that may cause the synchronization process to be halted System timed-out prior to the database transfer completing Table B-1 Database Synchronization Error Messages Loading Updated Databases In some cases it may be necessary to obtain an unlock code from Garmin in order to make the database product functional. It may also be necessary to have the system configured by a Garmin authorized service facility in order to use some database features. Loading the Garmin database updates: 1) With system power OFF, remove the MFD database card from the bottom card slot of the MFD. 2) Update the Garmin databases on the MFD card. 3) Insert the MFD database card into the bottom card slot of the MFD. 544 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Appendix B 4) Apply power to the system, check that the databases are initialized and displayed on the power-up screen (Figure B-5). When updating the terrain and FliteCharts databases, a ‘Verifying’ message may be seen. If this message is present, wait for the system to finish loading before proceeding to step 5. Figure B-5 Database Information on the Power-up Screen 5) Acknowledge the Power-up Page agreement by pressing the ENT Key or the right most softkey. 6) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the AUX Page group on the MFD. 7) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the System Status Page. 8) Make sure the SYNC DBS Softkey is in the enabled state (Figure B-2). 9) Monitor the Sync Status in the Database Window. Wait for all databases to complete synching, indicated by ‘Complete’ being displayed as seen in Figure B-4. 10) Remove and reapply power to the system. 11) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the AUX Page group on the MFD. 12) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the System Status Page. 13) Select the Display Database Selection Softkey to show database information for each display (MFD1 DB, PFD1 DB, PFD2 DB). Verify the correct database cycle information is shown for each database for each display. Canceling an automatic database synchronization: 1) While synchronization is in progress, select the SYNC DBS Softkey to disable (Figure B-2) automatic database synchronization. 2) Acknowledge the cancelation by pressing the ENT Key. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 545 Appendix B Loading the Jeppesen navigation database: NOTE: Loading the Jeppesen navigation database prior to its effective date will result in the expiration date on the power-up screen and the effective date on the AUX-System Status Page being displayed in yellow. 1) Copy the new navigation database to an SD card obtained from Garmin, or the aircraft manufacturer. 2) With the G1000 system OFF, insert the SD card containing the new navigation database version into the top card slot of the MFD (label of SD card facing left). 3) Turn the G1000 system ON. A prompt similar to Figure B-6 is displayed: Figure B-6 Navigation Database Load Prompt 4) Press the YES Softkey to update the navigation database in the MFD. 5) After the update completes, the display starts in normal mode. 6) Turn the G1000 system OFF and remove the SD card from the top card slot. 7) Repeat steps 2 through 6 for the PFD. 8) Apply power to the system and press the ENT Key to acknowledge the startup screen. 9) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the AUX Page group on the MFD. 10) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the System Status Page. 11) Select the Display Database Selection Softkey to show navigation database information for each display (MFD1 DB, PFD1 DB, PFD2) as seen for the MFD in Figure B-7. Figure B-7 Check Database Cycle Number (MFD shown) 546 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Appendix C Glossary ACC ACT, ACTV ADC ADF ADI AF AFCS AFM AFMS AFRM AGL AHRS AIM AIRMET ALRT ALT ALT, ALTN AMPS ANNUNC ANT AOPA AP AP DISC APR APT ARINC ARSPC ARTCC ARV AS ASB ASOS ATC ATCRBS ATIS ATK AUTOSEQ AUX AWOS B ALT BARO BATT BC 190-00494-03 Rev. A accuracy active, activate air data computer Automatic Direction Finder Attitude Direction Indicator Arc to fix Automatic Flight Control System Airplane Flight Manual Airplane Flight Manual Supplement airframe Above Ground Level Attitude and Heading Reference System Aeronautical Information Manual Airman’s Meteorological Information alert altitude alternator amperes annunciation antenna Aircraft Owners & Pilots Association autopilot autopilot disconnect approach airport, aerodrome Aeronautical Radio Incorporated airspace Air Route Traffic Control Center arrival airspeed Aviation Support Branch Automated Surface Observing System Air Traffic Control ATC Radar Beacon System Automatic Terminal Information Service along-track automatic sequence auxiliary Automated Weather Observing System barometric altitude barometric setting battery backcourse Bearing BFO BKSP BRG C ºC CA CALC Calibrated Airspeed CD CDI CDU CF CHT CHKLIST CHNL CI CLD CLR cm CNS CO COM CONFIG COOL COPLT Course Course to Steer CR CRG CRNT Crosstrack Error CRS CRS CRSR CTA CTRL Cumulative The compass direction from the present position to a destination waypoint. beat frequency oscillator backspace bearing center runway degrees Celsius Course to Altitude calculator Indicated airspeed corrected for installation and instrument errors. Course to DME distance Course Deviation Indicator Control Display Unit Course to Fix Cylinder Head Temperature checklist channel Course to Intercept cloud clear centimeter Communication, Navigation, & Surveillance carbon monoxide communication radio configuration coolant co-pilot The line between two points to be followed by the aircraft. The recommended direction to steer in order to reduce course error or stay on course. Provides the most efficient heading to get back to the desired course and proceed along the flight plan. Course to Radial Cockpit Reference Guide current The distance the aircraft is off a desired course in either direction, left or right. course Course to Steer cursor Control Area control The total of all legs in a flight plan. Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 547 Appendix C CVR CVRG CWS CYL Cockpit Voice Recorder coverage control wheel steering cylinder D ALT DB, DBASE dBZ DCLTR, DECLTR DEC FUEL deg DEIC, DEICE DEP Desired Track density altitude database decibels ‘Z’ (radar return) declutter decrease fuel degree de-icing departure The desired course between the active “from” and “to” waypoints. DEST destination DF Direct to Fix DFLT default DGRD degrade DH decision height Dilution of Precision A measure of GPS satellite geometry quality on a scale of one to ten (lower numbers equal better geometry, where higher numbers equal poorer geometry). DIR direction DIS distance Distance The ‘great circle’ distance from the present position to a destination waypoint. DME Distance Measuring Equipment DOP Dilution of Precision DP Departure Procedure DPRT departure DR dead reckoning DSBL disabled DTK Desired Track E ECU Efficiency EGT EIS ELEV ELEV EMERGCY EMI ENDUR 548 empty, east Engine Control Unit A measure of fuel consumption, expressed in distance per unit of fuel. Exhaust Gas Temperature Engine Indication System elevation elevator emergency Electromagnetic Interference endurance Endurance Flight endurance, or total possible flight time based on available fuel on board. ENG engine ENGD engaged ENR enroute Enroute Safe Altitude The recommended minimum altitude within ten miles left or right of the desired course on an active flight plan or direct-to. ENT enter EPE Estimated Position Error EPU Estimated Position Uncertainty ERR error ESA Enroute Safe Altitude Estimated Position Error A measure of horizontal GPS position error derived by satellite geometry conditions and other factors. Estimated Time of Arrival The estimated time at which the aircraft should reach the destination waypoint, based upon current speed and track. Estimated Time Enroute The estimated time it takes to reach the destination waypoint from the present position, based upon current ground speed. ETA Estimated Time of Arrival ETE Estimated Time Enroute EXPIRD expired ºF FA FAA FADEC FAF FAIL FC FCC FCST FD FD FDE FFLOW FIS-B FISDL FL FLC FM degrees Fahrenheit Course From Fix to Altitude Federal Aviation Administration Full Authority Digital Engine Control Final Approach Fix failure Course From Fix to Distance Federal Communication Commission forecast Course From Fix to DME Distance flight director Fault Detection and Exclusion fuel flow Flight Information ServicesBroadcast Flight Information Service Data Link flight level Flight Level Change Course From Fix to Manual Termination Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Appendix C FMS FOB FPL fpm FREQ FRZ FSS ft Fuel Flow Fuel On Board G/S, GS GA gal, gl GBOX GDC GDU GEA GEO GFC GIA GLS Flight Management System Fuel On Board flight plan feet per minute frequency freezing Flight Service Station foot/feet The fuel flow rate, expressed in units of fuel per hour. The total amount of usable fuel on board the aircraft. Ground Track GRS GS GTX glideslope go-around gallon(s) gearbox Garmin Air Data Computer Garmin Display Unit Garmin Engine/Airframe Unit geographic Garmin Flight Control Garmin Integrated Avionics Unit Global Navigation Satellite Landing System Garmin Audio Panel System Garmin Mode Controller Greenwich Mean Time Garmin Magnetometer Unit ground gallons per hour Global Positioning System Grid Minimum Off-Route Altitude; one degree latitude by one degree longitude in size and clears the highest elevation reference point in the grid by 1000 feet for all areas of the grid The velocity that the aircraft is travelling relative to a ground position. see Track Garmin Reference System Ground speed Garmin Transponder HA HDG Hold Terminating at Altitude heading GMA GMC GMT GMU GND gph GPS Grid MORA Groundspeed 190-00494-03 Rev. A Heading The direction an aircraft is pointed, based upon indications from a magnetic compass or a properly set directional gyro. HF Hold Terminating at Fix HFOM Horizontal Figure of Merit Hg mercury HI high HI SENS High Sensitivity HM Hold with Manual Termination Horizontal Figure of Merit A measure of the uncertainty in the aircraft’s horizontal position. hPa hectopascal HPL Horizontal Protection Level hr hour HSDB High-Speed Data Bus HSI Horizontal Situation Indicator HT heat HUL Horizontal Uncertainty Level Hz Hertz I Inner Marker IAF Initial Approach Fix IAT Indicated Air Temperature ICAO International Civil Aviation Organization ICS Intercom System ID Identification/Morse Code Identifier IDENT, IDNT identification IF Initial Fix IFR Instrument Flight Rules IG Imperial gallon ILS Instrument Landing System IMC Instrument Meteorological Conditions in inch INACTV inactive INC FUEL increase fuel IND indicated Indicated Information provided by properly calibrated and set instrumentation on the aircraft panel. INFO information in HG inches of mercury INT intersection(s) INTEG integrity (RAIM unavailable) IrDA, IRDA Infrared Data Association KEYSTK kg kHz key stuck kilogram kilohertz Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 549 Appendix C km kt kilometer knot L left, left runway LAT latitude LBL label lb pound LCD Liquid Crystal Display LCL local LED Light Emitting Diode Left Over Fuel On Board The amount of fuel remaining on board after the completion of one or more legs of a flight plan or direct-to. Left Over Fuel Reserve The amount of flight time remaining, based on the amount of fuel on board after the completion of one or more legs of a flight plan or directto, and a known consumption rate. Leg The portion of a flight plan between two waypoints. LIFR Low Instrument Flight Rules LNAV Lateral Navigation LO low LOC localizer LOI loss of integrity (GPS) LON longitude LPV Localizer Performance with Vertical guidance LRU Line Replacement Unit LT left LTNG lightning LVL level M m MAG MAG VAR MAHP MAN IN MAN SQ MAP MASQ MAX MAXSPD MDA MET METAR MEPT 550 Middle Marker meter Magnetic Magnetic Variation Missed Approach Hold Point manifold pressure (inches Hg) Manual Squelch Missed Approach Point Master Avionics Squelch maximum maximum speed (overspeed) barometric minimum descent altitude manual electric trim Meteorological Aviation Routine manual electric pitch trim MFD Multi Function Display MGRS Military Grid Reference System MHz megahertz MIC microphone MIN minimum Minimum Safe Altitude Uses Grid MORAs to determine a safe altitude within ten miles of the aircraft present position. MKR marker beacon MOA Military Operations Area MOV movement mpm meters per minute MSA Minimum Safe Altitude MSG message MSL Mean Sea Level MT meter mV millivolt(s) MVFR Marginal Visual Flight Rules N NAV NAVAID NDB NEXRAD nm NoPT NRST north navigation NAVigation AID Non-directional Beacon Next Generation Radar nautical mile(s) No Procedure Turn Required (procedure shall not be executed without ATC clearance) nearest O OAT OBS OFST OXY Outer Marker Outside Air Temperature Omni Bearing Selector offset oxygen P ALT PA PA PASS PC PFD PI PIT, PTCH POSN PPM P. POS PRES, PRESS PROC psi pressure altitude Passenger Address Proximity Advisory passenger(s) personal computer Primary Flight Display Procedure Turn to Course Intercept pitch position parts per million Present Position pressure procedure(s), procedure turn pounds per square inch Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Appendix C PT PTK PTT PWR Procedure Turn parallel track Push-to-Talk power QTY quantity R RAD RAIM right, right runway radial Receiver Autonomous Integrity Monitoring random access memory reference remaining (fuel remaining above Reserve) required reserve (fuel reserve entered by pilot) reverse, revision, revise Constant Radius Turn to Fix Radio Magnetic Indicator remote range runway roll read only memory revolutions per minute reset fuel reserve (fuel reserve entered by pilot) right reversionary receive RAM REF REM REQ RES REV RF RMI RMT RNG RNWY ROL ROM rpm RST FUEL RSV RT RVRSNRY RX S SA SAT SBAS SCIT SD sec SEL, SLCT SFC SIAP SID SIGMET 190-00494-03 Rev. A south Selective Availability Static Air Temperature Satellite-Based Augmentation System Storm Cell Identification and Tracking Secure Digital second(s) select surface Standard Instrument Approach Procedures Standard Instrument Departure Significant Meteorological Information Sim SLP/SKD SMBL SPD SPI SPKR SQ SRVC, SVC STAL STAR STATS STBY STD SUA SUSP SVS SW SYS simulator slip/skid symbol speed Special Position Identification speaker squelch service stall Standard Terminal Arrival Route statistics standby standard Special Use Airspace suspend Synthetic Vision System software system T TA TACAN TAF TAS TAS true Traffic Advisory Tactical Air Navigation System Terminal Aerodrome Forecast True Airspeed Traffic Advisory System, true airspeed Total Air Temperature Terrain Awareness and Warning System Terminal Control Area Traffic Collision Avoidance System telephone temperature terminal Track Between Two Fixes Temporary Flight Restriction True Heading Traffic Information System Turbine Inlet Temperature Track Angle Error Terminal Maneuvering Area Timer/Reference topographic Direction of aircraft movement relative to a ground position; also ‘Ground Track’ The angle difference between the desired track and the current track. target track TAT TAWS TCA TCAS TEL TEMP TERM TF TFR T HDG TIS TIT TKE TMA TMR/REF Topo Track Track Angle Error TRG TRK Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 551 Appendix C TRSA TRUNC TTL TURN TX Terminal Radar Service Area truncated total procedure turn transmit UNAVAIL USR UTC UTM/UPS unavailable user Coordinated Universal Time Universal Transverse Mercator / Universal Polar Stereographic Grid V, Vspeed velocity (airspeed) VA Heading Vector to Altitude VAPP VOR approach VAR variation VD Heading Vector to DME Distance Vdc volts, direct current VERT vertical Vertical Figure of Merit A measure of the uncertainty in the aircraft’s vertical position. Vertical Speed Required The vertical speed necessary to descend/climb from a current position and altitude to a defined target position and altitude, based upon current groundspeed. VFOM Vertical Figure of Merit VFR Visual Flight Rules VHF Very High Frequency VI Heading Vector to Intercept VLOC VOR/Localizer Receiver VM Heading Vector to Manual Termination VMC Visual Meteorological Conditions VNAV, VNV vertical navigation VOL volume VOR VHF Omni-directional Range VORTAC very high frequency omnidirectional range station and tactical air navigation VPL Vertical Protection Level VPROF VNV profile, vertical profile VPTH VNV path, vertical path VR Heading Vector to Radial VS vertical speed VSI Vertical Speed Indicator VSR Vertical Speed Required VTF vector to final 552 W WAAS WARN WGS-84 WPT WW WX watt(s), west Wide Area Augmentation System warning (GPS position error) World Geodetic System - 1984 waypoint(s) world wide weather XFER, XFR XPDR XTALK XTK transfer transponder cross-talk cross-track Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Appendix D Frequently Asked Questions If a particular aspect of G1000 operational capability is not addressed by these commonly asked questions or in the index, contact Garmin (see the copyright page or back cover for contact information) or a Garmin-authorized dealer. Garmin is dedicated to supporting its products and customers. What is WAAS? The Wide Area Augmentation System (WAAS) uses a system of ground stations to correct any GPS signal errors. These ground stations correct for errors caused by ionospheric disturbances, timing, and satellite orbit errors. It also provides vital integrity information regarding the health of each GPS satellite. The signal correction is then broadcast through one of two geostationary satellites. This correction information can then be received by any WAAS-enabled GPS receiver. WAAS is designed to provide the additional accuracy, availability, and integrity necessary to enable users to rely on GPS for all phases of flight. WAAS is currently available in the United States, including Alaska and Hawaii. How does WAAS affect approach operations? Both LNAV/VNAV and LPV approaches use the accuracy of WAAS to include vertical (glide path) guidance capability. The additional accuracy and vertical guidance capability allows improved instrument approaches to an expanded number of airports throughout the U.S. The implementation of LPV approaches further improves precision approach capabilities. LPV approaches are designed to make full use of the improved GPS signal from the WAAS. This approach combines the LNAV/ VNAV vertical accuracy with lateral guidance similar to the typical Instrument Landing System (ILS). LPV approaches allow lower approach minimums. What is RAIM and how does it affect approach operations? RAIM is an acronym for Receiver Autonomous Integrity Monitoring. RAIM is a GPS receiver function that performs the following functions: • Monitors and verifies integrity and geometry of tracked GPS satellites • Notifies the pilot when satellite conditions do not provide the necessary coverage to support a certain phase of flight • Predicts satellite coverage of a destination area to determine whether the number of available satellites is sufficient to satisfy requirements NOTE: If RAIM is not predicted to be available for the final approach course, the approach does not become active, as indicated by the “RAIM not available from FAF to MAP” message and the LOI annunciation flagging on the HSI. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 553 Appendix D For RAIM to work correctly, the GPS receiver must track at least five satellites. A minimum of six satellites is required to allow RAIM to eliminate a single corrupt satellite from the navigation solution. RAIM ensures that satellite geometry allows for a navigation solution calculation within a specified protection limit (2.0 nm for oceanic and en route, 1.0 nm for terminal, and 0.3 nm for non-precision approaches). The G1000 System monitors RAIM and issues an alert message when RAIM is not available (see Appendix A). Without RAIM, GPS position accuracy cannot be monitored. If RAIM is not available when crossing the FAF, the pilot must fly the missed approach procedure. Why are there not any approaches available for a flight plan? Approaches are available for the final destination airport in a flight plan or as a direct-to (keep in mind that some VOR/VORTAC identifiers are similar to airport identifiers). If a destination airport does not have a published approach, the G1000 indicates “NONE” for the available procedures. What happens when an approach is selected? Can a flight plan with an approach, a departure, or an arrival be stored? When an approach, departure, or arrival is loaded into the active flight plan, a set of approach, departure, or arrival waypoints is inserted into the flight plan, along with a header line showing the title of the selected instrument procedure. The original en route portion of the flight plan remains active, unless the instrument procedure is activated. This may be done either when the procedure is loaded or at a later time. Flight plans can also be stored with an approach, a departure, or an arrival. Note that the active flight plan is erased when the system is turned off. Also, the active flight plan is overwritten when another flight plan is activated. When storing flight plans with an approach, a departure, or an arrival, the G1000 uses the waypoint information from the current database to define the waypoints. If the database is changed or updated, the G1000 System automatically updates the information, provided the procedure has not been modified. Should an approach, departure, or arrival procedure no longer be available, the flight plan becomes locked until the procedure is deleted from the flight plan. Can “slant Golf” (“/G”) be filed using the G1000? “/G” may be filed for a flight plan. The G1000 System meets the requirements of TSO-C145a Class 3 and ETSO C145 Class 3 installations. GPS approaches are not to be flown with an expired database. See the approved Pilot’s Operating Handbook (POH) as well as the Aeronautical Information Manual (AIM) for more information. What does the OBS Softkey do? The OBS Softkey is used to select manual sequencing of waypoints. Activating OBS mode sets the current active-to waypoint as the primary navigation reference and prevents the system from sequencing to the next waypoint in a flight plan. When OBS mode is cancelled, automatic waypoint sequencing is continued, and the G1000 automatically activates the next waypoint in the flight plan once the aircraft has crossed the present active waypoint. 554 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Appendix D Normal (OBS not activated) • Automatic sequencing of waypoints OBS • Manual sequencing - ‘holds’ on selected waypoint • Manual course change on HSI not possible • Manually select course to waypoint from HSI • Always navigates ‘TO’ the active waypoint • Indicates ‘TO’ or ‘FROM’ waypoint • Must be in this mode for final approach course • Cannot be set for final approach course or published holding patterns When OBS mode is active, the G1000 allows the pilot to set a desired course to/from a waypoint using the CRS/BARO Knob and HSI (much like a VOR). The most common application for using the OBS Softkey is the missed approach. The G1000 suspends automatic waypoint sequencing (indicated by a ‘SUSP’ annunciation placed on the HSI) when the missed approach point (MAP) is crossed. This prevents the G1000 from automatically sequencing to the missed approach holding point (MAHP). During this time, the OBS Softkey designation changes to SUSP. Pressing the SUSP Softkey reactivates automatic waypoint sequencing. The OBS Softkey then resumes its normal functionality. Why does the G1000 not automatically sequence to the next waypoint? The G1000 only sequences flight plan waypoints when automatic sequencing is enabled (i.e., no “OBS” or ‘SUSP’ annunciation). For automatic sequencing to occur, the aircraft must also cross the “bisector” of the turn being navigated. The bisector is a line passing through the waypoint common to two flight plan legs at an equal angle from each leg. How can a waypoint be skipped in an approach, a departure, or an arrival? The G1000 allows the pilot to manually select any approach, departure, or arrival leg as the active leg of the flight plan. This procedure is performed on the MFD from the Active Flight Plan Page by highlighting the desired waypoint and selecting the ACT LEG Softkey then the ENT Key to approve the selection. The GPS then provides navigation along the selected flight plan leg. When does turn anticipation begin? The G1000 smooths adjacent leg transitions based on a normal 15° bank angle (with the ability to roll up to 30°) and provides three pilot cues for turn anticipation: • A waypoint alert (‘Next DTK ###° in # seconds’ or ‘Next HDG ###° in # seconds’) appears on the PFD 10 seconds before the turn point and flashes as it counts down to zero. • A flashing turn advisory (‘Turn [right/left] to ###° in # seconds’) appears on the PFD 10 seconds before the turn and flashes as it counts down to zero. ‘Turn [right/left] to ###° now’ or ‘Next [DTK/HDG] to ###° now’ is displayed when the pilot is to begin the turn and the HSI (GPS mode) automatically sequences to the next DTK or HDG value. • The To/From indicator on the HSI flips momentarily to indicate that the midpoint of the turn has been crossed. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 555 Appendix D When does the CDI scale change? Once a departure is activated, the Course Deviation Indicator (CDI) full scale deflection is set to 0.3 nm. The CDI scale changes to 1.0 nm (terminal mode) then ramps up to 2.0 nm (enroute mode) at 30 nm from the departure airport. When 31 nm from the destination, the CDI scale smoothly transition from 2.0 nm back to 1.0 nm (terminal mode). At 2.0 nm before the FAF during an active approach, the CDI scale transitions down further based on the type of approach activated (LNAV, LNAV/VNAV, LPV). When a missed approach is activated, the CDI is set to 0.3 nm. See the Flight Instruments Section for more details on CDI scaling. Why does the HSI not respond like a VOR when OBS mode is active? Unlike a VOR, the CDI scale used on GPS equipment is based on the crosstrack distance to the desired course, not on the angular relationship to the destination. Therefore, the CDI deflection on the GPS is constant regardless of the distance to the destination and does not become less sensitive when further away from the destination. What is the correct missed approach procedure? How is the missed approach holding point selected? To comply with TSO specifications, the G1000 does not automatically sequence past the MAP. The first waypoint in the missed approach procedure becomes the active waypoint when the SUSP Softkey is selected after crossing the MAP. All published missed approach procedures must be followed, as indicated on the approach plate. To execute the missed approach procedure prior to the MAP (not recommended), select the Active Flight Plan Page and use the ACT LEG Softkey to activate the missed approach portion of the procedure. After a missed approach, how can the same approach be re-selected? How can a new approach be activated? NOTE: Do not attempt to reactivate the current approach prior to crossing the missed approach point (MAP). If an attempt to do so is made, an alert message “Are you sure you want to discontinue the current approach?” appears. The G1000 directs the pilot back to the transition waypoint and does not take into consideration any missed approach procedures, if the current approach is reactivated. After flying the missed approach procedure, the pilot may reactivate the same approach for another attempt by pressing the PROC Key. Once the clearance is given for another attempt, activate the approach by highlighting ‘Activate Approach’ using the large FMS Knob and pressing the ENT Key. The G1000 provides navigation along the desired course to the waypoint and rejoins the approach in sequence from that point. To activate a new approach for the same airport, select the new procedure by pressing the PROC Key. Choose ‘Select Approach’, select the desired approach from the list shown, and press the ENT Key. Select the desired transition, then activate the approach using the ENT Key. To activate a new approach to a different airport, press the Direct-to Key and select the desired airport using the FMS Knobs. Press the ENT Key to accept the selected airport, then follow the steps in the preceding paragraph to select an approach for the new airport. 556 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Appendix E General TIS Information Introduction NOTE: Aircraft without an operating transponder are invisible to TIS. The Traffic Information Service (TIS) provides traffic advisory information to non-TAS/TCAS-equipped aircraft. TIS is a ground-based service providing the relative locations of all ATCRBS Mode-A and Mode-C transponder equipped aircraft within a specified service volume. The TIS ground sensor uses real-time track reports to generate traffic notification. The G1000 System displays TIS traffic information on the Traffic Map Page of the MFD. TIS information may also be displayed for overlay on the MFD Navigation Map Page, as well as on the PFD Inset Map. Surveillance data includes all transponder-equipped aircraft within the coverage volume. The G1000 System displays up to eight traffic targets within a 7.5 nm radius, from 3,000 feet below, to 3,500 feet above the requesting aircraft. TIS vs. TAS/TCAS The Traffic Information System (TIS) is a ground-based service that requires contact with a ground station through a datalink radio in order to receive traffic information. Traffic Advisory (TAS) and Traffic Collision Avoidance Systems (TCAS) are self-contained. TAS/TCAS uses an airborne interrogator with a half-second update rate, while TIS utilizes the terminal Mode-S ground interrogator and accompanying data link to provide a five-second update rate. TIS has a range of 12 nm and TAS/TCAS has a range of 40 nm. TIS Limitations NOTE: TIS is not intended to be used as a collision avoidance system and does not relieve the pilot of the responsibility to “see and avoid” other aircraft. TIS shall not be used for avoidance maneuvers during instrument meterorlogical conditions (IMC) or when there is no visual contact with the intruder aircraft. Note: Refer to the TIS Limitations section of the Aeronautical Information Manual (AIM) for a more comprehensive explanation. TIS relies on surveillance of the Mode-S radar system, which is a “secondary surveillance” radar system similar to that used by ATCRBS. Many limitations are inherent in secondary radar surveillance. Information provided by TIS is neither better nor more accurate than the information used by ATC. TIS is intended only to assist in visual acquisition of other aircraft in visual meterological conditions (VMC). While TIS is a useful aid for visual traffic avoidance, system limitations must be considered to ensure proper use. No recommended avoidance maneuvers are given, nor authorized, as a direct result of a TIS intruder display or TIS advisory. • TIS operation may be intermittent during turns or other maneuvering. • TIS is dependent on two-way, line-of-sight communications between the aircraft and the Mode-S radar antenna. Whenever the structure of the aircraft comes between the transponder antenna and the groundbased radar antenna, the signal may be temporarily interrupted. • Other limitations and anomalies associated with TIS are described in the AIM. 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 557 Appendix E WARNING: Garmin is not responsible for Mode S geographical coverage. Operation of the ground stations is the responsibility of the FAA. Refer to the AIM for a Terminal Mode S radar site map. NOTE: TIS is unavailable at low altitudes in many areas of the United States. This is often the case in mountainous regions. TIS information is collected during a single radar sweep. Collected information is then sent through the Mode S uplink on the next radar sweep. Because of this, the surveillance information is approximately five seconds old. TIS ground station tracking software uses prediction algorithms to compensate for this delay. These algorithms use track history data to calculate expected intruder positions consistent with the time of display. Occasionally, aircraft maneuvering may cause variations in this calculation and create slight errors on the Traffic Map Page. Errors affect relative bearing information and target track vector. This can cause a delay in the displayed intruder information. However, intruder distance and altitude typically remain relatively accurate and may be used to assist in spotting traffic. The following errors are common examples: • When the client or intruder aircraft maneuvers excessively or abruptly, the tracking algorithm may report incorrect horizontal position until the maneuvering aircraft stabilizes. • When a rapidly closing intruder is on a course that intercepts the client aircraft course at a shallow angle (either overtaking or head-on) and either aircraft abruptly changes course within 0.25 nm, TIS may display the intruder aircraft on the incorrect side of the client aircraft. These are rare occurrences and are typically resolved within a few radar sweeps once the client/intruder aircraft course stabilizes. Pilots using TIS can provide valuable assistance in the correction of malfunctions by reporting observations of undesirable performance. Reports should identify the time of observation, location, type and identity of the aircraft, and describe the condition observed. Reports should also include the type of transponder and transponder software version. Since TIS performance is monitored by maintenance personnel, not ATC, malfunctions should be reported in the following ways: • By telephone to the nearest Flight Service Station (FSS) facility • By FAA Form 8000-7, Safety Improvement Report (postage-paid card can be obtained at FAA FSSs, General Aviation District Offices, Flight Standards District Offices, and General Aviation Fixed Base Operators) 558 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Appendix F Display Symbols Airport Basemap Item Item Symbol Symbol Interstate Highway Unknown Airport State Highway Non-towered, Non-serviced Airport US Highway Towered, Non-serviced Airport National Highway Non-towered, Serviced Airport Small City or Town Towered, Serviced Airport Medium City Restricted (Private) Airport Large City Heliport Traffic Traffic Symbol NAVAIDS Item Symbol Intersection Description Non-Threat Traffic LOM (compass locator at outer marker) Proximity Advisory (PA) (Not avialable with TIS NDB (Non-directional Radio Beacon) Traffic Advisory (TA) VOR Traffic Advisory Off Scale VOR/DME VOR/ILS VORTAC Resolution Advisory (RA) (TCAS II only) Resolution Advisory Off Scale (TCAS II only) TACAN 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 559 Appendix F Line Symbols Item Symbol ICAO Control Area Class B Airspace Mode C Tower Area Warning Area Alert Area Caution Area Danger Area Prohibited Area Restricted Area Training Area Unknown Area Class C Terminal Radar Service Area Mode C Area Military Operations Area (MOA) State or Province Border International Border Road Railroad Lattitude/Longitude Obstacle database Obstacle Symbol Unlighted Obstacle Lighted Obstacle < 1000 ft AGL > 1000 ft AGL < 1000 ft AGL > 1000 ft AGL Obstacle Color Obstacle Location Red Obstacle within 100 ft or above aircraft altitude Yellow Obstacle within 1000 ft of aircraft altitude Gray Obstacle more than 1000 ft below aircraft altitude Obstacle Symbols and Colors 560 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Appendix F Terrain Color Chart Potential Impact Point Terrain above or within 100 ft below the aircraft altitude Projected Flight Path 100 ft Threshold Unlighted Obstacle 1000 ft Terrain Color Terrain Location Terrain between 100 ft and 1000 ft below the aircraftTerrain altitude Red (WARNING) above or within 100 ft below aircraft altitude Yellow (CAUTION) Terrain between 100 ft and 1000 ft of aircraft altitude Terrain more than 1000 ft below the aircraft altitude Black (NO DANGER) Terrain more than 1000 ft below aircraft altitude Potential Impact Points TAWS Symbols & Colors Miscellaneous Item Symbol Item ARTCC Frequency or FSS Frequency User Waypoint Default Map Pointer Vertical Navigation Along Track Waypoint Elevation Pointer Parallel Track Waypoint Wind Vector Unanchored Flight Path Waypoint Measuring Pointer Top of Descent (TOD) Overzoom Indicator Bottom of Descent (BOD) Terrain Proximity or TAWS Enabled Navigating using Dead Reckoning Symbol Traffic Enabled 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 561 Appendix F Hazard Avoidance Features Feature Symbol Terrain Proximity/TAWS display enabled Traffic display enabled NEXRAD display enabled Cloud Top display enabled Echo Top display enabled XM Lightning display enabled Cell Movement display enabled SIGMETs/AIRMETs display enabled METARs display enabled City Forecast display enabled Surface Analysis display enabled Freezing Levels display enabled Winds Aloft display enabled County Warnings display enabled Cyclone Warnings display enabled Icing Potential (CIP and SLD) (ICNG) Pilot Weather Report (PIREPs) Air Report (AIREPs) Turbulence (TURB) Loss of hazard avoidance feature (due to loss of GPS position) 562 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Index A Activate a Flight Plan---------------------------------------226 Active frequency------------------------------------- 106, 116 ADF---------------------------------------------------------125 ADF ADF mode------------------------------------------ 125, 127 ANT mode-------------------------------------------------127 Volume-----------------------------------------------------125 ADF audio----------------------------------------------------117 ADF/BFO-----------------------------------------------------127 ADF/DME tuning--------------------------------------------128 ADF volume--------------------------------------------------127 AFCS status annunciation---------------------------------- 53 AFCS status box---------------------------------------------- 52 AFCS Status Box--------------------------------------------395 AHRS----------------------------- 18, 19, 522, 531, 532, 533 Aircraft symbol----------------------------------------------- 58 Aircraft Symbol----------------------------------------------397 Air Data Computer---------------------------1, 19, 521, 522 AIREP---------------------------------------------------------324 Airport Information-----------------------------------------------184 Nearest----------------------------------------------------- 43 Airspace alerts-----------------------------------------------199 Airspace Alerts----------------------------------------------200 Airspeed indicator----------------------------------52, 54–56 Airspeed Reference----------------------------392, 403–404 Airways-------------------------------------------------------- 27 Collapsed--------------------------------------------------239 Expanded--------------------------------------------------239 Alerting System---------------------------------------------521 Alert messages----------------------------------------------532 Alerts Airspace---------------------------------------------------- 40 Arrival------------------------------------------------------- 40 Audio voice------------------------------------------------ 40 Alerts, Aircraft-----------------------------------------------519 Along Track Offset----------------------------------- 230, 231 ALT------------------------------------------------------------291 Altimeter--------------------------------------------------52, 59 Altitude alerting---------------------------------------------- 84 Altitude buffer------------------------------------------------ 40 Altitude constraints-----------------------------------------242 Altitude Hold Mode----------------------------------------401 Altitude Reference----------------------------- 400, 401, 410 Ammeter------------------------------------------------------ 94 Annunciations Test tone---------------------------------------------------- 44 Annunciations, G1000 System----------------------- 19, 521 Annunciator lights------------------------------------------139 ANT/BFO-----------------------------------------------------127 Antenna stabilization--------------------------------------343 190-00494-03 Rev. A Antenna tilt--------------------------------------------------340 AOPA Airport Directory----------- 443, 501, 502, 503, 542 AP-------------------------------------------------------------536 Approach-----------------------------------------------------554 Activating-------------------------------------------------254 ILS----------------------------------------------------------435 Loading--------------------------------------- 223, 251, 253 Missed-----------------------------------------------------438 Removing--------------------------------------------------254 WAAS------------------------------------------------------437 Approach Mode-------------------------------------- 420, 435 Approach Mode, AFCS-------------------------------------437 APR softkey------------------------------------------- 253, 259 Arrival procedure------207, 221, 248, 250, 275, 278, 287 Attitude---------------------------------------------------------- 1 Attitude & Heading Reference System-------------------521 Attitude indicator-----------------------------------52, 57–58 Attitude Indicator-------------------------------------------379 Audio Panel Fail-safe operation--------------------------146 Aural alerts--------------------------------------------------539 Automatic Flight Control System (AFCS)--------- 391–407 Alerts-------------------------------------------------------536 Alerts and annunciations------------------------ 440–441 Status Annunciations------------------------------------440 Status Box-------------------------------------------------395 Automatic squelch------------------------------------------115 Autopilot--------------------------------- 391, 423–425, 536 Autopilot Disconnect-------------------------- 393, 414, 425 Auto-tuning--------------------------------------------------123 Auto-tuning, COM------------------------------------------109 Auto-tuning, NAV-------------------------------------------119 Auto Zoom---------------------------------------------------153 Auxiliary Pages (AUX)--------------------------------------- 36 AUX - system status page-461, 463, 482, 498, 499, 500, 502 Aviation Symbols------------------------------------- 165, 207 B Backcourse Mode-------------------------------------------421 Backlighting----------------------------------------------48, 49 Barometric setting, altimeter----------------------52, 60–61 Basic Empty Weight----------------------------------------260 Basic Operating Weight------------------------------------260 Bearing/distance, measuring------------------------------160 Bearing information--------------------------------53, 67–68 Bearing line------------------------------------------- 338, 342 C Calibrated Airspeed-----------------------------------------256 Cargo---------------------------------------------------------261 CDI---------------------------- 250, 266, 278, 286, 293, 534 CELL MOV Softkey------------------------------------------313 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang I-1 Index Chart Not Available---------------------------------- 465, 485 Chart options----------------------------------------- 473, 492 CHART SETUP box----------------------------------- 479, 496 ChartView--------------------------------------- 443, 464, 482 ChartView functions----------------------------------------464 City Forecast-------------------------------------------------317 CLD TOP Softkey--------------------------------------------311 Clearance recorder------------------------------------------142 Closest Point-------------------------------------------------239 Code selection softkeys------------------------------------136 COM channel spacing--------------------------------------114 COM frequency box----------------------------------------106 Command bar format--------------------------------------- 58 Command Bars----------------------------------------------397 Communication (COM) frequency window-------------- 52 Comparator--------------------------------------------------520 Comparator window------------------------------------53, 80 COM radio Channel spacing------------------------------------------ 42 COM tuning failure-----------------------------------------145 Controls Softkeys------------------------------------------------ 20–23 Control Wheel Steering (CWS)--------------------- 393, 424 Copy a Flight Plan------------------------------------------226 County Warnings--------------------------------------------320 Course deviation indicator (CDI)-----------------52, 69–71 Course Deviation Indicator (CDI)-------------------------- 42 Course To Fix------------------------------------------------255 Crew Alerting System (CAS)--------------------------97–100 Messages---------------------------------------------- 98–99 Cyclone-------------------------------------------------------321 D Data Bar fields, MFD---------------------------------------- 41 Database------------------------------------------------------ 15 Databases----------------------------------------------------541 Database synchronization----------------------44, 543, 545 Data link-------------------------------------------------------- 1 Datalink receiver troubleshooting------------------------516 Data logging-------------------------------------------------513 Date and time------------------------------------------------ 39 Day/Night views-------------------------------------- 479, 496 Day view---------------------------------------------- 480, 497 Dead reckoning---------------------------------------------- 87 Decision height (DH)---------------------------------------- 53 Declutter------------------------------------------------------ 27 Declutter, display--------------------------------------------- 88 Delete Flight Plans------------------------------------------227 Deleting an entire airway--------------------------- 228, 229 Deleting an entire procedure----------------------- 228, 229 Deleting an individual waypoint------------------- 228, 229 Deleting Flight Plan Items---------------------------------228 Density Altitude---------------------------------------------258 I-2 Departure Select------------------------------------------ 245, 248, 254 Timer-------------------------------------------------------- 46 Departure procedure--------------------219, 233, 245, 247 Departure Time----------------------------------------------256 Destination elevation---------------------------------------- 96 Digital audio entertainment---------------------------------- 4 Dilution of Precision (DOP)--------------------------------- 29 Direct-to-177, 201, 202, 203, 204, 205, 240, 241, 275, 278, 293 Display backup----------------------------------------------- 17 Diversity transponder---------------------------------------129 DME HOLD mode-----------------------------------------------128 NAV1 mode-----------------------------------------------128 NAV2 mode-----------------------------------------------128 Tuning mode--------------------------------------- 125, 128 DME audio---------------------------------------------------117 DME information-----------------------------------------53, 68 E ECHO TOP Softkey------------------------------------------310 Emergency Descent Mode (EDM)------------------------441 Emergency frequency---------------------------------------145 Engine Indication and Crew Alerting System (EICAS)-89–100 Engine Indication System (EIS)------------------------ 91–95 Engine Stage Rotation Speeds----------------------------- 92 Entering Flight ID-------------------------------------------129 Estimated Landing Fuel------------------------------------262 Estimated Position Error (EPE)----------------------------- 29 Ethernet------------------------------------------------------- 16 Excess Fuel Weight-----------------------------------------262 F Failure Input-------------------------------------------------------- 18 FD-------------------------------------------------------------536 Field of View (SVS)------------------------------------------176 Flap Indicator------------------------------------------------- 96 Flap speed references-----------------------------------53, 55 Flight director Modes, vertical------------------------------------ 398–412 Flight director (FD)-----------------------------391, 394–395 Modes, lateral------------------------------------- 415–441 Modes, vertical------------------------------------ 398–412 Switching--------------------------------------------------396 Flight ID------------------------------------------------------138 Flight Level Change Mode-------------------- 403, 431, 433 Flight plan Closest point to reference------------------------------239 Storing-----------------------------------------------------554 Flight timer---------------------------------------------------- 46 FliteCharts-------------------------------------- 443, 484, 486 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Index FliteCharts®-------------------------------------------------443 FliteCharts cycle---------------------------------------------499 FliteCharts expiration--------------------------------------499 FliteCharts functions---------------------------------------484 FPA----------------------------------------------------- 242, 283 Freezing Levels----------------------------------------------318 Frequency Nearest----------------------------------------------------197 Frequency spacing------------------------------------------114 Frequency transfer arrow----------------------------------107 Frequently asked questions--------------------------------553 Fuel------------------------------------------------------------ 93 Efficiency--------------------------------------------------258 Endurance-------------------------------------------------258 Remaining-------------------------------------------------258 Required---------------------------------------------------258 Fuel on Board---------------------------------- 258, 261, 262 Fuel Statistics------------------------------------------------258 G Gain-----------------------------------------------------------341 GDC 74A-------------------------------------------------------- 1 GDL 69/69A----------------------------------------------1, 297 GDU 1040------------------------------------------------------ 1 GEA 71---------------------------------------------------------- 1 GFC 700------------------------------------------------------391 GIA 63----------------------------------------------------------- 1 Glidepath-----------------------------------------------------291 Glidepath indicator------------------------------------------ 63 Glidepath Mode-------------------------------------- 411, 420 Glidepath Mode (GP)---------------------------------------437 Glideslope----------------------------------------------------291 Glideslope indicator----------------------------------------- 63 Glideslope Mode------------------------------------- 413, 435 Global Positioning System (GPS) Navigation----------------------------------------- 201–296 Receiver information--------------------------------- 28–30 GMA 1347---------------------------------------------1, 15, 48 GMU 44--------------------------------------------------------- 1 Go Around Mode------------------------------414, 438–439 Ground mapping--------------------------------------------346 Groundspeed------------------------------------------------- 47 GRS 77---------------------------------------------------------- 1 GTX 33---------------------------------------------------------- 1 H Heading----------------------------------------------52, 65–66 Heading Select Mode--------------------------------------417 HI SENS-------------------------------------------------------124 Horizontal scan--------336, 337, 338, 339, 340, 344, 345 Horizontal situation indicator (HSI)--------------52, 64–76 HSI double green arrow------------------------------------116 190-00494-03 Rev. A HSI magenta arrow-----------------------------------------116 HSI single green arrow-------------------------------------116 hurricane-----------------------------------------------------321 I Icing-----------------------------------------------------------322 IDENT function----------------------------------------------138 ID indicator--------------------------------------------------118 ILS approach-------------------------------------------------435 Indicated Altitude-------------------------------------------257 Initialization (system)---------------------------------------- 15 Inset map----------------------------------------------------- 53 Intercom------------------------------------------------------140 Intersection Information---------------------------------------- 185–186 Interstage Turbine Temperature (ITT)---------------------- 94 Inverting a flight plan--------------------------------------226 IOI------------------------------------------------------ 353, 537 ISA temperature deviation------------------------------52, 77 J Jeppesen aviation database-------------------------------542 K Key(s)------------------------------------------------------- 8, 10 L Land Symbols------------------------------------------------164 Lateral modes, flight director----------------------- 415–441 LNAV----------------------------------------------------------266 LO SENS------------------------------------------------------124 Low altitude annunciation---------------------------------- 84 LPV----------------------------------------------- 266, 293, 426 M Mach number--------------------------------------------52, 54 Magnetometer-------------------------------------------- 1, 19 Map pages---------------------------------------------------- 35 Map Panning------------------------------------------------155 Marker beacon----------------------------------------------124 Marker beacon annunciations----------------------------- 81 MASQ processing-------------------------------------------101 Measurement units, changing displayed----------------- 39 Menus--------------------------------------------------------- 33 Message advisories-524, 525, 526, 527, 528, 529, 531, 532, 533, 534, 535 Messages window------------------------------------------511 MET-----------------------------------------------------------536 MFD Data Bar fields----------------------------------------- 41 Minimum descent altitude (MDA)---------------------53, 82 Minimums----------------------------------------------------539 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang I-3 Index MISCOMP----------------------------------------------------520 Missed approach--------------------------------------------438 Missed Approach----------------- 207, 255, 263, 266, 293 Mistrim-------------------------------------------------------536 MKR/MUTE--------------------------------------------------124 Mode S------------------------------------- 22, 129, 131, 135 Mode selection softkeys--------- 130, 131, 133, 134, 136 Mode S Transponder----------------------------------------129 GTX 33/33D Controls-----------------------------------130 GTX 33/33D Mode Selection---------------------------131 TCAS II Transponder Controls--------------------------133 TCAS II Transponder Mode Selection------------------134 Morse code identifier---------------------------------------118 Multi Function Display (MFD) Softkeys----------------------------------------------------- 26 N National Weather Service----------------------------------320 NAV1 audio--------------------------------------------------117 NAV2 audio--------------------------------------------------117 Navigation database------- 242, 243, 525, 527, 534, 539 Navigation Map---------------------------------------------204 Navigation Mode----------------------- 418–419, 429–430 Navigation mode selection--------------------------------116 Navigation (NAV) frequency window--------------------- 52 Navigation source-------------------------------------- 69–71 Navigation status box--------------------------------------- 52 Nav radio selection-----------------------------------------116 Nearest Airports---------------------------------------- 43, 197–200 VOR------------------------------------------------- 197–198 nearest airport---------------------------------- 181, 182, 183 Nearest Airport-------------------- 181, 182, 183, 184, 253 Minimum Runway Length------------------------------184 Surface Matching----------------------------------------184 Nearest airports, frequency tuning-----------------------109 Nearest Airports Page------------------------- 182, 183, 184 Nearest Pages (NRST)--------------------------------------- 36 NEXRAD------------------------------------------------------- 27 NEXRAD Softkey--------------------------------------------306 Night view-------------------------------------------- 480, 497 NO COMP----------------------------------------------------520 Non-path descent------------------------------409, 433–434 Normal operating mode------------------------------------ 16 O OBS mode------------------------------------------------ 75–76 Obstacles---------------------------------------------- 527, 528 Odometer----------------------------------------------------- 47 Oil, engine---------------------------------------------------- 93 Omni Bearing Selector (OBS)----------------------- 554–555 Other Statistics--------------------------------------- 256, 258 I-4 Overspeed protection, autopilot--------------------------398 Overview-------------------------------------------------------- 1 P Page groups--------------------------------------------- 34–37 Parallel Track------------------------------------------ 232, 233 Passenger----------------------------------------------------261 Passenger address (PA) system---------------------------141 Passengers---------------------------------------------------261 PFD failure---------------------------------------------------145 Pilot and Stores Weight------------------------------------260 PIREP---------------------------------------------------------324 Pitch Hold Mode--------------------------------------------399 Pitch indication----------------------------------------------- 57 Power ON settings------------------------------------------139 Pressurization------------------------------------------- 95–96 Primary Flight Display (PFD) Softkeys------------------------------------------------ 20–22 Procedures GFC 700-------------------------------------------- 426–439 Q Quick tuning 121.500 MHz-------------------------------108 R RA-------------------------------------------------------------378 Radar Altimeter---------------------------------------------- 53 Radar altitude------------------------------------------------ 85 RAIM---------------------------------------250, 263, 264, 265 Ram air temperature (RAT)-----------------------------52, 77 Range---------------------------------------------------------174 Receiver Autonomous Integrity Monitoring (RAIM)-3 0 – 3 1 , 263, 553 Required Vertical Speed------------------------------------284 Required Vertical Speed Indicator------------------------284 Resolution advisory-----------------------------------------379 Reversionary mode------------------------------------ 16, 146 Reversionary sensor----------------------------------------521 Reversionary sensor window------------------------------- 80 ROC---------------------------------------------------- 353, 537 Roll Hold Mode---------------------------------------------416 RS-232----------------------------------------------------------- 4 RS-485----------------------------------------------------------- 3 Runway Minimum length------------------------------------------- 43 Surface------------------------------------------------------ 43 RVSI---------------------------------------------------- 284, 285 RX indicator--------------------------------------------------107 S SafeTaxi------------------------------------443, 458, 460, 461 SafeTaxi®----------------------------------------------------443 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Index SafeTaxi database-------------------------------------------462 SBAS--------------------------------------------- 263, 264, 265 Scheduler---------------------------------------------- 510, 513 SD card-------------------------------------------------------- 14 Sector scan---------------------------------------------------342 Secure Digital (SD) card------------------------------------541 Selected altitude-----------------------------------------52, 59 Selected Altitude------------ 399, 400, 402, 403, 406, 410 Selected Altitude Capture Mode-399, 400, 401, 402, 406, 414 Selected course-------------------------------------------53, 65 Selected Course-------------------------------- 419, 421, 422 Selected heading-----------------------------------------53, 65 Selected Heading------------------------------------ 392, 417 Selecting a COM radio-------------------------------------106 Sensor------------------------------------------------- 520, 521 Sequencing, automatic-------------------------------------555 Servos, AFCS-------------------------------------------------391 SIGMET-------------------------------------------------------314 Simultaneous COM operation----------------------------141 Slip/Skid indicator----------------------------------------52, 57 Softkeys-------------------------------------------------- 20–23 LTNG-------------------------------------------------------312 PFD---------------------------------------------------------- 52 Sort Flight Plans---------------------------------------------226 Speaker-------------------------------------------------------139 STAB----------------------------------------------------------343 Standby frequency----------------------------- 106, 109, 116 ADF---------------------------------------------------------125 Standby frequency field------------------------------------106 Stereo headsets---------------------------------------------139 Stuck microphone-------------------------------------------145 Sunrise--------------------------------------------------------257 Sunset--------------------------------------------------------257 Surface Analysis---------------------------------------------317 SVS------------------------------------------------------------535 SVS troubleshooting----------------------------------------514 Symbols, map------------------------------------------------559 Synthetic vision (SVS)------------------------------- 443, 444 System annunciations--------------------------------- 19, 521 System message advisories--------------------------------524 System Setup Page------------------------------------------ 38 System Status Page------------------------------------------ 44 System time-----------------------------------------------39, 52 T TA-------------------------------------------------------------378 TAF------------------------------------------------------------315 Takeoff Mode------------------------------------------------414 TAS----------------------336, 337, 339, 340, 341, 342, 531 TAWS--------------------------------------- 82, 347, 359, 537 TAWS Annunciation----------------------------------------- 53 190-00494-03 Rev. A TAWS-B System Status---------------------------------------------358 TAWS-B Alerts-----------------------------------------------352 Excessive Descent Rate Alert---------------------------353 Five-Hundred Aural Alert--------------------------------356 Forward Looking Terrain Avoidance (FLTA)-----------355 Negative Climb Rate After Takeoff Alert--------------357 Premature Descent Alerting----------------------------355 TAWS-B Page------------------------------------------------350 TCAS II Traffic------------------------------------------------377 Automatic Mode Selection-----------------------------383 Operation--------------------------------------------------382 Resolution advisories------------------------------------379 Symbology-------------------------------------------------377 System Status---------------------------------------------388 System Test------------------------------------------------381 TCAS II Alerts---------------------------------------------378 Terminal procedures charts------------------------- 465, 485 Terrain---------------------------------------------26, 353, 527 Terrain Awareness and Warning System------------------ 82 Thrust Mode-------------------------------------------------- 92 Tilt------------------------------------------------------ 339, 340 Tilt line--------------------------------------------------------340 Timer----------------------------------------------------------534 Departure--------------------------------------------------- 46 Flight-------------------------------------------------------- 46 Timer, PFD generic------------------------------------------- 45 Time, system-------------------------------------------------- 39 TOD---------------------------------------------- 283, 284, 290 Toggling ADF frequencies---------------------------------126 TOPO DATA------------------------------------- 161, 162, 171 Top of Descent--------------------------------------- 283, 284 Topographical data------------------------------------------ 26 TOPO SCALE-------------------------------------------------163 Track-------------------------------------------------------52, 65 Traffic---------------------------------------------------------- 26 Annunciation---------------------------------------------- 53 Voice alerts------------------------------------------------- 81 Traffic advisory----------------------------------------------336 Traffic annunciation----------------------------------------- 81 Traffic Information Service (TIS)-------------------- 557–558 Transponder-----------------------------------------------22, 23 Transponder code entry------------------------------------136 Transponder data box--------------------------------------101 Transponder ground mode--------------------------------131 Transponder mode field---------- 101, 131, 132, 134, 135 Transponder standby mode------------------------ 131, 134 Transponder status box------------------------------------- 52 Trend vector Altitude----------------------------------------------------- 60 Turn Rate--------------------------------------------------- 67 Trim Indicator------------------------------------------------- 96 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang I-5 Index Trip Planning------------------------------------ 256, 257, 258 Trip statistics-------------------------------------------------- 47 Trip Statistics------------------------------------------ 257, 258 True Airspeed------------------------------------------------258 Tuning ADF frequencies------------------------------------126 Turbulence---------------------------------------------------323 Turn anticipation--------------------------------------------555 Turn rate indicator---------------------------------------52, 67 TX indicator--------------------------------------------------107 U Unable to display chart----------------------------- 465, 485 Unmuted inputs---------------------------------------------139 Updating Garmin databases------------------------------462 Using XM radio---------------------------------------------506 V VDI----------------------------------------------------- 284, 285 Vertical deviation-------------------------------------- 60, 408 Vertical deviation guidance-------------------------------243 Vertical Deviation Indicator-------------------------------284 Vertical deviation indicator (VDI)----------------------53, 63 Vertical navigation------------------------------------------242 Direct-to-------------------------------------------- 241, 242 Vertical Navigation flight control------------------ 406–410 Vertical Path Tracking Mode------------------406–407, 432 Vertical scan------------------------------------------ 339, 340 Vertical speed guidance-----------------------------------243 Vertical Speed Indicator------------------------------------379 Vertical speed indicator (VSI)--------------------------52, 63 Vertical Speed Mode---------------------------------------402 Vertical Speed Reference----------------------------------402 Vertical track-------------------------------------------------539 VFR code-----------------------------------------------------137 VNAV---------------------------------------------------------206 VNAV Target Altitude-------------------------------- 406–409 VNAV Target Altitude Capture Mode--------------------410 VNV---------------------------------------------- 283, 535, 552 VNV guidance Disabling--------------------------------------------------241 Enabling---------------------------------------------------240 VNV indications, PFD---------------------------------------- 79 VNV target altitude--------------------------------------53, 63 Voice alerts, TIS Traffic------------------------------- 364, 375 Voltmeter------------------------------------------------------ 94 Volume level ADF-------------------------------------------------- 125, 127 VOR Nearest--------------------------------------------- 197–198 VOR selection------------------------------------------------116 VSI-------------------------------------------------------------285 Vspeeds---------------------------------------------------55, 56 VS TGT------------------------------------------------- 242, 283 I-6 W WAAS-------------------------------------------- 266, 426, 528 WAAS precision approach---------------------------------437 Warranty-------------------------------------------------------- B WATCH------------------------------------------------ 344, 345 Waypoint Automatic sequencing----------------------------------555 Skipping---------------------------------------------------555 Waypoint Pages (WPT)-------------------------------------- 35 Waypoint Selection Submenu--- 202, 210, 214, 215, 263 Weather Attenuated Color Highlight--------------------344 Weather (real-time)-------------------------------------------- 4 Wind--------------------------------------------------- 150, 173 Wind data-------------------------------------------------53, 78 Winds Aloft--------------------------------------------------319 WIND Softkey------------------------------------------------319 X XM radio--------------------------------------------------------297 XM lightning-------------------------------------------------- 27 XM radio-----------------------------------------------------504 XM radio active channel-----------------------------------507 XM radio channel list---------------------------------------506 XM radio presets--------------------------------------------509 XM radio service class--------------------------------------505 XM radio troubleshooting---------------------------------516 XM radio volume--------------------------------------------509 XM Satellite Weather AIRMETs---------------------------------------------------314 SIGMETs---------------------------------------------------314 XM weather/radio--------------------------------------------- 4 XPDR softkey------------------------------------------------134 Z Zoom Auto--------------------------------------------------------153 Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Citation Mustang 190-00494-03 Rev. A Garmin International, Inc. 1200 East 151st Street Olathe, KS 66062, U.S.A. p:913.397.8200 f:913.397.8282 www.garmin.com Garmin AT, Inc. 2345 Turner Road SE Salem, OR 97302, U.S.A. p:503.391.3411 f:503.364.2138 Garmin (Europe) Ltd. Liberty House, Bulls Copse Road Houndsdown Business Park Southampton, SO40 9RB, U.K. p:44/0870.8501241 f:44/0870.8501251 Garmin Corporation No. 68, Jangshu 2nd Road Shijr, Taipei County, Taiwan p:886/02.2642.9199 f:886/02.2642.9099
advertisement
* Your assessment is very important for improving the workof artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project